USCG

 Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

No concern should be
Preparations should be Another 5 years of service
The motor should be given, as the motor winding
made either to refurbish life can be anticipated prior
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what is the meggered more often as insulation resistance
213415 5 or replace the motor in to having to refurbish or EL-0044 C
appropriate action to take? the result of the 2010 reading is still acceptable
question based on the replace the motor based on
megger reading. even based on the 2010
2010 result. the 2010 result.
result.
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated self-contained
223684 1 recovery unit connection diagrams, what is the recovery direct liquid recovery direct vapor recovery liquid recovery/push- pull vapor recovery/push- pull GS-RA-33 C
method supported by the connection scheme?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated self-contained
223684 2 recovery unit connection diagrams, what is the recovery direct liquid recovery direct vapor recovery liquid recovery/push- pull vapor recovery/push- pull GS-RA-33 B
method supported by the connection scheme?
allows separation of oil
prevents contamination of from the recovered
As shown in the illustrated typical self- contained the recovery unit prevents slugging of the refrigerant so that an
223684 3 refrigerant recovery unit, what is the purpose of the compressor's lubricating oil recovery unit's compressor equal amount of new oil all the above GS-RA-34 D
suction-side oil separator? with the disabled unit with liquid refrigerant may be recharged when
compressor's lubricating oil the unit is recharged with
refrigerant
allows separation of oil
prevents contamination of from the recovered
prevents the loss of the
As shown in the illustrated typical self- contained the recovery unit prevents slugging of the refrigerant so that an
recovery unit compressor's
223684 4 refrigerant recovery unit, what is the purpose of the compressor's lubricating oil recovery unit's compressor equal amount of new oil GS-RA-34 D
lubricating oil to the
discharge- side oil separator? with the disabled unit with liquid refrigerant may be recharged when
recovery cylinder
compressor's lubricating oil the unit is recharged with
refrigerant
preparation for a preparation for a normal
preparation for transitioning preparation for transitioning
As shown in the illustrated typical self- contained recovery unit shutdown recovery unit shutdown
from the direct liquid from the direct vapor
223684 5 refrigerant recovery unit, what is the purpose of the pump- where the next job will be where the next job will be GS-RA-34 C
recovery mode to the direct recovery mode to the direct
down solenoid valve and the restricted orifice? to recover a different type to recover the same type of
vapor recovery mode liquid recovery mode
of refrigerant refrigerant
A container unit's microprocessor- controlled temperature
controller is set at -28.9 ° C, appropriate for a frozen cargo
modulating cooling and
223685 1 of ice cream. In this mode of operation, according to the modulating cooling only heating only air circulation only GS-RA-035 C
heating
illustrated temperature controller functional diagrams,
what features are locked out?
A container unit's microprocessor- controlled temperature
controller is set at -28.9 ° C, appropriate for a frozen cargo
of ice cream. In this mode of operation, according to the
223685 2 modulating cooling mode cooling mode air circulation mode heating mode GS-RA-035 B
illustrated temperature controller functional diagrams,
what should be the operational status of the unit if the
actual box temperature is -18.0 ° C?
A container unit's microprocessor- controlled temperature
controller is set at -28.9 ° C, appropriate for a frozen cargo
of ice cream. In this mode of operation, according to the
223685 3 modulating cooling mode cooling mode air circulation mode heating mode GS-RA-035 C
illustrated temperature controller functional diagrams,
what should be the operational status of the unit if the
actual box temperature is -30.0 ° C?

Crawford  Nautical  School 1 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A container unit's microprocessor- controlled temperature
controller is set at 8.9 ° C, appropriate for a chilled
modulating cooling and
223685 4 perishable cargo of limes. In this mode of operation, modulating cooling only heating only cooling only GS-RA-035 D
heating
according to the illustrated temperature controller
functional diagrams, what features are locked out?
A container unit's microprocessor- controlled temperature
controller is set at 8.9 ° C, appropriate for a perishable
chilled cargo of ice limes. In this mode of operation,
223685 5 modulating cooling mode cooling mode air circulation mode heating mode GS-RA-035 A
according to the illustrated temperature controller
functional diagrams, what should be the operational status
of the unit if the actual box temperature is 10.1 ° C?
A container unit's microprocessor- controlled temperature
controller is set at 8.9 ° C, appropriate for a perishable
chilled cargo of limes. In this mode of operation, according
223685 6 modulating cooling mode cooling mode air circulation mode heating mode GS-RA-035 D
to the illustrated temperature controller functional
diagrams, what should be the operational status of the
unit if the actual box temperature is 6.3 ° C?
Which of the illustrated devices would be suitable for
removing refrigerant quickly from a low pressure system
223686 3 as a liquid only without processing the refrigerant in any A B C D GS-RA-36 C
way, requiring follow- up vapor recovery with another
device?
Which of the illustrated devices would be suitable for
recovering refrigerant without processing it or testing in
223686 4 A B C D GS-RA-36 D
any way and which requires connection to an external
recovery cylinder?
Which of the illustrated devices would be suitable for
recovering refrigerant from a large chiller without
223686 5 A B C D GS-RA-36 A
processing it or testing in any way and which has integral
refrigerant storage capacity?
Hot gas bypass keeps
Hot gas bypass keeps the Hot gas bypass keeps the the low side pressure Hot gas bypass keeps the
low side pressure high low side pressure high high enough to prevent low side pressure high
enough to prevent chiller enough to prevent chiller chiller freeze-up under enough to prevent chiller
freeze-up under low load freeze-up under low load high load conditions and freeze-up under high load
Concerning the piping schematic of the direct expansion
conditions and liquid conditions and liquid liquid injection keeps the conditions and liquid
223687 1 chiller as shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what GS-RA-38 B
injection keeps the suction injection keeps the suction suction vapor cool injection keeps the suction
statement is true?
vapor cool enough to vapor cool enough to enough to prevent vapor cool enough to
prevent overheating of the prevent overheating of the overheating of the prevent overheating of the
hermetic compressor motor hermetic compressor motor hermetic compressor hermetic compressor motor
under high load conditions. under low load conditions. motor under high load under low load conditions.
conditions.

Crawford  Nautical  School 2 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The hot gas solenoid The hot gas solenoid valve

valve opens when the opens when the frosting
The uppermost evaporator The hot gas solenoid valve frosting evaporator evaporator requires
Concerning the piping schematic of the multi-temperature coil is a frosting evaporator opens under low load requires defrosting and defrosting and the bypass
223687 2 and multi-evaporator system as shown in figure "B" of the and the lowermost conditions to prevent frost the bypass regulator regulator bypasses enough GS-RA-38 D
illustration, what statement is true? evaporator coil is a non- build- up on the non- injects enough liquid into gas around the evaporator
frosting evaporator. frosting evaporator coil. the compressor suction during defrosting to prevent
line to prevent hermetic liquid flood back to the
motor overheating. compressor.
As shown in the illustrated refrigeration system piping
schematic diagram with the various accessories and the cycling open and the cycling open and the starting and stopping
the starting and stopping of
223688 1 controls and equipped with a conventional pump- down closed of the thermostatic closed of the liquid line of the compressor drive GS-RA-39 B
the evaporator fan motor
cycle, what does the temperature control thermostatic expansion valve solenoid valve motor
switch control?
With a condenser fitted With a condenser fitted With a condenser fitted With a condenser fitted
As shown in the illustrated refrigeration system piping with a single fan driven by with a single fan driven by with multiple electric- with a single
schematic diagram with the various accessories and a multi- speed electric a multi- speed electric motor driven fans, the fan driven by a single-
223688 2 controls and equipped with an air-cooled condenser with motor, the fan speed would motor, the fan speed would number of fans in use speed electric motor, the GS-RA-39 B
high side pressure controls, what statement is true decrease under high decrease under low would increase under low fan would cycle off under
concerning the fan cycling control pressure switch? ambient temperature ambient temperature ambient temperature high ambient temperature
conditions. conditions. conditions. conditions.
As shown in the illustrated LP centrifugal chiller pressure testing for low-side leaks when the chiller is when the chiller is
223689 1 maintenance system, under what operating conditions with the chiller in normal operating under low heat operating under high when the chiller is idle GS-RA-40 D
would the pressure maintenance system be operational? operation load conditions heat load conditions
maintain a relatively low prevent the entrance of prevent the entrance of air
As shown in the illustrated LP centrifugal chiller pressure
223689 2 prevent surging compression ratio under air into the chiller when into the chiller under low GS-RA-40 C
maintenance system, what is its functional purpose?
low heat load conditions the chiller is idle heat load conditions
What is the drive arrangement of refrigeration compressor serviceable, bolted,
223690 1 welded, fully hermetic external-drive open GS-RA-41 B
shown in figure "A" of the illustration? accessible semi- hermetic
What is the drive arrangement of refrigeration compressor serviceable, bolted,
223690 2 welded, fully hermetic external-drive open GS-RA-41 A
shown in figure "B" of the illustration? accessible semi- hermetic
What is the drive arrangement of refrigeration compressor serviceable, bolted, serviceable, bolted,
223690 3 welded, fully hermetic open, external-drive GS-RA-41 C
shown in figure "C" of the illustration? accessible semi- hermetic accessible fully hermetic
Which of the illustrated valves is used to gain access to a
hermetic system not fitted with service valves or access
223691 1 A B C D GS-RA-69 C
fittings by means of piercing the refrigeration system
tubing?
Which of the illustrated valves is used to gain access to a
hermetic system and features a Schrader core valve
223691 2 A B C D GS-RA-69 D
which is unseated by the core depressor of hose fitting
when attached?
Which of the illustrated valves is a conventional service
223691 3 A B C D GS-RA-69 A
valve with front and rear seats?
Which of the following illustrated gauges is incapable of
measuring vacuum depths at micron levels for verification
223692 1 A B C D GS-RA-37 C
of system dehydration while performing a system
evacuation with a vacuum pump?

Crawford  Nautical  School 3 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Which of the illustrated gauges is capable of measures
vacuums at the micron level for the purpose of proving
223692 2 system dehydration during system evacuation with a A B C D GS-RA-37 B
vacuum pump, but displays the achieved vacuums at
incremental threshold intervals rather than continuously.
During the heating
During the cooling season, During the cooling season, Regardless of the season,
season, in the direction
in the direction of flow, in the direction of flow, in the direction of flow,
What statement is true concerning figure "A" of the of flow, each terminal unit
223693 1 each terminal unit receives each terminal unit receives each terminal unit receives GS-RA-44 B
illustrated hydronic heating/cooling systems? receives progressively
progressively cooler water progressively warmer the same temperature
warmer water supplied to
supplied to its inlet. water supplied to its inlet. water supplied to its inlet.
its inlet.

During the heating

During the cooling season, During the cooling season, Regardless of the season,
season, in the direction
in the direction of flow, in the direction of flow, in the direction of flow,
What statement is true concerning figure "B" of the of flow, each terminal unit
223693 2 each terminal unit receives each terminal unit receives each terminal unit receives GS-RA-44 D
illustrated hydronic heating/cooling systems? receives progressively
progressively cooler water progressively warmer the same temperature
warmer water supplied to
supplied to its inlet. water supplied to its inlet. water supplied to its inlet.
its inlet.

The chilled water During the heating The chilled water

During the cooling season,
circulating system and the season, in the direction circulating system and the
in the direction of flow,
What statement is true concerning figure "C" of the hot water circulating of flow, each terminal unit hot water circulating
223693 3 each terminal unit receives GS-RA-44 A
illustrated hydronic heating/cooling systems? systems may be placed receives progressively systems may NOT be
progressively warmer
into operation cooler water supplied to placed into operation
water supplied to its inlet.
simultaneously. its inlet. simultaneously.
Which of the illustrated devices is used to charge in
precise amounts of refrigerant and features a graduated
223694 1 A B C D GS-RA-45 A
cylinder calibrated in weight units, but cannot be used to
weigh a refrigerant bottle?
Which of the illustrated devices would be the LEAST
223694 2 accurate for the purposes of weighing-in a refrigerant A B C D GS-RA-45 C
charge?
A high-pressure centrifugal chiller currently charged with
The machine definitely
R-134a is being evaluated for the need for leak testing. The machine definitely The machine definitely has
The machine may or may has a leak, therefore the
Using the leak-test procedures decision tree illustrated does not have a leak, a leak, therefore nitrogen
not have a leak, therefore refrigerant pressure GS-RA-11
223703 1 and the R-134a pressure- temperature chart illustrated, therefore no attempt at should be added to bring B
the machine should be should be reduced to 35 GS-RA-47
with the machine idle and the pressures equalized at 57.4 leak detection is the pressure to 70 psig
checked for leaks. psig prior to checking for
psig with an ambient temperature of 60 ° F, what necessary. prior to checking for leaks.
leaks.
statement is true.
A high-pressure centrifugal chiller currently charged with The machine has a
The machine may or may The machine has a
R-134a is being evaluated for the need for leak testing. The machine definitely suspected leak, therefore
not have a leak, therefore suspected leak, therefore
Using the leak-test procedures decision tree illustrated does not have a leak, the refrigerant pressure
the machine should be nitrogen should be added GS-RA-11
223703 2 and the R-134a pressure- temperature chart illustrated, therefore no attempt at should be raised to 35 C
checked for leaks without to bring the pressure to 70 GS-RA-47
with the machine idle and the pressures equalized at 10 leak detection is psig by adding refrigerant
any adjustments in psig prior to checking for
psig with an ambient temperature of 60 ° F, what necessary. prior to checking for
pressure. leaks.
statement is true. leaks.

Crawford  Nautical  School 4 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When checked with
When checked with control When checked with control When checked with control
You are checking the supply chilled water temperature control power off and the
power on and the power off and the power off and the
thermistor probe on a high-pressure hermetic centrifugal thermistor probe
thermistor probe connected thermistor probe isolated, thermistor probe isolated,
223704 1 chiller. Using the illustrated chart, what statement is true if connected into the GS-RA-48 D
into the circuit, the the thermistor probe the thermistor probe
the supply water temperature is verified 45 ° F with a circuit, the thermistor
thermistor probe resistance resistance should be 3.805 resistance should be
digital thermometer. probe resistance should
should be 11.416 ohms. ohms. 11.416 ohms.
be 11.416 ohms.
When checked with control When checked with
When checked with control When checked with control
You are checking the supply chilled water temperature power on and the control power on and the
power on and the power off and the
thermistor probe on a high-pressure hermetic centrifugal thermistor probe connected thermistor probe
thermistor probe isolated, thermistor probe isolated,
223704 2 chiller. Using the illustrated chart, what statement is true if into the circuit, the connected into the GS-RA-48 C
the thermistor probe the thermistor probe
the supply water temperature is verified 45 ° F with a thermistor probe voltage circuit, the thermistor
voltage drop should be voltage drop should be
digital thermometer. drop should be 11.416 probe voltage drop
3.805 volts. 3.805 volts.
volts. should be 3.805 volts.
Of the various possible methods shown in the illustration,
which is the correct method of attaching a TXV feeler bulb
223705 1 A B C D GS-RA-49 C
to a small suction line (less than 3/4") with a horizontal
run?
Of the various possible methods shown in the illustration,
which is the correct method of attaching a TXV feeler bulb
223705 2 A B C D GS-RA-50 C
to a small large line (7/8" and larger) with a horizontal
run?
Valves 1, 2, and 3 should
After the refrigerant has been recovered, leaks repaired if Valves 1, 2, and 3 should
be in the mid- position
necessary, the system ideally should undergo a be in the mid- position and
Valves 1, 2, and 3 should Valves 1, 2, and 3 should and the low- side gauge
dehydration evacuation prior to recharging with the low- side gauge
be front- seated and both be back- seated and both manifold hand valve
223706 1 refrigerant. As shown in the illustration, besides the manifold hand valve should GS-RA-51 D
gauge manifold hand gauge manifold hand should be open, and the
vacuum pump suction manifold isolation valve being be closed, and the high-
valves should be closed. valves should be open. high- side gauge
opened, what would be the proper valve positions to side gauge manifold hand
manifold hand valve
accomplish and prove the evacuation? valve should be open.
should be closed.
An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of 32 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable supply air
temperature of 35 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed,
223707 1 the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in 150-190 psig 160-180 psig 190-230 psig 200-220 psig GS-RA-52 C
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, what would be the
normal range of expected discharge pressures if the
ambient air temperature is 90 °F?
An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of -15 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable return air
temperature of 0 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed,
223707 2 the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in 150-190 psig 160-180 psig 190-230 psig 200-220 psig GS-RA-52 A
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, what would be the
normal range of expected discharge pressures if the
ambient air temperature is 90 °F?

Crawford  Nautical  School 5 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of 32 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable supply air
Not enough information is
temperature of 35 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed, The discharge pressure is The discharge pressure
The discharge pressure is given to determine whether
the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in within the normal expected is higher than it should
223707 3 lower than it should be for the discharge pressure is GS-RA-52 C
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using range for this ambient be for this ambient
this ambient temperature. low, normal, or high for this
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, if the ambient air temperature. temperature.
ambient temperature.
temperature is 80 °F, what statement is true concerning
the operating discharge pressure if it is currently 220
psig?
An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of 32 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable supply air
Not enough information is
temperature of 35 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed, The discharge pressure is The discharge pressure
The discharge pressure is given to determine whether
the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in within the normal expected is higher than it should
223707 4 lower than it should be for the discharge pressure is GS-RA-52 B
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using range for this ambient be for this ambient
this ambient temperature. low, normal, or high for this
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, if the ambient air temperature. temperature.
ambient temperature.
temperature is 80 °F, what statement is true concerning
the operating discharge pressure if it is currently 140
psig?
An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of -15 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable return air
Not enough information is
temperature of 0 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed, The discharge pressure is The discharge pressure
The discharge pressure is given to determine whether
the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in within the normal expected is higher than it should
223707 5 lower than it should be for the discharge pressure is GS-RA-52 B
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using range for this ambient be for this ambient
this ambient temperature. low, normal, or high for this
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, if the ambient air temperature. temperature.
ambient temperature.
temperature is 100 °F, what statement is true concerning
the operating discharge pressure if it is currently 120
psig?
An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of 32 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable supply air Not enough information is
The suction pressure is The suction pressure is
temperature of 35 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed, The suction pressure is given to determine whether
within the normal expected higher than it should be
223707 6 the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in lower than it should be for the suction pressure is low, GS-RA-53 B
range for this ambient for this ambient
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using this ambient temperature. normal, or high for this
temperature. temperature.
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, if the ambient air ambient temperature.
temperature is 80 °F, what statement is true concerning
the operating suction pressure if it is currently 2 psig?
An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of -15 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable return air Not enough information is
The suction pressure is The suction pressure is
temperature of 0 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed, The suction pressure is given to determine whether
within the normal expected higher than it should be
223707 7 the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in lower than it should be for the suction pressure is low, GS-RA-53 C
range for this ambient for this ambient
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using this ambient temperature. normal, or high for this
temperature. temperature.
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, if the ambient air ambient temperature.
temperature is 80 °F, what statement is true concerning
the operating suction pressure if it is currently 4 psig?

Crawford  Nautical  School 6 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

An air-cooled refrigerated container unit using R-134a as
a refrigerant has a box temperature set point of -15 °F, but
it is currently operating with a stable return air
Not enough information is
temperature of 0 °F. The fresh air makeup vent is closed, The suction pressure is The suction pressure is
The suction pressure is given to determine whether
the unit is operating at 460 VAC/60 Hz, and the unit is in within the normal expected higher than it should be
223707 8 lower than it should be for the suction pressure is low, GS-RA-53 A
full capacity cool (modulating valve 100% open). Using range for this ambient for this ambient
this ambient temperature. normal, or high for this
the illustrated troubleshooting guide, if the ambient air temperature. temperature.
ambient temperature.
temperature is 80 °F, what statement is true concerning
the operating compressor motor current draw if it is
currently 10.5 amps?
The vacuum pump is The vacuum pump is
The vacuum pump is
designed to remove air and designed to remove
The vacuum pump is designed to remove
non- condensable gases refrigerant vapor from the
As shown in the illustrated LP centrifugal chiller high designed to perform a refrigerant vapor from the
from the evaporator and carbon filter tank and
223708 1 efficiency purge recovery unit piping schematic, what dehydration evacuation carbon filter tank and GS-RA-55 B
transfer these gases to the transfer these vapors to the
statement is true concerning the vacuum pump? on the system prior to transfer these vapors to the
carbon filter tank for evaporator to minimize the
charging with refrigerant. purge chamber to blow the
eventual venting to the loss of refrigerant to the
float valve clear.
atmosphere. atmosphere.
The carbon pellets within The carbon pellets within
The carbon pellets within The carbon pellets within
the carbon filter tank the carbon filter tank have
As shown in the illustrated LP centrifugal chiller high the carbon filter tank have the carbon filter tank have
have an affinity for both neither an affinity for both
223708 2 efficiency purge recovery unit piping schematic, what an affinity for refrigerant an affinity for air and non- GS-RA-55 A
air and non- condensable air and non- condensable
statement is true concerning the carbon filter tank? vapor but not air and non- condensable gases but not
gases and refrigerant gases nor refrigerant
condensable gases. refrigerant vapor.
vapor. vapor.
Using the illustrated chart giving the boiling point of
moisture at various depths of vacuum, with an ambient
28.75" Hg gauge or 31,750 29" Hg gauge or 25,400 29.20" Hg or 20,320 29.99" Hg or 254 microns
223709 1 temperature of 72 °F, what depth of vacuum would be GS-RA-56 D
microns of Hg absolute microns of Hg absolute microns of Hg absolute of Hg absolute
associated with the BEST chance of achieving a
dehydration evacuation with a deep vacuum pump?
Using the illustrated vacuum equivalents chart as a
223709 2 reference, which of the following vacuums listed 0" Hg gauge 1" Hg absolute 10 mm Hg absolute 1000 microns Hg absolute GS-RA-57 D
represents the deepest vacuum?
When recovering
When recovering
When recovering refrigerant from the When recovering
refrigerant from the
refrigerant from the centrifugal chiller using refrigerant from the
centrifugal chiller using this
Concerning the arrangement of equipment and associated centrifugal chiller using this
this method, it is possible centrifugal chiller using this
223710 1 method, it is permissible to GS-RA-58 D
hoses shown in the illustration, what statement is true? method, the vent hose to achieve the recovery method, it minimizes the
exceed 90% of the weight
connection should be levels required by law risk of chiller tube freeze-
capacity of the refrigerant
closed. without any further up.
drum.
recovery.
When recovering
When recovering
When recovering refrigerant from the When recovering
refrigerant from the
refrigerant from the centrifugal chiller using refrigerant from the
centrifugal chiller using this
Concerning the arrangement of equipment and associated centrifugal chiller using this this method, it is possible centrifugal chiller using this
223710 2 method, the containment GS-RA-59 C
hoses shown in the illustration, what statement is true? method, the refrigerant is to achieve the recovery method, the entire charge
tank should be vented back
being recovered as a levels required by law may be removed in one
to the chiller evaporator
liquid. without any further procedure.
shell.
recovery.

Crawford  Nautical  School 7 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Refrigerant is being
charged into the
Refrigerant is being
Refrigerant is being centrifugal chiller as pure Refrigerant is being
charged into the centrifugal
Concerning the arrangement of equipment and associated recovered from the vapor leaving non- recovered from the
223710 3 chiller quicker than can be GS-RA-60 C
hoses shown in the illustration, what statement is true? centrifugal chiller as a volatile contaminants centrifugal chiller as a
achieved with a liquid
vapor. such as oil remaining in liquid.
pump.
the refrigerant
containment tank.
It automatically shuts
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self- It automatically shuts down It automatically transitions It automatically shuts down
down the recovery unit
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of the recovery unit the recovery unit from the the recovery unit
compressor when the
224001 1 refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by compressor when the direct liquid recovery mode compressor when the GS-RA-32 A
refrigeration system has
the EPA Clean Air Act rules, what is the functional purpose recovery cylinder becomes to the direct vapor recovery discharge pressure
reached a depth of 15"
of the item labeled "FS1"? 80% full. mode. becomes excessive.
Hg.
It automatically shuts
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self- It automatically shuts down It automatically transitions It automatically shuts down
down the recovery unit
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of the recovery unit the recovery unit from the the recovery unit
compressor when the
224001 2 refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by compressor when the direct liquid recovery mode compressor when the GS-RA-32 B
refrigeration system has
the EPA Clean Air Act rules, what is the functional purpose recovery cylinder becomes to the direct vapor recovery discharge pressure
reached a depth of 15"
of the item labeled "FS2"? 80% full. mode. becomes excessive.
Hg.
It automatically shuts
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self- It automatically shuts down It automatically transitions It automatically shuts down
down the recovery unit
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of the recovery unit the recovery unit from the the recovery unit
compressor when the
224001 3 refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by compressor when the direct liquid recovery mode compressor when the GS-RA-32 C
refrigeration system has
the EPA Clean Air Act rules, what is the functional purpose recovery cylinder becomes to the direct vapor recovery discharge pressure
reached a depth of 15"
of the item labeled "PS1"? 80% full. mode. becomes excessive.
Hg.
It automatically shuts
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self- It automatically shuts down It automatically transitions It automatically shuts down
down the recovery unit
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of the recovery unit the recovery unit from the the recovery unit
compressor when the
224001 4 refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by compressor when the direct liquid recovery mode compressor when the GS-RA-32 D
refrigeration system has
the EPA Clean Air Act rules, what is the functional purpose recovery cylinder becomes to the direct vapor recovery discharge pressure
reached a depth of 15"
of the item labeled "PS2"? 80% full. mode. becomes excessive.
Hg.
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self-
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of
refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by
224001 5 the EPA Clean Air Act rules, which of the labeled devices FS1 FS2 PS1 PS2 GS-RA-32 A
acts to automatically shut down the recovery unit
compressor when the recovery cylinder becomes 80%
full?
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self-
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of
refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by
224001 6 the EPA Clean Air Act rules, which of the labeled devices FS1 FS2 PS1 PS2 GS-RA-32 B
acts to automatically transition the recovery unit from the
direct liquid recovery mode to the direct vapor recovery
mode?

Crawford  Nautical  School 8 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self-
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of
refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by
224001 7 the EPA Clean Air Act rules, which of the labeled devices FS1 FS2 PS1 PS2 GS-RA-32 C
acts to automatically shut down the recovery unit
compressor when the refrigeration system reaches a
depth of 15" Hg?
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self-
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of
refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by
224001 8 the EPA Clean Air Act rules, which of the labeled devices FS1 FS2 PS1 PS2 GS-RA-32 D
acts to automatically shut down the recovery unit
compressor when the discharge pressure becomes too
high?
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self-
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of
refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by SV1, closed SV2, closed SV1, closed SV2, open SV1, open SV2, open SV1, open SV2, closed
224001 9 GS-RA-32 A
the EPA Clean Air Act rules, what is the status of the SV3, open SV4, open SV3, closed SV4, open SV3, closed SV4, closed SV3, open SV4, closed
solenoid valves when the recovery unit is in the direct
liquid recovery mode?
As shown in the illustrated flow diagram for a self-
contained recovery unit designed for the recovery of
refrigerants from high pressure appliances as defined by SV1, closed SV2, closed SV1, closed SV2, open SV1, open SV2, open SV1, open SV2, closed
224001 10 GS-RA-32 C
the EPA Clean Air Act rules, what is the status of the SV3, open SV4, open SV3, closed SV4, open SV3, closed SV4, closed SV3, open SV4, closed
solenoid valves when the recovery unit is in the direct
vapor recovery mode?
An accidental ground in a motor can be defined as an
230000 1 electrical connection between the wiring of the motor and supply fuses circuit breaker metal framework contactor C
what other aspect of the motor installation?
An electrical connection between the wiring of an electric
230000 2 eddy current ground impedance flux leakage B
motor and its metal frame is known as what?
A circuit that has a conductor in electrical contact with the
230000 3 grounded circuit short circuit series circuit closed circuit A
hull of a ship is called what?
An accidental path of low resistance bypassing the
230001 1 intended path and allowing passage of an abnormally high open circuit short circuit polarized ground ground reference point B
amount of current is known as what?
An accidental path of low resistance which bypasses the
230001 2 intended resistance and passes an abnormal amount of polarized ground short circuit ground reference point open circuit B
current is known as what?
A direct current passing through a wire coiled around a
230002 1 magnetic shield electromagnet piezoelectric device electromagnetic domain B
soft iron core is known as what?
Which of the listed devices is used to sense a physical
230003 1 input quantity (such as pressure) and convert it to a Transducer Reducer Transformer Rectifier A
corresponding electrical voltage signal?
The device that most commonly utilizes the principle of
230004 1 diode transformer transistor rheostat B
electromagnetic induction by mutual inductance is what?
The Wheatstone bridge is a precision measuring
230005 1 instrument. Its operating principle is based on changes in inductance capacitance resistance amperage C
what electrical parameter?

Crawford  Nautical  School 9 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

230006 1 What is the basic unit of measure for inductance? coulomb ohm farad Henry D
In terms of units, how is the inductance of a coil
230006 2 ohms volts henries amperes C
measured?
Alternating current circuits may develop resistance,
inductance and capacitance. What would be the unit of
230006 3 ohms mhos henrys farads C
measure used in measuring the inductance of a wound
coil?
230007 1 How may the unit "hertz" be best described? coulombs per second revolutions per second revolutions per minute cycles per second D
The number of cycles per second occurring in AC voltage
230007 2 phase angle frequency wave form half mode B
is known as what characteristic?
230008 1 What unit of measure is used to quantify electrical power? ohms volts amps watts D
230008 2 What is the unit of measure for electrical power? ampere kilovolt watt farad C
Electric current is the flow of electrons through a
230009 1 conductor. In what units is the rate of current flow volts amperes coulombs ohms B
measured?
Electric current is the flow of electrons through a
230009 2 volts amperes ohms watts B
conductor. How is the rate of this flow measured?
What type of power would be equivalent to the apparent
230010 1 true power lead power induced power reactive power D
power associated with a purely inductive circuit?
In the flow of one cycle of single phase alternating current
230011 1 past any given point in a circuit, how many times will the one time two times three times four times B
current peak to a maximum?
230012 1 What is the unit of measure for electrical resistance? ampere volt watt ohm D
If the resistance of a circuit is one half the original value
230013 1 and the applied voltage is kept constant, what will be the doubled quadrupled unchanged cut in half A
effect on the current as compared to the original current?
directly as its length and inversely as its length and directly as its length and inversely as its length and
230013 2 How does the resistance of a conductor vary? inversely as its cross- directly as its cross- directly as its cross- inversely as its cross- A
sectional area sectional area sectional area sectional area
Compared to the original wire, what will be the resistance
four times that of the twice that of the original the same as that of the one-half that of the original
230013 3 of a replacement wire having twice the length and one- A
original wire wire original wire wire
half the cross-sectional area of the original?
If the length of a wire is halved and the cross-sectional
230013 4 area is doubled, what will be the resistance of the wire as quartered unchanged doubled quadrupled A
compared to the original wire?
When the length and cross sectional area of a
230013 5 replacement wire are both tripled, what will be the value of increases nine fold increases three fold remains the same decreases six fold C
the resistance as compared to the original wire?
A wire is being used as a replacement having twice the
length and one-half the cross-sectional area of the original the same as the original one-half of the original
230013 6 four times as great twice as much A
wire. What will be the resistance of this new wire, when resistance resistance
compared to that of the original wire?
The root mean square (RMS) value of a sine-wave current
230014 1 average value maximum value effective value instantaneous value C
may also be expressed as what value?
The process, whereby electrons gain sufficient energy to
230015 1 be released from the surface of a thin, heated metal plate, photo electric emission secondary emission thermionic emission regressive emission C
is known as what type of emission?

Crawford  Nautical  School 10 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Most conducting materials such as copper, aluminum,
iron, nickel, and tungsten behave in such as way as the conductor resistance conductor resistance conductor resistance conductor conductance
230016 1 resistance and conductance is predictably effected by increases with increased increases with decreased decreases with increased increases with increased A
temperature. Which statement is true regarding this temperature temperature temperature temperature
behavior?
The resistance of most conducting materials will change
as a result of temperature change. What will happen to decreases in a predictable increases in a predictable changes in an
230016 2 remains constant B
the resistance of copper wire when the temperature way way unpredictable way
increases?
What will happen to a copper wire when the current flow
230016 3 resistance will decrease insulation will burn temperature will increase conductivity will increase C
through the wire increases in value?
the increasing current
the increasing current the increasing current the increasing current
What will happen to an electrical coil when the direct produces a voltage in
230017 1 reduces the amount of flux changes the coil's reduces the power D
current flowing through the coil is increasing? opposition to the applied
produced impedance consumed
voltage
Which of the substances listed can be used to shield
230018 1 Glass Mica Bakelite Permeable iron D
sensitive equipment from static magnetic fields?
Materials that retain a large part of their magnetization,
after the magnetizing force is removed are considered to
230019 2 low magnetic hysteresis low ductility high magnetic hysteresis high ductility C
be permanent magnets. What characteristic of the
material is responsible for this permanence?
When placed in a magnetic field, which of the materials
230020 1 Glass Bakelite Soft iron Aluminum C
listed will maintain the highest permeability?
In a simple DC circuit, the resistance is held constant
230021 1 while the applied voltage is halved. What will be the effect double remain the same be divided by two be divided by four C
on the current flow as compared to the original current?
What is prevented by one of the generator or motor circulation of shaft currents
current leakage from the excessive field winding
230022 1 bearings being generally insulated from the end housing rapid brush wear induced in the machine's D
shaft heat
with which it is associated? frame
What is prevented when one of the generator bearing excessive field winding
230022 2 rapid brush wear residual magnetism leak off circulation of shaft currents D
shells is generally insulated from its end housing? heat
What will cause the resistance of electric wire to cross-sectional area percent of metallic purities
230023 1 length increases temperature increases B
decrease? increases increases
The existing resistance of a conductor is dependent upon inductive reactance and capacitive reactance and
230023 3 material and insulation material and temperature D
its length, cross- sectional area, and what other factors? insulation material
What is the correct name for current that flows in only one
230024 1 alternating current omni-directional current direct current sinusoidal current C
direction?
What is the name of the force that causes free electrons
230025 2 resistant force electromotive force inductive force dielectric force B
to flow in a conductor producing electric current?
What is the voltage potential between the neutral bus and
230026 1 0 volts 115 volts 230 volts 345 volts B
the negative bus in a three-wire, 230/115 volt DC system?
What will be the phase angle difference between phases
230027 1 60° 120° 180° 360° B
of a six-pole, three- phase, rotating field alternator?
In a three-phase circuit, how far apart are the phase
230027 2 120° apart 160° apart 180° apart 360° apart A
voltages?
Which of the following statements about a three-phase The line current is 1.73 The phase current is 1.73 The line voltage is 1.73 The phase voltage is 1.73
230028 1 C
wye connected alternator is correct? times the phase current. times the line current. times the phase voltage. times the line voltage.

Crawford  Nautical  School 11 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

For the purpose of calculating apparent power, which of
Multiply the amperage in Divide the total amperage
the following procedures should be used to determine the Multiply the amperage in Divide the total amperage
230029 1 one phase by the square in all phases by the square C
total load current of a three-phase, delta wound, AC one phase by three. in all phases by three.
root of three. root of three.
generator?
AC circuits can possess characteristics of resistance,
inductance, and capacitance. In terms of units of
230030 1 ohms mhos henrys farads A
measure, how is the capacitive reactance of the circuit
expressed?
With what units of measure is the cross- sectional area of
230031 1 millimeters gage numbers centimeters circular mils D
shipboard electrical cable expressed?
The standard measuring unit of wire by its cross-sectional
230031 2 cubic mils circular mils square millimeter cubic inch B
area, as used in American wire tables is measured how?
What would be the diameter of a conductor with a cross-
230031 3 0.1 inches 0.01 inches 0.001 inches 0.0001 inches C
sectional area of one circular mil?
Alternating current circuits may develop resistance,
230032 1 inductance, and capacitance. What is the unit of measure ohms mhos henrys farads D
for expressing capacitance?
What is the opposition to the establishment of magnetic
230033 1 resistance reluctance impedance inductance B
lines of force in a magnetic circuit called?
In an inductive-resistive circuit, what is the unit of
kilovoltampsreactive
230034 1 measure for power associated with just the inductive kilovolt amps (kVA) kilovolts (kV) kilowatts (kW) B
(kVAR)
aspects of the load?
What is the opposition to alternating current flow through
230035 1 impedance factor capacitive reactance inductive reactance reactive inductance C
a coil due to inductance called?
What is the combined effect of inductive reactance,
230036 1 capacitive reactance, and resistance in an alternating reactance total reactance impedance resonance C
current circuit known as?
AC circuits may develop resistance, inductance, and
230037 1 capacitance. What is the unit of measure used to express ohms mhos henrys farads A
inductive reactance?
opposes any change in the
As a property of an electric circuit, how is inductance opposes any change in the aids any changes in the aids any changes in the
230038 1 current flow through the B
correctly described? applied voltage applied voltage current through the circuit
circuit
In an alternating current circuit, what factor of a circuit will
230038 2 resistance of the circuit frequency of the circuit voltage of the circuit current of the circuit B
cause the inductive reactance to vary?
The power factor of a True power in an inductive Inductive reactance The current lags the
Which of the following statements concerning AC circuits
230039 2 resistive circuit is always circuit always equals varies directly with the voltage in a capacitive C
is correct?
zero. apparent power. source frequency. circuit.
Capacitance is the property of an electric circuit opposing
230040 1 current in the circuit voltage in the circuit inductance in the circuit resistance in the circuit B
a change in what value of a circuit?
stop current flow once the allow current flow in only oppose any change in
230040 2 What property does capacitance have in an AC circuit? rectify the current C
capacitor is fully charged one direction circuit voltage
A capacitive AC circuit has fixed capacitors connected in
series. If the line voltage remains constant, what factor
230041 1 line frequency resistance of the capacitors order of the capacitors polarity of the capacitors A
can allow the capacitive reactance of the circuit to be
varied?
Decreasing the frequency in a capacitive circuit while
an increase in apparent a decrease in circuit a decrease in capacitive a decrease in total
230041 2 maintaining a constant circuit voltage, will result in what B
power current reactance impedance
change?

Crawford  Nautical  School 12 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In terms of load type, in what type of alternating current resistive-capacitive
230042 1 capacitive circuit inductive circuit resistive circuit B
circuit will the voltage always lead the current? circuit
In terms of load type, in what type of alternating current resistive-capacitive
230042 2 capacitive circuit inductive circuit resistive circuit B
circuit will the current always lag the voltage? circuit
How is power loss expressed as the result of the heating
230043 1 of conductors due to resistance in distribution circuit line droop line loss IR drop hysteresis B
cabling?
What happens to the power loss when the current flow
230043 2 it is halved it is doubled it is quadrupled it is divided by four C
through a power transmission line is doubled?
What happens to the power loss when the current flow in
230043 3 it is halved it is doubled it is divided by four it is quadrupled C
a power transmission line is halved?
it remains the same, as it
What happens to the power loss when the current in a it increases as the square it decreases as the square it increases in direct
230043 4 is independent of current A
power transmission line is increased? of the current root of the current proportion as the current
flow
Which solid AWG wire size has the smallest physical
230044 1 12 14 16 18 D
cross-sectional area?
Which of the AWG wire sizes listed below would have the
230044 2 0 0 14 20 D
smallest diameter?
Number 12 AWG wire has Number 12 AWG wire at
Number 12 AWG wire Number 12 AWG wire is
Which of the following statements concerning copper wire a higher current rating 25°C has more resistance
230044 3 has a larger diameter larger cross- sectional area B
sized by AWG numbers is correct? (ampacity) than 10 AWG per 1000 ft than 10 AWG
than 10 AWG wire. than 10 AWG wire.
wire. wire at 25°C.
Number 12 AWG wire at
Number 12 AWG wire has Number 12 AWG wire has Number 12 AWG wire is
Which of the following statements about copper wire sized 25°C has more resistance
230044 4 a higher current rating than a higher dielectric strength larger than Number 10 D
by the AWG rating system is correct? per 1000 feet than No. 10
number 10 AWG wire. than number 10 AWG wire. AWG wire.
AWG wire at 25°C.
What is the phase relationship between voltage and
Current and voltage will be Current will lead the Current will lag the Any of the above could be
230045 1 current in an alternating current circuit including both C
in phase. voltage. voltage. true.
inductive and resistive loads?
If the voltage and the current developed in an AC circuit
reach their peak values at the same time (with a phase
230046 1 lagging leading unity (1.0) infinity C
angle difference of zero), what is the power factor
considered to be?
When voltage and current developed in an AC circuit
230046 2 reach their peak values at the same time, how is the lagging leading maximum minimum C
power factor characterized?
the resistance to current an electrical potential the transfer of circulating
230048 1 The term "volt" describes: a rate of electron flow. C
flow. difference. currents.
Some electrical schematics use "binary values" (Base 2),
to represent and identify automation alarm addresses.
230049 1 110 1110 111 1001 C
Which of the following represents the "binary value" for
the decimal number 7 (Base 10)?
Referring to figures "A" and "D" of the illustration what is
Current is in phase with the Current leads the applied Current lags the applied Current leads the applied
230050 1 the phase relationship of current to voltage in a purely EL-0036 B
applied voltage. voltage by 90 degrees. voltage by 90 degrees. voltage by 180 degrees.
capacitive circuit?
Referring to figures "B" and "D" of the illustration what is
Current is in phase with the Current leads the applied Current lags the applied Current lags the applied
230050 2 the phase relationship of current to voltage in a purely EL-0036 C
applied voltage. voltage by 90 degrees. voltage by 90 degrees. voltage by 180 degrees.
inductive circuit?

Crawford  Nautical  School 13 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Referring to figures "C" and "D" of the illustration what is
Current is in phase with the Current leads the applied Current lags the applied Current lags the applied
230050 3 the phase relationship of current to voltage in a purely EL-0036 A
applied voltage. voltage by 90 degrees. voltage by 90 degrees. voltage by 180 degrees.
resistive circuit?
In the schematic of the electrical circuit shown in figure
"A" of the illustration, what is the value of the total
230051 1 one fourth one half double quadruple EL-0039 B
capacitance, when compared to the value of equal
individual capacitors?
What would be the total capacitance of the circuit
230051 2 illustrated in figure "A" if the value of capacitor C1 was 66.6 microfarads 150 microfarads 166.6 microfarads 300 microfarads EL-0039 A
100 microfarads and capacitor C2 was 200 microfarads?
What would be the total capacitance of the circuit
230051 3 illustrated in figure "A" if the value of capacitor C1 was 33.3 microfarads 66.6 microfarads 150 microfarads 5000 microfarads EL-0039 A
100 microfarads and capacitor C2 was 50 microfarads?
What would be the capacitive reactance of the circuit
shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the capacitance of
230051 4 C1 was 100 microfarads, the capacitance of C2 was 200 19.9 ohms 39.8 ohms 79.6 ohms 159.2 ohms EL-0039 B
microfarads and the frequency of the source was 60
cycles per second (Hz)?
What would be the total current in figure "A" of the circuit
illustrated if the value of capacitor C1 was 100
230051 5 0.603 amps 3.01 amps 6.03 amps 12.06 amps EL-0039 C
microfarads, capacitor C2 was 200 microfarads and the
power supply was 240 volts at 60 Hz?
approximately equal approximately equal approximately equal
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what load type or amounts of both capacitive amounts of both capacitive amounts of both only inductive loads
230052 1 combination of load types would produce the voltage and and resistive loads and inductive loads inductive and resistive connected across the EL-0112 C
current waveforms shown with the resulting phase shift? connected across the connected across the loads connected across source
source source the source
equal amounts of
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what load type or both capacitive and both inductive and resistive only capacitive loads capacitive and inductive
230052 2 combination of load types would produce the voltage, resistive loads connected loads connected across the connected across the loads along with resistive EL-0112 D
current, and power waveforms shown? across the source source source loads connected across the
source
equal amounts of
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what load type or both capacitive and both inductive and resistive only inductive loads capacitive and inductive
230052 3 combination of load types would produce the voltage, resistive loads connected loads connected across the connected across the loads along with resistive EL-0112 B
current, and power waveforms shown? across the source source source loads connected across the
source
equal amounts of
As shown in figure "D" of the illustration, what load type or both capacitive and both inductive and resistive only inductive loads capacitive and inductive
230052 4 combination of load types would produce the voltage, resistive loads connected loads connected across the connected across the loads along with resistive EL-0112 C
current, and power waveforms shown? across the source source source loads connected across the
source
What will be the resulting current if a voltage of 132 VDC
is applied to the load with the switch closed in the
230231 1 0.090 amps 1.090 amps 11 amps 144 milliamps EL-0018 C
illustrated circuit in figure "A" where the resistance is 12
ohms?
In a series circuit, which value will remain unchanged at
230400 1 Voltage Current Resistance Inductance B
all places in the circuit?

Crawford  Nautical  School 14 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

they all have the same
What is true concerning all of the connecting conductors they all have the same they all have the same they all have the same
230400 2 current passing through D
of a DC series circuit? power expended in them voltage drop across them resistance to current flow
them
What happens to the flow of current when the supply it changes proportionally it changes as a factor of it remains unchanged it changes inversely
230401 1 voltage remains constant and the resistance is changed in with the change in the change in resistance regardless of the proportional with the D
a circuit? resistance squared resistance change in resistance
What happens to the current in a series circuit when the
230401 2 decreases remains the same increases increases by the square A
voltage remains constant and the resistance increases?
The voltages measured
Which of the following statements is correct for the 'R1', 'R2', and 'R3' are 'R1', 'R2', and 'R3' are The total resistance equals
230402 1 across 'R1', 'R2', and 'R3' EL-0020 A
illustrated circuit in figure "B"? connected in series. connected in parallel. 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3.
are equal.
In a circuit with DC voltage applied to resistances
connected in series and the switch closed, under what the resistor next to the a resistor that has become the resistor next to the a resistor that has become
230403 1 EL-0020 D
circumstance would the full applied voltage be measured negative terminal short circuited positive terminal open circuited
across one resistor?
Consider a series circuit employing two resistors. What is the second resistor has a
the second resistor has a the second resistor has a the second resistor has a
true about the resistance value of the second resistor resistance value relative to
230403 3 resistance value equal to resistance value that is half resistance value double A
compared to the first when the voltage drop across the that of the first which
that of the first of the first that of the first
first resistor is one half the source voltage? cannot be determined
For practical purposes, in a series circuit employing three the resistor closest to the all the voltage drops will be
the resistor with the lowest the resistor with the largest
230403 4 resistors all with different resistance values, across which source regardless of its equal across all the B
resistance value resistance value
resistor will the largest voltage drop occur? resistance resistors
the sum of the individual
In a series circuit what is the total applied voltage equal the sum of the individual the total resistance divided the total current divided by
230404 1 currents multiplied by the A
to? voltage drops by the total current the total resistance
number of resistors
Total power is the sum of Total power is always
Total power is the sum of Total power is never more
What statement is true concerning the total power the powers consumed by less than the power
230404 2 the powers consumed by than the power consumed B
consumed in a series circuit? each load divided by the consumed by the
each load by the largest load
number of loads smallest load
Which of the electrical properties listed will always be the
230450 1 Impedance Current Resistance Voltage D
same across each component in a parallel circuit?
The total current flow The total voltage equals
The total resistance
Which of the following statements concerning a circuit The voltage drop across equals the reciprocal of the the sum of the individual
230451 1 equals the sum of the A
with parallel connected resistors is correct? each resistor is the same. sum of the individual voltages across each
individual resistances.
currents. resistance.
The total resistance is
The total resistance is The total resistance is The total resistance is
equal to the sum of the
What statement is true concerning the total resistance of a larger than that of the smaller than that of the equal to the sum of the
230452 1 individual branch B
parallel circuit? branch with the greatest branch with the lowest individual branch
resistances divided by the
resistance. resistance. resistances.
number of branches.
The total resistance is The total resistance is
The total resistance is The total resistance is
What statement is true concerning the total resistance of a equal to the sum of the equal to one-half the sum
230452 2 larger than the greatest smaller than the lowest B
parallel circuit? individual branch of the individual branch
branch resistance. branch resistance.
resistances. resistances.
The total current flow The total voltage equals
The total current flow The total resistance
Which of the following statements is true concerning equals the reciprocal of the the sum of the individual
230453 1 equals the sum of the equals the sum of the A
circuits with parallel connected resistances? sum of the individual voltages across each
individual currents. individual resistance.
currents. resistance.

Crawford  Nautical  School 15 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The voltages measured
across 'R1', 'R2' and 'R3'
What statement is true concerning the electrical diagram 'R1', 'R2', and 'R3' are 'R1', 'R2', and 'R3' are The total resistance equals
230454 1 will be different if 'R1', EL-0019 B
shown in figure "B" of the illustration? connected is series. connected in parallel. R1 + R2 + R3.
'R2' and 'R3' have
different values.
Four lamps are connected in parallel in a single circuit. If
burn with their original
230455 1 one of the lamp burns out, what will happen to the other all go out become dimmer become brighter C
intensities
lamps?
it will increase, causing a it will decrease, causing it will decrease, causing an
What will happen to the total circuit resistance when it will increase, causing a
230456 1 drop in the total load an increase in the line increase in the total load D
additional parallel circuits are added to a circuit? decrease in the line voltage
current voltage current
The energy dissipated in
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, with the switch The voltage drop across The current flow through The current flow through
'R1' will be the same as
230457 1 closed what statement is true if 'R1' and 'R2' have 'R1' will not be equal to the 'R1' will equal the current 'R1' will differ from the EL-0019 D
the energy dissipated in
unequal resistance values? voltage drop across 'R2'. flow through 'R2'. current flow through 'R2'.
'R2'.
The total power is the sum
The total power is always The total power is equal The total power is never
of the powers consumed
Which statement is true concerning the total power less than the power to the sum of the powers more than the power
230458 1 by each load (resistor) C
consumed in a parallel circuit? consumed by the smallest consumed by each consumed by the largest
divided bythe number of
load. individual load. load.
loads.
In a 60 Hz AC system, what is the duration in seconds for
230501 1 60 seconds 6 seconds 1 second .016 of a second D
one complete cycle?
Which of the formulas listed is correct for determining
230502 1 P = (E)(E)/R P = (I)(R)(R) P = (I)(I)/R P = E/R A
power?
As shown in the illustration, when transitioning from the balancing out the
balancing out the balancing out the power balancing out the active
electrical plant status indicated by figure "A" to the plant reactive load (kvar)
230502 2 amperage load between factor between the two load (kW) between the two EL-0040 D
status indicated by figure "B", what is the functional between the two
the two machines machines machines
purpose of this transition? machines
As shown in the illustration, when transitioning from the
# 1 generator governor # 1 generator governor
electrical plant status indicated by figure "A" to the plant #1 generator voltage # 1 generator voltage
speed setting is raised, speed setting is lowered,
status indicated by figure "B", how is this accomplished setting is raised, while #2 setting is lowered, while #2
230502 3 while #2 generator while #2 generator EL-0040 A
manually assuming that the machines are of equal generator voltage setting generator voltage setting is
governor speed setting is governor speed setting is
capacity and that the governor droop settings are is lowered raised
lowered raised
identical?
As shown in the illustration, when transitioning from the balancing out the
balancing out the balancing out the power
electrical plant status indicated by figure "B" to the plant reactive load (kvar)
230502 4 amperage load between factor between the two all the above EL-0040 D
status indicated by figure "C", what is the functional between the two
the two machines machines
purpose of this transition? machines
As shown in the illustration, when transitioning from the
# 1 generator governor # 1 generator governor
electrical plant status indicated by figure "B" to the plant #1 generator voltage # 1 generator voltage
speed setting is raised, speed setting is lowered,
status indicated by figure "C", how is this accomplished setting is raised, while #2 setting is lowered, while #2
230502 5 while #2 generator while #2 generator EL-0040 C
manually assuming that the machines are of equal generator voltage setting generator voltage setting is
governor speed setting is governor speed setting is
capacity and that the governor droop settings are is lowered raised
lowered raised
identical?
How is the power dissipated as heat in a direct current
230503 1 P divided by R I squared times R E divided by I I times R divided by T B
circuit calculated?
230504 1 How many watts of power is equal to one horsepower? 500 watts 663 watts 746 watts 1,000 watts C
If the voltage supplied to the lighting circuit is 110 volts,
230505 1 0.08 amps 0.91 amps 1.10 amps 90.9 amps B
how much current is drawn by a 100 watt light bulb?

Crawford  Nautical  School 16 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A three-phase alternator has a load current of 300 amps,
with a 0.8 power factor, and supplying 450 volts. What will
230506 1 133 kw 155 kw 187 kw 212 kw C
be the power indicated on the kilowatt meter, located on
the main switchboard?
A three-phase alternator operates at 450 volts with a 0.8
230506 2 power factor. If the ammeter indicates 250 amperes, what 90.00 kW 127.27 kW 155.70 kW 194.85 kW C
should be the kW meter reading?
A three-phase alternator is operating at 450 volts,
delivering 250 amps at 0.6 power factor. If the power
230506 3 38.97 kW 116.91 kW 155.88 kW 194.85 kW A
factor increases to 0.8, how much of an increase will there
be in the kilowatt load?
A three-phase alternator is operating at 450 volts with the
switchboard ammeter indicating 300 amps. The kW meter
230507 1 currently indicates 163.6 kW, with a power factor of 0.7. If 17.8 KW 23.2 KW 30.6 KW 37.8 KW B
the power factor increases to 0.8, how much would the
kW meter reading increase by?
A three-phase alternator is operating at 450 volts with the
switchboard ammeter indicating 300 amps. The kW meter
230507 2 currently indicates 163.6 kW, with a power factor of 0.7. If 181.4 kW 187.0 kW 194.2 kW 201.4 kW B
the power factor increases to 0.8, what would the new kW
meter reading?
A vessel is equipped with two ship's service generators.
Generator #1 is rated at 900 kW and generator #2 is rated
230508 1 at 600 kW. During parallel operation, with a hotel load of 100 kw 400 kw 500 kw 600 kw B
1,000 kw, what should be the kW load on generator #2 if
the load is shared proportionately?
An AC motor is started and produces 25 horsepower
when running at rated speed and load. Neglecting power
230509 1 18.65 kW 25.65 kW 30.65 kW 37.65 kW A
factor considerations, how much will the kW meter
reading increase for the sole generator providing power?
The apparent power supplied to a motor is six kilovolt
230510 1 0.05 ohms 0.50 ohms 2.40 ohms 24.00 ohms C
amps at 120 volts. What is the impedance of the motor?
The distance between a generator and its load is 100 feet.
What would be the approximate total voltage drop across
230511 1 a two wire supply cable if the current were 5.5 amperes 0.5 volts 1.38 volts 1.90 volts 2.77 volts D
and the resistance of the wire were 2.525 ohms per 1,000
feet?
An electrical component is connected across a 120 volt 60
230512 1 hertz AC supply. What is the current drawn by the 0.01 amperes 0.60 amperes 1.67 amperes 100 amperes B
component if the impedance is 200 ohms?
A lamp is provided with 110 volts and draws a current of
230513 1 12.2 ohms 88.0 ohms 122.2 ohms 137.5 ohms D
0.8 amps. What is the hot resistance of the lamp filament?

A lamp has a source voltage of 110 volts and a current of

230513 2 0.008 ohms 0.08 ohms 12.22 ohms 122.22 ohms D
0.9 amps. What is the hot resistance of the lamp filament?
A coil is wound with 200 feet of No. 16 tinned copper wire
and connected to a 12 volt battery. What is the current if
230514 1 1.14 amps 7.04 amps 10.22 amps 14.08 amps D
the resistance per 1000 feet of No. 16 tinned copper wire
is 4.26 ohms?

Crawford  Nautical  School 17 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A coil is wound with 400 feet of No. 16 tinned copper wire
and connected to a 12 volt battery. What is the current if
230514 2 4.8 amps 7.04 amps 10.65 amps 11.27 amps B
the resistance per 1000 feet of No. 16 tinned copper wire
is 4.26 ohms?
Electric motors intended for use outside the engine room
and boiler room are frequently rated to run at a designed
230515 1 54.2°F 72.0°F 104.0°F 129.6°F C
ambient temperature of 40°C. What is the equivalent
temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
A turbo generator has a rated output of 1200 kW at 60
230517 1 Hertz, with a no load frequency of 61.5 Hertz. What is its 1.03% 1.50% 2.44% 2.50% D
speed droop?
An electric heating element supplied with 120 volts draws
230518 1 15 watts 45.57 watts 8 watts 1800 watts D
15 amps. How much power will be consumed?
What is the wattage of a heating element drawing a
230518 2 30 watts 99.97 watts 360 watts 3600 watts D
current of 30 amperes, at 120 volts?
What power is consumed by a heating element drawing a
230518 3 20 watts 66.67 watts 720 watts 2400 watts D
current of 20 amperes at 120 volts?
How many volts are necessary to provide a current of 10
230519 1 21 volts 110 volts 220 volts 240 volts B
amperes to a motor with an impedance of 11 ohms?
It rectifies exciter
It rectifies exciter armature It inverts exciter armature It inverts exciter armature
armature AC to DC for
Assuming the alternator shown in figure "A" of the AC to DC for rotating main DC to AC for rotating main DC to AC for rotating main
rotating main field
230520 1 illustration is equipped with a diode plate as configured in field excitation and field excitation and field excitation, but does EL-0037 A
excitation, but does not
figure "D", what is the purpose of the diode plate? eliminates the need for eliminates the need for not eliminate the need for
eliminate the need for
brushes. brushes. brushes. .
brushes..
In the illustrated three phase galley oven circuit shown in only oven heating
only oven heating elements only oven heating elements no oven heating elements
230521 1 figure "A", what would be the result of the 10 amp power elements #3, #4, and #5 EL-0041 C
#1 and #2 would energize #6 and #7 would energize would energize
fuse in line L2 blowing? would energize
In the illustrated circuit in figure "A", the voltage is
provided by a 12 Volt lead acid battery and the resistor
230521 3 value is 3 ohms. When the switch is closed, if the battery 12 hours 1.75 days 30 hours 2.5 days EL-0018 C
is rated for 120 amp-hours, how long will it take before the
voltage will drop to 1.75 volts per cell?
In the illustrated three phase galley oven circuit shown in only oven heating
only oven heating elements only oven heating elements no oven heating elements
230521 4 figure "A", what would be the result of the 10 amp power elements #3, #4, and #5 EL-0041 B
#1 and #2 would energize #6 and #7 would energize would energize
fuse in line L1 blowing? would energize
In the illustrated three phase galley oven circuit shown in only oven heating
only oven heating elements only oven heating elements no oven heating elements
230521 5 figure "A", what would be the result of the 10 amp power elements #3, #4, and #5 EL-0041 B
#1 and #2 would energize #6 and #7 would energize would energize
fuse in line L1 blowing? would energize
In the illustrated three phase galley oven circuit shown in only oven heating
only oven heating elements only oven heating elements no oven heating elements
230521 6 figure "A", what would be the result of the 10 amp power elements #3, #4, and #5 EL-0041 A
#1 and #2 would energize #6 and #7 would energize would energize
fuse in line L3 blowing? would energize
In the illustrated three phase galley oven circuit shown in only oven heating
only oven heating elements only oven heating elements no oven heating elements
230521 7 figure "A", what would be the result of a 1 amp control elements #3, #4, and #5 EL-0041 D
#1 and #2 would energize #6 and #7 would energize would energize
fuse blowing? would energize
If the values of C1 and R1 shown in the illustration were 1
230523 1 microfarad and 3 megohms respectively, which of the 0.33 second 3 seconds 6 seconds 15 seconds EL-0086 B
listed intervals of time would equal one 'time constant'?

Crawford  Nautical  School 18 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

If the values of "C1" and "R1" shown in the illustration
230523 2 were 1 microfarad and 3 megohms respectively, at what 0.33 second 3 seconds 6 seconds 15 seconds EL-0086 D
listed time would "C1" be considered fully charged?
If the values of "C1" and "R1" shown in the illustration
230523 3 were 1 microfarad and 100 k ohms, which of the listed 0.1 second 0.2 second 0.5 second 5.0 seconds EL-0086 A
time intervals would equal one 'time constant'?
If the values of "C1" and "R1" shown in the illustration
230523 4 were 1 microfarad and 100 k ohms respectively, at what 0.1 second 0.2 second 0.5 second 5 seconds EL-0086 C
listed time would "C" be considered fully charged?
What will the resulting current be when a voltage of 115
230524 1 VDC is applied across a resistance of 1.74 ohms when 0.015 amps 0.026 amps 66.09 amps 116.74 amps EL-0018 C
the switch is closed in figure "A" of the illustrated circuit?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 2 VDC is applied to a resistance of 12 ohms in figure "A" of 1.24 amps 9.58 amps 104.34 amps 127 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit with the switch closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 3 VDC is applied to a resistance of 32 ohms with the switch 3.59 amps 8.90 amps 147.00 amps 278.26 amps EL-0018 A
closed in figure "A" of the illustrated circuit?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 4 VDC is applied to a resistance of 110 ohms in figure "A" of .225 amps .965 amps 1.045 amps 2.045 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 5 VDC is applied to a resistance of 10,230 ohms in figure 11.24 milliamps 88.95 milliamps 103.45 milliamps 910.00 amps EL-0018 A
"A" of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 6 VDC is applied to a resistance of 470 ohms in figure "A" of 0.244 amps 4.07 amps 5.85 amps 19.21 amps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 7 VDC is applied to a resistance of 237 ohms in figure "A" of 0.352 amps 0.485 amps 1.485 amps 2.06 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 115
230524 8 VDC is applied a resistance of 17.8 ohms in figure "A" of 0.133 amps 0.154 amps 2.755 amps 6.46 amps EL-0018 D
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 442.7
230525 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 1.25 ohms in figure "A" 28.25 amps 35.32 amps 354.16 amps 443.62 amps EL-0018 C
of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 25
230526 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 105.3 ohms in figure "A" 0.237 amps 1.237 amps 4.212 amps 130.3 amps EL-0018 A
of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 12 ohms in figure "A" of 1.515 amps 6.126 amps 7.916 amps 107 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 2 VDC is applied a resistance of 32 ohms in figure "A" of the .336 amps 2.968 amps 63 amps 127 amps EL-0018 B
illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 3 VDC is applied to a resistance of 110 ohms in figure "A" of 0.205 amps 0.863 amps 1.16 amps 1.863 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 19 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 4 VDC is applied to a resistance of 10.23 k ohms in figure 9.29 milliamps 9.29 amps 10.32 amps 11.02 amps EL-0018 A
"A" of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 5 VDC is applied to a resistance of 470 ohms in figure "A" of 4.95 amps 202.2 milliamps 565.00 milliamps 2,325 milliamps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 6 VDC is applied to a resistance of 237 ohms in figure "A" of 1.40 amps 2.49 amps 332 milliamps 400.8 milliamps EL-0018 D
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 95
230527 7 VDC is applied to a resistance of 17.8 ohms in figure "A" .187 amps 3.34 amps 5.34 amps 112.8 amps EL-0018 C
of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 12 ohms in figure "A" of .11 amps 1.31 amps 9.17 amps 122 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 2 VDC is applied to a resistance of 32 ohms in figure "A" of .29 amps 3.44 amps 9.31 amps 142 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 3 VDC is applied to a resistance of 110 ohms in figure "A" of 0.1 amps 0.2 amps 1 amps 220 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 4 VDC is applied to a resistance of 10,230 ohms in figure 0.0107 amps 0.951 amps 93 amps 10,340 amps EL-0018 A
"A" of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 5 VDC is applied to a resistance of 470 ohms in figure "A" of .234 amps 4.272 amps 580 amps 2,008 amps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 6 VDC is applied to a resistance of 237 ohms in figure "A" of .464 amps 1.464 amps 2.154 amps 3.47 amps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 110
230528 7 VDC is applied to a resistance of 17.8 ohms in figure "A" 2.88 amps 6.18 amps 127.8 amps 161 amps EL-0018 B
of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What would be the source voltage of the illustrated circuit
230528 8 in figure "A" if the current flow with the switch closed was 0.033 volts 3 volts 30 volts 1080 volts EL-0018 D
6 amps and the resistance was 180 ohms?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 112
230529 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 12 ohms in figure "A" of .107 amps 1.28 amps 9.33 amps 124 milliamps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 112
230529 2 VDC is applied to a resistance of 32 ohms in figure "A" of .285 amps 3.5 amps 9.142 amps 144 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 112
230529 3 VDC is applied to a resistance of 110 ohms in figure "A" of 0.222.amps 0.982 amps 1.018 amps 2.018 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 112
230529 4 VDC is applied to a resistance of 10,230 ohms in figure .010 amps .913 amps 103 amps 934 amps EL-0018 A
"A" of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 20 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 112
230529 5 VDC is applied to a resistance of 470 ohms in figure "A" of .238 amps 4.196 amps 582 amps 19.723 amps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 112
230529 6 VDC is applied to a resistance of 17.8 ohms in figure "A" .158 amps 5.82 amps 6.29 amps 129.8 amps EL-0018 C
of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What would be the resistance value of the load in figure
"A" of the illustrated circuit if the current was .05 amps
230529 7 1.25 ohms 5 ohms 12.5 ohms 500 ohms EL-0018 D
and the source voltage was 25 volts with the switch
closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230530 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 12 ohms in figure "A" of 0.096 amps 1.16 amps 10.33 amps 136 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit with the switch closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230530 2 VDC is applied to a resistance of 110 ohms in figure "A" of 0.887 amps 1.127 amps 2.13 amps 11.27 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230530 3 VDC is applied to a resistance of 10,230 ohms in figure 0.012 amps 0.844 amps 10.35 amps 82.50 amps EL-0018 A
"A" of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230530 4 VDC is applied to a resistance of 470 ohms in figure "A" of 0.263 amps 3.79 amps 594 amps 1,7814 amps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230530 5 VDC is applied to a resistance of 237 ohms in figure "A" of 1.523 amps 1.911 amps 361 milliamps 523.2 milliamps EL-0018 D
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230530 6 VDC is applied to a resistance of 17.8 ohms in figure "A" 0.143 amps 2.555 amps 6.966 amps 141.8 milliamps EL-0018 C
of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 124
230531 1 VDC is applied to a resistance of 32 ohms in figure "A" of 0.258 amps 3.875 amps 8.258 amps 156 amps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 132
230531 2 VDC is applied to a resistance of 32 ohms in figure "A" of 0.242 amps 1.64 amps 4.125 amps 7.757 amps EL-0018 C
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 132
230531 3 VDC is applied to a resistance of 110 ohms in figure "A" of 0.833 amps 1.2 amps 2.2 amps 242 milliamps EL-0018 B
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 132
230531 4 VDC is applied to a resistance of 10,230 ohms in figure 0.013 amps 0.792 amps 77.5 milliamps 10.362 amps EL-0018 A
"A" of the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 132
230531 5 VDC is applied to a resistance of 470 ohms in figure "A" of 0.280 amps 1.673 amps 3.560 amps 602 milliamps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 132
230531 6 VDC is applied to a resistance of 237 ohms in figure "A" of 0.557 amps 1.236 amps 2.048 amps 4.200 amps EL-0018 A
the illustrated circuit when the switch is closed?
A 4160 Volt AC generator is loaded to 2850 kW with a
230532 1 0.85 power factor. What is the approximate kVAR load on 503 kVAR 1766 kVAR 2850 kVAR 3353 kVAR B
the generator?

Crawford  Nautical  School 21 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A 120 volt battery is rated at 800 amp- hours for a
continuous 50 kW load. Approximately how long will the
230533 1 fully charged battery be able to supply a continuous 50 60 minutes 75 minutes 90 minutes 115 minutes D
kW load before the battery can no longer maintain this
discharge rate and is effectively discharged?
If the field current of a paralleled AC generator is VAR's will increase and the VAR's will increase and the VAR's will decrease and VAR's will decrease and
230534 1 increased above normal, what will be the net result to the power factor will be more power factor will be more the power factor will be the power factor will be A
VAR's and power factor? lagging leading more lagging more leading
If the field current of a paralleled AC generator is VAR's will increase and the VAR's will increase and the VAR's will decrease and VAR's will decrease and
230534 2 increased above normal, what will be the net result to the power factor will be more power factor will be more the power factor will be the power factor will be B
VAR's and power factor? leading lagging more lagging more leading
If the field current of a paralleled AC generator is VAR's will decrease and VAR's will increase and the VAR's will decrease and VAR's will increase and the
230534 3 increased above normal, what will be the net result to the the power factor will be power factor will be more the power factor will be power factor will be more D
VAR's and power factor? more leading leading more lagging lagging
What would be the resistance tolerance of a carbon
resistor which is color coded as red, violet, brown, and
230542 1 1% 5% 10% 20% EL-0103 C
silver in bands 1 thru 4 respectfully as shown in figure "A"
of the illustration?
A carbon resistor has a resistance of 50 ohms, and a
tolerance of 5 percent. What would be the respective gray, black, brown, and green, black, black, and gray, black, brown, and green, black, black, and
230543 1 EL-0103 D
colors indicated for bands 1, 2, 3 and 4 for this resistor as silver. silver. gold. gold.
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
A carbon resistor has the following color bands; band 1 is
yellow, band 2 is violet, band 3 is yellow, and band 4 is
230544 1 74 ohms + or - 5% 4700 ohms + or - 10% 74,000 ohms + or - 5% 470,000 ohms + or - 10% EL-0103 D
silver. What is the value of the resistor in ohms, as well as
the tolerance?
A carbon resistor has the following color bands; band 1 is
yellow, band 2 is violet, band 3 is orange, and band 4 is
230544 2 47 ohms + or - 10% 7400 ohms + or - 5% 47,000 ohms + or - 10% 740,000 ohms + or - 5% EL-0103 C
silver. What is the ohmic value of the resistor, as well as
the tolerance?
A carbon resistor has the following color bands; band 1 is
yellow, band 2 is violet, band 3 is black, and band 4 is
230544 3 47 ohms + or - 5% 7400 ohms + or - 10% 47,000 ohms + or - 5% 740,000 ohms + or - 10% EL-0103 A
gold. What is the ohmic value of the resistor, as well as
the tolerance?
A carbon resistor has the following color bands; band 1 is
yellow, band 2 is violet, band 3 is gold, and band 4 is
230544 4 4.7 ohms + or - 10% 47 ohms + or - 5% 4700 ohms + or - 10% 4.7 K ohms + or - 5% EL-0103 A
silver. What is the ohmic value of the resistor, as well as
the tolerance?
What would be the ohmic value of a carbon resistor if the
230545 1 color bands 1, 2, 3, and 4 were yellow, violet, red, and 44.65 to 49.35 ohms 4,465 to 4,935 ohms 44,650 to 49,350 ohms 446,500 to 493,500 ohms EL-0103 B
gold respectively.
What would be the ohmic value of a carbon resistor if the
230545 2 color bands 1, 2, 3, and 4 were yellow, green, orange, and 42.75 to 47.25 ohms 4,275 to 4,725 ohms 42,750 to 47,250 ohms 427,500 to 472,500 ohms EL-0103 C
gold respectively.
it will change its value
inversely proportional to
What will happen to a carbon resistor operating in its reliability factor will its reliability factor will it will always operate at the
230546 2 the amount of heat C
electrical equipment that is NOT properly cooled? increase decrease same ohmic value
generated and time in
service

Crawford  Nautical  School 22 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A 125 volt DC motor is rated at 10 kW. What is the current
230547 1 4.6 amps 8.0 amps 46.2 amps 80 amps D
rating of the motor?
Ensures the motor cannot Allows the motor to come Allows the motor to come
Ensures the motor cannot
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the be started until the up to speed before up to speed at reduced
230549 1 be started until the EL-0104 D
time delay relay (TR) coil in the circuit? accelerating coil is placing the starting voltage before bypassing
overload relays are reset.
energized. resistors in the circuit. the starting resistors.

As shown in the illustration, what type of starter is reduced voltage reduced voltage secondary reduced voltage primary
230549 2 across-the-line starter EL-0104 C
illustrated? autotransformer starter resistance starter resistance starter
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, for the illustrated
230550 1 AC electrical system power triangle, which value kvar divided by kW kvar divided by kVA kW divided by kvar kW divided by kVA EL-0105 D
represents the power factor for the system?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, for the illustrated
230550 2 AC electrical system power triangle, which value kvar kVA kW kW divided by kVA EL-0105 C
represents the active power for the system?
As shown in figure "D" of the illustration as compared to
figure "C", what is the purpose for the "wye" or "delta" correct any imbalances in improve power factor for increase starting torque for
230550 3 assist in ground detection EL-0105 C
connected capacitors when the loads are similar to that the load the plant the motors
illustrated in figure "A"?
The generator output 80% of the energy input to 80% of the output will be This information
What is the significance of having an indicated power
230551 1 voltage and current can be the generator produces converted to useful characterizes the DC C
factor of 0.8 when describing the output of a generator?
described as 20% resistive. useful output. power. output of the generator.
What will be the resulting current when a voltage of 12
VDC is applied to a capacitance of 470 microfarads in
230589 1 0.0 amps 0.0255 amps 5.64 amps 25.5 amps EL-0018 A
figure "C" of the illustrated circuit after the capacitor has
had ample time to fully charge?
Which of the figures shown in the illustration is a toroidal
230590 1 figure "A" figure "B" figure "C" figure "D" EL-0034 D
electromagnetic coil?
Which of the figures shown in the illustration is an air
230590 2 figure "A" figure "B" figure "C" figure "D" EL-0034 A
choke coil?
What current is will be drawn by two 75 watt lamps and
231000 2 one 40 watt lamp when connected in parallel to a 120 volt 0.161 amperes 0.631 amperes 1.583 amperes 6.199 amperes C
power source?
What is the formula for computing impedance in a series
Z * Z = R * R + (XL - XC) Z = R * R + (XL * XC) - (XL
231001 1 circuit containing resistance, capacitance, and inductance. Z = RT + XL + XC Z = R + XL - XC C
* (XL - XC) * XC)
[ NOTE: the symbol * stands for 'multiplied by' ]
An AC circuit has a capacitive reactance of 30 ohms in
231002 1 addition to an inductive reactance of 40 ohms connected 8.37 ohms 10.00 ohms 50.00 ohms 70.00 ohms B
in series. What is the total reactance of the circuit?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, and
231003 1 0.6 amp 0.833 amp 1.2 amps 2.4 amps EL-0020 A
R2 is 10 ohms what is the current flowing through R2 with
the switch closed?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, and
231003 2 0.6 amp 0.833 amp 1.2 amps 2.4 amps EL-0020 A
R2 is 10 ohms what is the current flowing through R1
when the switch is closed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 23 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, and
231003 3 0.6 amp 0.833 amp 1.2 amps 2.4 amps EL-0020 A
R2 is 10 ohms what is the total current in the circuit when
the switch is closed?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, and
231003 4 3.6 watts 7.2 watts 36 watts 72 watts EL-0020 B
R2 is 10 ohms what is the total power consumed by the
circuit when the switch is closed?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, and
231003 5 3.6 watts 7.2 watts 36 watts 72 watts EL-0020 A
R2 is 10 ohms what is the power consumed by R1 when
the switch is closed?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 24 k ohms, and
231003 6 .005 amps .434 milliamps 2.4 milliamps 6.0 amps EL-0020 B
R2 is 3610 ohms what is the current flowing through R1
when the switch is closed?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the applied
voltage is 12 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 110 ohms, and
231003 7 1.13 milliwatts 3.6 watts 14.24 milliwatts 7.2 watts EL-0020 C
R2 is 10 k ohms what is the total power consumed by the
circuit when the switch is closed?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if the applied
voltage is 12 volts DC, the resistance of R1 is 110 ohms,
231003 8 0.013 volts 0.063 volts 0.131 volts 0.63 volts EL-0020 C
and R2 is 10 k ohms, what is the voltage measured
across R1 when the switch is closed?
In figure "A" of the illustration, 12 volts is applied to the
circuit where the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms and R2 is
231004 1 1.2 volts 2 volts 6 volts 12 volts EL-0020 C
10 ohms. what is the voltage across R2 when the switch
is closed?
With the switch closed in the circuit illustrated in figure
"B", what is the total power consumed by the loads if the
231005 1 2 watts 12 watts 48 watts 288 watts EL-0020 C
applied voltage is 24 volts and the resistance of R1 is 3
ohms, R2 is 4 ohms, and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the power consumed by 'R2' in the circuit
illustrated in figure "B", if the applied voltage is 24 volts
231005 2 16 watts 20 watts 24 watts 28 watts EL-0020 A
and the resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2 is 4 ohms, and R3
is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the power consumed by 'R1' in the circuit
illustrated in figure "B" with the switch closed if the applied
231005 3 2 watts 3 watts 6 watts 12 watts EL-0020 D
voltage is 24 volts and the resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2
is 4 ohms, and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the power consumed by 'R3' in the circuit
illustrated in figure "B" with the switch closed if the applied
231005 4 12 watts 20 watts 24 watts 48 watts EL-0020 B
voltage is 24 volts and resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2 is 4
ohms, and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
In figure of "A" of the illustrated circuit, what is the voltage
measured across R1 if the battery voltage is 24 volts, the
231006 5 5.1 volts 18.9 volts 24 volts 150 millivolts EL-0020 A
resistance of R1 is 34 ohms, and the resistance of R2 is
126 ohms when the switch is closed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 24 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In figure "A" of the illustrated circuit, what is the resistance
The answer can not be
across R2 if the battery voltage is 32 VDC, the resistance
231006 6 10 ohms 500 ohms 1200 ohms found with the information EL-0020 B
of R1 is 1.2 k ohms and the current through R2 is 18.82
given.
milliamps?
In figure "A" of the illustrated circuit, what is the voltage of
the battery if the resistance of R1 is 150 ohms, the total
231006 7 1.5 volts 6.25 volts 12 volts 24 volts EL-0020 B
resistance is 250 ohms and the current though R2 is 25
milliamps when the switch is closed?
What will be the total current in figure "B" of the illustrated
circuit with the switch closed if the applied voltage is 24
231007 1 2 amps 6 amps 8 amps 10 amps EL-0020 A
volts and the resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2 is 4 ohms,
and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the voltage across 'R1' of figure "B" of the
illustrated circuit with the switch closed if the applied
231007 2 2 volts 6 volts 8 volts 10 volts EL-0020 B
voltage is 24 volts and resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2 is 4
ohms, and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the voltage across 'R2' of figure "B" of the
illustrated circuit when the switch is closed if the applied
231007 3 2 volts 6 volts 8 volts 10 volts EL-0020 C
voltage is 24 volts and the resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2
is 4 ohms, and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the voltage across 'R3' in figure "B" of the
illustrated circuit when the switch is closed if the applied
231007 4 2 volts 6 volts 8 volts 10 volts EL-0020 D
voltage is 24 volts and the resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2
is 4 ohms, and R3 is 5 ohms, respectively?
What is the total resistance of figure "B" of the illustrated
231008 1 circuit if the resistance of R1 is 3 ohms, R2 is 4 ohms, and 0.5 ohms 1.28 ohms 1.5 ohms 12 ohms EL-0020 D
R3 is 5 ohms?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what would be
231009 1 the circuit impedance if the capacitive reactance is 10 4.47 ohms 6.32 ohms 14.14 ohms 20 ohms EL-0109 C
ohms and the resistance is 10 ohms?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what would be
231009 2 the circuit impedance if the inductive reactance is 10 4.47 ohms 6.32 ohms 14.14 ohms 20 ohms EL-0109 C
ohms and the resistance is 10 ohms?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what would be
the circuit impedance if the capacitive reactance is 10
231009 3 5.48 ohms 10 ohms 14.14 ohms 30 ohms EL-0109 B
ohms, the inductive reactance is 10 ohms and the
resistance is 10 ohms?
As shown in figure "D" of the illustration, what would be
231009 4 the circuit impedance if the capacitive reactance is 10 4.47 ohms 7.07 ohms 14.14 ohms 20 ohms EL-0109 B
ohms and the resistance is 10 ohms?
As shown in figure "E" of the illustration, what would be
231009 5 the circuit impedance if the inductive reactance is 10 4.47 ohms 7.07 ohms 14.14 ohms 20 ohms EL-0109 B
ohms and the resistance is 10 ohms?
As shown in figure "F" of the illustration, what would be
the circuit impedance if the capacitive reactance is 10
231009 6 5.48 ohms 10 ohms 14.14 ohms 30 ohms EL-0109 B
ohms, the inductive reactance is 10 ohms and the
resistance is 10 ohms?
Which of the following statements is true if a 100 watt The 75 watt lamp will draw
The 100 watt lamp will Current flow will be the The 75 watt lamp will have
231100 1 lamp and a 75 watt lamp each rated at 100 volts are as much current as the 100 D
have a greater resistance. same across each lamp. a higher resistance.
connected in parallel across a 100 volt power supply? watt lamp.

Crawford  Nautical  School 25 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Two 100 watt light bulbs rated at 100 volts are connected equal to the product of the
231101 1 in parallel across a 100 volt power supply. What will be 50 watts 100 watts 200 watts amperes times the voltage C
the total power consumed by the two bulbs? in each branch
A battery is connected to a circuit containing three
resistors in parallel. The values of the three resistors are 2
231102 1 2 volts 6 volts 12 volts 24 volt C
ohms, 3 ohms, and 6 ohms. What is the voltage of the
battery if the total circuit current is 12 amps?
If a circuit has resistances of 5, 10, and 20 ohms
231103 1 connected in parallel, what is the combined total 1.5 ohms 2.9 ohms 17.5 ohms 35.0 ohms B
resistance of the circuit?
What is the total resistance of the electrical circuit
illustrated in figure "B" if the resistance of R1 is 2 ohms,
231103 2 0.01 ohms 0.10 ohms 1.00 ohms 10.00 ohms EL-0019 C
R2 is 4 ohms, and R3 is 4 ohms and the battery voltage is
6 volts?
What is the total current of the illustrated circuit in figure
"B" with the switch closed if the battery voltage is 12 VDC
231104 1 2 amps 4 amps 6 amps 12 amps EL-0019 D
and the resistance of R1 is 2 ohms, R2 is 3 ohms and R3
is 6 ohms, respectively?
What is the current flow through R1 of the circuit in figure
"B" of the illustration with the switch closed if the
231104 2 2 amps 4 amps 6 amps 12 amps EL-0019 C
resistance of R1 is 2 ohms, R2 is 3 ohms and R3 is 6
ohms and the battery voltage is 12 VDC?
What is the current flowing through R2 in figure "B" of the
illustrated circuit with the switch closed if the battery
231104 3 2 amps 4 amps 6 amps 12 amps EL-0019 B
voltage is 12 VDC and the resistance of R1 is 2 ohms, R2
is 3 ohms and R3 is 6 ohms?
What is the current flowing through R3 in figure "B" of the
illustrated circuit when the switch is closed if the battery
231104 4 2 amps 4 amps 6 amps 12 amps EL-0019 A
voltage is 12 VDC and resistance of R1 is 2 ohms, R2 is 3
ohms, and R3 is 6 ohms, respectively?
Which figure represents the schematic symbol shown in
231105 1 figure "A" figure "B" figure "C" figure "D" EL-0034 B
figure "2"?
In the schematic of the electrical circuit shown in figure
"A" of the illustration, what is the value of the total
231106 1 Equal Half Double Squared EL-0038 C
capacitance, when compared to the value of equal
individual capacitors?
What is the total current in figure "B" of the illustrated
circuit powered by a 6 volt battery if the resistance of R1
231107 1 0.6 amp 1 amp 4 amps 6 amps EL-0019 D
is 2 ohms, R2 is 4 ohms, and R3 is 4 ohms, respectively
with the switch closed?
What is the current flowing through R1 of figure "B" of the
illustrated circuit with the switch closed and with a 6 VDC
231107 2 0.5 amps 1.5 amps 3.0 amps 6 amps EL-0019 C
battery if the resistance of R1 is 2 ohms, R2 is 4 ohms
and R3 is 4 ohms, respectively?
What is the current through R2 of figure "B" of the circuit
illustrated with the switch closed if the resistance of R1 is
231107 3 0.5 amp 1.5 amps 3.0 amps 6 amps EL-0019 B
2 ohms, R2 is 4 ohms, and R3 is 4 ohms and the battery
voltage is 6 VDC?

Crawford  Nautical  School 26 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What will be the resulting total current if a voltage of 125
VDC is applied to the loads of the circuit in figure "A" of
231108 2 11.5 amps 12.5 amps 115 amps 125 amps EL-0019 A
the illustration where the resistance of R1 is 12 ohms, and
R2 is 115 ohms?
In the illustrated circuit of figure "A", if the battery voltage
is 24 VDC, the resistance of R1 is 24 ohms, and the
231108 3 0.5 amp 1 amp 2.0 amp 2.4 amps EL-0019 C
resistance of R2 is 24 ohms, what will be the resulting
total current with the switch closed?
In the illustrated circuit in figure "A", what is the total
current with the switch closed if the source voltage is 12
231108 4 .55 amps 0.8 amps 1.5 amps 2 amps EL-0019 D
VDC, the resistance of R1 is 15 ohms, and the resistance
of R2 is 10 ohms, respectively?
In figure "A" of the illustrated circuit, with the switch closed
what is the resistance of R2 if the total current is .75
231108 5 16 ohms 24 ohms 48 ohms 96 ohms EL-0019 C
amps, the source voltage is 12 VDC and the resistance of
R1 is 24 ohms?
In the illustrated circuit of figure "A", what is the total
resistance if the source voltage is 10 VDC, the resistance
231108 6 13.33 ohms 20 ohms 60 ohms 66.67 ohms EL-0019 A
of R2 is 40 ohms and the total current is .75 amps with the
switch closed?
What would be the total capacitance of the circuit
231109 1 illustrated in figure "A" if the value of capacitor C1 was 66.6 microfarads 150 microfarads 166.6 microfarads 300 microfarads EL-0038 D
100 microfarads and capacitor C2 was 200 microfarads?
What would be the total capacitance of the circuit
231109 2 illustrated in figure "A" if the value of capacitor C1 was 75 microfarads 150 microfarads 2500 microfarads 5000 microfarads EL-0038 B
100 microfarads and capacitor C2 was 50 microfarads?
What would be the capacitive reactance of the circuit
shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the capacitance of
231110 1 C1 was 100 microfarads, the capacitance of C2 was 200 8.8 ohms 17.7 ohms 39.8 ohms 79.6 ohms EL-0038 A
microfarads and the frequency of the source was 60
cycles per second (Hz)?
What would be the capacitive reactance of the circuit
shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the capacitance of
231110 2 C1 was 50 microfarads, the capacitance of C2 was 100 8.8 ohms 17.7 ohms 39.8 ohms 79.7 ohms EL-0038 B
microfarads and the frequency of the source was 60
cycles per second (Hz)?
What would be the capacitive reactance of the circuit
shown in figure "A" of the illustration if the capacitance of
231110 3 C1 was 200 microfarads, the capacitance of C2 was 400 1.2 ohms 2.3 ohms 4.4 ohms 8.8 ohms EL-0038 C
microfarads and the frequency of the source was 60
cycles per second (Hz)?
it will not have any effect it will increase the
What effect will increasing the power source frequency it will decrease the average it will not have any effect
231111 1 on the average current average current in the C
have in a capacitive circuit? current in the circuit on the capacitive reactance
value circuit
it will not have any affect it will increase the
What effect will decreasing the power source frequency it will decrease the average it will not have any affect
231111 2 on the average current average current in the A
have in a capacitive circuit? current in the circuit on the capacitive reactance
value circuit

Crawford  Nautical  School 27 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What would be the total current in figure "A" of the circuit
illustrated if the value of capacitor C1 was 100
231112 1 27 amps 37 amps 47 amps 57 amps EL-0038 A
microfarads, capacitor C2 was 200 microfarads and the
power supply was 240 volts at 60 Hz?
In figure "B" of the illustrated circuit, if the resistance of R1
231200 1 is 10 ohms, R2 is 10 ohms, and R3 is 10 ohms, what is 15 ohms 20 ohms 25 ohms 30 ohms EL-0032 A
the total resistance?
What would be the total current flowing in the circuit
shown in figure "B" of the illustration if the source is 30
231200 2 1 amp 2 amps 5 amps 15 amps EL-0032 B
volts, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, R2 is 10 ohms and
R3 is 10 ohms, respectively?
In the illustration, 1, 2, 3 and 4 are 12 volt batteries. What
231201 1 will be the nominal voltage as read by a voltmeter across 6 volts 12 volts 24 volts 48 volts EL-0107 C
the output of the battery bank?
What would be the voltage drop across the parallel
branches of the circuit shown in figure "B" of the
231202 1 illustration if the source voltage is 30 volts, the resistance 5 volts 10 volts 20 volts 30 volts EL-0032 B
for R1 is 10 ohms, the resistance for R2 is 10 ohms and
the resistance for R3 is 10 ohms?
What would be the voltage drop across the series resistor
of the circuit shown in figure "B" of the illustration if the
231202 2 5 volts 10 volts 20 volts 30 volts EL-0032 C
source is 30 volts, the resistance of R1 is 10 ohms, R2 is
10 ohms and R3 is 10 ohms?
What would be the total power consumed in the circuit
shown in figure "B" of the illustration if the source is 30
231203 1 10 watts 40 watts 45 watts 60 watts EL-0032 D
volts, the resistance for R1 is 10 ohms, R2 is 10 ohms,
and R3 is 10 ohms?
What power would be consumed by the series resistor in
the circuit shown in the illustration if the source is 30 volts,
231203 2 10 watts 30 watts 40 watts 60 watts EL-0032 C
the resistance for R1 is 10 ohms, R2 is 10 ohms and R3 is
10 ohms?
What would be the power consumed in the combined
parallel section of the circuit shown in the illustration if the
231203 4 source voltage was 30 volts and the resistance for R1 is 5 watts 10 watts 20 watts 40 watts EL-0032 C
10 ohms, R2 is 10 ohms, and R3 is 10 ohms,
respectively?
Given the circuit and individual AC and DC voltage
waveforms shown in figure "A" producing the composite
231204 1 10 volts 20 volts 30 volts 40 volts EL-0075 B
voltage waveform shown in figure "B", what would be the
value of the peak to peak voltage?
Given the circuit and individual AC and DC voltage
waveforms shown in figure "A" producing the composite
231204 2 voltage waveform shown in figure "B", what would be the 10 amps 20 amps 30 amps 40 amps EL-0075 B
value of the average current passing through the load
resistor with a resistance of 1 ohm?
The AC components have
The AC components are The AC components have The AC components are
a different peak- to-peak
In comparing the composite waveforms as shown in identical and the DC a different peak- to-peak identical and the DC
231204 3 voltage and the DC EL-0075 A
figures "C" and "D", what are the essential differences? components are equal but voltage and the DC components are
components are equal but
of opposite polarity. components are identical. identical.
of opposite polarity.

Crawford  Nautical  School 28 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The transformer removes The transformer removes The transformer removes

The transformer removes
the DC component from the DC component from the DC component from
the DC component from
Given the circuit and input and output waveforms shown the varying DC input to the varying DC input to the varying DC input to
the varying DC input to
231204 4 in figure "E" of the illustration, what function does the produce an AC output that produce an AC output produce an AC output that EL-0075 C
produce an AC output that
coupling transformer perform? leads the AC component that lags the AC lags the AC component
is in phase with the AC
input by 90 electrical component input by 90 input by 180 electrical
component input.
degrees. electrical degrees. degrees.
The capacitor removes the The capacitor removes the The capacitor removes
The capacitor removes the
DC component from the DC component from the the DC component from
DC component from the
Given the circuit and input and output waveforms shown varying DC input to varying DC input to the varying DC input to
varying DC input to
231204 5 in figure "F" of the illustration, what function does the produce an AC output that produce an AC output that produce an AC output EL-0075 D
produce an AC output that
coupling capacitor perform? leads the AC component lags the AC component that leads the AC
is in phase with the AC
input by 90 electrical input by 90 electrical component input by 180
component input.
degrees. degrees. electrical degrees.
What would be the terminal voltage and ampere-hour
24 volts and 75 ampere- 24 volts and 150 ampere- 12 volts and 150 ampere- 48 volts and 300 ampere-
231205 1 capacity of the battery bank illustrated if each battery was EL-0107 B
hours hours hours hours
rated at 75 ampere-hours and 12 volts?
What would be the terminal voltage and ampere-hour
6 volts and 50 ampere- 12 volts and 100 ampere- 12 volts and 200 ampere- 24 volts and 50 ampere-
231205 2 capacity of the battery bank if each battery was rated at EL-0107 B
hours hours hours hours
50 amp-hours and 6 volts?
What would be the terminal voltage and ampere-hour
12 volts and 50 ampere- 12 volts and 100 ampere- 24 volts and 50 ampere- 24 volts and 100 ampere-
231205 3 capacity of the battery bank illustrated if each battery was EL-0107 D
hours hours hours hours
rated at 50 ampere-hours and 12 volts?
What would be the terminal voltage and ampere-hour
12 volts and 400 amp- 12 volts and 800 amp- 24 volts and 400 amp- 24 volts and 800 amp-
231205 4 capacity of the battery bank illustrated if each battery was EL-0107 A
hours hours hours hours
rated at 200 amp-hours and 6 volts?
Consider a three-phase squirrel cage induction motor
rated at 450 VAC and 60 Hz. What would happen to the
231300 1 motor if the line frequency dropped from the normally run at a slower speed operate at a lower current vibrate excessively trip off the line A
supplied 60 Hz to 55 Hz and the voltage remained normal
at 450 VAC.
What is the rotor speed of a four pole, 60 cycle, induction
231301 1 270 RPM 540 RPM 873 RPM 1746 RPM D
motor operating at full load with 3% slip?
What is the rotor speed of a six pole, 60 cycle, induction
231301 2 3492 RPM 1800 RPM 1164 RPM 1746 RPM C
motor operating at full load with 3% slip?
A four-pole 60-hertz induction motor has a synchronous
231302 1 speed of 1800 RPM and a slip of 4 percent at full load. 1728.0 RPM 1730.7 RPM 1800.0 RPM 1872.0 RPM A
What will be its full load speed?
A four-pole induction motor, operating on three-phase 60
231302 2 850 RPM 1,150 RPM 1,750 RPM 3,550 RPM C
cycle current will operate at approximately __________.
A four-pole, 60 cycle, squirrel-cage motor has a full load
231302 3 speed of 1725 RPM. What will be the percent of slip at full 4.16 4.34 95.66 95.84 A
load?
The prime mover of an AC two pole main propulsion
generator drives the generator at 3600 RPM. If the main
231303 1 45 RPM 80 RPM 90 RPM 180 RPM C
propulsion motor has 80 poles, what will be the propeller
speed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 29 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A four pole turbo generator is used in conjunction with a
231303 2 160 pole propulsion motor. If the generator is turning at 40 RPM 60 RPM 80 RPM 100 RPM C
3,200 RPM, what is the current speed of the propeller?
If the synchronous speed of a 12 pole, polyphase,
induction motor operating at 60 Hz were 600 RPM, how
231304 1 many poles will be required in a similar motor operating at 4 6 8 18 C
the same frequency but having a synchronous speed of
900 RPM?
What will be the output frequency of a three-phase, six
231305 1 pole, AC generator operating at 1800 revolutions per 60 hertz 90 hertz 120 hertz 180 hertz B
minute?
What will be the frequency of a three- phase, 16 pole, AC
231305 2 60 hertz 90 hertz 180 hertz 400 hertz D
generator operating at 3000 revolutions per minute?
A four pole, 60 Hz, three-phase synchronous motor
comes up to 1760 RPM when started as an induction
231306 1 0 1.1 2.2 3.3 A
motor. What is the percent slip after the rotor field is
energized?
An AC generator produces 60 Hz at 1800 RPM. If the
231307 1 generator speed is increased to 1830 RPM, what will decrease to 59 Hz remain at 60 Hz increase to 61 Hz increase to 63 Hz C
happen to the frequency in Hz?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, if the source
231400 1 voltage at the branch circuit breaker is 220 VAC, what 55 volts 110 volts 165 volts 220 volts EL-0083 A
would be the applied voltage to the load?
The turns ratio of the tapped step down transformer
shown in figure "C" of the illustration is four to one and all
231401 1 taps are equally spaced. If 440 volts were applied 110 volts 220 volts 440 volts 1760 volts EL-0082 A
between 'H1' and 'H4', what would appear across 'X1' and
'X4'?
The turns ratio of the tapped step down transformer
shown in figure "C" of the illustration is four to one and all
231401 2 the taps are equally spaced. If 120 volts was measured 30 volts 120 volts 480 volts 1440 volts EL-0082 D
across the secondary between 'X1' and 'X2', what voltage
must be applied across 'H1' and 'H4'?
The turns ratio of the step down transformer with dual
voltage secondary shown in figure "B" of the illustration is
231402 1 two to one (total). If 220 volts were applied to terminals 55 volts 110 volts 440 volts 880 volts EL-0082 A
'H1' and 'H2', what would be measured across 'X3' and
'X4'?
The turns ratio of the step down transformer with dual
voltage secondary as shown in figure "B" of the illustration
is two to one (total). If 440 volts were applied to terminals
231402 2 55 volts 110 volts 220 volts 880 volts EL-0082 B
'H1' and 'H2', what would be measured across 'X1-X3'
and 'X2-X4' assuming that the secondary windings are
connected in parallel?
The turns ratio of the step down transformer with dual
voltage secondary as shown in figure "B" of the illustration
231402 5 is two to one (total). If 220 volts were applied to terminals 55 volts 110 volts 220 volts 440 volts EL-0082 B
'H1' & 'H2', what would be indicated across 'X1' & 'X4' with
'X2' & 'X3' connected and isolated?

Crawford  Nautical  School 30 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The turns ratio of the tapped step down transformer
shown in figure "C" of the illustration is four to one and all
231403 1 taps are evenly spaced. If 120 volts were applied to 15 volts 30 volts 480 volts 960 volts EL-0082 A
terminals 'H1' and 'H3', what would appear at 'X1' and
'X2'?
The turns ratio of the tapped step down transformer
shown in figure "C" of the illustration is four to one and all
231403 2 taps are evenly spaced. If 110 volts were applied to 37.5 volts 55 volts 220 volts 440 volts EL-0082 C
terminals 'X1' and 'X3', what would be measured across
'H1' and 'H2'?
The turns ratio the tapped step down transformer shown
in figure "C" of the illustration is four to one and all taps
231403 3 15 volts 30 volts 480 volts 960 volts EL-0082 A
are evenly spaced. If 120 volts were applied to terminals
'H1' and 'H3', what would appear at 'X1' and 'X2'?
The turns ratio of the tapped step down transformer
shown in figure "C" of the illustration is four to one and all
231403 4 taps are evenly spaced. If 110 volts were applied to 37.5 volts 55 volts 220 volts 440 volts EL-0082 C
terminals 'X1' and 'X3', what would be measured across
'H1' and 'H2'?
A load is connected across the secondary of the step up
transformer shown in figure "B" of the illustration and the
231404 3 current drawn by the load is 10 amps. If the turns ratio is 1 1 amp 10 amps 100 amps 1000 amps EL-0055 C
to 10 and the input voltage is 110 VAC, what will be the
current drawn by the primary?
A load with an impedance of 440 ohms is connected
across the secondary of the step up transformer shown in current cannot be
231404 4 figure "B" of the illustration. If the input voltage is 110 VAC 2.5 amps 25 amps 250 amps determined with EL-0055 B
and the turns ratio is 1 to 10, what will be the primary information given
current?
A load is connected across the secondary of a step up
power transformer and the current drawn by the load is 10
231404 5 amps. If the transformer has a turns ratio of 1 to 10 and 1 amp 10 amps 100 amps 1000 amps C
the input voltage to the primary is 110 VAC, what will be
the current flow through the primary?
A load with an impedance of 440 ohms is connected
current cannot be
across the secondary of a step-up transformer. If the input
231404 6 2.5 amps 25 amps 250 amps determined with B
voltage is 110 VAC and the turns ratio is 1 to 10, what will
information given
be the primary current?
What is the maximum current allowed to be drawn from
the secondary of a 2 kVA step-down transformer with a
231405 1 1.1 amps 4.5 amps 18.1 amps 22.7 amps C
turns ratio of four to one if connected across a 440 volt
line?
What is the maximum allowable primary current of a 2
231405 2 kVA step-down transformer with a four to one turns ratio if 1.1 amps 4.5 amps 18.1 amps 27.7 amps B
the primary is connected across a 440 volt line?
In figure "1" of the diagram shown in the illustration, the
three phase step down power transformer has a turns
231406 1 ratio of four to one. If a three-phase 440 volt supply is 64 volts 110 volts 190 volts 762 volts EL-0084 B
connected to terminals "A1-B1- C1", what voltage should
develop across terminals "A2-B2-C2"?

Crawford  Nautical  School 31 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In figure "2" of the diagram shown in the illustration, the
three phase power transformer has a step-down turns
231406 2 ratio of four to one. If a three-phase 440 volt supply is 64 volts 110 volts 190 volts 762 volts EL-0084 B
connected to terminals 'A1-B1- C'1, what voltage should
develop across terminals 'A2-B2-C2'?
In figure "3" of the diagram shown in the illustration, the
three phase step down power transformer has a turns
231406 3 ratio of four to one. If a three-phase 440 volt supply is 64 volts 110 volts 190 volts 762 volts EL-0084 C
connected to terminals 'A1-B1- C1', what voltage should
develop across terminals 'A2-B2-C2'?
In figure "4" of the diagram shown in the illustration, the
three phase step down power transformer has a turns
231406 4 ratio of four to one. If a three-phase 440 volt supply is 64 volts 110 volts 190 volts 762 volts EL-0084 A
connected to terminals 'A1-B1- C1', what voltage should
develop across terminals 'A2-B2-C2'?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated three phase there is no relationship
line voltage is 1.73 times line voltage is equal to the line voltage is phase
231406 5 alternator showing the stator winding connections, what between line voltage and EL-0074 A
the phase voltage phase voltage voltage divided by 1.73
can be said about the output line voltage? phase voltage
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated three phase there is no relationship
line current is the phase line current is 1.73 times line current is equal to
231406 6 alternator showing the stator winding connections, what between line current and EL-0074 D
current divided by 1.73 the phase current phase current
can be said about the output line current? phase current
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated three phase there is no relationship
line voltage is 1.73 times line voltage is equal to the line voltage is phase
231406 8 alternator showing the stator winding connections, what between line voltage and EL-0074 B
the phase voltage phase voltage voltage divided by 1.73
can be said about the output line voltage? phase voltage
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated three phase there is no relationship
line current is the phase line current is 1.73 times line current is equal to
231406 9 alternator showing the stator winding connections, what between line current and EL-0074 B
current divided by 1.73 the phase current phase current
can be said about the output line current? phase current
Which of the illustrated motors has an open, drip-proof
231500 1 A B C D EL-0001 C
(ODP) motor enclosure?
Which of the illustrated motors has a totally enclosed, fan-
231500 2 A B C D EL-0001 A
cooled (TEFC) motor enclosure?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231501 1 the symbols represents a standard normally closed relay E F I K EL-0005 B
contact?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231501 3 the symbols represents a normally closed, timed closed H I J K EL-0005 D
time delay relay contact?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231501 4 the symbols represents a standard normally open relay E F H J EL-0005 A
contact?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231501 5 the symbols represents a normally closed, timed open E F I K EL-0005 C
time delay relay contact?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231501 6 the symbols represents a normally open, timed closed H I J K EL-0005 A
time delay relay contact?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231501 7 the symbols represents a normally open, timed open time H I J K EL-0005 C
delay relay contact?

Crawford  Nautical  School 32 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

maintaining type push maintaining type push normally closed contact
As shown in figure "6" of the illustration, what does the limit switch with one set of
231502 1 button with an electrical button with a mechanical held open mechanically by EL-0026 C
symbol represent as used in electrical drawings? normally open contacts
interlock interlock an interlock
What does the symbol labeled "OL" represent as shown in
overload relay normally overload relay magnetic overload relay thermal
231503 1 the power circuit on lines T1 and T3 to the motor as non-renewable fusible link EL-0011 D
closed contacts coil heater
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
In electrical circuit schematics, a normally open pressure
231504 1 switch is represented by which of the symbols shown in 1 2 4 7 EL-0059 B
the illustration?
The device shown in figure "C" of the illustration is
231504 2 1 3 6 9 EL-0059 A
represented by which schematic symbol?
In electrical circuit schematics, a normally closed pressure
231504 3 switch is represented by which of the symbols shown in 1 2 3 6 EL-0059 A
the illustration?
Which of the electronic schematic symbols represents the
231505 1 A B C D EL-0015 B
capacitor illustrated in figure 1 of the illustration?
Which of the electronic schematic symbols represents the
231505 2 A B C D EL-0015 C
capacitor illustrated in figure 2 of the illustration?
Which of the electronic schematic symbols represents the
231505 3 A B C D EL-0015 D
capacitor illustrated in figure 3 of the illustration?
Which of the electronic schematic symbols represents the
231505 4 A B C D EL-0015 A
capacitor illustrated in figure 4 of the illustration?
Both rotating exciter
In the alternator excitation scheme shown in the Rotating exciter armature Rotating main rotor field
231506 1 armature and rotating No brushes are required EL-0016 D
illustration, where are brushes required? only only
main rotor field
To convert the AC output of To convert the DC output of To convert the DC output To convert the AC output of
In the alternator excitation scheme shown in the
the exciter armature to DC the main rotor field to AC of the exciter armature to the main rotor field to DC
231506 2 illustration, what is the purpose of the "3-Ph Diode EL-0016 A
for main rotor field for exciter armature AC for main rotor field for exciter armature
Bridge", also known as a rotating rectifier?
excitation excitation excitation excitation
In the alternator excitation scheme shown in the
The automatic voltage
231506 3 illustration, which of the following components is The exciter armature The 3-Ph diode bridge The main stator EL-0016 D
regulator
stationary and housed within the generator frame?
What type of motor is shown in figure "A" of the Compound wound DC
231507 1 Shunt wound DC motor. Series wound DC motor. Series wound AC motor. EL-0054 A
illustration? motor.
The electrical diagram shown in figure B of the illustration compound-wound DC permanent magnet DC
231507 2 series-wound DC motor shunt-wound DC motor EL-0054 C
represents what type of DC motor? motor motor
What type of motor is shown in in figure "B" of the Compound wound DC
231507 3 Shunt wound DC motor. Series wound DC motor. Series wound AC motor. EL-0054 C
illustration? motor.
What type of motor is shown in figure "C" of the Compound wound DC Permanent magnet DC
231507 4 Shunt wound DC motor. Series wound DC motor. EL-0054 B
illustration? motor. motor.
Which of the listed figures in the illustration represents a
231508 1 transformer configured for single voltage primary and a A D E F EL-0055 A
single voltage secondary?
Which of the listed figures in the illustration represents a
231508 2 transformer configured for single voltage primary and a A D E F EL-0055 B
tapped secondary?
Which of the listed figures in the illustration represents a
231508 3 transformer configured for single voltage primary and a A D E F EL-0055 C
dual voltage secondary?

Crawford  Nautical  School 33 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Which of the listed figures in the illustration represents a
231508 4 transformer configured for dual voltage primary and a dual A D E F EL-0055 D
voltage secondary?
As shown in the illustration, the change- over switch is single-pole, single- throw single-pole, double- throw double-pole, single- double-pole, double- throw
231509 1 EL-0058 D
what type of device? switch switch throw switch switch
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231510 1 A B C D EL-0005 C
the devices represents a time delay relay?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231510 2 A B C D EL-0005 A
the devices represents an open general purpose relay?
As shown in the illustrated devices and symbols, which of
231510 3 the devices represents an enclosed relay which is A B C D EL-0005 D
designed to plug into a pin base?
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme
diagram, what device provides the input to the over
231512 1 current inverse time relay "OCIT", the over current current transformer potential transformer thermal monitor sensors infrared sensors EL-0067 A
instantaneous trip "OC (inst.)", and the negative phase
sequence relay "NPS"?
trips the alternator circuit trips the alternator circuit
trips the alternator circuit breaker due to sustained breaker due to sustained
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme trips the alternator circuit
breaker due to extremely motor overload current motor overload current
231512 2 diagram, what function does the over current inverse time breaker in the event of EL-0067 C
high over current caused where the trip delay is where the trip delay is
relay "OCIT" perform? unbalanced stator currents
by a short-circuit fault directly proportional to the inversely proportional to
overload current the overload current

trips the alternator circuit trips the alternator circuit

trips the alternator circuit breaker due to sustained breaker due to sustained
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme trips the alternator circuit
breaker due to extremely motor overload current motor overload current
231512 3 diagram, what function does the over current (inst.) trip breaker in the event of EL-0067 A
high over current caused where the trip delay is where the trip delay is
perform? unbalanced stator currents
by a short-circuit fault directly proportional to the inversely proportional to
overload current the overload current

trips the alternator circuit trips the alternator circuit

trips the alternator circuit breaker due to sustained breaker due to sustained
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme trips the alternator circuit
breaker due to extremely motor overload current motor overload current
231512 4 diagram, what function does the negative phase breaker in the event of EL-0067 D
high over current caused where the trip delay is where the trip delay is
sequence relay (NPS) perform? unbalanced stator currents
by a short-circuit fault directly proportional to the inversely proportional to
overload current the overload current
In the illustrated motor controller, what do the contacts
normally-closed overload normally-open overload
231513 1 across terminals "3" and "4" of the control circuit thermal overload heater magnetic overload coil EL-0017 A
relay contact relay contact
represent?
low voltage release and low voltage protection low voltage protection and
As shown in the illustrated motor controller, what type of low voltage release and
231514 1 magnetic overload and thermal overload magnetic overload EL-0017 A
motor control logic is used? thermal overload protection
protection protection protection
Which of the illustrated resistors represents the schematic
231515 1 figure "4" figure "6" figure "10" figure "11" EL-0021 C
symbol shown in figure "B"?
Which of the illustrated resistors represents the schematic
231515 2 figure "4" figure "6" figure "7" figure "10" EL-0021 B
symbol shown in figure "C"?

Crawford  Nautical  School 34 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Which of the illustrated resistors represents the schematic
231515 3 figure "4" figure "8" figure "9" figure "10" EL-0021 A
symbol shown in figure "A"?
Which of the illustrated resistors represents the schematic
231515 4 figure "5" figure "6" figure "7" figure "10" EL-0021 C
symbol shown in figure "D"?
Which of the illustrated resistors represents the schematic
231515 5 figure "5" figure "6" figure "10" figure "11" EL-0021 D
symbol shown in figure "F"?
What is the shape of the schematic symbol for an
231517 1 circle square trapezoid triangle D
operational amplifier used in an analog circuit?
operator must open all
device labeled 'Circuit emergency generator
the devices labeled
In the illustrated switchboard, if one of the devices labeled Breaker' for that alternator should automatically start
device labeled 'Exciter' will 'Circuit Breakers' to
231894 1 'Turbine' should fail due to a throttle trip, what will should automatically open and be placed on line to EL-0003 B
drive the alternator reduce the load on the
happen? because of the reverse supply emergency load
remaining turbo-
power relay centers
alternator
enable the operator to
shift from the automatic shift the governor control
read the field voltage on
What is the purpose of the device labeled 'Man-Auto Sw.' voltage regulator to manual from manual to supply regulated control
231895 1 device 'Volt.Reg.Adj.Pot.' EL-0003 A
in the illustrated switchboard? voltage control or vice automatic/zero droop or power to the switchboard
or device
versa vice versa
'Man.Volt.Adj.Rheo'
In the illustrated switchboard, if both generators were Increase the setting of
Increase the governor Increase the governor Increase the setting of the
operating in parallel and the kilowatt meter of panel 3 the voltage regulator in
speed setting in panel 1 speed setting in panel 3 voltage regulator in panel 3
231896 2 indicated a significantly higher value than the kilowatt panel 3 and decrease the EL-0003 A
and decrease the governor and decrease the governor and decrease the governor
meter on panel 1, which of the following procedures voltage regulator setting
speed setting on panel 3. speed setting on panel 1. setting on panel 1.
should you follow to balance the load? on panel 1.
it allows the alternator it allows the alternator it allows the alternator
it allows the alternator circuit breaker overload circuit breaker to be circuit breaker short circuit
In the illustrated switchboard, what is the function of the
231898 1 circuit breaker trip function inverse time trip rating to opened or closed trip rating to be remotely EL-0003 C
device labeled "Gen.Bkr.Sw."?
to be over-ridden be remotely adjusted at the remotely at the adjusted at the
synchronizing panel synchronizing panel synchronizing panel
to determine the difference
to determine the individual to determine the average
between the individual
frequencies of each leg of to select which alternator frequency of individual
frequencies of each leg of
What is the purpose of the devices labeled "F SW" on the a three phase alternator frequency is to be frequencies of each leg of
231898 2 the three phase alternator EL-0003 C
illustrated switchboard drawing? output to be displayed on displayed on the a three phase alternator
output to be displayed on
the frequency meter by frequency meter output to be displayed on
the frequency meter by
selective switching the frequency meter
selective switching
it allows the
it allows the instantaneous it allows the individual it allows the instantaneous
instantaneous difference
average of the three phase three phase legs of difference between the
In the illustrated switchboard, what is the purpose of the between individual three
231899 1 legs of alternator current to alternator current to be average of the three phase EL-0003 B
device labeled "AM Sel.Sw."? phase legs to be
be displayed on the displayed on the ammeter legs of both alternators to
displayed on the
ammeter by selective switching be compared
ammeter
If the supply voltage is 220 volts 60 Hz, what is the
231900 1 operating voltage of the motor controller control circuit 110 volts DC 110 volts AC 220 volts DC 220 volts AC EL-0011 D
illustrated in figure A of the illustration?

Crawford  Nautical  School 35 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Depending upon the

switch position, at any The battery charger
It is possible to configure
In an emergency, the given time, one battery is receives AC power from
the charger to charge the
On the electrical one line diagram shown in the battery charger source on charge from the the 120 VAC section of the
same battery that is
231901 1 illustration, what statement is true concerning the voltage is from the 24 V battery charger and the emergency section only EL-0014 C
connected to the 24 V
illustrated battery charger switching arrangements? interior communications other battery is on when the electric plant is in
interior communications
bus. service delivering DC the emergency mode of
bus.
power to the 24 V interior operation.
communications bus.
Provide power to the 450
Provide power to the 450 Provide power to the 450 Provide power to the 450
VAC emergency bus
What is a purpose of the automatic bus transfer device VAC main bus from the VAC emergency bus from VAC main bus from the 450
231902 1 from the emergency EL-0014 C
shown in the illustration? emergency generator in the 450 VAC main bus in VAC emergency bus in the
generator in the
the emergency mode. the emergency mode. emergency mode.
emergency mode.
As shown in the illustrated switchboard, what is the to determine reactive volt to determine frequency to determine power factor
231903 1 to determine bus frequency EL-0003 D
function of the switch labeled 'PFM Sel. Sw.'? amperes of the bus of either generator of either generator
circuits subject to 500
current paths in the control current paths in the power circuits subject to 500 volts
volts or greater are
What is statement is true in reference to reading electrical circuit are drawn as heavy circuit are drawn as heavy or greater are drawn as
231905 1 drawn as heavy lines and B
motor controller elementary diagrams? lines and in the power lines and in control circuit light lines and below 500
below 500 volts as lighter
circuit as lighter lines as lighter lines volts as heavy lines
lines
What application would the switchboard instrumentation variable frequency MG electric arc welder
231907 1 main AC generator main DC generator EL-0040 A
panel shown in the illustration best be suited for? set controller
What type of electrical diagram is shown in figure "A" of elementary schematic
231908 1 connection wiring diagram one line diagram logic diagram EL-0023 A
the illustration? diagram
What type of electrical diagram is shown in figure "B" of
231908 2 logic diagram schematic diagram one line diagram wiring diagram EL-0007 B
the illustration?
What type of electrical diagram is shown in both figures of
231908 3 schematic diagram wiring diagram logic diagram one line diagram EL-0089 C
the illustration?
What type of electrical diagram is shown in figure "A" of
231908 4 logic diagram schematic diagram one line diagram wiring diagram EL-0007 D
the illustration?
232000 1 How many cells are within a twelve volt lead-acid battery? one cell three cells six cells twelve cells C
232000 2 How many cells are within in a 24 volt lead-acid battery? three cells four cells six cells twelve cells D
The electrolyte in a lead-acid storage battery consists of
232001 1 hydrogen chloride calcium chloride sulfuric acid muriatic acid C
distilled water and __________.
The nominal open-circuit voltage of one cell of a fully
232002 2 charged lead-acid battery is approximately how many 1.5 volts 2 volts 6 volts 12 volts B
volts?
Which of the following statements describes the effects of Increasing ambient Increasing ambient
Ambient temperature has At 90°F all local action
232003 1 ambient temperature on local action within lead- acid temperature increases temperature decreases A
no effect on local action. virtually ceases.
storage batteries? local action. local action.
to connect the positive to connect the negative
to allow multiple cells to be to allow multiple cells to be
In the illustrated cutaway view of a lead acid battery plate group terminal of plate group terminal of one
connected in such a way connected in such a way
232004 1 shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the purpose one cell to the positive cell to the negative plate EL-0031 B
as to increase the ampere- as to increase the voltage
of the series connecting straps? plate group terminal of group terminal of the
hour capacity of the battery output of the battery
the adjacent cell adjacent cell

Crawford  Nautical  School 36 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In the illustrated views of a lead acid battery as shown in
figures "A" and "B", what battery component has the sole
232004 2 function of preventing the individual plates in the negative cell dividers series connecting straps casing separators EL-0031 D
plate group from coming into direct contact with the
individual plates in the positive plate group?
In the illustrated Ni-Cad alkaline battery, how many cells
232004 3 1 2 3 4 EL-0061 A
are shown?
The specific gravity will be The specific gravity will be The specific gravity will
The specific gravity and the
If the illustrated device is fully charged, what will be the at a maximum value and unchanged and the output be at a maximum value
232004 5 output voltage will remain EL-0061 B
result? the output voltage will be at voltage will be at a and the output voltage
unchanged.
a maximum value. maximum value. will remain unchanged.
As shown in the cutaway view of the lead acid battery in
figure "A" of the illustration, if one half of the battery's cells
232005 1 are revealed by the cutaway section (with the other half 6 volts 7.5 volts 12 volts 18 volts EL-0031 C
remaining hidden from view), what is the nominal output
voltage of the battery?
The nominal closed-circuit voltage of one cell of a fully
232022 1 charged wet cell nickel- cadmium battery is approximately 1.2 volts 1.5 volts 2.0 volts 3.0 volts A
how many volts?
The electrolyte used in a nickel- cadmium battery is
232200 1 diluted sulfuric acid potassium hydroxide lead sulfate zinc oxide B
distilled water and what other substance?
potassium hydroxide with a
What material are the plates of a wet cell NiCad storage silver oxide and lead nickel hyhdroxide and
232201 1 small amount of sulfuric lead and lead peroxide D
battery made of? sulfate cadmium oxide
acid
they need fewer cells the have higher output
they are able to hold their
Why are nickel-cadmium batteries superior to lead-acid connected in series for the voltages for the same they have a lower cost of
232202 1 charge for long periods of A
batteries for standby service? same voltage and require number of cells and acquisition
time without recharging
less mounting space require no maintenance
they put out higher they can remain idle and they need fewer cells in
In general, why are nickel-cadmium storage batteries they are less costly to
232202 2 voltages and require no keep a full charge for a series and use less B
superior to lead-acid batteries? replace
maintenance long time mounting space
they are able to produce
they require fewer cells for they can be charged and they have no individual
At high discharge rates, why are nickel- cadmium storage higher voltages and do not
232202 3 the same voltage and less discharged many times cells to replace at the end C
batteries superior to lead-acid batteries? have to be charged as
mounting space without much damage of useful life
often
What is the approximate discharge voltage produced by
232203 1 1.2 volts 1.5 volts 2.2 volts 6.0 volts A
one cell of a wet type nickel-cadmium battery?
What is the approximate voltage per cell produced by the
232203 2 0.85 volts 1.37 volts 2.20 volts 6.05 volts B
nickel-iron (Edison) battery?
In terms of electrolyte (acidity or alkalinity) and battery
232203 3 rechargability (primary or secondary), what do common acid primary cells alkaline primary cells acid secondary cells alkaline secondary cells D
wet-cell nickel-cadmium storage batteries utilize?
What is the approximate discharge voltage produced by
232203 4 1.2 volts 1.5 volts 2.2 volts 6.0 volts A
one wet cell of a nickel-cadmium battery?
Primary cell type
Primary cell type batteries Secondary cell type Primary cell type batteries
batteries contain an
are not rechargeable, storage batteries are not contain an electrolyte
Which of the following is true when comparing a primary electrolyte paste,
232203 5 whereas secondary cell rechargeable, whereas paste, whereas secondary A
cell type battery and secondary cell type storage battery? whereas secondary cell
type storage batteries are primary cell type batteries cell storage batteries
storage batteries always
rechargeable. are rechargeable. always contain alkali.
contain acid.

Crawford  Nautical  School 37 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What is the ampere-hour rating of a lead-acid battery that
232400 1 20 40 200 400 C
can deliver 20 amperes continuously for 10 hours?
What should be the primary consideration when choosing
232400 2 amp-hour capacity terminal polarity stability under charge ambient temperature rise A
a battery for a particular application?
By what means is the capacity of a battery given in terms
232400 3 volts volt-amperes volt-hours ampere-hours D
of a rating?
The capacity of a storage battery is measured in what
232400 4 volts ampere-hours farads amps B
units?
Three 12 volt, lead-acid, batteries connected in series will
232401 1 12 volts 24 volts 36 volts 48 volts C
develop how many volts?
As shown in the illustration, the wet-cell storage batteries
232403 1 compound series parallel tandem EL-0071 B
are connected in what configuration?
The wet-cell storage batteries shown in the illustration are
232403 2 compound series parallel tandem EL-0070 C
connected in what configuration?
As shown in the battery circuit illustration, what would be
232403 3 the nominal output voltage of the battery bank if the 12 volts 24 volts 36 volts 48 volts EL-0071 D
batteries individually were 12 VDC lead- acid batteries?
As shown in the battery circuit illustration, what would be
the nominal output voltage and capacity of the battery 12 volts, 100 ampere- 12 volts, 400 ampere- 48 volts, 100 ampere- 48 volts, 400 ampere-
232403 4 EL-0071 C
bank if the batteries individually were 12 VDC lead-acid hours hours hours hours
batteries rated at 100 ampere-hours each?
have sufficient capacity
What is true concerning the installation of batteries used be located in a locker on be located as close as to provide at least 50 only be of the nickel
232404 1 B
for diesel engine starting? the weather deck possible to the engine starts consecutively alkaline type
without recharging
the electrolyte potassium hydroxide the battery becomes
What is meant by the process of "local action" in a lead-
232405 1 hydrogen gas is liberated compensates for absorbs carbon dioxide discharged without being D
acid storage battery?
overcharging from the air connected to a load
The individual 12 volt lead-acid batteries, when connected
232406 1 as shown in the illustration, as a battery bank would 12 volts 24 volts 36 volts 48 volts EL-0070 A
produce how many volts?
The individual 6 volt lead-acid batteries, when connected
232406 2 as shown in the illustration, as a battery bank would 6 volts 12 volts 18 24 EL-0070 A
produce how many volts?
The individual 12 volt, 100 ampere-hour lead-acid
12 volts, 100 ampere- 12 volts, 400 ampere- 48 volts, 100 ampere- 48 volts, 400 ampere-
232406 3 batteries, when connected as shown in the illustration, as EL-0070 B
hours hours hours hours
battery bank would produce what voltage and capacity?
Which of the listed battery charging circuits is used to
High ampere charging
232500 1 maintain a wet-cell, lead-acid, storage battery in a fully Normal charging circuit Quick charging circuit Trickle charging circuit C
circuit
charged state during long periods of disuse?
When charging, which of the following represents the
232502 2 recommended maximum allowable temperature for 110°F 145°F 165°F 212°F A
electrolyte in a lead-acid battery?
subtract 10 correction add 4 correction points
What should be done when correcting specific gravity add 10 correction points for subtract 4 correction points
points for each 4°F the for each 10°F the battery
232503 2 readings of a lead-acid battery for existing temperature each 4°F the battery for each 10°F the battery C
battery temperature is temperature is above
conditions? temperature is above 80°F temperature is above 80°F
above 80°F 80°F
Which of the listed ranges represents the specific gravity
232504 1 for the electrolyte of a fully charged lead-acid battery at 1.100 to 1.150 1.180 to 1.200 1.270 to 1.285 1.750 to 2.000 C
room temperature?

Crawford  Nautical  School 38 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What is the best method of determining the state of testing of the individual cell ampere hour capacity of specific gravity of the
232505 1 total cell voltages C
charge of a lead acid storage battery? voltages the battery electrolyte
What is the most reliable indication of the state of charge electrolyte specific
232505 2 individual cell voltage ampere-hour capacity total cell voltage C
of a lead-acid battery? gravity
With what measuring device is the charge of a lead-acid
232505 4 manometer hydrometer viscosimeter ohmmeter B
battery checked?
With what device is the specific gravity of the electrolyte in
232505 5 gould plate titration pipette hydrometer litmus paper test C
a lead-acid battery measured?
How is he charge of a lead-acid battery normally
232505 6 manometer hydrometer pneumercator ohmmeter B
checked?
What will be the freezing point of the electrolyte in a fully there is no correlation
higher than in a discharged lower than in a discharged the same as in a
232506 1 charged lead-acid battery as compared to a discharged between freezing point and B
battery battery discharged battery
battery? the state of charge
Which of the following activities occurs during the The specific gravity of the Both plates change
232507 1 Oxygen gas is absorbed. Hydrogen gas is absorbed. A
charging process of a lead- acid storage battery? acid increases. chemically to lead sulfate.
the specific gravity would the specific gravity gives
What statement is true concerning the specific gravity of the specific gravity is not the specific gravity remains
232507 2 read close to 1.830 when an indication of the state of D
the electrolyte solution in a lead acid battery? effected during charging the same during discharge
discharged charge of the battery
Both plates change
During discharge of a lead-acid storage battery, which of The acid becomes The acid becomes
232507 3 chemically to ammonium Hydrogen gas is liberated. C
the following actions occurs? stronger. weaker.
chloride.
the specific gravity
What is true concerning the specific gravity of the the specific gravity is not the specific gravity remains the specific gravity
232507 4 increases during D
electrolyte solution in a lead acid battery? affected during charging the same during discharge increases during charging
discharge
when the specific gravity of
when the terminal
when the battery charger all cells reaches the correct
when the electrolyte voltage reaches a
232508 1 When is a lead-acid battery considered fully charged? ammeter indicates a value and no longer D
gasses freely constant value at a given
positive reading increases over a period of
temperature
3 to 4 hours
Why must caution be exercised during the charging of the acid will become hydrogen gas is being both plates are changing lead peroxide in the
232509 1 B
lead-acid storage batteries? weaker continuously liberated chemically to lead sulfate negative plate is poisonous
What will the charging of lead-acid storage batteries a dangerously explosive the danger of lead
232509 2 dangerous acid burns local action B
always result in? gas being liberated poisoning
What is the characteristic of the hydrogen gas given off by
232509 3 the gas is considered inert the gas is highly explosive the gas is extremely toxic the gas is heavier than air B
lead-acid batteries when charging?
When charging lead-acid batteries, why should you
to prevent excessive to allow equalization of cell to reduce lead sulfate to increase lead peroxide
232510 2 reduce the charging rate as the battery nears its full A
gassing and overheating voltages deposits formation
charge capacity?
When charging lead-acid batteries, why should the
to prevent damaging to allow equalization of cell to reduce lead sulfate to increase lead peroxide
232510 3 charging rate should reduced as the battery nears its full A
battery plates voltages deposits formation
charge?
What does it indicate when violent gassing from a lead- the plate separators are the battery compartment the electrolyte specific the charging rate is too
232510 4 D
acid battery occurs while it is being charged? grounded ventilation is inadequate gravity is too low high
What should be done to the charging current when a lead-
it should remain
232510 5 acid battery begins gassing freely while receiving a it should be increased it should be decreased it should be shut off C
unchanged
normal charge?
Which of the following problems is indicated if a lead-acid Insufficient compartment The battery is An excessive charging rate
A short circuit exists in one
232510 6 battery begins to gas violently when it is first placed on ventilation is being undergoing its normal is being applied to the D
of the battery cells.
charge? provided. charging rate. battery.

Crawford  Nautical  School 39 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the specific gravity of the
What is indicated if violent gassing occurs when a lead- the battery must be given the charging rate is too
232510 7 the charging rate is too low electrolyte solution is too C
acid storage battery is first placed on charge? an emergency charge high
low
What does it mean when violent gassing occurs during the plate separators are the cell voltages are the specific gravity in the charging rate is
232510 8 D
charging of a lead-acid battery? grounded excessive insufficient excessive
Excessively high
Which of the following conditions indicates that a lead- Sparks occurring at the Unusually high electrolyte Low plate potentials
232510 9 temperatures and gassing D
acid battery is being charged too rapidly? positive terminal. specific gravity. being developed.
rates.
What should be done with the charging current when a
it should be slightly it should be decreased to it should be maintained for
232510 10 lead-acid battery starts to gas freely after receiving a it should be shut off C
increased a trickle charge current an additional hour
normal charge current?
What should be performed as routine maintenance of lead keeping the terminals and replacing the plates and
232511 1 replacing the electrolyte conducting a load test A
acid batteries? connections clean and tight separators
What statement is true concerning the actual mixing pour the distilled water into pour the distilled water into pour the acid into the
pour the acid into distilled
232512 1 process and the container used when mixing electrolyte the acid in a zinc-plated the acid in a glass distilled water in a zinc- D
water in a glass container
for a lead- acid storage battery? container container plated container
What is the proper way to mix the electrolyte for a lead- pour the acid into the pour the acid into the pour the alkaline water pour the distilled water into
232512 2 B
acid battery? alkaline water distilled water into the acid the acid
When mixing electrolyte for a lead-acid storage battery, stirring should always be a lead container should always pour the water always pour the acid into
232512 3 D
what cautionary measure must be taken? avoided always be used into the acid the water
Which of the listed forms of water should be added to a
232512 4 saltwater brackish water distilled water any water available C
lead-acid battery?
When mixing electrolyte, which of the following Use a heavy duty Add the water to the
232512 5 Add the acid to the water. Mix the solution outdoors. A
precautions should always be observed? aluminum pail. acid.
When the electrolyte level of a lead-acid storage battery adding a weak solution of adding a strong solution of
232512 6 has decreased due to normal evaporation, how is a adding distilled water only adding sulfuric acid only sulfuric acid and distilled sulfuric acid and distilled A
normal the level re-established? water water
by passing direct current by passing a direct
by passing alternating through the cell backward current through the cell by adding acid to the
232513 1 How can the charge of a lead-acid battery be restored? B
current through the cell against the flow of normal forward with the flow of electrolyte
discharge current normal discharge current
The initial charging rate
The temperature of the The source of power for
What statement is true concerning the charging a 100 should be no greater than The charging rate should
232514 1 electrolyte should not be charging should be 2.0 B
amp-hour lead-acid battery? 100% of the battery amp- be 100 amps for one hour.
allowed to exceed 90°F. volts per cell.
hour rating.
insure that the electrolyte
When charging a 100 amp-hour lead- acid battery, what insure adequate battery insure that violent always start with a trickle
232514 2 level is below the top of the B
statement is true? room ventilation gassing occurs charge rate
plates
Lead sulfate is changed to
Lead peroxide in the
lead peroxide in the
Which of the processes listed occurs during the charging Both plates change to Both plates change to positive plates and sponge
232515 1 positive plates and sponge B
of a lead-acid storage battery? sponge lead. lead peroxide. lead in the negative plates
lead in the negative plates
change to lead sulfate.
respectively.

Crawford  Nautical  School 40 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Nickel-Cadmium The electrolyte of an idle
When mixing the When mixing the batteries can be stored Nickel-Cadmium battery
Which of the following statements concerning Nickel-
232600 1 electrolyte always add acid electrolyte always add for a long period of time must be replaced monthly C
Cadmium batteries is true?
to the water. water to the acid. while still keeping a full to maintain battery
charge. condition.
The electrolyte of an idle
The state of charge cannot Nickel-cadmium batteries nickel-cadmium battery When mixing electrolyte
Which of the following statements concerning nickel-
232600 2 be determined by the should only be discharged must be replaced always add acid to the A
cadmium batteries is true?
specific gravity values. 50% before recharging. monthly to maintain water.
battery condition.
Nickel-Cadmium The electrolyte of an idle
When mixing Ni-Cad When mixing Ni-Cad batteries can be stored Nickel-Cadmium battery
Which of the following statements concerning Nickel-
232600 3 electrolyte always add acid electrolyte always add for a long period of time must be replaced monthly C
Cadmium batteries is true?
to the water. water to the acid. while still keeping a full to maintain battery
charge. condition.
Nickel-Cadmium The electrolyte of an idle
When mixing the When mixing the batteries should be Nickel-Cadmium battery
Which of the following statements concerning a wet cell
232600 4 electrolyte always add acid electrolyte always add charged with a voltage of must be replaced monthly C
Nickel-Cadmium battery is true?
to the water. water to the acid. approximately 1.85 volts to maintain battery
per cell condition.
separating the positive and separating the positive and adding a small amount of
232601 1 How is local action in a lead-acid battery offset? negative plates with plastic negative plates with resin paraffin oil to the trickle charging D
spacers impregnated spacers electrolyte
A nickel-cadmium battery is receiving a normal charge it should be cut off and
232602 1 and gases freely. What should be done in terms of the it should be increased it should be decreased the battery allowed to it should remain the same D
charging current? cool
add potassium hydroxide
When a nickel-cadmium battery begins gassing while do nothing as this is a add distilled water to each
to each cell to increase
232602 3 connected to the battery charging circuit, what should be normal condition when cell to reduce the specific increase the charging rate A
the specific gravity of the
done? charging gravity of the electrolyte
electrolyte
add potassium hydroxide
When a nickel-cadmium battery begins gassing while do nothing as this is a add distilled water to each
to each cell to reduce the
232602 4 connected to the battery charging circuit, what should be normal condition when cell to increase the specific increase the charging rate A
specific gravity of the
done? charging gravity of the electrolyte
electrolyte
To test the state of charge of a nickel- cadmium battery,
232603 1 ammeter voltmeter hydrometer potentiometer B
what should be used?
What would you use to determine the state of charge of a
232603 3 voltmeter hydrometer ammeter potentiometer A
nickel-cadmium battery?
To best determine the state of charge of a wet cell nickel- measure the output measure the voltage while test the electrolyte use a ohm meter on the
232603 4 B
cadmium battery, what should you do? amperage under a load specific gravity highest scale
To determine the state of charge of a wet cell nickel- check the electrolyte with a use the constant specific check voltage under
232603 5 check no load voltage D
cadmium battery, what should be done? hydrometer gravity method nominal load
The specific gravity of
Add distilled water just
Which statement is true concerning the charging a wet The charging rate should Extended trickle charging the electrolyte will be
232604 2 prior to charging to insure C
cell nickel-cadmium battery? never allow gassing. should be avoided. generally unaffected
proper mixing.
bythe state of charge.

Crawford  Nautical  School 41 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The specific gravity reading The most accurate

The electrolyte becomes The temperature does not
Which of the following statements concerning the specific is lowered when the hydrometer reading is
232701 2 less dense when it is affect the specific gravity of B
gravity of a battery electrolyte is true? electrolyte temperature has obtained immediately
cooled. the electrolyte.
increased. after water is added.
a hydrometer reading is depending on the
the battery is fully charged the battery is discharged
What should you be aware of when checking the specific accurate if taken temperature it may be
232702 1 when the float sinks when the float is highest in D
gravity of the battery electrolyte with a hydrometer? immediately after water necessary to correct for
deepest into the electrolyte the electrolyte
is added to the cell temperature
specific gravity of a battery water pressure in a deck amount of potable water power developed by a salt
232702 2 What is a hydrometer used to measure? A
electrolyte pipeline a vessel is taking on water service pump
any water that has been a hydrometer reading is
the battery is fully charged
What should be kept in mind when you check the specific previously added to the inaccurate if taken temperature has no effect
232702 3 when the indicator floats C
gravity of the battery electrolyte with a hydrometer? cells will dilute the solution immediately after water on hydrometer readings
low in the electrolyte
and give a false reading is added to the cell
Any water that has been
The battery is fully charged The hydrometer reading
When checking the specific gravity of battery electrolyte previously added to the
when the indicator floats will be inaccurate if taken Temperature has no effect
232702 4 with a hydrometer, which of the following statements is cells will increase the C
deep and low in the immediately after water on hydrometer readings.
true? specific gravity of the
electrolyte. is added to the cell.
solution.
without ventilation highly explosive gases without ventilation the
Why should battery rooms we well ventilated during the highly poisonous gases are
232703 1 excessive gassing will will otherwise battery will not take a full C
charging of storage batteries? released
occur accumulate charge
highly explosive
Why should battery rooms be well ventilated during the highly poisonous gas is highly combustible oxygen corrosive gases are
232703 3 hydrogen gas is C
charging process? produced gas is produced produced
produced
differences in weight mass of substance
density of a substance in buoyancy of the indicator in
When a hydrometer indicates specific gravity what is between water and the measured with the
232704 2 water with the density of the liquid being measured D
being compared? mass of the liquid being density of the same
the same substance in air as compared to water
measured substance
Which of the following procedures represents the best The battery should be The battery should be
The battery caps should be The battery cap vents
232705 1 method to prevent the freezing of batteries continuously kept in a fully charged disconnected from its C
removed. should be sealed.
exposed to low temperatures? condition. charging source.
When a battery is continuously exposed to low
keep the battery fully
232705 2 temperatures, what is the best procedure to keep it from remove the battery caps securely cover the battery disconnect the battery C
charged
freezing?
Which of the problems listed will occur if a lead-acid The concentrated sulfuric
The battery may be unable The electrolyte will change
232706 1 battery is allowed to remain in a discharged condition for acid will attack the lead The separators will harden. A
to accept a full charge. to lead sulfate.
a long period of time? peroxide plates.
For accuracy purposes, which of the following devices
Electronic digital
232708 1 should be used to measure the temperature of a battery Mercury thermometer Thermocouple pyrometer Potentiometer B
thermometer
electrolyte?
Why should a breakable, mercury-filled thermometer NOT accidental breakage can accidental breakage can accidental breakage can accidental breakage can
232708 2 be used in a lead- acid battery to measure electrolyte cause severe sparking and cause rapid oxidation of cause violent gassing at corrosion on the battery A
temperature? explosions battery plates the positive plates terminals
Mercury filled thermometers should NEVER be used to
determine the temperature of the battery electrolyte due to severe sparking and rapid oxidation of battery contamination of the corrosion on the battery
232708 3 A
the impact of accidental breakage. What could happen as explosions plates electrolyte terminals
a result of failure to observe this safety precaution?

Crawford  Nautical  School 42 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

whenever the electrolyte
What is the standard procedure for maintaining the charge whenever the charge
232709 1 continuously at least once each week specific gravity falls to A
in an emergency diesel starting battery by trickle charge? falls to 75% of full charge
1.250 or lower
Under normal conditions, storage batteries used for
232709 2 starting the emergency diesel generator are maintained in Trickle charging Fast charging Equalizing charge Reverse charging A
a charged state by which of the following methods?
Which of the substances listed should be applied to
232710 1 Zinc chromate Lead hydroxide Lead peroxide Petroleum jelly D
battery terminals to help prevent corrosion?
making sure electrolyte
What practice is considered conducting proper storage keeping connections tight insulating the terminals maintaining a high
232711 1 level is below the separator A
battery maintenance? and casing surfaces clean with naval jelly charging rate at all times
plates
insuring electrolyte level applying petroleum jelly on
What practice would be considered proper storage battery maintaining a high replacing the electrolyte
232711 2 is below the separator connections to minimize D
maintenance? charging rate at all times once a year
plates corrosion
accumulation of sulfation of the plates due
What condition associated with a lead- acid battery cell lime accumulation on both sediment within the cells to consistent
dirty or acid-wet tops and
232750 1 can cause the plates to partially short-out and cause the the positive and negative due to excessive undercharging or leaving C
sides of batteries
cell to fail to hold a charge. terminal posts overcharging and the battery in a discharged
discharging state
What would cause a lead-acid battery to become hotter the charging voltage is too the specific gravity is too the battery room door is
232750 2 excessive charging current A
than normal during charging? low high secured
Under which of the following conditions will a lead-acid To determine the battery's To determine the battery's To determine the To determine the battery's
232751 1 A
battery be given a 'test discharge'? capacity. specific gravity. battery's state of charge. plate composition.
taking each cell's
comparing the specific taking an open circuit visually inspecting the
When troubleshooting a lead-acid storage battery, what is temperature with a
232752 2 gravity of the electrolyte in voltage test of individual electrolyte levels of each A
the best method for detecting a weak or dead cell? calibrated mercury
each cell cells cell
thermometer
What should be included when performing maintenance of checking the electrolyte replacing the electrolyte top off with sulfuric acid making certain connections
232800 1 D
alkaline batteries? weekly using a hydrometer every 5 years as needed are tight and clean
replacement of the
wearing protective gloves
In terms of the battery electrolyte, when performing checking the electrolyte replacing the electrolyte electrolyte when the volts
232800 2 and goggles when C
maintenance of alkaline batteries what should be done? weekly using a hydrometer every 5 years per cell drops below 1.8
handling electrolyte
VDC
measuring the electrolyte
When troubleshooting an alkaline storage battery, what is checking the specific visually inspecting each load testing each cell temperature with an
232850 1 C
the best way to locate a weak or dead cell? gravity of each cell cell's electrolyte level with a voltmeter accurate mercury
thermometer
What could cause a very slow, but continual loss of the specific gravity being one or more filler caps
232950 1 evaporation of the water too low a charging rate A
electrolyte level from the cells of a storage battery? higher than normal installed too tightly
In a conventional AC generator utilizing brushes, direct
by means of rotating bar to minimize the danger of
233000 1 current from the exciter output is passed through the by means of slip rings by means of a commutator A
magnet arc over
windings of the main field rotor by what means?
Compared to conventional alternators, brushless
233001 1 alternators are designed to operate without the use of slip rings and commutators exciters voltage regulators rectifiers A
what?

Crawford  Nautical  School 43 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Of the listed factors that influence the amount of RMS the rotational speed at
the number of armature
voltage induced in the windings of an AC generator which the magnetic field the strength of the the number of field coil
233002 1 coil turns in series per C
operating at a constant 60 Hz frequency, which factor is passes across the stator rotating magnetic field turns in series per winding
winding
variable during generator operation? winding
By what means is voltage and current generated by
brushes on collector direct connections from the
233003 2 modern revolving field AC generators brought out from the brushes on a commutator brushes on slip rings D
rings stator
alternator enclosure to the connected switch board?
Which of the listed devices is an electrical device which
233004 1 employs a stationary armature and a rotating magnetic amplifier ship's service alternator three-wire DC generator saturable core reactor B
electromagnetic field that is commonly used aboard ship?
stationary electromagnetic stationary armature, stationary armature,
What is the most common type of AC service generator stationary electromagnetic
233004 2 field, oscillatory armature oscillatory electromagnet rotating electromagnetic D
found aboard ship in terms of armature and field types? field, rotating armature type
type field type field type
Each has three separate
Each has three separate but identical,
Each has one stator
but identical, interconnected stator
winding acted on by three Each has one stator
interconnected stator windings (one for each
Which of the following statements is true concerning all separate but identical, winding acted on by one
233005 2 windings (one for each phase) acted on by three A
rotating-field three- phase alternators? interconnected systems of system of rotating
phase) acted on by one separate but identical,
rotating magnets (one for magnets.
system of rotating interconnected systems of
each phase).
magnets. rotating magnets (one for
each phase).
If the driving torque, such as that produced by a diesel
engine, creates pulsations when coupled with a
synchronous generator operating in parallel, the generator by the use of amortisseur by increasing governor by decreasing governor
233006 1 by direct coupling A
rotor may be periodically pulled ahead or behind its windings speed droop speed droop
normal position as it rotates. How can this condition called
hunting be reduced?
The thyristor is a silicon-
controlled rectifier used to The thyristor is a The thyristor is a current The thyristor is a
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the convert the exciter AC conventional rectifier diode control device used to temperature sensitive
233007 1 EL-0066 A
purpose of the thyristor control? output to DC and to control used to convert the exciter control the AC current to resistor used to sense
the DC current to the main AC output to DC. the main field. main field temperature.
field.
The comparator receives The comparator receives The comparator receives The comparator receives
two inputs (one from the two inputs (one from the one input (from the one input (from the set
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, assuming that
voltage sensor and the voltage sensor and the voltage sensor) and point voltage
the external manual "trimmer" is not fitted, what is the
233007 2 other from the amplifier) other from the set point delivers two outputs (one potentiometer) and delivers EL-0066 B
operational status of the comparator in terms of inputs
and delivers one output (to voltage potentiometer) and to the amplifier and the two outputs (one to the
and outputs?
the set point voltage delivers one output (to the other to the set point amplifier and the other to
potentiometer). amplifier). voltage potentiometer). the voltage sensor).
maintain rotor and stator
keep the machine at winding temperatures prevent electrolysis due to
prevent condensation in
233008 1 Why are space heaters provided on larger generators? ambient temperature of the above the dew point to condensation in the B
the lube oil
machinery space prevent the formation of bearings
condensation
How is the is the voltage developed by an AC generator varying the speed of the varying the AC excitation to varying the DC excitation varying the DC excitation
233101 1 C
controlled? prime mover the field to the field of the voltage regulator

Crawford  Nautical  School 44 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

varying the strength of
What is the most practical way to control the voltage varying the number of varying the speed of the varying the power factor of
233101 2 the rotating magnetic C
output of an AC generator? windings rotating field the load
field
How is the output voltage of a 440 volt, 60 hertz, AC varying the prime mover varying the strength of the varying the load on the varying the number of
233101 3 B
generator controlled? speed excitation field alternator poles
By what means is a constant output voltage from an AC
233101 4 prime mover governor exciter generator voltage regulator reverse power relay C
generator maintained?
How is the output voltage of a three- phase alternator DC voltage to the
233101 5 AC voltage to the armature AC voltage to the field DC voltage to the field D
regulated? armature
changing the sensitivity of
By what means is the voltage output of an AC generator varying the reluctance of varying the DC exciter shorting out part of the
233101 6 the prime mover to large C
accurately controlled? the air gap voltage armature windings
changes in voltage
What is the function of automatic voltage regulators as regulate the AC load on the protect the switchboard govern prime mover vary the field excitation to
233101 7 D
provided on switchboards? generator from high voltage speed to control voltage the generators
Using the standard method of controlling the output
varying the prime mover varying the number of varying the alternator varying the load on the
233101 8 voltage of a 440 volt, 60 Hz, AC generator, by what C
speed droop poles field excitation alternator
means is this accomplished?
By what means is the output voltage of a 440 volt, 60 Hz varying the load on the varying the load on the varying the speed of the varying the exciter output
233101 9 D
AC generator controlled? alternator prime mover prime mover voltage
By what means is the voltage of an operating AC turbo exciter generator governor
233101 10 synchronizing switch phase sequence switch generator field exciter D
generator raised or lowered? controls
What is one factor that determines the frequency of an number of turns of wire in strength of the magnets strength of the output
233102 1 speed of the rotor B
alternator? the armature coil used voltage
How is the frequency of an alternator at a given RPM by the number of turns of by the number of magnetic by the strength of the
233102 2 by the output voltage B
determined? wire in the armature coil poles magnets used
How is the frequency output of an operating alternator relative speed of the number of turns of wire in strength of the magnets
233103 1 output voltage A
controlled? rotating magnets the armature coil used
How are the number of cycles per second developed by the speed of the engine the resistance applied to the synchronous speed the adjustments made to
233103 2 A
the alternator aboard your vessel determined? driving the alternator the field rheostat of induction the voltage regulator
How would you increase the frequency of an operating AC decrease the field increase the number of increase the speed of the
233103 3 increase the field excitation D
generator? excitation magnetic poles prime mover
By what means is the frequency of an AC generator main alternator field prime mover governor
233103 4 exciter field rheostat equalizing reactor C
adjusted? rheostat control
By what means is the frequency of an AC generator
233103 5 rheostat governor exciter capacitor B
controlled?
By what means is the frequency of an alternator adjusted
233103 6 frequency meter voltage regulator governor control synchroscope switch C
from the main switchboard?
How will the value of the output frequency change if the
It will decrease by
233104 1 load is removed from a turbo generator having a governor It will remain unchanged. It will become variable. It will increase. D
approximately 3%.
speed droop setting of 3%?
As load is added to an AC generator provided with
increasing frequency and increasing frequency and lowering frequency and
constant field excitation, the prime mover slows down. lowering frequency and
233105 1 increasing generated lowering generated increasing generated A
What immediate effect will this have on frequency and lowering generated voltage
voltage voltage voltage
voltage?
The governor control switch of an alternator is moved to raise the no-load speed raise the percentage of lower the no-load speed lower the percentage of
233106 1 A
the 'raise' position. What will be the effect of this action? setting of the governor speed droop setting of the governor speed droop
When securing an AC generator, what should be your open the generator circuit switch the voltage regulator decrease the field
233107 1 reduce the load on the unit D
FIRST action in accomplishing the procedural steps? breaker to 'manual' excitation to minimum
How is the power factor of an AC generator operating the generator's rated
233108 2 the connected load the prime mover speed the ground current A
singularly determined? voltage

Crawford  Nautical  School 45 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What determines the power factor of an electrical
components of the
233108 3 distribution system being supplied by a single AC prime mover speed output frequency generator's rated voltage A
connected load
generator?
Regarding an AC generator connected to the main
electrical bus; as the electric load and power factor vary, a
governor speed droop
233109 1 corresponding change is reflected in the generator voltage regulator balance coil phase-balance relay B
setting
armature reaction. How are these changes in armature
reaction compensated for?
The instantaneous reduction in voltage of an AC
generator, resulting from an increase in load and prior to
233110 1 voltage droop voltage drop voltage dip voltage regulation C
the automatic voltage regulator correcting the situation, is
called what?
Prior to manually starting an AC generator prime mover
233111 1 and paralleling in the manual control mode, what should manual position bus neutral position automatic position transfer position A
be the position of the voltage regulator selector switch?
Which of the following devices are protected from being
233300 1 Alternators Wave guides Exciters Amplidynes A
motorized by a reverse-power relay?
What is the purpose of a ship's service generator circuit prevent main circuit protect the circuit breaker prevent alternator
233300 2 prevent low voltage trip out C
breaker's reverse- power trip? overload blowout coil motorization
The purpose of the reverse power relay, provided on a
ship's service alternator panel, is to trip the alternator
233300 3 main circuit overload high power transfer generator over speeding alternator motorization D
circuit in the event of a very specific situation. What
situation is this?
When two generators are operating in parallel, what will Generator #1 circuit Generator #1 circuit
Generator #2 will Generator #2 engine will
233300 4 first occur if the engine driving generator #1 suddenly breaker will trip on breaker will trip on reverse B
motorize. automatically shut down.
loses power? overload. power.
Two AC generators of the same capacity are operating in
parallel, one with a zero speed droop setting and the
it will assume the smaller it will maintain the it will have poor it will have poor power
233301 1 other with a 5% speed droop. If its capacity is not B
share of the load frequency of the system sensitivity characteristics response
exceeded, what will be the characteristic of the unit whose
governor has the zero speed droop setting?
An alternator is being paralleled with one already on the
line. At the INSTANT the incoming generator circuit
233302 1 increase not change decrease be exactly 60 hertz C
breaker is closed, what will happen to the frequency of the
incoming alternator?
Why is it a good practice to have the frequency of the
This allows the oncoming This allows the oncoming This completely takes the
incoming alternator adjusted slightly higher than that of This automatically tests the
233303 1 machine to accept load machine to be placed on load completely off the A
the loaded alternator when manually paralleling two reverse power relay.
immediately. line with no load. loaded alternator.
alternators?
What should be the frequency of the incoming machine
at least 5 Hz higher than exactly equal to the bus slightly greater than the slightly less than the bus
233303 2 when paralleling two AC generators immediately prior to C
the bus frequency frequency bus frequency frequency
closing its breaker?
When paralleling two AC generators, what should be the slightly less than the
the same as the bus slightly greater than the much greater than the bus
233303 3 frequency of the machine coming on-line, immediately oncoming generator C
frequency bus frequency frequency
prior to closing its breaker? frequency
When paralleling two AC generators, what should be the slightly less than the slightly more than the exactly 60 hertz regardless
the same as the frequency
233303 4 frequency of the incoming generator, just prior to closing frequency of the generator frequency of the of the frequency of the C
of the generator on the line
the circuit breaker? on the line generator on the line generator on the line

Crawford  Nautical  School 46 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Prior to closing the breaker when paralleling two AC
slightly less than the line the same as the line slightly greater than the exactly 60 Hz regardless of
233303 5 generators, in terms of the oncoming machine frequency, C
frequency frequency line frequency the line frequency
what is the recommended practice?
You are attempting to parallel two AC generators, and the
the same as the bus
synchroscope pointer is revolving fast in the clockwise the same as the bus
higher than the bus lower than the bus frequency and the circuit
233303 6 direction. What does this indicates in terms of the frequency but out of phase A
frequency frequency breaker may be closed at
frequency of the incoming machine compared to the bus with it
any pointer position
frequency?
In considering the waveforms as shown in figure "A" of the The pointer would be The pointer would be The pointer would be The pointer would be
233303 7 illustration, what would be the status of the synchroscope rotating very rapidly in the rotating very rapidly in the rotating very slowly in the rotating very slowly in the EL-0053 C
pointer as shown in figure "B" of the illustration? fast direction. slow direction. fast direction. slow direction.
In considering the waveforms as shown in figure "A" of the
illustration, what would be the position of the The pointer would be at the The pointer would be at the The pointer would be at The pointer would be at the
233303 8 EL-0053 A
synchroscope pointer as shown in figure "B" of the 12:00 position. 3:00 position. the 6:00 position. 9:00 position.
illustration at the instant the waves are in synchronism?
In considering the status of the synchroscope pointer as Just before the 12:00 Just before the 12:00 Just before the 12:00 Just before the 12:00
shown in figure "B" of the illustration, at what point should position, with the pointer position, with the pointer position, with the pointer position, with the pointer
233303 9 EL-0053 C
the circuit breaker for the incoming machine be closed if rotating very rapidly in the rotating very slowly in the rotating very slowly in the rotating very rapidly in the
paralleling manually? fast direction. slow direction. fast direction. slow direction.
In considering the status of the synchroscope pointer as Just before the 6:00 Just before the 12:00 Just before the 6:00 Just before the 12:00
shown in figure "B" of the illustration, at what point should position, with the pointer position, with the pointer position, with the pointer position, with the pointer
233303 10 EL-0053 B
the circuit breaker for the incoming machine be closed if rotating very rapidly in the rotating very slowly in the rotating very slowly in the rotating very rapidly in the
paralleling manually? fast direction. fast direction. fast direction. fast direction.
Which of the following actions must be carried out prior to
Increase the alternator Decrease the alternator
233304 1 closing the alternator circuit breaker according to the Increase the line voltage. Decrease the line voltage. EL-0002 B
voltage. voltage.
graph "A" shown in the illustration?
The alternator frequency is The alternator frequency
Which of the following statements is true concerning the The alternator voltage is The alternator frequency is
233304 2 higher than the line is lower than the line EL-0002 C
conditions depicted in graph "A" of the illustration? equal to the line voltage. equal to the line frequency.
frequency. frequency.
The line frequency is The line frequency is less
Which of the following statements is true concerning the The line voltage is greater The line frequency is equal
233304 3 greater than the alternator than the alternator EL-0002 C
conditions depicted in graph "A" of the illustration? than the alternator voltage. to the alternator frequency.
frequency. frequency.
machine "A" is a droop machine "A" is an
What are the operational characteristics of the two machine "A" and machine machine "A" and machine
machine, while machine isochronous machine,
233305 1 alternators with the speed- droop curves shown in figure "B" are both droop "B" are both isochronous EL-0025 C
"B" is an isochronous while machine "B" is a
"A" of the illustration? machines machines
machine droop machine
What governor settings are the load sharing
233305 2 characteristics of two diesel generators operating in load limit settings idle speed settings speed limit settings speed droop settings D
parallel mostly dependent upon?
What generator control system component controls the
233305 3 division of the kilowatt load between two AC generators voltage regulators field rheostats reverse power relays prime mover governors D
operating in parallel?
What governor setting is directly related to the load
233305 4 sharing characteristics of two diesel alternators operating load limit idle speed speed limit speed droop D
in parallel?
What determines the division of kilowatt load between two amount of field excitation of load-speed characteristics amount of field excitation
233305 5 type of alternator B
paralleled alternators? the leading machine of the governors to the lagging machine

Crawford  Nautical  School 47 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

speed droop
What determines the division of kilowatt load between two amount of field excitation to amount of field excitation number of field poles per
233305 6 characteristics of the B
paralleled alternators? the leading machine to the lagging machine alternator
governors
Figure "A" of the illustration represents a constant
The governor control The governor control The governor control The governor control
frequency system. At load condition "1" machine A has a
switch of machine A is switch of machine A is switch of machine A is switch of machine B is
40 kW load and machine B has a 120 kW load as shown.
turned to raise speed, turned to lower speed, turned to raise speed, turned to lower speed,
233305 7 If load is to be transferred manually to achieve load EL-0025 C
while the governor control while the governor control while the governor while the governor control
condition "2" with machine A having a load of 100 kW and
switch of machine B is switch of machine B is control switch of machine switch of machine A is not
machine B having a load of 60 kW, how is this
turned to lower speed. turned to raise speed. B is not touched. touched.
accomplished?
machine "A" is a droop machine "A" is an
What are the operational characteristics of the two machine "A" and machine machine "A" and machine
machine, while machine isochronous machine,
233305 8 alternators with the speed- droop curves shown in figure "B" are both droop "B" are both isochronous EL-0025 A
"B" is an isochronous while machine "B" is a
"B" of the illustration? machines of equal droop machines
machine droop machine
What is adjusted so that the kW load is evenly distributed the governor speed control the manual voltage control
233306 1 the balance coil the field excitation B
between two alternators operating in parallel? settings rheostat
What device is used so that the kilowatt load sharing can automatic voltage
233306 2 field rheostat governor control hand tachometer B
be adjusted on paralleled generators? regulators
What must be done to adjust the kilowatt load division adjusting the prime mover adjusting the generator increasing both prime decreasing both prime
233306 3 manually between two AC generators operating in governor speed controls in output voltage in opposite mover speeds mover speeds A
parallel? opposite directions directions simultaneously simultaneously
If two AC generators have just been placed in parallel
adjusting the governor
233306 4 manually, how is the kilowatt load initially distributed a balance coil changing field excitation a rheostat C
control settings
evenly?
What is adjusted so that the kW load is evenly distributed the engine governor speed
233306 5 a balance coil the rotor field excitation a interpole field rheostat B
between two alternators just placed in parallel? settings
voltage settings of both governor speed settings of voltage settings of both governor speed settings of
What must be done to manually equalize the power factor
233307 1 units are adjusted in both units are adjusted in units are adjusted in the both units are adjusted in A
of two alternators operating in parallel?
opposite directions opposite directions same direction the same direction
What devices maintains equal power factors on paralleled governor speed control
233307 2 voltage regulators reverse power relays reverse current relays A
AC generators automatically? switches
equalization of power
How is the power factor at which paralleled AC generators characteristics of the changes in prime mover changes in field
233307 3 factors cannot be achieved C
operate automatically equalized? connected load speed excitation current
automatically
manually, adjusting the automatically, by the
How can equalization of the power factors of two manually, by adjusting the automatically, by automatic
233307 4 output of current designed action of the B
alternators operating in parallel be accomplished? governor controls voltage regulators
transformers governors
Circulating currents Generator rotors will Because a power factor
Why is it desirable to operate paralleled AC generators at Field excitation losses are
233308 1 between alternators are have a lesser tendency increase will decrease A
the same power factor? kept to a minimum.
kept to a minimum. to hunt. kilowatt output.
If the field excitation is increased to one of two alternators
the power factor will the power factor will
operating in parallel and decreased on the other, what will the kilowatt load will be the ampere load will be
233309 1 change in the lagging change in the leading A
be the result on the alternator with the field excitation greatly increased greatly decreased
direction direction
increased?
If the excitation of an alternator operating in parallel is
decreased below normal and the other above normal, power factor will change in power factor will change in ampere load will be kilowatt load will be greatly
233309 2 B
what will be the result on the alternator with the excitation the lagging direction the leading direction greatly increased decreased
decreased below normal?

Crawford  Nautical  School 48 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Attempting to parallel an AC generator which is out of
The alternator breaker The synchronizing lamps The power factor will be
233310 1 phase with the bus will result in which of the following The kVA will decrease. A
should trip. will burn out. unitized.
conditions?
By what means is the division of the reactive kVAR load
233311 1 between paralleled AC generators automatically prime mover governors voltage regulators phase balance relay proportioner B
controlled?
After closing the circuit breaker to place two alternators
with identical ratings in parallel, in terms of achieving a
233312 1 balance the power factor balance the voltage balance the kilowatt load balance the ampere load C
balance between the two alternators, what is the NEXT
step?
Two paralleled alternators are operating near rated load. If
Restart the tripped Strip the board of all non- Start the emergency Transfer all vital loads to
233313 1 one trips out mechanically resulting in a reverse power B
machine immediately. vital circuits. generator. the emergency bus.
trip, which of the listed actions should be taken FIRST?
If field excitation is suddenly lost to an alternator operating It will operate at the same
It will supply excessive It will lose its load and It will become overloaded
233314 1 in parallel with another alternator, what will happen to the load, but with reduced C
current to the bus. tend to over speed. and slow down.
alternator that has experienced a loss of field excitation? voltage.
If the energy input is significantly reduced to the prime
continue to operate at no lose its load and over begin to motorize and slow down and operate at
233315 1 mover of one shipboard alternator operating in parallel C
load speed then trip out reduced load
with others, what will happen to that alternator?
If two alternators are operating in parallel, what will
change if each alternator's field excitation is changed in
233316 2 alternator frequency phase sequence reactive power division active power division C
opposite directions (one alternator's field current
increasing, while the other is decreasing)?
To divide the kW load To divide the kVAR load
To cut out generators when To cut in additional
Besides voltage regulation, what is a function of the equally between equally between
233317 1 they are no longer generators automatically D
voltage regulators used with AC generators? generators operating in generators operating in
required. as required.
parallel. parallel.
You are attempting to parallel two AC generators and the the same as the bus
the same as the bus
synchroscope pointer is revolving in the slow direction. higher than the bus lower than the bus frequency, and the circuit
233318 1 frequency but out of B
What is the oncoming generator frequency relative to that frequency frequency breaker may be closed at
phase with it
of the bus frequency? any pointer position
You are attempting to parallel two AC generators, and the the same as the bus
the same as the bus
synchroscope pointer is revolving in the fast direction. higher than the bus lower than the bus frequency and the circuit
233318 2 frequency but out of A
What is the frequency of the oncoming generator relative frequency frequency breaker may be closed at
phase with it
to the bus frequency? any pointer position
Which statement is true if the pointer of the synchroscope The incoming machine is The loaded alternator is The load on the loaded The incoming machine is
233318 3 is rotating in the slow direction (counterclockwise) as you turning faster than the load turning faster than the alternator is ready to beginning to pick up some B
are preparing to parallel two alternators? alternator. incoming machine. split. of the load.

You are attempting to parallel two AC generators and the a hazardous condition a hazardous condition will
the incoming machine will
synchroscope pointer stops at a position other than 0°. the incoming machine will will be created by the be created by the incoming
233319 2 trip out on low voltage C
What would happen if you close the circuit breaker at this accept all of the load cross current between machine being at a higher
release
position? the machines frequency than the bus
Which of the following problems will occur if the circuit Severe cross currents will
The rotor of the loaded The rotor of the incoming Both alternators will
233319 3 breaker of the incoming alternator is closed and it is 180° occur which could cause B
alternator will hunt. alternator will stop. parallel 180° out of phase.
out of phase with the loaded alternator when paralleling? damage.

Crawford  Nautical  School 49 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The frequency of the
You are in the process of paralleling two AC generators The incoming machine is in There is an existing cross
incoming machine is the The circuit breaker needs
233319 4 and the synchroscope pointer has stopped at a position phase with the bus, but the current between A
same as the bus to be reset.
other than 0°. What does this indicate? frequency is not the same. generators.
frequency.
use the governor control use the governor control close the circuit breaker
You are attempting to parallel two AC generators and the use the field rheostat to
switch to adjust the switch to increase the when the synchroscope
233320 1 synchroscope pointer is revolving slowly in the fast adjust the speed of the C
incoming voltage so it is speed of the machine on pointer approaches the
direction. What should be done next? incoming machine
equal to the bus voltage the line only 0° position
With respect to the rotation of the synchroscope pointer, rotating in the 'slow' rotating in the 'fast' rotating in the 'fast' rotating in the 'slow'
233320 2 when two AC generators are being paralleled, under what direction, just before the 12 direction, just after the 12 direction, just before the direction, just after the 12 C
condition should the breaker be closed? o'clock position o'clock position 12 o'clock position o'clock position
In preparation for paralleling generators, if the electric
plant condition is as shown by graph "A", what would be Revolve slowly in the slow Revolve rapidly in the slow Revolve slowly in the fast
233321 1 Remain stationary. EL-0002 C
the rotational status of the synchronizing lamps as shown direction. direction. direction.
in circuit "B"?
In preparation for eventual paralleling of generators, if the The lamps will cycle on The lamps will cycle on The lamps will cycle on The lamps will cycle on
condition of the electric plant is as shown in graph "A", and off in a clockwise and off in a counter- and off in a clockwise and off in a counter-
233321 2 EL-0002 C
what will be the status of the synchronizing lamps as sequence in the slow clockwise sequence in the sequence in the fast clockwise sequence in the
shown in circuit "B" of the illustration? direction. slow direction. direction. fast direction.
In preparation for eventual paralleling of generators, if the
The two lamps will cycle on The two lamps will cycle The two lamps will cycle on
condition of the electric plant is as shown in graph "A", The two lamps will cycle on
233321 3 and off in together in on and off in a clockwise and off in a counter- EL-0002 B
what will be the status of the synchronizing lamps as and off alternately.
unison. sequence. clockwise sequence.
shown in circuit "C" of the illustration?
The lamp on the left will
The lamp on the left will be
be in the middle of its
What will be the status of the two synchronizing lamps as Both lamps will in the in the middle of its bright
Both lamps will be in the dark period and the lamp
233321 4 shown in circuit "C" of the illustration at the instant when middle of the their bright period and the lamp on the EL-0002 A
middle of their dark period. on the right will be in the
the waves are in synchronism as shown in graph "A"? period. right will be in the middle of
middle of its bright
its dark period.
period.
When paralleling two alternators the synchronizing lamps
the incoming alternator is
grow dim and are totally darkened as the synchroscope the alternator voltages are the incoming alternator is the synchroscope pointer is
233322 1 in synchronism with the C
pointer approaches the 0° position. What does this 180° apart running too fast defective or broken
bus
indicate?
You are paralleling two alternators. The synchronizing
lamps grow dim and are totally darkened as the the alternator voltages are the circuit breaker can be the incoming alternator is the synchroscope is
233322 2 B
synchroscope pointer approaches the 0° position. What 180° apart closed running too slowly defective or broken
does this indicate?
The frequency meter
should be used to
determine that the
An alternator switchboard has a synchroscope and The breaker should be The breaker should be incoming alternator A portable phase sequence
synchronizing lamps. If the synchroscope is broken, which closed when one closed when both frequency is slightly indicator must be used to
233323 1 C
of the steps listed is the most essential before an synchronizing lamp is dark synchronizing lamps are higher than the bus, then verify the information from
alternator can be paralleled with the bus? and the other is bright. bright. the breaker should be the lamps.
closed when both
synchronizing lamps are
dark..
When paralleling two alternators, the synchronizing lamps
the incoming alternator is the alternator voltages are the synchroscope is the alternator power factors
233324 1 remain lit as the synchroscope pointer approaches the 0°. C
running too fast 180 degrees apart defective or broken are in phase
What does this indicate?

Crawford  Nautical  School 50 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Besides voltage and frequency, what other factor must be
233325 1 kilowatt load division amperage load division reactive load division phases in synchronism D
the same when alternators are operating in parallel?
The cycles per second of Both alternator governors The number of field poles The load must always be
Which of the following statements is true concerning the
233325 2 each alternator are the must be set with the same must be the same on divided equally between A
operation of two alternators in parallel?
same. amount of speed droop. each alternator. alternators.
Decrease the governor
setting on the 'off going' Decrease the cycles of the
Which of the following should be the FIRST step in Trip the off-going generator Shut down the prime generator while generator staying on the
233326 1 removing a generator from parallel operation when no off-line by opening its mover driving the off- going simultaneously line while simultaneously C
longer needed? circuit breaker. generator. increasing the governor increasing the cycles of the
setting on the generator 'off going' generator.
to remain on line.
To remove an alternator operating in parallel with another open the circuit breaker
adjust the power factor on set the desired voltage on remove the load from the
233326 2 unit from the main electrical bus, what must be done on the outgoing D
both units the outgoing alternator outgoing alternator
FIRST? alternator
A main switchboard synchronizing panel is fitted with two
synchronizing lamps and a synchroscope. When the generators are out of the generators are in
the incoming generator the generator breaker may
233327 2 paralleling, if the synchroscope pointer is at the noon phase sequence and one phase sequence but one B
voltage is too low be closed
position and one synchronizing light is bright while the lamp is burned out lamp is burned out
other remains dark, what does this indicate?
When paralleling two AC generators, the synchroscope
233328 1 selector switch and frequency meter switch should be set bus generator on the line oncoming generator bus transfer relay C
up to sense the frequency of which of the following?
While paralleling two (2) AC generators using
when the generators are when the generators are when the generators are when the generators are in
233329 1 synchronizing lamps only, when will both lamps will go D
running at the same speed running at different speeds out of synchronism synchronism
dark?
When paralleling two alternators using three The frequency of the The frequency of the The phase rotation of the The terminal voltage of the
synchronizing lamps, the flickering of all three lamps incoming generator is incoming alternator is incoming alternators is incoming alternator is
233329 2 A
becomes progressively slower and slower. What does this approaching that of the significantly less than that opposite to that of the approaching that of the
mean? bus. of the bus. bus. bus.
It will not affect the faulty
It will increase the output It will cause high currents
An AC generator operating in parallel loses its excitation generator due to the It will cause the slip rings to
233330 2 amperage between the to be induced in the field D
without tripping the circuit breaker. What will be the result? compensation of the other melt.
armature and the bus. and stator windings.
generators.
It will absorb more and It will smoke and
It will lose its load due to
What will happen when a loss of field excitation to an AC more load due to overload due to field It will lose its load and
233331 1 the inherent speed droop D
generator occurs while operating in parallel? decreased armature flashover as residual field possibly over speed.
built into the governor.
reaction. flux changes polarity.
The generator will be The prime mover will be
It puts an excessive load High voltage pulses may
233332 2 Why is motorization of an AC generator undesirable? damaged when it reverses damaged when it reverses B
on the bus. damage the commutator.
its rotation. its rotation.
Diesel generators #1 and #2 are operating in parallel at
near full load capacity. Diesel generator #1 suddenly trips
Secure alarms, reset
out mechanically due to low lube oil pressure. The reverse Start the emergency Ascertain cause of the low Strip the board of all non-
233334 1 reverse power relay, and C
power relay functions properly and trips generator #1 generator. lube oil pressure. vital circuits.
restart #1 engine.
electrically off the board. Which of the following actions
should you carry out FIRST?

Crawford  Nautical  School 51 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Upon failure of the normal power supply, by what means
automatic bus transfer
233500 1 is the emergency generator is placed on the line and bus tie feeder line connection feeder power failure alarm bus B
device
connected to the emergency bus?
Upon failure of the ships normal electrical power supply,
by means of what device does the emergency generator automatic bus transfer
233500 2 main lighting transformer main switchboard bus power failure alarm bus B
supply power to the emergency switchboard, but not the switch
main switchboard?
Wye-connected and delta-connected three phase
the line voltages are equal
alternators have different operating characteristics. In the phase voltages 90° out the line current is equal the line voltage is equal to
233501 1 to the vector sum of the D
comparison to the wye-connected alternator, what is of sync with each other to the phase current the phase voltage
phase voltages
unique to the delta-connected alternator?
With what device is the RPM of an AC generator indirectly
233502 1 measured on a switchboard when operating singly (no voltmeter synchronizing lamps frequency meter synchroscope C
other generator connected to the bus)?
They are both
They both internally They both internally
They both rectify the constructed at the same
233503 1 How are AC and DC generators are similar? generate alternating produce three-phase A
current before delivery. physical size for the
current voltages. power.
same kilowatt rating.
They both internally
They both rectify the They both operate at 60 They both supply three-
233503 2 How are AC and DC generators are similar? generate alternating A
voltage before delivery. cycles. phase power.
current voltages.
In which figure shown in the illustration will the highest
233504 1 figure "A" only figure "B" only both figures "A" and "C" both figures "B" and "D" EL-0028 D
voltage be induced?
prevent moisture from
What is the main purpose of an electric space heater prevent the windings from prevent acidic pitting of keep the lube oil warm for
233505 1 condensing in the windings B
installed in a large AC generator? becoming brittle the slip rings quick starting
during shutdown
When shore power is being connected to a ship in dry
shore power must be shore power phase exactly 450 volts must be exactly 60 Hz must be
dock, what must be ensured, assuming that the ship's
233506 1 capable of delivering a total sequence must agree with supplied from shore, as supplied from shore, as no B
generators are rated at 450 VAC, 60Hz with a total
of 5000 kW that of the ship no tolerance is permitted tolerance is permitted
capacity of 5000 kW?
only when the ship's
only when the ship's
Under what conditions is the shore power circuit breaker generators have been only if a quick disconnect
233507 1 only in a shipyard generators have been D
closed? directly paralleled to those coupling is used
removed from the bus
on shore
only after the ship's
when the ship's generators
When would be the safest time to close the ships main generators have been if a quick disconnect
233507 2 at any time in a shipyard have been disconnected D
switchboard "shore power" circuit breaker? directly paralleled to those coupling is used
from the main bus
on shore
What does the amount of voltage induced in the stator the number of brushes
the number of field poles the strength of the the cross-sectional area of
233508 2 windings of a modern AC generator mainly dependent associated with the C
energized rotating magnetic field the stator windings
upon? commutator
By what means is a diesel driven emergency generator
an electrical interlock an automatic paralleling the synchronizing
233509 1 prevented from being paralleled with the ship's service the reverse current relay A
system trip switch oscilloscope
generators?
A DC generator which is used to supply direct current in
233510 1 order to provide magnetizing current to an AC generator rotor stator exciter armature C
field is commonly known as what?
How are the field windings of a DC shunt generator in series with the series in parallel with the field in series with the in parallel with the
233700 1 D
connected? windings rheostat armature windings armature windings

Crawford  Nautical  School 52 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In a shunt-wound DC generator, with what generator
the compensating
233700 2 component are the shunt field windings connected in the interpoles the armature circuit the series field winding B
windings
parallel with?
A variable shunt, connected across the series field coils of
a DC compound wound generator, permits adjustment of
233701 1 divider diverter converter rheostat B
the degree of compounding. What is this variable shunt
called?
convert the alternating
transfer generated direct reduce sparking between
What is the purpose of the commutator and brushes on a current voltage generated provide a sliding contact
233702 1 current voltage from the the armature and the B
DC generator? within the armature to a method to excite the field
armature to the line carbon brushes
direct current voltage
Which of the following components are used to convert
233702 2 alternating current produced in the DC generator armature Armature and equalizer Commutator and brushes Rotor and interpoles Field and exciter B
windings to direct current?
convert the alternating
transfer generated direct current voltage generated reduce sparking between
What is the purpose of the commutator and brushes on a provide a sliding contact
233702 5 current voltage from the within the armature to a the armature and the B
DC generator? method to excite the field
armature to the line direct current voltage to the carbon brushes
line
What is the primary purpose of the brushes of DC neutralize armature conduct armature current convert DC current to AC provide excitation to a DC
233703 1 B
generators? reaction to an external load current generator
Why are armature cores in a DC generator made of fit the curvature of the increase the hysteresis reduce eddy current
233705 1 allow for easy assembly C
laminated steel sheets? frame effect losses
Why are modern DC generators fitted with commutating they reduce the load on
they reduce spring
233706 3 they prevent motorizing they reduce sparking B
poles? the main poles pressure on the brushes
the polarities of the
in the direction of rotation, in the direction of rotation, in the direction of interpoles 180 degrees
As shown in the illustrated DC machine which is the preceding interpole the preceding interpole rotation, the following opposite one another
233707 1 configured as a generator, what is the polarity of the should have the same should have the opposite interpole should have the should be the same, the EL-0052 A
interpoles as compared to the main field poles? polarity as the following polarity as the following same polarity as the actual polarities compared
main pole main pole preceding main pole to that of the main poles
does not matter
As shown in the illustrated DC machine which is
differentially compound cumulatively compound
233707 2 configured as a generator, what type of machine is series wound shunt wound EL-0052 D
wound wound
illustrated in terms of the configuration of the windings?
Which of the diagrams shown in the illustration depicts the
233708 1 proper method of aligning brushes on a commutator for a A B C D EL-0057 C
DC machine?
As shown in the illustration, which brush holder is of the
233710 1 1 2 3 4 EL-0029 D
reaction type?
Maximum voltage is
Which of the following statements is true concerning the The figures represent a The figures represent a Field polarity reverses from
233711 1 produced in figures A and EL-0028 C
following illustration? basic AC generator. basic DC generator. figures A to B and C to D.
C.
As shown in the illustration, which brush holder would be both leading and trailing
233712 1 radial mount trailing mount only leading mount only EL-0029 A
appropriate to use in a bi-directional motor? mount
to automatically provide to automatically provide to automatically provide to automatically provide
leading kVAr to exactly lagging kVAr to exactly lagging kVAr to exactly leading kVAr to exactly
What is the purpose of the synchronous compensator as
233800 1 match the ship's lagging match the ship's leading match the ship's lagging match the ship's leading EL-0030 A
shown in the illustration?
kVAr load so as to provide kVAr load so as to provide kVAr load so as to kVAr load so as to provide
overall unity power factor overall unity power factor provide overall unity overall unity

Crawford  Nautical  School 53 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

It is an inductor coil that
It merely provides a
smooths out the DC It converts the bridge It controls the gate trigger
conducting path between
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the DC current flow outputting from rectifier AC output to the pulses to the controlled
233800 2 the bridge rectifier output to EL-0030 B
link within the frequency converter? the bridge rectifier on the DC required for input to inverter, thus controlling
the controlled inverter input
way to the controlled the controlled inverter. the output frequency.
with no other purpose.
inverter input.
hand-operated field
balance coil diverting
With what device is the simplest method of controlling the rheostat connected in separate exciter in a series carbon pile regulator in
233801 1 neutral current through the A
terminal voltage of compound-wound DC generator? series with the shunt field with the shunt field series with the load
shunt field
circuit
By what means is DC generator output voltage increasing armature decreasing armature
233801 8 increasing field resistance decreasing field resistance A
decreased? resistance resistance
Providing current to the Residual magnetism
Which of the methods listed below is used to provide the Residual magnetism Starting of the prime
233802 1 field from an external remaining in the D
rotational torque to cause an AC generator to turn? remaining in the field. mover.
source. armature.
A compound wound DC generator has a no-load voltage
233806 1 of 250 volts and a full- load voltage of 230 volts. What flat compounded over compounded under compounded terminal compounded C
type of compounding characteristic is indicated?
Which of the terms listed best describes a compound-
233806 2 wound DC generator having a higher voltage at no load Flat compounded Over compounded Under compounded Terminal compounded C
than at full load?
The emergency air inlet The emergency air inlet
The emergency air inlet
panel and air outlet doors panel and air outlet doors
If the cooling water system is isolated for repairs, but it is panel and air outlet doors The alternator may not be
must be opened, but in must remain closed,
233808 1 still desirable to run the alternator pictured in figure "A" of must be opened and only run without cooling water EL-0037 A
doing so allows the which requires the
the illustration, what must be done? then can the alternator be under any circumstances.
alternator to be run at rated alternator to be run only
run, but at reduced load.
load. at reduced loads.
As shown in the illustrated diagnostic setup for locating a
shorted field coil of a ten-pole salient pole alternator, if
233809 1 240 VAC 60-Hz is applied across the brushes, what would 17 VAC 24 VAC 25 VAC 32 VAC EL-0202 A
be the voltage drop across field coil #4 if that field coil had
shorted turns and the other field coils were free of shorts?

The voltage across the The voltage across the

collector ring and any point collector ring and any point
As shown in the illustrated diagnostic setup for locating an The voltage across the The voltage across the
before the open will be line before the open will be
open field coil of a ten-pole salient pole alternator, if 240 collector ring and any collector ring and any point
233810 1 voltage and the voltage zero voltage and the EL-0203 B
VDC is applied across the brushes, what statement is true point before or after the before or after the open will
across the collector ring voltage across the collector
of one of the field coils is open-circuited? open will be line voltage. be zero voltage.
and any point after the ring and any point after the
open will be zero voltage. open will be line voltage.
Which of the methods listed is used to maintain equal load The series fields of both The series fields of both
The shunt fields are The shunt field rheostats
234000 1 sharing between two compound wound DC generators generators are generators are connected D
interconnected. are interconnected.
operating in parallel? connected in series. in parallel.
reverse the direction of
What function does an equalizing connection between two reverse the polarity of the
automatically equalize the current in the series field parallel the series fields of
234000 2 compound- wound DC generators operating in parallel incoming generator as the D
power factors of the incoming the generators
serve? series field weakens
generator

Crawford  Nautical  School 54 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Which of the methods listed is used to maintain the The series fields of both The equalizer connection
The shunt fields are The shunt field rheostats
234000 3 division of load between two compound-wound, DC generators are parallels the series fields of D
interconnected. are interconnected.
generators operating in parallel? connected in series. all machines.
When two generators are on the line and are both
234006 1 connected across a shared load, how are they said to be in frequency in series in parallel in resonance C
operating?
voltage of the incoming frequency of the incoming synchroscope needle is current from the incoming
Prior to closing the circuit breaker when paralleling two
234007 1 machine is at or slightly machine is slightly higher revolving slowly in the machine is the same as the A
DC generators, what must you be certain of?
above the bus voltage than the bus frequency 'fast' direction bus current
Trip all nonvital distribution
Trip all non-vital distribution
As a result of a serious mechanical malfunction in one of feeder circuit breakers,
Trip the malfunctioning Trip the malfunctioning feeder circuit breakers, the
the ship's service generators operating in parallel, you remove the remaining load
generator's circuit breaker generator's circuit malfunctioning prime
234008 1 must secure that generator. In order to prevent a possible on the malfunctioning B
and prime mover throttle breaker and distribution mover turbine throttle trip,
overload to the remaining generator, which of the generator and trip its circuit
trip. feeder circuit breakers. and the generator circuit
following sequential courses of action should be taken? breaker and then the prime
breaker.
mover throttle trip.
By what means is an AC generator prevented from
234009 1 over speed trip reverse power relay back pressure trip governor controls B
becoming motorized?
By what means is an AC generator prevented from
234009 4 over speed trip reverse power relay back pressure trip governor controls B
becoming motorized?
By what mechanism does a reverse- power relay prevent automatically redirecting automatically speeding up tripping the panel board tripping the generator
234010 1 D
AC generator motorization? the load the prime mover main switch circuit breaker
Generator A has a greater Generator A has a lower Generator A has a Generator A has a lower
speed droop value than speed droop value than greater speed droop speed droop value than
From the illustration shown in figure "C", what can be
generator B and generator generator B and generator value than generator B generator B and generator
234011 1 determined from the speed droop characteristics of EL-0025 B
A will take a greater share A will take a greater share and generator B will take B will take a greater share
generator A and generator B?
of the load than generator of the load than generator a greater share of the of the load than generator
B. B. load than generator A. A.
As a DC armature revolves within a stationary magnetic
field, the reversals of magnetization of the armature core
234200 1 lags the current reversals which produces heat. What is copper loss eddy-current loss hysteresis loss capacitive reaction C
the correct name for this action which is minimized by the
use of soft silicon steel?
Which of the following losses is minimized by laminating
234202 1 Winding copper loss Eddy current loss Magnetic hysteresis loss IR drop loss B
the core of a DC generator armature?
What is the correct name for a variable resistor wired in
234203 1 series with the shunt field for the purposes of manually bleeder resistor rheostat bridge variable shunt strip B
controlling generator output voltage?
Insulation resistance
It should be disconnected The disconnect switch or The disconnect switch or
If a modern brushless alternator is to be inactive for an readings should be taken
from the prime mover and links should be opened links should be closed and
234400 1 extended period of time, which of the following actions weekly to ensure C
raised off its bearing and the space heater the space heater de-
should be taken? resistance is not
supports. energized. energized.
deteriorating.
When an alternator is to remain idle for even a few days, lift the brushes and insulate the collector rings energize the space open the equalizing bus
234400 2 C
what should be done? disconnect the pigtails with strips of cardboard heater circuit disconnect switch

Crawford  Nautical  School 55 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Cleaning of windings
Cleaning of windings High pressure air should
Which of the following statements, concerning the Hot soapy water should be should be performed on a
should be performed on a be used to blow out dust
234401 2 cleaning maintenance of a brushless generator, is used to remove dust and conditional basis using a D
periodic basis regardless of and grime from the
correct? grime from windings. vacuum or using a clean,
the state of cleanliness. windings.
dry, lint-free rag.
Which of the following materials is recommended for
234402 1 burnishing the slip rings of an alternator after grinding or grade 00 sandpaper canvas wiper hardwood block smooth file C
turning?
How may chattering of the collector/slip ring brushes on a cleaning the collector
234403 1 lubricating brush holders reinsulating the brushes increasing length of pigtail C
generator be remedied? rings with a canvas wiper
In performing routine maintenance of a ship's service changing the pedestal megger testing of all lubricating exciter slip periodic cleaning of the air
234404 1 D
alternator, what should be included? bearing insulation yearly rectifying diodes rings filters or screens
Brushes in a DC generator must be positioned in the
neutral plane to avoid excessive sparking associated with
234600 2 the brushes. What device is used to prevent the shifting of brushing rigging armature windings field pole windings commutating pole windings D
the neutral plane due to armature reaction for varying
generator loads.
To effectively clean a commutator in good physical
234601 1 trichloride ethylene kerosene a canvas wiper a commutator stone C
condition, what should be used?
What is the most practical method used for resurfacing a turn it down in the ship's burnish it with commutator
234602 1 use a grinding rig use a hand stone B
ship's main propulsion motor commutator? lathe stones
What is the recommended method used to resurface an turn it down in the ship's burnish it with commutator
234602 2 use a hard canvas wipe use a hand stone A
eccentric DC motor commutator? lathe stones
use a portable grinding and
What is the most practical method used for resurfacing a turn it down in the ship's burnish it with commutator
234602 4 metal cutting rig attached use a hand stone B
ship's main propulsion motor commutator? lathe stones
to the motor frame
burnish it with a
What is the best method used to properly resurface an turn it down in the ship's
234602 5 use a fine tooth file use a hand stone commutator stone while A
eccentric commutator on a small DC electric motor? lathe
running
subtracting the brush subtracting the spring
How may propulsion DC motor brush pressures be dividing the brush contact dividing the spring force
234603 1 contact area from the pressure from the brush C
calculated? area by the spring pressure by the brush contact area
spring pressure contact area
Rotor-to-stator air gap readings should be taken on
provide for the correct
electrical generation machinery periodically. Why is this determine the amount of
proper tightening of the
so? varnish that can be applied determine the condition of increase machine
234700 1 field coil bolts and correct B
to correct insulation the bearings efficiency
lateral adjustment of the
I. determine the need for cleaning problems
field coils
II. check the condition of the bearings
If rotor-to-stator air gap readings for an electrical
the generator bearings for insulation readings and the prime mover thrust the field coil bolts for the
234700 2 generating machine have changed significantly from the A
wear machine cleanliness bearing for wear proper torque values
last reading, what should be checked?
Rotor-to-stator air gap readings for electrical generating
234700 3 equipment should be taken periodically. For what reason I only II only both I and II neither I or II C
should these readings be taken?

Crawford  Nautical  School 56 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Rotor-to-stator air gap readings should be taken on
electrical generation equipment periodically. Why is this
necessary?
234700 4 I only II only both I and II neither I or II B
I. check machine efficiency
II. determine the need for cleaning
Rotor-to-stator air gap readings for electrical generating
equipment should be taken periodically. For what reason
should these readings be taken?
234700 5 I only II only both I and II neither I or II D
I. determine the condition of the bearings
II. prevent damage to the rotor and stator
Rotor-to-stator air gap readings should be periodically
cloth (non-metallic) tape tapered, long blade, feeler
234701 1 taken for electrical generation equipment. What is the best dial indicator inside micrometer D
measure gage
tool to use to take these measurements?
using a megohm meter
With regard to the maintenance of electrical generating painting or allowing cleaning and removing
touching the bearing shell with the machine
234703 1 machines with insulated pedestal bearings, what practice grease build up on the grease from the insulated C
while the machine running disassembled to determine
should be avoided? insulated area area
insulation values

It should be placed It should be placed from

On some electrical generating equipment one outboard It is used to short the + and across the insulating the shaft to the pedestal
It should be placed from
bearing pedestal is insulated from the bedplate. This - in a D.C. generator or block to increase the while one reading is taken,
one end of the shaft to the
234800 3 should be checked with a millivolt meter and a jumper. Phase A and Phase C in an shaft current to a point then removed to take a D
other to eliminate shaft
With the millivolt meter connected between the shaft and alternator to eliminate the where it can be second reading. This
currents.
the bedplate how should the jumper be used? effects of CEMF. measured with the eliminates the insulating
millivolt meter. effect of the bearing.
If a shipboard AC generator experiences a failure to an open in the rotor field the brushes shifting out of excessive locked- rotor
235202 1 a rotating slip ring A
produce a voltage, what may be the cause? circuit the neutral plane current
What may be the cause of an AC generator to fail to an open in the rotor field a tripped bus circuit high mica segments on short circuit in the stator
235203 3 A
produce a voltage? circuit breaker the stator bus bar coils
What will result in an alternator failing to produce line improperly staggered
235203 4 a closed circuit breaker oxidized slip rings excitation field failure D
voltage? brushes
An open occurring within the field rheostat of an AC
generator can be detected by short circuiting its terminals negative deflection of the positive deflection of the buildup of alternator low, but constant alternator
235204 1 C
and making specific observations. What should be wattmeter pointer wattmeter pointer voltage voltage
checked for?
What can cause uneven wear of the commutator surface excessive operation at light incorrect brush
235602 1 rapid change in load unequal pole spacing C
on a direct current generator? load staggering
When testing the rotor of a synchronous motor for short high voltage drop reading, low or zero voltage drop
fluctuating voltmeter steady voltmeter reading,
circuits, a low voltage source is applied across the rotor while the other coil reading, while the other
235603 2 reading, while the other while the other coil B
coils through the collector rings. What would be the readings will have an equal coils will have higher
coil readings are steady readings are fluctuating
indication of a short-circuited coil? or lower value readings
A low voltage source is applied to the collector rings of a high voltage reading, while low or zero voltage
fluctuating voltmeter steady voltmeter reading,
salient-pole alternator to test for shorted coils. As the the other coil readings will reading, while the other
235603 3 reading, while the other while the other coil B
voltage drop across each coil is recorded, what would be have an equal or lower coils will have higher
coil readings are steady readings are fluctuating
the indication of a short-circuited coil? value readings

Crawford  Nautical  School 57 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

One method of testing for a reversed shunt field coil in a connecting a copper
placing an iron bar across placing a magnetic connecting a test lamp
235605 2 DC motor is by connecting the coil to a low voltage jumper across the interpole B
each field compass near each field across adjacent fields
source, and testing for polarity. How is this done? connections
Hysteresis is one cause of electrical power loss heat generated by
235613 2 associated with electricity generation equipment. What arcing at the brushes pulsating terminal current magnetic polarity excessive field current C
phenomenon results in hysteresis? reversals
In addition to improper brush pressure or seating, what improper positioning of reversed main field operating at continuously
reversed armature polarity
235615 1 can result in excessive sparking at the brushes of a DC brush rigging outside the polarity with respect to varying loads such as A
with respect to the field
propulsion motor? neutral plane the armature during maneuvering
What may cause brush sparking in a DC generator during eddy currents in the hysteresis in the armature excessive brush misalignment of the brush
235616 3 D
commutation? armature core core pressure rigging
Suppose the bearings of an electrical generator are failing check the bearing
check the connections to replace the bearing with replace the thrust bearing
235620 1 more frequently than expected and the lubricating oil is insulating block on one end B
the output leads a sealed roller type of the prime mover
sludging. What should be done? of the unit
running the generator at
running the rotor in the allowing the generator to using a storage battery or
How can the loss of residual magnetism in an alternator or normal speed with the
235900 1 opposite direction for 5 run at 10% of normal battery charger to 'flash' D
generator be corrected? field rheostat fully
minutes speed for 5 minutes the field
counterclockwise
determined as the opposite determined as the same as determined by the determined by the direction
What determines the direction of rotation of an AC
236001 1 of the direction of the the direction of the rotating number of poles being of the staggering of the B
induction motor?
rotating field stator field even or odd brushes
Regarding an induction motor, what does the power power required to drive the speed required to drive the current flow in the motor torque developed by the
236002 1 A
developed by the rotor automatically adjust itself to? load load stator rotating field
Regarding an AC induction motor, what is the output slip of the rotor and current flow in the
236002 2 speed of the rotating field DC field excitation B
power developed by the motor related to? resulting current interpoles
In a basic AC induction motor, by what means are rotor magnetically by the
236003 2 a bridge rectifier an armature and brushes external variable resistors C
currents induced in the rotor? rotating stator field
What is meant by the synchronous speed of an AC speed at which the rotor speed of the rotating stator frequency of the rotor slip in per cent of rotor
236004 1 B
induction motor? turns magnetic field current RPM
How is the difference between the synchronous speed of
a decimal fraction of full
236005 2 a three phase induction motor and its operating speed a percent of full load speed slip deviation C
load speed
correctly expressed?
The difference between the synchronous speed of an
as the difference between as the difference as the difference between
three phase induction motor and its operating speed is as a percent of
236005 3 no load and full load between no load and full no load and full load A
called slip, which would be given in RPM. What is another synchronous speed
amperage load torque horsepower
way that slip can be expressed?
Which of the listed motors will operate at the highest
A four-pole synchronous A four-pole induction motor A six-pole synchronous A six-pole induction motor
236006 1 RPM, assuming that each operates at the same A
motor under normal load. under no load. motor under normal load. under full load.
frequency?
Which of the illustrated motors has a totally enclosed
236007 1 A B C D EL-0001 D
motor enclosure?
Which of the illustrated motors has an open motor
236008 1 A B C D EL-0001 B
enclosure?
What type of motor enclosure is utilized for the motor Totally enclosed, fan-
236008 2 Open Open, drip-proof Totally enclosed EL-0001 D
labeled "A" of the illustration? cooled
What type of motor enclosure is utilized for the motor Totally enclosed, fan-
236008 3 Open Open, drip-proof Totally enclosed EL-0001 A
labeled "B" of the illustration? cooled
What type of motor enclosure is utilized for the motor Totally enclosed, fan-
236008 4 Open Open, drip-proof Totally enclosed EL-0001 B
labeled "C" of the illustration? cooled

Crawford  Nautical  School 58 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What type of motor enclosure is utilized for the motor Totally enclosed, fan-
236008 5 Open Open, drip-proof Totally enclosed EL-0001 C
labeled "D" of the illustration? cooled
Motors "B" and "D" would
Assuming that the 3-phase power source has a phase Motors "B" and "D" would
Motors "B", "C", and "D" have a clockwise (CW)
sequence of A-B-C and that the motor is connected as have a counterclockwise Motors "B", "C", and "D"
would all have a rotation and motor "C"
236010 1 shown in figure "A", if the motor has a clockwise (CW) (CCW) rotation and motor would all have a clockwise EL-0156 B
counterclockwise (CCW) would have a
rotation, what statement is true concerning the motors "C" would have a clockwise (CW) rotation.
rotation. counterclockwise (CCW)
connected as shown in the other figures? (CW) rotation.
rotation.
Motors "B" and "D" would
Assuming that the 3-phase power source has a phase Motors "B" and "D" would
Motors "B", "C", and "D" have a clockwise (CW)
sequence of A-B-C and that the motor is connected as have a counterclockwise Motors "B", "C", and "D"
would all have a rotation and motor "C"
236010 2 shown in figure "A", if the motor has a counterclockwise (CCW) rotation and motor would all have a clockwise EL-0156 C
counterclockwise (CCW) would have a
(CCW) rotation, what statement is true concerning the "C" would have a clockwise (CW) rotation.
rotation. counterclockwise (CCW)
motors connected as shown in the other figures? (CW) rotation.
rotation.
Which of the following motors has a frame configuration
236011 1 A B C D EL-0184 A
for solid base mounting only?
Which of the following motors has a frame configuration
236011 2 A B C D EL-0184 B
for resilient base mounting?
Which of the following motors has a frame configuration
236011 3 A B C D EL-0184 C
for face mounting only?
Which of the following motors has a frame configuration
236011 4 A B C D EL-0184 D
for face and base mounting?
What is he most practical method of controlling the RPM
change the number of change the number of
236200 1 of a multi-speed AC motor operating at a constant change the input voltage change the power factor B
operating poles brushes
frequency?
How is the speed of a squirrel-cage induction motor rotor conducting bars
236200 2 diameter of the stator number of stator poles rotor winding resistance B
determined? resistance
adding resistance in changing the number of
How is the speed of a multi-speed squirrel-cage induction varying the frequency to adding resistance in series
236200 3 parallel with the stator connected poles in the D
motor operating at a constant frequency usually changed? the machine with the stator windings
windings stator
How is the speed of a multi-speed, squirrel-cage, reconnecting stator changing the phase reconnecting the stator so
changing the RPM of the
236200 4 induction motor operating in a fixed frequency system windings for different sequence of the applied that no poles have the A
rotor flux
changed? numbers of poles voltage same polarity
Under normal conditions, how is the speed of a two-speed frequency of the applied resistance in the rotor amplitude of the applied
236200 5 number of field poles C
squirrel cage induction motor changed? voltage circuit voltage
In addition to frequency, how is the speed of a squirrel bar resistance of the
236200 6 diameter of the stator number of stator poles rotor winding resistance B
cage induction motor determined? conducting rotor
How is the speed of a multi-speed three- phase squirrel-
changing the number of changing the number of changing the locked rotor changing the resistance of
236200 7 cage induction-type motor operating in a fixed frequency B
phases to the motor stator poles current the rotor winding
system changed?
changing the number of
How is the speed of a squirrel-cage, multi-speed, changing the frequency to changing the excitation changing the resistance of
236200 8 connected poles in the A
induction motor, as used aboard ship, typically changed? the motor voltage the rotor circuit
stator
In general, what type of starter would be used to connect
236201 1 polyphase induction motors to full line voltage at the compensator starters auto-transformer starters across-the-line starters primary-resistor starters C
instant of start-up?

Crawford  Nautical  School 59 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

they allow the voltage to be
they provide a backup
Auto-transformer starters, sometimes called starting they reduce the voltage they increase the voltage either stepped up or down,
means of voltage
236202 1 compensators, are sometimes used with larger polyphase applied to the motor during for 'across- the-line depending on the A
regulation for emergency
induction motors. What function do they perform? the starting period starting' application, to ensure full
starting
torque
Which of the following statements describes what will
The slip value, stator
occur if the motor torque-speed and current-speed curves The stator current will
236203 1 The torque will decrease. The slip will decrease. current curve, and torque EL-0056 B
shown in the illustration is required to carry 150% of full increase.
curve will all coincide.
load?
The torque-speed and current-speed curves for a three-
The pull-up point on the Starting current is
phase induction motor with a squirrel cage rotor are The starting current is Rated torque and rated
torque curve is about 20% approximately 4.75 times
236204 1 shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration. Which of nearly 1.5 times the normal current occur at EL-0056 D
of the normal full load the normal full load current
the following statements is true concerning the depicted full load current value. approximately 20% slip.
torque value. value.
curves?
What is the characteristic of a wound rotor induction motor relatively low starting relatively high starting relatively low starting
relatively high starting
236205 1 with maximum rheostat resistance inserted in the rotor torque and low stator torque and low stator torque and high starting
torque and high stator B
circuit during starting? current current current current
running current would
If an induction motor were to be operated at 90% rated there would be an increase starting current would synchronous speed
236206 1 increase and the motor D
voltage and at rated load, what would be the result? in starting torque increase slightly would decrease slightly
would run hotter
interaction of the magnetic
application of a three- laminated steel core and field caused by the induced
In a three-phase, squirrel-cage type, induction motor, how current induced in the rotor
236207 2 phase voltage supply to the aluminum conductors in current in the squirrel-cage B
is the primary rotating magnetic field established? windings
stator windings the rotor bars with the magnetic field
of the stator
Which of the following statements is true concerning the A decrease in rotor A decrease in rotor speed
Rotor slip is dependent An increase in motor load
236208 1 operating characteristics of a basic squirrel-cage induction speed results in less produces a weaker A
upon the motor load. results in less slip.
motor? current draw. magnetic field.
In a 15 HP induction-type motor with a squirrel-cage rotor,
compared to the full load current at rated speed, how equal to the full load five times the full load ten to twenty times the full
236210 1 half the full load current C
much starting current is required at standstill to produce current current load current
successful starting torque?
Using the motor performance curves shown in the off
The starting and The full load current
standard-voltage graph of the illustration, what would be The starting current would The full load current would
236211 1 breakdown torque would would be lower than EL-0006 D
the impact of operating a motor significantly below its be higher than normal. be higher than normal.
be higher than normal. normal.
rated voltage?
Using the motor performance curves shown in the off
The starting and
standard-frequency graph of the illustration, what would The motor RPM would be The starting current will be The full load current will
236211 2 breakdown torque will be EL-0006 A
be the impact of operating a motor significantly below its lower than normal. lower than normal. be lower than normal.
lower than normal.
rated frequency?
Using the motor performance curves shown in the off
standard-voltage graph of the illustration, what would be
236211 3 the full load current of a 450 VAC motor rated at 75 66.75 72 78 83.25 EL-0006 D
amperes of current at full load if the motor supply voltage
is 405 VAC?
What type of AC motor would use a rheostat in the rotor squirrel-cage induction wound-rotor induction
236300 1 regenerative braking motor synchronous motor C
circuit to vary the speed of the motor? motor motor
For what purpose is the variable resistance placed in the
236300 2 speed control frequency control voltage control torque control A
rotor circuit of a wound-rotor induction motor provided?

Crawford  Nautical  School 60 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The speed can only be The speed can only attain
What statement is true concerning the speed of a wound- The speed will be fixed by The speed can be varied
236300 3 synchronous speed at synchronous speed at no B
rotor induction motor? the number of field poles. by a rheostat- type control.
full load. load.
A degree of control over the speed of a slip ring induction changing the number of inserting resistance into inserting resistance into the
236301 1 adjusting governor linkage D
motor can be obtained by what means? phases to the motor the stator circuit rotor circuit
What is the characteristic of a wound- rotor induction relatively low starting relatively high starting relatively low starting relatively high starting
236302 1 motor, with a high resistance inserted in series with the torque and high stator torque and low stator torque and low stator torque and high stator B
rotor winding at startup? current current current current
Which of the following physical characteristics does a
236303 1 three-phase wound-rotor induction motor possess that a Slip rings A commutator A centrifugal switch Compensating windings A
squirrel cage induction motor does not?
The "M1, M2, and M3" The "T1, T2, and T3" The "M1, M2, and M3"
The "T1, T2, and T3" motor
motor leads are connected motor leads are directly motor leads are directly
leads are connected to the
to the rotor windings via connected to the rotor connected to the rotor
As shown in the illustrated wound-rotor induction motor, rotor windings via slip rings
slip rings and brushes and windings and the "M1, windings and the "T1, T2,
236304 1 what statement is true concerning motor lead and brushes and the "M1, EL-0148 B
the "T1, T2, and T3" motor M2, and M3" motor leads and T3" motor leads are
connections? M2, and M3" motor leads
leads are directly are connected to the connected to the stator
are directly connected to
connected to the stator stator windings via slip windings via slip rings and
the stator windings.
windings. rings and brushes. brushes.
Any two of the "T1, T2,
and T3" leads are It is not possible to change
Any two of the "T1, T2, and Any two of the "M1, M2,
As shown in the illustrated wound-rotor induction motor, reversed and any of the the direction of rotation of a
236304 2 T3" leads are reversed and M3" leads are EL-0148 A
how is the direction of rotation of the motor reversed? two "M1, M2, and M3" wound rotor induction
only. reversed only.
leads must be reversed motor.
as well.
To increase speed, the To increase speed, the To increase speed, the To increase speed, the
As shown in the illustrated wound-rotor induction motor, resistance of the external resistance of the external resistance of the external resistance of the external
236304 3 what statement is true concerning changing the motor delta- connected rotor delta- connected rotor wye- connected rotor wye- connected rotor EL-0148 C
speed? resistor bank must be resistor bank must be resistor bank must be resistor bank must be
decreased. increased. decreased. increased.
What is the purpose of a squirrel cage rotor winding provide excitation to the start the machine as an contribute extra torque at prevent the machine from
236400 1 B
placed on the rotor of a synchronous motor? DC field induction motor synchronous speed falling out of step
What is the purpose of the squirrel- cage windings provide more precise produce a higher power eliminate arcing between provide a means for
236400 2 D
included as part of a synchronous motor? balancing factor the stator and the frame starting
Why are amortisseur windings installed within a produce a higher power provide a means for eliminate arcing between
236401 1 reduce eddy current losses C
synchronous motor? factor starting the stator and the rotor
What is the function of the squirrel cage windings installed
236401 2 eliminate slippage provide excitation provide starting torque increase efficiency C
on a synchronous motor rotor?
What is the function of amortisseur, or damper windings in
236401 3 eliminate slippage provide excitation provide starting torque increase efficiency C
a synchronous motor?
What is the purpose of amortisseur windings in a produce a higher power provide a means for eliminate arcing between
236401 4 reduce eddy current losses C
synchronous motor? factor starting the stator and the rotor
Why is a damper winding designed as part of a
236401 5 increase efficiency provide starting torque provide excitation eliminate slippage B
synchronous motor?
the DC current applied to
the stator poles are
the rotor coils causes the the stator magnetic flux
How does a synchronous motor maintains synchronism the field strength varies dragged around due to
236402 1 rotor magnets to lock in rotates in the opposite B
with the rotating field? directly with rotor slip the magnetic flux created
with the rotating magnetic direction
by the excitation current
flux of the stator

Crawford  Nautical  School 61 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the rotor is magnetically
What causes the rotor of a synchronous motor to operate the amortisseur (damper) locked into step with the the field strength varies the stator flux rotates in the
236402 2 B
in synchronism with the rotating field? windings rotating magnetic field by directly with rotor slip opposite direction
the excitation current
What is a common source of field excitation for
236403 1 a low voltage battery a motor attenuator set a DC rectifier or exciter an AC supply C
synchronous motors?
What is the most common source of excitation for the
236403 2 a step-up transformer a half-wave rectifier a DC power supply an AC power supply C
rotor of a synchronous motor?
Which of the following types of motors can be used for
236404 1 Squirrel-cage induction Wound-rotor induction Permanent magnet Polyphase Synchronous D
correcting power factor during normal operation?
interchanging any two of changing the voltage of the changing the input increasing the field
236405 1 How is the speed of a synchronous motor varied? C
the three live leads system frequency excitation
An increase in which of the listed conditions will increase
236405 2 Frequency Voltage Armature current Inductance A
the speed of a synchronous electric motor?
Which type of AC single-phase motor will also operate on
236500 1 Split-phase Series-wound Shaded-pole Repulsion-start B
direct current?
Universal motors will operate on AC or DC current. In turbo electric main
236500 2 portable tools large pump motors forced draft fans A
what application is this type of motor generally? motors
Of the following listed single-phase induction motors, resistive start induction run capacitor start induction
permanent split capacitor
236501 2 shaded pole motor C
which has the highest starting torque? motor run motor motor
Motor rotation can be
Motor rotation can be Motor speed can be readily The motor will run as a
Which statement is true concerning a split-phase reversed by reversing the
236502 1 reversed without changing adjusted from zero to full generator with the proper D
induction motor? leads on the starting
the windings or leads. speed. wiring.
winding.
keep the motor running in
What is the main purpose of the auxiliary winding on a increase the starting
236503 1 limit the starting voltage provide starting torque the event the main winding C
split-phase, single- phase motor? current
should fail
What type of rotor is used in the split- phase family of
236504 1 Drum Salient pole Squirrel-cage Wound-rotor C
single-phase motors?
A shaded-pole motor is a specific type of motor included polyphase synchronous three-phase induction DC compound- wound single-phase induction
236505 1 D
in what class of motor? motor motor motor motor
What is the main function in the use of a capacitor for Split the phase to create Prolong the life of the
236508 1 Reduce radio interference Reduce the phase angle B
starting a single phase motor? greater starting torque starting contacts
Which of the pictured motors within the split phase family
236509 1 of single phase induction motors represents a split phase, A B C D EL-0146 C
resistive start, induction run motor?
Which of the pictured motors within the split phase family
236509 2 of single phase induction motors represents a capacitor A B C D EL-0146 A
start, induction run motor?
Which of the pictured motors within the split phase family
236509 3 of single phase induction motors represents a permanent A B C D EL-0146 B
split capacitor motor?
Within the split phase family of single phase motors, what Relatively low starting Relatively high starting Relatively low starting Relatively high starting
236510 1 are the operational characteristics of the motor shown in torque and relatively high torque and relatively low torque and relatively low torque and relatively high EL-0207 C
figure "A" of the illustration? running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency
Within the split phase family of single phase motors, what Relatively low starting Relatively high starting Relatively low starting Relatively high starting
236510 2 are the operational characteristics of the motor shown in torque and relatively high torque and relatively low torque and relatively low torque and relatively high EL-0207 B
figure "B" of the illustration? running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency

Crawford  Nautical  School 62 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Within the split phase family of single phase motors, what Relatively low starting Relatively high starting Relatively low starting Relatively high starting
236510 3 are the operational characteristics of the motor shown in torque and relatively high torque and relatively low torque and relatively low torque and relatively high EL-0207 A
figure "C" of the illustration? running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency
Within the split phase family of single phase motors, what Relatively low starting Relatively high starting Relatively low starting Relatively high starting
236510 4 are the operational characteristics of the motor shown in torque and relatively high torque and relatively low torque and relatively low torque and relatively high EL-0207 D
figure "D" of the illustration? running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency running efficiency
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C", and "D" of the
Interchanging leads L1 and Interchanging leads T5 and Interchanging leads T4 Interchanging leads T1 and
236511 1 illustration, what is the usual means by which the rotation EL-0207 B
L2 T8 and T8 T5
direction of the motor is reversed?
The motor is non- The motor is non-
The motor is reversible and The motor is reversible and
What are the operational characteristics of the split phase reversible and dual- reversible and dual-
236512 1 dual- voltage, configured dual- voltage, configured EL-0215 D
motor shown in figure "A" of the illustration? voltage, configured for high voltage, configured for
for high volts. for low volts.
volts. low volts.
The motor is non- The motor is non-
The motor is reversible and The motor is reversible and
What are the operational characteristics of the split phase reversible and dual- reversible and dual-
236512 2 dual- voltage, configured dual- voltage, configured EL-0215 B
motor shown in figure "B" of the illustration? voltage, configured for high voltage, configured for
for high volts. for low volts.
volts. low volts.
The motor is non- The motor is non-
The motor is reversible and The motor is reversible and
What are the operational characteristics of the permanent reversible and multi- reversible and multi-
236512 3 multi- speed, configured for multi- voltage, configured EL-0215 A
split capacitor motor shown in figure "C" of the illustration? speed, configured for low voltage, configured for
low speed. for low volts.
speed. low volts.
The motor is non- The motor is non-
The motor is reversible and The motor is reversible and
What are the operational characteristics of the shaded reversible and multi- reversible and multi-
236512 4 multi- speed, configured for multi- voltage, configured EL-0215 A
pole motor shown in figure "D" of the illustration? speed, configured for low voltage, configured for
low speed. for low volts.
speed. low volts.
normal temperature rise permissible difference in
average temperature rise
How is the rated temperature rise of an electric motor average temperature at above the standard the ambient temperature of
236600 1 due to resistance at 10% B
defined? any given latitude ambient temperature at the motor due to existing
overload
rated load weather conditions
One item listed on the name plate of a cargo pump motor the maximum temperature the minimum
the normal temperature the maximum temperature
236600 2 is 'degrees centigrade rise.' What does the number rise above an ambient temperature rise from no B
rise from cold to hot rise from absolute zero
stamped for this item represent? temperature of 40°C load to full load
permissible temperature maximum allowable
actual running temperature maximum allowable
Motor name plate data includes " degrees Centigrade rise of the windings above temperature rise above
236600 3 of the winding from no load temperature rise for B
temperature rise ". What does this indicate? the designed ambient normal full load operating
to full load continuous no load service
temperature temperature
What is the specific name for the torque produced by a
236601 1 motor at the instant of startup when voltage is applied to locked-rotor torque pullout torque breakdown torque torque margin A
the motor?
maximum torque
minimum torque developed developed by an
torque developed by the torque developed by the
by the motor accelerating overloaded motor with
How is the full-load (rated) torque of an induction motor motor operating at rated motor at the instant voltage
236601 2 from rest to the speed at rated voltage and B
defined? horsepower, speed, and is applied to the motor at
which breakdown torque frequency with
frequency startup
occurs appreciable drop in
speed
generate high electrical
236601 3 What is the primary function of an electric motor? develop torque generate high voltages produce a magnetic field A
resistance

Crawford  Nautical  School 63 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What is the twisting force developed by a motor and
236601 4 magnetism electromotive force torque voltage C
applied to a shaft called?
With respect to electrical enclosure types, how may an
236602 2 short proof ground proof explosion proof overload proof C
electric motor be designed and constructed?
decrease the starting decrease the starting increase the starting increase the starting
What will be the impact of reduced voltage applied to a
236603 1 current and decrease the current and increase the current and increase the current and decrease the B
motor during the starting period?
acceleration time acceleration time acceleration time acceleration time
increase the starting increase the starting decrease the starting decrease the starting
What will be the impact of reduced voltage applied to an
236603 2 current and increase the current and decrease the current and decrease the current and increase the C
AC induction motor during the starting period?
starting torque starting torque starting torque starting torque
What operational information data appears on the name
236604 1 type of overload protection rated slip temperature rise locked rotor torque C
plates of shipboard AC motors?
normal electric motor
amount of temperature rise temperature of the actual temperature
With respect to a motor, what is meant by the term operating temperature,
236605 1 of an electric motor with no compartment where the developed by an operating B
'ambient' temperature? less the room
load motor is located motor
temperature
amount of temperature temperature of the normal operating
With respect to motors, how is ambient temperature amount of temperature rise
236605 2 developed by an operating compartment where the temperature, less the room C
defined? with no load
motor motor is located temperature
amount of temperature normal operating
With respect to motors, what does ambient temperature amount of permissible temperature of the
236605 3 developed by an operating temperature, less the D
represent? temperature rise surroundings
motor room temperature
amount of temperature normal operating
With respect to electric motors, what does the term amount of permissible temperature of the
236605 4 developed by an operating temperature, less the D
ambient temperature mean? temperature rise immediate surroundings
motor room temperature
Which of the pictured motors is a C- frame shaded pole
236606 1 motor used to drive very small electrical loads and is non- A B C D EL-0208 A
reversible.
Which of the pictured motors is a square core shaded
236606 2 pole motor used to drive very small electrical loads and is A B C D EL-0208 B
non-reversible.
Which of the pictured motors is a synchronous motor used
236606 3 A B C D EL-0208 C
to drive very small electrical motors such as timers.
Which of the pictured motors is a stepper motor used to
236606 4 translate rotational position such as in a compass A B C D EL-0208 D
repeater.
What type of motor is illustrated by the schematic of figure resistive start, induction run resistive start, induction run capacitor start, induction resistive start, induction run
236607 1 "A" of the illustration and what type of starting relay is (split phase) motor using a (split phase) motor using a run motor using a (split phase) motor using a EL-0209 A
used? potential starting relay current starting relay potential starting relay hot wire starting relay

What type of motor is illustrated by the schematic of figure resistive start, induction run resistive start, induction run capacitor start, induction resistive start, induction run
236607 2 "B" of the illustration and what type of starting relay is (split phase) motor using a (split phase) motor using a run motor using a (split phase) motor using a EL-0209 C
used? potential starting relay current starting relay potential starting relay hot wire starting relay
What type of motor is illustrated by the schematic of figure capacitor start, induction capacitor start, induction capacitor start, capacitor capacitor start, capacitor
236607 3 "B" of the illustration and what type of starting relay is run motor using a potential run motor using a current run motor using a run motor using a current EL-0217 C
used? starting relay starting relay potential starting relay starting relay

Crawford  Nautical  School 64 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What type of motor is illustrated by the schematic of figure permanent split capacitor capacitor start, induction permanent split capacitor capacitor start, capacitor
236607 4 "A" of the illustration and what type of starting relay is motor using no starting run motor using no starting motor using a potential run motor using no starting EL-0217 A
used? relay as none is required relay as none is required starting relay relay as none is required
What is the item referred to as a pigtail on a DC motor
236701 1 feather spring uninsulated wire flexible spring adjuster brush holder B
brush rigging?
To provide greater torque To provide sparkless To limit the production of
What is the function of the interpoles installed in DC To limit the starting surge
236702 1 by strengthening the main commutation without counter- electromotive B
motors? current.
field. having to shift the brushes. force.
allow current flow in the
reduce the reluctance of shift the neutral running
What is the function of the commutator associated with a armature windings under a reverse the flow of current
236703 1 the magnetic path plane of the brushes to A
DC motor? given pole to be in the in the field poles
through the motor prevent sparking
same direction at all times
counteract armature
strengthen the main field provide residual
As shown in the illustrated DC machine which is reaction to maintain the statically balance the stator
above and beyond the magnetism to facilitate
236704 1 configured as a generator, what is the purpose of the brushes in the neutral for uniform weight EL-0052 B
capability of the main field an output by means of
interpoles? plane to minimize brush distribution
poles self- excitation
sparking
it is softer than copper but
What is the characteristic of the mica used in the it is the same hardness
236705 1 it is harder than copper it is softer than copper wears away at a slower A
commutators of DC machinery? as the copper
rate
Which of the following types of DC motors has its field
236706 1 Universal Shunt wound Salient pole Series wound B
connected in parallel with its armature?
The commutating pole has The commutating pole has The commutating pole The commutating pole has
Relative to the direction of rotation, which statement is
236707 1 the same polarity of the the same polarity of the has the same polarity of the same polarity of the C
true concerning a D.C. motor commutating pole polarity?
main pole following. interpole following. the main pole preceding. interpole preceding.
In the construction of compound wound D.C. motors, how on opposite main stator together on the together on the main stator
236708 1 together on the armature D
are the series and shunt fields physically arranged? poles interpoles poles
In D.C. motor construction, where are the commutating
236708 2 opposite main poles interpoles adjacent main poles the rotor core B
windings wound?
The coil ends are The coil ends are
In D.C. motor construction, with regard to the individual The coil ends are The coil ends are spliced
236709 1 connected to the crimped together with A
armature coils' ends, which statement is true? imbedded into core slots. with the field windings
commutator bars. brush pigtails.
Why are the armature cores of the D.C. motors reduce eddy current compensate for armature
236710 1 eliminate hysteresis minimize brush sparking C
constructed with laminated steel sheets? losses reaction
Which of the following types of DC motors is considered cumulative- compound differential- compound
236900 1 series wound shunt wound A
to produce the highest starting torque? wound wound
In a series wound motor, the current passing through the
236901 1 armature shunt field reactance comparator laminations A
field windings also passes through what component?
How is the speed of a series wound winch motor varying the voltage applied the weight of the load on over current protection a hydraulic speed- limiting
236902 1 A
controlled? to the motor the cargo boom devices in the motor governor
What type of DC motor is never connected to a belt driven
236905 1 permanent magnet series wound shunt wound compound wound B
load?

Crawford  Nautical  School 65 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A digital multimeter is set up as shown in the illustration to
test an individual element of a three-phase immersion
The element across The element across The element across The element across
heater. The elements are connected across terminals 1
terminals 3 and 6 is short- terminals 3 and 6 is open- terminals 3 and 6 is terminals 3 and 6 is
and 4, 2 and 5, and 3 and 6 as shown. The reading
236911 1 circuited. The other two circuited. The other two functioning properly. The functioning properly. The EL-0216 B
across terminals 1 and 4 is 32 ohms. The reading across
elements are functioning elements are functioning other two elements are other two elements are
terminals 2 and 5 is 32 ohms. The reading across
properly. properly. short- circuited. open- circuited.
terminals 3 and 6 as shown is "OL" ohms. What is
condition is indicated?
If an unloaded DC compound motor's shunt field were
over speed due to reduced continue to run at base
237000 2 weakened by excessive rheostat resistance or by an open stop because of low flux slow down and overheat A
CEMF speed
circuit, how would the motor respond?
As load is added to a DC shunt motor, how will the motor
237001 2 speed up maintain the same speed slow down slightly stop C
respond?
In a short-shunt cumulatively compound- wound DC in parallel with the in parallel with the in series with the in series with the armature
237101 2 A
motor, how is the shunt field connected? armature armature and series field armature and series field
If a DC motor has its armature and field connected across The motor has the proper The motor has the proper The motor is set up for a The motor will slow down
237301 1 a resistor when the motor is disconnected from its power connections for across the connections for an reversing controller by the process of dynamic D
supply, what statement is true? line starting. automatic strip heater. circuit. braking.
From the instant of start-up, through the acceleration
period, and until the motor reaches rated speed, when is armature has just begun to motor is almost up to
237302 1 armature is not yet turning motor is at rated speed B
the counter EMF produced in the windings of a DC motor turn rated speed
'zero'?
The counter EMF of a DC motor is maximum when the motor is almost up to armature has just begun to
237302 2 motor is at rated speed armature is not turning A
__________. rated speed turn
In terms of voltage potential and current sources, how are variable potential,
constant potential, variable variable potential, constant constant potential, constant
237303 1 shunt wound, series wound, and compound wound DC variable current DC A
current DC sources current DC sources current DC sources
motors designed to operate? sources
DC motors can be DC motors offer a more
DC motors require less
DC motors are less started across the line effective means of
237304 1 What is an advantage of DC motors over AC motors? maintenance than AC D
expensive than AC motors whereas AC motors controlling speed than AC
motors
cannot motors
Which of the following statements describes what will
The direction of rotation of The direction of rotation
happen when both the polarity of the field poles, and the The field pole windings will
237305 1 The motor will not start. the armature will be of the armature will C
direction of current to the brushes of a DC motor are become overheated.
reversed. remain the same.
reversed?
In order to change the direction of rotation of a D.C.
Motor, what must be done?
reversing the field or reversing both the field and wiring the field and wiring the field and
237306 1 A
armature connections the armature connections armature in parallel armature in series
I. the field leads must be changed II. the input leads
must be changed
the direction of motor
What will happen if you reverse both the field and the the direction of motor the brushes will become a magnetic lock will
237306 2 rotation will remain the D
armature connections of a DC propulsion motor? rotation will change overheated occur in the motor
same
How can the direction of rotation of a DC propulsion motor reversing brush holder reversing polarity of the reversing the brush reversing the motor
237306 3 B
can be changed? position field poles staggered order interpole connections
If the connections for the field and armature leads on a the motor will run as a the direction of rotation the direction of rotation will
237306 5 the motor will not run C
DC motor are both reversed, what will be the result? generator will be the same be reversed
Which of the listed conditions will occur if the polarity of The direction of rotation of The direction of rotation
The field pole windings
237306 6 the field poles and the direction of current to the brushes The motor would not start. the armature would be of the armature would be C
would become overheated.
of a DC motor were both reversed? reversed. unchanged.

Crawford  Nautical  School 66 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In order to change the direction of rotation of a D.C.
Motor, what must be done?
237306 8 I only II only either I or II neither I or II A
I. the field leads must be changed II. the input leads
must be changed
The torque produced by a DC motor armature is the
multiplication product of two factors, one being the density
237307 1 armature conductance armature voltage drop armature resistance armature current D
of the magnetic flux which is dependent upon the field
current. What is the other multiplication factor?
increase the residual
If overloading an electric motor becomes necessary in an hold thermal overload inject small amounts of
cool the motor with magnetism value of
237308 2 emergency situation, what should be done to prevent relays open with blocks of CO2 into the windings for A
portable blowers and fans windings to reduce eddy
damage to the motor while allowing sustained operation? wood cooling
currents
When a shunt wound DC motor is operating at or near
rated speed, what is the amount of mechanical power
developed by the motor dependent upon?
237309 2 I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II C
I. The mechanical load on the motor II. The current drawn
by the armature
What is the name of the DC motor speed control method
237310 2 Ward-Leonard Sperry-Rand Atlas-Copco Burmeister-Wain EL-0101 A
utilized as shown in figure "B" of the illustration?
What is another name for the a.c-d.c thyristor controller as
237310 3 armature rectifier speed control rectifier field rectifier inverter EL-0101 D
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
by maintaining a
by varying the applied by varying the applied by maintaining a constant
constant applied
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, by what means is armature voltage and armature voltage and applied armature voltage
237310 4 armature voltage and EL-0101 A
the DC motor speed controlled? maintaining a constant varying the applied field and maintaining a constant
varying the applied field
applied field voltage voltage applied field voltage
voltage
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what does the M- the DC generator
237312 1 the field rectifier the DC motor armature the DC generator field EL-0101 C
G set's three-phase drive motor mechanically drive? armature
By periodically checking the stator-to- rotor air gap
axial misalignment of the damage to the motor electrical damage to the
237400 2 clearance in an induction motor with a feeler gauge, what rotor contact with the stator A
rotor bearings bearings
is prevented?
What is being detected by checking the stator-to-rotor air
rotor contact with the changes in armature electrical damage to the
237400 3 gap clearance in an induction motor periodically with a excessive bearing wear C
laminations magnetic strength rotor
feeler gage?
The following stator-to-rotor air gap clearance readings
were obtained from a horizontally mounted, bilge pump,
induction motor, equipped with sleeve bearings:

FWD END
END
Top The aft bearing should be Shims should be removed The forward bearing The aft bearing should be
237400 4 A
Right Side .045 realigned or replaced. from the aft bearing. should be lowered. lowered.
.047
Left Side
Bottom .045
.041

Which of the following statements is true?

Crawford  Nautical  School 67 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

TThe following stator-to-rotor air gap clearance readings
were obtained from a horizontally mounted, bilge pump,
induction motor, equipped with sleeve bearings:

Top
The aft bearing should be Shims should be removed The forward bearing The aft bearing should be
237400 5 Right Side Left Side Bottom A
replaced. from the aft bearing. should be lowered. lowered.
FWD END
.045 .045 .045 .045
AFT END
.049 .047 .047 .041

Which of the following statements is true?

What is detected by checking the stator- to-rotor air gap
any decrease in motor an increase in hysteresis increase in apparent any increase in rotor
237400 6 clearance of an induction motor periodically with a feeler D
magnetizing current loss power factor bearing wear
gage?
The stator-to-rotor air gap clearance in an induction motor
the condition of insulation axial misalignment of the excessive wear of the
237400 7 should be periodically checked with a feeler gage. What is excessive hysteresis loss C
resistance rotor bearings
indicated if the gap clearance is excessive?
Lay sandpaper between
the brush and the slip ring Press the brushes against Increase brush pressure Apply seating compound
Which of the following statements represents the FIRST
237401 2 and slide the sandpaper the slip ring with a wood and run at no load for 3 under the brushes and run A
step in seating new brushes on slip rings?
back and forth under the block. to 4 hours. at no load for 2 hours.
brush.
To properly seat the brushes on a commutator or slip
237401 3 sand paper crocus cloth diamond file hack saw A
rings, what should be used?
check the supply line
connect the phase
connect the motor and then connect the phase phase sequence and motor
You are reconnecting a three-phase induction motor to the indicator to the motor
use the 'jog' button to indicator to the supply rotation with appropriate
237402 1 supply line. To prevent possible damage to the load, due leads, rotate the motor by D
determine the direction of voltage then connect the indicators, then connect
to the wrong direction of rotation, what should be done? hand and then connect to
rotation motor correspondingly marked
the supply voltage
leads
exceeding nameplate
For what reason should engine room watch standers keep low loads necessitate energy is wasted if full residual magnetism may
237403 2 currents shortens useful B
a constant check on the loads carried by electric motors? frequent insulation cleaning loading is not utilized increase
life
What is a useful instrument for checking 3 phase A.C.
hand or battery- operated vibrating-reed frequency
237404 1 motor performance by measuring possible unbalanced clamp-on ammeter D'Arsonval iron-vane probe C
megger meter
currents?
What is a useful instrument for checking 3 phase A.C.
hand or battery- operated vibrating-reed frequency
237404 2 motor performance by measuring possible unbalanced clamp-on ammeter D'Arsonval iron-vane probe C
megger meter
currents?
What would be a useful instrument for checking the hand or battery- operated vibrating-reed frequency
237404 3 clamp-on ammeter D'Arsonval iron-vane probe C
performance of an operating poly phase AC motor? megger meter
temperature readings at
inspection of the motor's
When performing routine A.C. motor maintenance what normal loads to detect verifying RPM if a
237405 2 internals for loose rotor rotor balance check A
should be included? abnormal temperature synchronous motor
bars or field poles
rises

Crawford  Nautical  School 68 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Some large A.C. motors are equipped with heaters. These
could be __________.
237406 1 I only II only either I or II neither I nor II C
I. resistance heaters bolted directly to the frame
II. low voltage windings embedded in the motor windings
Which of the listed faults can only be eliminated by turning
237600 2 or grinding the face of a commutator with a rigidly Sparking brushes Eccentricity High mica Incorrect brush angle B
supported tool?
course sandpaper in a slow
a canvas wiper on the
For routine cleaning of a commutator, what should be back and forth motion an emery cloth parallel to a fine tooth file to the
237601 3 commutator while C
applied? across the commutator the axis of the commutator commutator while running
running
slots
Which of the listed conditions will occur if dirt and grease
Misalignment of the Over speeding of the
237602 1 are allowed to accumulate between the commutator A partial short circuit. A dead short circuit. A
motor shaft. motor.
segments of a DC motor?
What is an important factor in minimizing D.C. motor keeping the ambient ensuring a very low brush establishing the copper insuring that brush
237603 3 C
commutator wear? humidity as low as possible current density oxide surface film pressure is excessive
What can cause excessive sparking of D.C. motor
brushes?
237604 1 I only II only Either I or II Neither I nor II C
I. Improperly seated brushes
II. Improperly set brush rigging
In general, what can cause D.C. propulsion motor brush incorrect brush grade, a dark chocolate colored brushes positioned in the
237604 2 a concentric commutator A
sparking to be excessive? pressure or position commutator neutral plane
What should be used in the cleaning of a D.C. propulsion
237605 1 a canvas wiper emery cloth abrasive dressing stones sandpaper A
motor's commutator face?
coating the copper surface
side-cutting the copper baking the armature in painting the face of the
What should be included in performing proper with light machine oil for
237606 2 segments and undercutting an oven at 350°C for 8 commutator with insulating A
maintenance of a D.C. motor's commutator? the first four hours of
the mica hours annually varnish
operation
coating the copper surface
side-cutting the copper removing the chocolate
What should be included in performing proper with light machine oil for applying a thin coat of
237606 3 segments and undercutting brown oxide film from the A
maintenance of a D.C. motor's commutator? the first four hours of electrical varnish monthly
the mica commutator face
operation
When performing D.C. motor brush replacements, close
attention should be paid to what?
237607 1 I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II C
I. Excessive brush play in the brush holder
II. Brush length down to one-quarter of useful length
using fine sandpaper on a
a file for cutting the
deenergized machine emery paper for the initial course lapping compound,
How is the seating the brushes on a DC motor approximate curvature
237608 1 between the brush and the cut and crocus cloth for followed by a medium and B
commutator first accomplished? followed by sandpaper for
commutator to establish the finishing cut then a fine grade
the final fit
the proper curvature
D.C. propulsion motor brush pressure depends on the
237609 1 brush grade used. In practice with what device is the multimeter manometer spring scale compound gauge C
proper brush pressure established?

Crawford  Nautical  School 69 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Periodic testing using a special camera may be performed
to detect potentially dangerous loose or corroded bus bar heat sensitive
238001 1 visual pyrotronics corrosion electrolysis electric vibro- analysis A
and controller connections. What is the name of this thermography
testing technology?
wrap bearings in lint free
When disassembling electric motors for maintenance or punch mark frame and end tag and store small parts tag-out and lock-out the
238002 1 cloths if they are to be D
overhaul, what should be done FIRST? bells for proper assembly in a box motor
reused
Support the rotor by Support the rotor by Support the rotor by
Support the rotor by
Besides wrapping the rotor in canvas, what is the proper placing the rotor on placing the rotor on suspending using rigging
standing it upright and
238003 1 technique to protect the rotor of a wound rotor motor suitable blocks insuring suitable blocks insuring slings taking care that the B
properly securing it in an
being disassembled for maintenance or overhaul? that the windings and core that the shaft ends take the windings and core take the
out of the way corner
take the entire weight entire weight entire weight
returned to the frame as
To protect the rotor of a motor disassembled for suspended by wire slings supported by two "V"
238003 2 stowed upright on its shaft soon as the bearings are C
maintenance or overhaul, what should be done? in one corner of the shop notched wood blocks
removed
When removing ball or roller bearings from the shaft of a
238004 1 rawhide hammer brass mallet wheel puller soft iron pry bar C
motor, what tool should be used?
What would be the best tool to use to remove a ball
238004 2 rawhide hammer brass mallet wheel puller wooden mallet C
bearing from the shaft of an electric motor?
What should be included in the routine periodic checking for watertight
238005 1 checking for vibration checking for speed droop checking for reactive power A
maintenance checks for electrical motors? integrity
Test with an ohmmeter,
with one test lead on the Test with an ohmmeter with
Use a growler, listening Use a growler, listening for
Which of the following methods should be used to test for shaft, and the other test the test leads across each
for noise and vibration to noise and vibration to
238200 1 an 'open' stator winding coil in a wye-connected AC lead to each of the pair disconnected motor B
diminish when over an increase when over an
squirrel cage induction motor? disconnected motor leads lead leads in succession
open coil. open coil.
in succession and compare and compare resistances.
the resistances
If a three-phase induction motor malfunctions and drops the motor will continue to the motor will the motor will immediately
more torque will be
238201 1 to a single- phase (one supply line open), what would be run if it is not heavily immediately stop and not stop and can only be A
developed
the result? loaded be able to be restarted restarted at no load
If a three-phase induction motor is operated under a light the motor continue to run, the motor will speed up the motor will run cooler
238201 2 load and it develops an open in one of its supply lines, but will vibrate and have due to the reduced number due to reduced current the motor will stop A
what will be the result? reduced torque of poles flow
Which of the following problems will most likely occur if
The motor will eventually The motor will run at a A time delay will stop the The start winding will burn
238202 1 the starting winding of a split-phase induction motor failed D
over speed. reduced speed. motor. out.
to cutout once the motor approached operating speed?
If the centrifugal switch or relay used for cutting out the
the motor will the motor torque will be
starting winding of a split- phase induction motor fails to the starting winding will
238202 2 the motor will over speed immediately stall under above normal at rated B
open once the motor is in operation, what will be the burn out
load speed
result?
A single-phase split-phase induction motor fails to start.
The rotor is spun rapidly by hand, then the line switch is
238203 1 closed. Having started by this method it is noted that the starting winding centrifugal mechanism centrifugal switch running winding D
motor fluctuates between a very slow speed and half
speed. What motor component is faulty?

Crawford  Nautical  School 70 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A single-phase capacitor-start induction motor starts,
comes up to about 75% rated speed, slows down to a
238203 2 starting winding running winding starting capacitor running centrifugal switch B
lower speed, and accelerates again. Where is the
problem most likely to be?
A single-phase split-phase induction motor will only start if
you spin the rotor rapidly with the line switch closed. After
238203 3 starting winding centrifugal mechanism centrifugal switch running winding D
starting, its speed fluctuates between very slow and half-
speed. What motor component most likely is faulty?
What would be the most likely fault if a single-phase a closed centrifugal
238204 1 an open start winding an open start capacitor an open centrifugal switch A
permanent split capacitor induction motor fails to start? switch
If a single-phase capacitor start induction motor fails to
a shorted centrifugal
238204 4 start, but instead hums without starting, what is most likely an open start capacitor a tripped circuit breaker a blown fuse A
switch
to be the problem?
What would cause a three-phase, squirrel cage, induction
motor to run hot?
238205 1 I only II only Either I or II Neither I nor II C
I. Operating at lower than rated voltage
II. Operating at higher than rated voltage
What would cause a three-phase, squirrel cage, induction
motor to run hot?
238205 2 I only II only Either I or II Neither I nor II C
I. Operation at lower than rated voltage
II. Operation at lower than rated frequency
A split-phase induction squirrel-cage motor will not start
and come up to speed, even though the rated voltage, a shorted thermal an open run or start
238206 1 a shorted centrifugal switch a shorted rotor bar D
rated frequency, and rated load are applied. Which of the protector winding
following troubles would be suspected?
If a synchronous motor begins to vibrate severely and pull
out of synchronism, what would most likely be the cause?
238208 1 I only II only Either I or II Neither I nor II C
I. a mechanical overload
II. Insufficient excitation current?
What would be the effect of carrying field excitation a tendency for the motor to a tendency for the motor to a tendency for the motor a loss of motor speed
238209 1 C
excessively high on a synchronous motor? fall out of step over speed to overheat regulation
A testing device called a 'growler' is being used to locate a
a growling noise will be
shorted coil in the stator of an AC electrical machine. any vibration within the the meter needle will be the meter needle will be
238210 1 heard and the feeler will A
When the 'feeler' is moved over a slot containing the feeler will cease deflected to zero deflected to full- scale
vibrate
shorted coil, what would be the result?
When troubleshooting AC motors, what can a portable
238210 2 open field coils grounded field coils grounded stator coils shorted stator coils D
growler be used to locate?
Which of the listed instruments can be best used to locate
238211 2 a grounded field coil in a synchronous motor onboard Frequency meter Megohmmeter Voltmeter Multimeter B
ship?
Which of the instruments listed could be use to locate a
238211 3 Ammeter Voltmeter Megohmmeter Frequency meter C
grounded field coil in a synchronous motor onboard ship?
Aboard ship, a grounded field coil in an AC synchronous
238211 4 portable growler galvanometer visual inspection megohmmeter D
motor can be determined by using a __________.

Crawford  Nautical  School 71 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

To determine if a stator coil on a AC generator is
238211 5 ammeter voltmeter magneto megger D
grounded, you should use a/an __________.
if possible, open the delta-
measure the voltage test the windings as
In testing a three-phase delta- connected winding for an test each phase with all connections to avoid
238212 1 across the open parallel groups to avoid D
open circuit using a ohmmeter, what must be done? connections intact shunting the phase being
connections while testing short circuiting
tested
The leads from a ohmmeter are attached to the leads of
238213 2 the opposite ends of an AC motor stator field coil. If a open field coil shorted field coil grounded field coil shunted field coil A
reading of infinity is obtained, what does this indicate?
disconnecting coil ends,
How may temporary repairs to an open DC propulsion connecting the coil ends grounding the coil ends
insulating each, and short removing the sparking
238500 1 armature coil be made, allowing continued operation until directly to a pair of and short circuiting the B
circuiting the two brushes
permanent repairs can be made? negative brushes commutator bar
commutator bars
What can clogged ventilation ducts in a D.C. motor lead
238501 2 reduced voltage reduced current increased resistance overheating D
to?
What can insufficient brush pressure on a DC motor
238502 1 generator overload excess residual magnetism water vapor absorption sparking of the brushes D
cause?
Which of the listed colors properly describes a DC motor
238503 1 Shiny blue Burnished green Brick red Chocolate brown D
commutator when correct commutation is taking place?
If a short circuit in the armature of a DC motor occurs
238504 1 run fast hum when energized spark at the brushes fail to start C
what would be the result?
How can a shorted armature coil in a DC motor be worn grooves in the
238505 1 sparking at the brushes shiny armature coil undercut mica A
detected? armature
What would excessive sparking at the brushes of a
238506 1 normal operation a dirty commutator increased brush capacity water vapor absorption B
running DC motor be an indication of?
If a DC motor runs hot, what would most likely be the
238507 2 undercut mica condition low ambient temperature clogged ventilation ducts an open in the series field C
cause?
What is the most effective method of locating a loose sounding each bar with a checking with a calibrated
238508 1 visual inspection jiggling each by hand C
commutator bar in a D.C. motor? light weight hammer torque wrench
Besides a condition of overload, what could be a cause of excessive starting
238509 1 low-load operation clogged ventilation ducts tripped circuit breaker B
an open armature connection in a DC propulsion motor? resistance
Which of the listed conditions could cause a recently
238510 3 overhauled DC motor to have excessively hot windings Reversed interpole polarity Low series field current High shunt field current Excessive humidity A
and sparking at the brushes?
If a D.C. motor hums, but does not run when energized, Blown fuse or tripped
238511 1 No load on the motor Tripped overload Tight bearings/frozen shaft D
which of the listed conditions could exist? circuit breaker
If a D.C. motor fails to start when voltage is applied across
238511 2 both the line terminals of the starter in the motor A lightly loaded motor A blown power circuit fuse A tripped circuit breaker A tripped overload relay D
controller, which of the listed conditions could exist?
An open in the armature of a DC motor is suspected, but conduct an insulation
conduct a bar to bar test of visually inspect the test the commutator for a
238512 1 is not found by visual inspection of the commutator. What resistance test of the A
the armature armature windings ground
would be the next step in troubleshooting this problem? armature
If a DC motor runs faster than designed, with all other
reversed commutating
238513 2 conditions being normal, what could be the possible open shunt field coil open armature coil overload A
pole
cause?
applying AC voltage to the
isolating each coil from the
How is a short in the shunt field of a DC motor best visual inspection of the shunt field circuit and using a growler and
238514 1 others and using a B
located? commutator measuring the voltage drop hacksaw blade
megohmmeter
across each field coil

Crawford  Nautical  School 72 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Aligning the front and
Which of the listed conditions might contribute to very A grounded commutator Using improper grade of An open circuit in the
238515 1 rear mica V-rings B
rapid wearing of a DC machine's commutator bars? bar carbon brushes armature
improperly
Besides checking for grounds, for what other purpose can checking for an open field shecking for a shorted field checking for undercut checking for reversed
238517 1 A
a megohmmeter be used on a DC motor? coil pole mica interpole polarity
Besides for checking for circuit continuity, what can an
238517 2 an open field coil synchronous speed undercut mica reversed polarity A
ohmmeter be used for in diagnosing a DC motor?
What can be used to test for a suspected 'open' in a DC
238517 3 potentiometer ohmmeter wattmeter ammeter B
motor field winding?
If an electric motor fails to start, what should you check fuses or circuit breaker
238900 1 phase sequence motor winding resistances line frequency C
FIRST? as applicable
When an AC or a DC motor fails to start, besides checking
check the motor windings check the motor controller check the motor controller
238900 2 for blown fuses or a tripped circuit breaker, what should check the overload relay C
for obvious opens leads for continuity leads for grounds
be the FIRST step in troubleshooting the cause?
Measure the current flow
and compare it with the Watch for telltale signs of
Which of the listed procedures is the best way to tell if a Feel the motor and judge Periodic opening of the O/L
238901 1 motor full load current flow smoke coming from the A
motor has become overloaded? by the temperature. relay coil.
as shown on the motor.
nameplate.
failure to warm up an failure to maintain proper greasing the bearing at
greasing the bearing so
What can cause premature failure of grease-lubricated electric motor at no load shaft or pulley alignment or periodic intervals as
238902 1 that the bearing cavity is B
ball bearings as used in electric motor applications? before bringing it up to drive belt tension as specified by the
only one third full
operating speed and load applicable manufacturer
If a small electric motor is immersed in salt water, in
addition to tending to bearing lubrication issues, what
238910 2 should be done prior to placing it back into operation? I only II only both I and II neither I or II C

I. washed in fresh water II. dried in an oven

In addition to tending to bearing lubrication issues, if a
small electric motor is immersed in salt water, what should
be done before placing it back into operation?
238910 3 I only II only both I and II neither I or II A
I. washed in fresh water and
thoroughly dried
II. initially started with reduced voltage
If a small electric motor is immersed in salt water, what
should be done in an attempt to salvage the motor?
238910 4 I only II only both I and II neither I or II C
I. washed in fresh water II. thoroughly dried
If a small electric motor has been immersed in salt water,
what should be done?
238910 5 I only II only both I and II neither I or II A
I. Thoroughly rinsed in fresh water and completely dried
II. initially started with reduced voltage
After draining the oil and flushing out the electric motor
bearing as shown in figure "A" of the illustration, when
To the top of the motor
238911 1 adding clean oil, after reinstalling the drain plug, to what To the bottom of item #1. To the top of item #1. To the midpoint of item #3. EL-0218 D
shaft.
level should the oil be brought up to for optimal
performance?

Crawford  Nautical  School 73 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When regreasing the electric motor bearing as shown in Completely filling the Flushing out the old grease Flushing out the old Only partially filling the
238911 2 figure "B" of the illustration, what practice should be bearing cavity with new while running the motor grease with an approved bearing cavity with new EL-0218 A
avoided? grease. with no load. solvent. grease.
As shown in the illustration, the cost of failure is inversely
related to frequency of maintenance, whereas the cost of
maintenance is directly related to frequency of
238912 1 Biannually Annually Semi-annually Quarterly EL-0224 B
maintenance. In this particular illustrated example, what
frequency of maintenance would be the most efficient in
controlling the total cost?
The "soft" insulation of practically all electrical machinery
uses asphalt binders which reduces the potentially resistance to moisture tendency to absorb
239001 1 asbestos composition tendency to crack B
harmful effects of vibration. What property associated with absorption moisture
this type of insulation must be kept in mind?
What circumstance will cause electrical machinery
low loading of motors and high temperatures and
239001 2 insulation to break down more rapidly than would normally frequent megger testing high operating frequencies C
generators vibration
be the case?
The life expectancy of electrical insulation, is
239001 3 approximately halved for an increased operating 10°C 25°C 50°C 100°C A
temperature of how many degrees Celsius?
How is electrical conductor insulation classed? conductor current carrying voltage rating of the limiting internal hot spot
239002 1 conductor ampacity D
Example: insulation class H capacity insulation temperature
Which of the listed classes of electrical insulation is suited
239002 2 Class 90 (O) Class 105 (A) Class 130 (B) Class 180 (H) D
for the highest operating temperature?
Moisture is good for long
Moisture lowers the Moisture will enhance Moisture reduces the
Which statement regarding moisture absorbed in the term preserving since most
insulation value and is a insulation resistance only amount of current supplied
239003 1 windings or condensed on the surface of electrical insulation is organic and B
common cause of fault if it is fresh water and or drawn by the machine
machinery insulation is true? contains some amount of
grounds in idle machines. contains no salt. so horsepower is limited.
moisture anyway.
239004 1 What is meant by the term 'dielectric'? electrical insulator current flow good conductor semiconductor material A
Which material would have the lowest dielectric constant
239004 2 air or vacuum mica oil paper A
as used in a capacitor?
The 'dielectric constant' is a numerical value indicating the
239004 3 effectiveness of a dielectric material in comparison to that paper or cloth glass or mica plastic or Teflon dry air or a vacuum D
of a standard. On what material is the standard based?
239004 4 What is the 'dielectric constant' of dry air or a vacuum? 1 10 100 1000 A
Which of the listed pairs of materials make the best doped silicon and
239005 1 copper and aluminum glass and mica dry air and a vacuum B
insulators? germanium
Which of the listed pairs of materials make the best doped silicon and
239005 2 dry air and a vacuum salt water and moist earth paper and mica D
insulators? germanium
239005 3 Which of the following materials is a good insulator? steel aluminum glass copper C
Which of the following materials is a good electrical
239005 4 wood silver copper gold A
insulator?
239006 1 What is the greatest single cause of electrical failures? the breakdown of insulation over current high inductance too frequent testing A
flashed with direct current relieved of all capacitive
What should be done regarding the windings of electric allowed to cool slowly to kept warm by using strip
239100 1 to remove any residual charge by grounding the C
generators during idle periods? ambient temperatures or space heaters
magnetism conductors

Crawford  Nautical  School 74 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

With what material should the electrical leads and
239101 1 heat-resisting acrylic heat-resisting aluminum insulating varnish insulating white lead C
insulation on a motor be painted?
Which of the listed procedures should be carried out to
Fill the motor housing with Strap silica gel around the Place heat lamps in the Cover the equipment with a
239102 1 prevent moisture damage to electrical apparatus during C
CO2 to inert the space. commutator. motor housings. canvas tarpaulin.
extended periods of idleness?
A thin layer of air- drying Compressed air should be Spraying a solvent Space heaters should be
Which of the following procedures should be used to
239102 2 varnish should be applied blown over areas where periodically to remove used to prevent D
maintain a large electric motor during periods of inactivity?
on the windings. dust is deposited. carbon dust. condensation of moisture.
rinse all electrical parts
wash it with fresh water with a methyl chloride
To repair a small electrical motor that has been send it ashore to an
239103 1 and apply an external renew the windings cleaning solvent and then A
submerged in saltwater, what should be done? approved service facility
source of heat blow dry the motor with
compressed air
rinse it with warm soak it in a bucket of clean it with carbon
If a small electric motor has been submerged in saltwater send it ashore for
239103 2 freshwater and bake it dry commercial solvent and tetrachloride and blow it B
for a short period of time, what should be done? rewinding
in an oven bake with internal heat out with compressed air
Be certain that the air is Be certain that the air is
Besides isolating and tagging out the motor, and opening
Use the highest pressure clean, but moisture content clean, but oil content is Be certain that the air is
both ends, which of the listed precautions should be taken
239104 1 air available, beyond that is permissible to take permissible to take clean and free of moisture D
when cleaning the internals of a motor with compressed
of the service air system. advantage of the cleaning advantage of the and oil.
air?
ability of water. insulating quality of oil.
Which of the listed precautions should be observed prior Slow the motor down to Disconnect the motor from Secure all ventilation in Preheat the insulation to
239105 1 B
to cleaning the insulation of an electric motor? low speed. the power source. the area. assist in cleaning.
With what tool should encrusted dirt accumulated inside a
239106 1 fiber scraper pointed welding rod hammer and chisel paint scraper A
motor be removed?
What circumstance has the greatest detrimental effect on absorption of moisture in insulation varnish flaking dirt collecting on the
239107 1 loss of residual magnetism B
idle electrical equipment? the insulation or cracking windings
Unnecessary and frequent applications of insulating deficient air gap clearance
failure of the rectifier
239108 2 varnish to the generator stator windings to repair defective improper heat dissipation and eventual damage to shorting out the line leads A
assembly
insulation may have what detrimental effect? the casing
obtaining current from a
Moisture accumulating in electric motors and generator
short circuiting the field DC source such as an
windings having a cold insulation resistance greater than short circuiting the
feeding current into the windings and passing electric welder and feeding
239109 1 50,000 ohms may be baked out with internal heat. What is armature and field A
windings at low voltage current through the it into the armature while
the usual method for developing this heat to evaporate windings
armature running the motor at full
the moisture?
speed
An insulation resistance reading is taken at 20°C and
239110 1 found to be 10 megohms. What would you expect the 2.5 megohms 10 megohms 15 megohms 20 megohms A
resistance reading to be at 40°C?
An insulation resistance test is performed on a particular The temperature of the The complete nameplate
The maximum allowable
piece of electric equipment. In addition to the resistance machine at the time the The normal temperature data from the resistance
239111 1 operating temperature of B
reading and date of test, what information listed below resistance reading was rise of the machine. test instrument used to
the machine.
should be entered in the electrical log? taken. obtain the reading.
The electrician reports to you that he has obtained low
(but above 1 megohm) megger readings on the windings
of a deck winch motor. Upon checking the records of that that the windings be that the readings are
239112 1 that the motor be replaced that the windings be dried D
motor, you find the readings have consistently been at cleaned acceptable
that level for the last six years. What should be your
recommendation?

Crawford  Nautical  School 75 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When should cleaning of electrical insulation be determined by need and whenever the electrician is
239113 1 every six months very 12 months C
accomplished? not the calendar not otherwise busy
In terms of criteria, how is the need for insulation cleaning visual inspection for dirt low operating the time period since the
239113 2 high megger readings A
determined? accumulation temperature last cleaning
Which of the listed conditions could indicate the need for
239113 3 Low ambient temperature Low operating temperature High dielectric strength Low megger readings D
cleaning electrical insulation?
Electrical failures in motors are caused by the breakdown
failure to run a habitual operation of a
of insulation, which is a function of the aging process. habitually running of a chronic overheating of a
239400 1 continuous duty motor on motor at low ambient B
What is another contributing factor to insulation motor at low loads motor regardless of reason
a continuous basis temperatures
breakdown?
Which of the conditions listed will indicate the need to Higher than normal Excessive vibration at
239401 1 Sparking at the brushes. High megger readings. A
clean the insulation on the windings of an electric motor? operating temperature. normal speed.
When using the test set-up shown in figure "A" of the the entire starter, including The power circuit of the
the power circuit of the the power circuit of the
illustration, besides the motor windings and the motor the power and control starter up to the load side
239402 1 starter up to the load side starter up to the load side EL-0027 C
feeder cable, what circuit components are actually being circuits, up to the load side of the overload relay
of the disconnect switch of the main contacts
meggered? of the disconnect switch heaters

the motor starter

As a matter of convenience, the illustrated test in figure
the motor starter enclosure enclosure, the motor
"A" is being performed to determine whether or not the the disconnect switch must the motor frame equipment
equipment ground bonding feeder cable armor, and
239402 2 motor windings are grounded. In order for this megger test be closed and power bonding cable must be EL-0027 C
cable should be the motor frame must
to be effective in detecting a ground, what condition must available to the starter disconnected
disconnected have a path of continuity
be met prior to conducting the test?
and be bonded to the hull
Disconnect the motor Disconnect the motor Disconnect the motor
Disconnect the motor
In conducting a megger test as shown in figure "A" of the feeder cable leads at the feeder cable leads at the feeder cable leads at
feeder cable leads from the
illustration, a ground is detected. For testing purposes, motor and perform the motor starter and perform both ends and perform
239402 3 motor itself and perform EL-0027 D
how can the motor itself be eliminated or confirmed as the megger test again at the the megger test again at the megger test again at
the megger test again as
source of the ground? disconnected motor feeder the disconnected motor either end of the motor
shown in figure "B".
cable leads. feeder cable leads. feeder cable leads.
Disconnect the motor Disconnect the motor Disconnect the motor Disconnect the motor
In conducting a megger test as shown in figure "A" of the feeder cable leads at the feeder cable leads at the feeder cable leads at feeder cable leads from the
illustration, a ground is detected. For testing purposes, motor and perform the motor starter and perform both ends and perform starter and perform the
239402 5 EL-0027 C
how can the motor feeder cable itself be eliminated or megger test again at the the megger test again at the megger test again at megger test again at the
confirmed as the source of the ground? disconnected motor feeder the disconnected motor either end of the motor T1, T2, and T3 terminals of
cable leads. feeder cable leads. feeder cable leads. the motor starter. .
Grounds occurring in electrical machinery as a result of
extended periods of
insulation failure may result from deterioration over time extended periods of extended periods of extended operation at
239403 1 operation at low ambient C
and excessive heat. What could be another contributing operation at low load vibration normal loads
temperature
cause?
When insulation failure produces a low resistance current
239405 1 path between two conductors, the result is an electrical an open a short circuit a ground a surge B
fault. What is this fault condition known as?
Which of the instruments listed is used to check insulation
239406 1 Magneto Megohmmeter Dynamometer Rheostat B
resistance?
On tank vessels with an electrically- driven capstan, the
239406 3 motor should be meggered periodically. What is being insulation resistance eddy currents capacitance armature reactance A
tested for when meggering?

Crawford  Nautical  School 76 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A generator has been exposed to water and needs to be
checked before it can be operated safely. After performing ground the commutator, or
check for shorted coils with take moisture readings with test insulation values
239406 4 the necessary procedures for drying the generator, what slip rings and run it at half C
a growler a hydrometer with a megger
test needs to be performed before safe operation can load for 12 hours
resume?
239406 5 What is a megohmmeter used to measure? voltage insulation resistance capacitance power B
To perform an insulation resistance test of an individual one end of the winding
to opposite ends of the the input line lead and to the armature brush pigtail
239407 2 electric motor winding, where should the megohmmeter and to the frame of the C
winding one end of the winding and to the input line lead
leads be connected? machine
Large machines undergoing a resistance insulation testing
prior to conducting the while performing the after conducting the prior to and after
using a megohmmeter should be discharged to remove
239408 1 insulation resistance check insulation resistance check insulation resistance conducting the insulation D
any accumulated electrostatic/capacitive charge stored.
only only check only resistance check
When should this discharge be performed?
When a megohmmeter is being used to test insulation
resistance, current leakage along the surface of the fluctuating around a kicking slightly
dipping towards 'zero', then continually rising as the
239409 1 insulation is indicated by a very specific megohmmeter constant resistance downscale as voltage is C
rising slowly test voltage is applied
pointer movement. What would be the characteristic of the reading applied
pointer movement under these conditions?
When using a megohmmeter to test the dielectric strength the leakage of current
the capacitance of the the dielectric- absorption
239409 2 of wire insulation, a continuous series of slight downscale good insulation along the surface of dirty B
windings effect of the insulation
kicks by the pointer results. What does this indicate? insulation
When a megohmmeter is being used to test insulation
resistance, current leakage along the surface of the kicking slightly down fluctuating around a
dipping toward zero then continually rising as test
239409 3 insulation is indicated by the megohmmeter's pointer scale as voltage is constant resistance C
raising slowly voltage is applied
responding in a very unique way. What would be the applied reading
response of the pointer?
When a megohmmeter is used to test the insulation of a the leakage of the
the capacitance of the the dielectric- absorption
239410 1 large motor, what causes the initial dip of the pointer good insulation current along the surface B
windings effect of the insulation
toward 'zero'? of dirty insulation
When a megohmmeter is used to test the dielectric the leakage of current
the capacitance of the the dielectric absorption
239410 2 strength of wire insulation, what causes the initial dip of good insulation along the surface of dirty C
circuit effect of the insulation
the pointer toward 'zero'? insulation
When a megohmmeter is being used on a alternating
current machine, under certain conditions the meter
239410 3 pointer will dip toward 'zero' and then gradually rise to the they are grounded they are good they are shorted they are dirty B
true resistance value of the motor insulation. What does
this indicate, in terms of the machine windings?
When a megohmmeter is used to test the winding the absence of current
an open in the winding the capacitance of the
239410 4 insulation of a large motor, what causes an initial dip of weak batteries in the meter along the surface of D
being tested winding
the pointer toward 'zero'? clean insulation
When a megohmmeter is used to test insulation, what the leakage of current
the inductive reactance the dielectric- absorption
239411 1 condition causes the gradual rise of the pointer reading as good conductor resistance along the surface of dirty D
of the windings effect of the insulation
a result of continued cranking? insulation
a downward dip followed a gradual rise in the
When using a megohmmeter to test insulation, what will slight kicks of the needle
239412 1 by a gradual climb to the pointer reading at the the initial dip of the pointer B
be the indication of good insulation? down scale
true resistance value outset

Crawford  Nautical  School 77 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the resistance will continue the resistance will

the resistance will remain
You are testing the insulation in an AC generator with a to rise as the test potential continue to drop as the the resistance will stabilize
constant as the
239412 3 megohmeter. What would be the indication of a resistance is maintained, becoming potential is maintained, after approximately 2 to 4 A
temperature of the
value associated with a dry, clean winding? fairly steady as the leakage becoming fairly steady minutes of fluctuation
windings increases
current stabilizes after 5 to 7 minutes
continue to rise as test
potential is maintained, continue to drop as test
A megger is being used to test the insulation of an AC remain constant as the stabilize after
becoming fairly steady as potential is maintained,
239412 4 generator. What will be the measured resistance value of temperature of the approximately 2-4 minutes A
the dielectric-absorption becoming fairly steady
a dry, clean winding? windings increases of fluctuation
effect of insulation after 5-7 minutes
stabilizes
When the machine has
While the machine is
In which of the situations listed will a megohmmeter give While the machine is in Immediately prior to been shut down and
239413 1 discharging static D
the most accurate readings? operation. restarting the machine. grounded for a period of 15
electricity.
minutes.
Before testing insulation with a megohmmeter, the
static charge of the armature will have a
windings of large machines should be grounded for about insulation may be insulation may be covered
239413 2 machine may give a false greater number of leakage A
15 minutes just prior to the test. Why is this damaged with moisture
reading paths
recommended?
Before testing insulation with a megohmmeter, the
armature windings will larger machines may
windings of large machines should be grounded for about insulation may be insulation may be covered
239413 3 have a greater number of acquire a charge of static D
15 minutes just prior to the test. Why is this procedure damaged with moisture
leakage paths electricity during operation
recommended?
In preparing to take insulation resistance readings on a
release any residual help the windings to cool to
main generator, the windings should be grounded for allow accurate zeroing of help the windings to cool to
239413 4 capacitive charge from the same temperature as C
about 15 minutes prior to the test. For what reason should the meter ambient temperature
the windings the ground test connection
this be done?
When using a megohmmeter to determine which shunt insulate the field frame disconnect each shunt field use a motor driven high remove all main line lead
239414 1 B
field coil is grounded in a DC machine, what must you do? from the ship's hull coil before testing capacity megohmmeter connections before testing
What is the resistance reading at "1" on the megger scale
239415 1 150 ohms 150 thousand ohms 120 megohms 150 megohms EL-0044 D
illustrated in figure "A"?
What is the resistance reading at "2" on the megger scale
239415 2 40 ohms 400 ohms 40,000 ohms 40 megohms EL-0044 D
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
What is the resistance reading at "3" on the megger scale
239415 3 12. 5 ohms 125 ohms 12.5 megohms 125 megohms EL-0044 C
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
The reading at "4" on the megger scale illustrated in figure
239415 4 7 thousand ohms 0.7 megohms 7 megohms 70 megohms EL-0044 C
"A" is what value?
What is the resistance reading at "5" on the megger scale
239415 5 .35 megohms 3.5 megohms 35 megohms 350 megohms EL-0044 B
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
What is the resistance reading at "6" on the megger scale
239415 6 1.25 megohms 12.5 megohms 125 megohms 125 thousand ohms EL-0044 A
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
What is the resistance reading at "7" on the megger scale
239415 7 500 thousand ohms 5 megohms 50 megohms 500 megohms EL-0044 A
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
What is the resistance reading at "8" on the megger scale
239415 8 250 ohms 250 thousand ohms 2.5 megohms 250 megohms EL-0044 B
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
What is the resistance reading at "9" on the megger scale
239415 9 75 ohms 750 ohms 75 thousand ohms 75 megohms EL-0044 C
shown in figure "A" of the illustration?

Crawford  Nautical  School 78 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A megohmmeter is connected to opposite ends of an
239416 1 individual motor winding. What would a low ohm reading an open coil a loose coil good continuity a dirty coil C
indicate?
When testing insulation resistance of electric equipment
and machinery, ideally when should the insulation immediately after shutting every time the brush immediately after starting every 30 days whether the
239417 1 A
resistance be tested for the lowest normal insulation down the machine rigging is adjusted up the machine machine is in use or not
values?
The needle should
The needle should
immediately deflect to The needle should
Which of the following statements represents the reading The needle should immediately deflect to a
infinity and then immediately deflect to a
display of a hand-cranked megohmmeter when testing a immediately deflect to very low resistance value
239418 1 continuously drop until a very low resistance value B
capacitor start motor start capacitor in good condition that infinity and remain there and then gradually
very low resistance value and remain there while
has been properly discharged prior to the test? while cranking increase to infinity while
is indicated while cranking.
cranking.
cranking.
immediately display a immediately display a very
A capacitor is to be tested with a digital multimeter set up immediately display a immediately display a very
value of OL with the low resistance with the
239418 2 to measure ohms. If the meter is connected to a shorted value of OL which remains low resistance value which B
value then continuously value then continuously
capacitor, how would the meter display respond? at OL remains low
dropping to a low value rising to a value of OL
The screen would
A capacitor can be tested using a megohmmeter, an The screen would The screen would The screen would
immediately display a
ohmmeter, or a digital multimeter. If a digital multimeter immediately display a immediately display a very immediately display a
239418 3 resistance value of OL then C
set up as an ohmmeter is connected to a shorted resistance value of OL and low resistance value then very low resistance value
gradually decrease to a
capacitor, what would the display indicate? then remain at OL. gradually increase to OL. then remain at this value.
very low resistance value.
When you are making a high potential test (megger) on
high insulation power
239419 2 the motor coils of repaired electrical machinery to ground. good insulation bad insulation a high slot discharge factor B
factor
What would a low resistance reading indicate?
What would be the indication of a grounded switch or being unsteady in the being unsteady in the low
239420 1 infinity 'zero' B
cable as measured by a megohmmeter? high range range
The final step in testing a circuit for a ground involves the
use of a megohmmeter. If a switch or cable is grounded
239420 2 'zero' infinity steady in the high range unsteady in the low range A
what will be the indication as revealed by a megohmmeter
reading?
As shown in the illustrated plots of uncorrected and
no refurbishment or
temperature corrected insulation resistance readings for a
239421 1 2006 2008 2010 replacement was EL-0120 D
particular piece of equipment, at what point in time should
necessary through 2011
the equipment have been refurbished or replaced?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what
239422 1 phenomenon is illustrated with respect to electrical cables associative capacitance associative inductance distributive capacitance distributive inductance EL-0126 C
and ground?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, due to the effect
of distributed capacitance, what would be the voltage of
239422 2 240 VAC 277 VAC 480 VAC 830 VAC EL-0126 B
each bus phase with respect to the common equipment
grounding conductor (hull ground)?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, due to the effect
of distributed capacitance, what would be the voltage of
239422 3 0 VAC 240 VAC 277 VAC 480 VAC EL-0126 D
bus phases "A" and "B" with respect to the common
equipment grounding conductor (hull ground)?

Crawford  Nautical  School 79 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, due to the effect
of distributed capacitance, what would be the voltage of
239422 4 0 VAC 240 VAC 277 VAC 480 VAC EL-0126 A
bus phase "C" with respect to the common equipment
grounding conductor (hull ground)?
the effect of breaking the effect of breaking
As shown in the illustrated effect of intermittent grounds the effect of second
the effect of first contact of contact after the first contact after the second
239423 1 on distributive capacitance, what event is illustrated in contact of an intermittent EL-0127 A
an intermittent ground contact of an intermittent contact of an intermittent
figure "A"? ground
ground ground
the effect of breaking the effect of breaking
As shown in the illustrated effect of intermittent grounds the effect of second
the effect of first contact of contact after the first contact after the second
239423 2 on distributive capacitance, what event is illustrated in contact of an intermittent EL-0127 B
an intermittent ground contact of an intermittent contact of an intermittent
figure "B"? ground
ground ground
the effect of breaking the effect of breaking
As shown in the illustrated effect of intermittent grounds the effect of second
the effect of first contact of contact after the first contact after the second
239423 3 on distributive capacitance, what event is illustrated in contact of an intermittent EL-0127 C
an intermittent ground contact of an intermittent contact of an intermittent
figure "C"? ground
ground ground
the effect of breaking the effect of breaking
As shown in the illustrated effect of intermittent grounds the effect of second
the effect of first contact of contact after the first contact after the second
239423 4 on distributive capacitance, what event is illustrated in contact of an intermittent EL-0127 D
an intermittent ground contact of an intermittent contact of an intermittent
figure "D"? ground
ground ground
The ground fault relay The ground fault relay The ground fault relay The ground fault relay
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated ground fault contacts are normally open contacts are normally contacts are normally contacts are normally
occurring in a solidly grounded distribution system, what and close only when the closed and open only when open and close only closed and open only when
239424 1 EL-0128 A
statement is true concerning the operation of the ground motor individual line the motor individual line when the overall motor the overall motor line
fault relay? currents are unbalanced currents are unbalanced line current is high due to current is high due to the
due to the ground fault. due to the ground fault. the ground fault. ground fault.
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration of the motors of
the solidly grounded distribution system, assuming all
three motors are running, what statement is true if the None of the motors are None of the motors are
following current readings are taken with an AC clamp-on grounded, but motors #1 Motors #1 and #3 are grounded, but motor #2 Motor #2 is grounded,
239424 2 ammeter clamped around the entire cable rather than and #3 are unloaded, while grounded, while motor #2 is unloaded, while motors while motors #1 ands #3 EL-0128 D
individual conductors of a cable? motor #2 is carrying a is free of grounds. #1 and #3 are carrying a are free of grounds.
normal load. normal load.
Common loop: 3 amps Motor #1 loop: 0 amps Motor #2
loop: 3 amps Motor #3 loop: 0 amps
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated ungrounded ground faults do not result
two ground faults two ground faults
distribution system with possible ground faults, under a single ground fault in outages regardless of
239425 1 associated with the same associated with different EL-0129 C
what conditions would an outage likely occur due to a associated with any phase the number and location of
phase phases
ground fault causing a circuit breaker to trip? faults
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated solidly grounded ground faults do not result
two ground faults two ground faults
distribution system with possible ground faults, under a single ground fault in outages regardless of
239425 2 associated with the same associated with different EL-0129 A
what conditions would an outage likely occur due to a associated with any phase the number and location of
phase phases
ground fault causing a circuit breaker to trip? faults
Circuit #1 is grounded at Circuit #1 is clear of Circuit #1 is clear of
Circuit #1 is grounded at
In performing the insulation resistance tests as indicated phase "a" and circuit #6 is grounds at phase "a" and grounds at phase "a" and
239426 1 phase "a" and circuit #6 is EL-0130 B
by figures "1" and "2", what conclusion may be drawn? clear of grounds at phase circuit #6 is grounded at circuit #6 is clear of
grounded at phase "c".
"c". phase "c". grounds at phase "c".

Crawford  Nautical  School 80 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Circuit #1 is grounded Circuit #1 is grounded

Circuit #1 is grounded
Circuit #1 is grounded along the conducting along the conducting path
somewhere along the
In performing the insulation resistance tests as indicated somewhere along the path of conductor "u", of conductor "x", while the
239426 2 conducting path of EL-0130 A
by figures "3" and "4", what conclusion may be drawn? conducting path of while the conducting path conducting path of
conductors "u", "v", and
conductors "x", "y", and "z". of conductors "v", and conductors "y", and "z" are
"w".
"w" are clear of grounds. clear of grounds.

Circuit #1 is grounded Circuit #1 is clear of

Circuit #1 is grounded Circuit #1 is clear of along the conducting grounds along the
In performing the insulation resistance tests as indicated somewhere along the grounds along the path of conductor "v", conducting path of
239426 3 EL-0130 D
by figures "5" and "6", what conclusion may be drawn? conducting path of conducting path of while the conducting path conductor "v", while the
conductors "v" and "w". conductors "v" and "w". of conductor "w" is clear conducting path of
of grounds. conductor "w" is grounded.
As shown in the illustrated motor controller, assuming that premature tripping of the
mysterious startup of the controller exhibiting
the distribution system is an ungrounded system failure of the overload relay motor on overload even
motor without first behavior appropriate to low
239427 1 (common equipment grounding conductor insulated from to trip the motor in the though motor current EL-0131 C
depressing the start voltage release rather than
the source), what faulty controller operation could be the event of a motor overload draws are in the normal
button low voltage protection
result of the two accidental grounds as shown? range
As shown in the illustrated motor controller, assuming that premature tripping of the
controller exhibiting
the distribution system is an ungrounded system failure of the overload relay motor on overload even inability to stop the motor
behavior appropriate to low
239427 2 (common equipment grounding conductor insulated from to trip the motor in the though motor current by pushing the stop EL-0131 C
voltage release rather than
the source), what faulty controller operation could be the event of a motor overload draws are in the normal button
low voltage protection
result of the two accidental grounds as shown? range
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what type of a neutral to ground current a core-balance current a set of ground detection a direct current injection
239428 1 EL-0132 D
ground fault detection system is illustrated? transformer system transformer system lamps system system
the current transformer the current transformer the current transformer the current transformer
output current is zero with current is zero with no output current is zero current is zero with a
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what is the
239428 2 no ground fault due to ground fault due to with a ground fault due to ground fault due to EL-0132 A
operating principle of the current transformer illustrated?
balanced individual line unbalanced individual line balanced individual line unbalanced individual line
currents currents currents currents
An internal resistance is placed in series with the meter
239600 1 AC ammeter DC ammeter DC voltmeter AC frequency meter C
movement of which of the following instruments?
in series with the load and in parallel with the load and in parallel with the load in series with the load and
239601 1 How should the shunt used in an ammeter be connected? in parallel with the meter in series with the meter and in parallel with the in series with the meter A
movement movement meter movement movement
Which of the listed meters uses a shunt connected in
239601 2 series with the load, but parallel with the meter Voltmeter Power factor meter Ammeter Wattmeter C
movement?
Which of the following statements represents the correct In series with the load and In series with the load and In parallel with the load In parallel with the load and
239601 3 method of connecting the shunt of an ammeter prior to in series with the meter in parallel with the meter and in series with the in parallel with the meter B
taking a reading? movement. movement. meter movement. movement.
Which of the following meters uses a shunt connected in
239601 4 series with the load, but parallel with the meter voltmeter power factor meter wattmeter ammeter D
movement?
in series with the load and in parallel with the load and in parallel with the load in series with the load and
239601 5 How should the shunt of a DC ammeter be connected? in parallel with the meter in series with the meter and in parallel with the in series with the meter A
movement movement meter movement movement

Crawford  Nautical  School 81 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

to prevent damage to the
to increase meter to permit shunts with larger meter movement from to reduce reactive power
239602 1 Why are external shunts sometimes used with ammeters? C
sensitivity resistances to be utilized heat generated by the factor error
internal shunt
A basic electrical meter sensing device that responds to
the flow of current through an electromagnetic coil
D'Arsonval meter Vibrating Reed Transducer meter
239603 2 commonly used in DC ammeters, voltmeters, and ohm Bourdon meter movement A
movement movement movement
meters is referred to as a particular type of movement.
What is the proper name for this movement?
A digital multimeter, set up as a milliammeter on the 100
milliamp scale, is known to have an accuracy of plus or
8.0 and 12.0
239604 1 minus 0.2 % of full scale. A display reading of 10.0 9.8 and 10.0 milliamperes 9.8 and 10.2 milliamperes 8.0 and 10.0 milliamperes B
milliamperes
milliamps would indicate an actual line current between
what two values?
A digital multimeter, set up as a milliammeter on the 100
milliamp scale, is known to have an accuracy of plus or
239604 2 minus 0.2% at full scale. A meter reading of 5.0 milliamps 4.9 and 5.1 milliamperes 4.8 and 5.2 milliamperes 4.5 and 5.5 milliamperes 4.0 and 6.0 milliamperes A
would indicate an actual line current between what two
values?
the voltage between two total or partial circuit
239605 1 What is an ammeter used to measure? circuit continuity current flow in a circuit C
points in a circuit resistance
If a digital multimeter set up to measure AC volts reads 'ghost' voltages due to
definite miscalibration of a poor ground for the meter capacitors inside the meter
239606 1 slightly above 'zero' when its leads are disconnected, electromagnetic energy C
the meter case storing charges
what is this a result of? in the air
When a resistor is used as a shunt and is connected in
a measurement of circuit an increased accuracy of
239607 1 parallel with a meter movement coil, what capability does an extended meter range this is never done C
resistance approximately 1.5 percent
this provide?
What is the instrument called a galvanometer used to thickness of galvanized resistance of electrical very small amounts of quantity of galvans in an
239609 1 C
measure? metal wiring insulation current electric circuit
Which of the following electric meter movements uses a
239610 1 D'Arsonval Electrodynamometer Moving iron-vane Inclined coil iron- vane A
stationary permanent magnet and movable coil?
Which of the following would best describe a standard
moving coil meter
239610 2 electric meter movement that uses the principles of hot-wire movement rectifier movement digital movement A
movement
electromagnetism to measure current?
To limit the current flow through a DC voltmeter to as low
239611 1 a value as possible, what is the moving coil circuit high series resistance high parallel resistance series inductor external shunt A
provided with?
With the test leads shorted, With the test leads shorted,
the pointer should go to the pointer should go to With the test leads
With the test leads shorted
In testing a hand cranked megger prior to use, what infinite ohms, and with the zero ohms, and with the shorted or open, the
239612 1 or open, the pointer should B
statement is true? tests leads open, the tests leads open, the pointer should go to
go to zero ohms.
pointer should go to zero pointer should go to infinite infinite ohms.
ohms. ohms.
If the pointer fails to return to zero when a hand-cranked megger is out of megger is operating
239612 2 pointer is stuck hair springs are burned out D
megger is disconnected, what does this indicate? calibration normally
A digital multimeter set up to read AC volts is calibrated to RMS (root mean square)
239700 1 instantaneous voltage average voltage peak voltage C
read what type of voltage? voltage
Whether analog or digital, what are most AC voltmeters
239700 2 peak-to-peak voltage root-mean-square voltage average voltage peak voltage only B
calibrated to measure?

Crawford  Nautical  School 82 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

If you disconnect and arrange both ends of a conductor of
a multi- conductor cable without any contact between the the presence of a partial that the conductor is not
239701 1 continuity of the conductor an infinite resistance A
individual conductors, what would a low ohmic value ground short circuited
between the ends of a single conductor indicate?
If your multimeter set up to measure resistance gives a
very low resistance reading in ohms when testing from the presence of a partial that the conductor is not
239701 3 continuity of the conductor an infinite resistance A
opposite ends of each conductor of a three-conductor ground short circuited
cable, what does this indicate?
A digital multimeter is set up as an ohmmeter on the 1
239701 5 kohm scale. What does a display reading of 'OL' ohms as open circuit a partial ground a partial short continuity A
read across the ends of a wire conductor indicate?
With the test leads apart
With the test leads shorted With the test leads shorted It is usually not possible for
Which of the listed statements is correct when using a insulated from each
239702 1 together, a reading of 'OL' together, a reading of 'zero' a digital multimeter to be B
digital multimeter set up as an ohmmeter? other, a reading of 'zero'
ohms will be displayed. ohms will be displayed. set up as an ohmmeter.
ohms will be displayed.
the display would
When testing a capacitor with an digital multimeter set up the display would the display would the display would
immediately show very low
as an ohmmeter, what would be the indication on the immediately show 'OL' immediately show very low immediately show very
239703 1 resistance but rapidly climb C
display when testing an initially discharged capacitor in ohms and remain at this resistance and remain at low resistance but
to a slightly higher value
good condition? value this value gradually climb to 'OL'
and remain there
The screen immediately The screen immediately
Which of the following conditions indicates a short The screen immediately The screen immediately
displays 'OL' ohms, but displays 'zero' ohms, but
239703 3 circuited capacitor when checking its condition with a displays 'zero' ohms and displays 'OL' ohms and B
gradually drops to 'zero' gradually climbs to 'OL'
digital multimeter set up as an ohmmeter? remains at this value. remains at this value.
ohms. ohms.
While troubleshooting a circuit in an engine room central Resistor's circuit must be
Correct polarity must be Meter leads must not be
control console, a resistor is suspected of being faulty. de- energized and at The meter case must be
observed because reverse twisted so as to cancel out
239704 1 Which of the following precautions must be observed if an least one end of the grounded prior to attaching C
bias will damage the the individual magnetic
analog or digital multimeter set up as an ohmmeter is to resistor isolated by the leads.
component. fields.
be used to check its value? disconnecting.
The resistor's circuit must
In troubleshooting a circuit in a console, you find that a Correct polarity must be
Meter leads must be The meter must be be de- energized and at
resistor may be faulty. Which of the precautions listed observed, connecting the
239704 2 twisted to cancel the leads' placed in series with the least one end of the D
must be observed when using an analog or digital red lead to the banded end
magnetic fields. resistor and the circuit. resistor isolated by
multimeter set up as an ohmmeter to carry out this test? of the resistor.
disconnecting.
Prior to using an analog multimeter set up as an
ohmmeter, the leads are purposely shorted together. The test reading should The test reading should be
The lead clips should be The batteries should be
239705 1 Which of the following actions should be taken if, when be added to each final subtracted from each final B
replaced. replaced.
adjusting to 'zero' ohms, the indicating needle can not be reading. reading.
returned to 'zero' on the scale?
short the test leads and
Before measuring an unknown resistance with an analog adjust the meter's pointer change the meter's center the meter's pointer
239705 2 calibrate the meter reading B
multimeter set up as an ohmmeter, what should you do? to mid-scale batteries at infinity
to 'zero'
short the test leads and
Before measuring an unknown resistance with an analog adjust the meter's pointers change the meter's center the meter's pointer
239705 3 calibrate the meter by D
multimeter set up as an ohmmeter, what should you do? to mid-scale batteries at infinity
zeroing
Before using an analog volt-ohmmeter to measure test the insulation make sure the test leads hold the leads together and
239705 4 replace all batteries D
resistance readings, what should you do? resistance of the leads do not touch 'zero' the meter

Crawford  Nautical  School 83 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When using an analog multimeter set up as an ohmmeter
plugging each end of one using a special purpose
for resistance measurements, it should be calibrated by setting the instrument adjusting the line voltage to
239705 5 test lead into the plus resistance measuring A
clipping the loose ends of the leads together followed by pointer at 'zero' ohms calibrate the instrument
and minus terminals instrument (a bridge)
what procedure?
Before using an analog all-purpose electric measuring select the proper
instrument (multimeter) utilizing internal batteries to calibrate using a known resistance range and
239705 6 remove one of the batteries remove all the batteries D
supply power for resistance measurements, what should external resistance calibrate the meter for
be done FIRST? "zero" ohms
Prior to taking a resistance reading with an analog volt-
ohm-milliammeter, the 'zero' setting must be adjusted.
an improper resistance
239705 7 After clipping the two leads together, you find the weak batteries a faulty zero ohms knob a faulty meter movement B
range setting
adjustment knob will not return the pointer to 'zero'. What
is this most likely an indication of?
When used for taking resistance measurements, a
the current in the circuit
239705 8 portable analog or digital multimeter is normally powered a hand cranked generator internal storage batteries a step down transformer B
being tested
by what source?
You are calibrating an analog multimeter using internal
measure resistance by change scales to the R X
batteries to supply power for resistance measurements.
replace the batteries in the dividing the voltmeter set the pointer using a 100 scale and adjust using
239705 9 However, you are unable to adjust the pointer to 'zero' A
instrument indication by the ammeter bridge the 'zero ohms' adjusting
using the adjustment knob. Therefore, what should you
indication knob
do?
the amount of current flow voltage between two points
239706 1 What is an ohmmeter used to measure? circuit resistance circuit power C
in a circuit in a circuit
Which of the meters listed should only be used after a
239707 2 Wattmeter Frequency meter Ammeter Ohmmeter D
circuit has been electrically de-energized?
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "6" and switch position "7" and switch position "1" and switch position "7" and
239708 1 EL-0047 B
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure AC terminal jacks "1 and 4" terminal jacks "2 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 2"
currents anticipated as high as 5 amps?
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "6" and switch position "7" and switch position "6" and switch position "7" and
239708 2 EL-0047 C
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure DC terminal jacks "2 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 4" terminal jacks "2 and 4"
currents anticipated as high as 200 milliamps?
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal
jacks should be used if your intent is test a diode using
switch position "4" and switch position "5" and switch position "4" and switch position "5" and
239708 3 the diode test function? EL-0047 B
terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 3"
Note: this function requires toggling with the secondary
function pushbutton.
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "4" and switch position "4" and switch position "5" and switch position "5" and
239708 4 EL-0047 D
jacks should be used if your intent is to perform an terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "3 and 4"
audible continuity test?

Crawford  Nautical  School 84 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal
jacks should be used if your intent is to test a capacitor
switch position "4" and switch position "5" and switch position "4" and switch position "5" and
239708 5 using the capacitance test function? EL-0047 A
terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "1 and 3"
Note: this function requires toggling with the secondary
function pushbutton.
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "5" and switch position "4" and switch position "5" and switch position "4" and
239708 6 EL-0047 D
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "3 and 4"
resistance?
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "2" and switch position "3" and switch position "2" and switch position "3" and
239708 7 EL-0047 D
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure DC terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "1 and 3" terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "3 and 4"
voltages no higher than 600 millivolts.
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "2" and switch position "2" and switch position "3" and switch position "3" and
239708 8 EL-0047 B
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure DC volts terminal jacks "2 and 3" terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "2 ands 3" terminal jacks "3 and 4"
not to exceed 1000 VDC?
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "6" and switch position "7" and switch position "1" and switch position "1" and
239708 9 EL-0047 D
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure AC terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "1 and 4" terminal jacks "3 and 4"
frequency?.
As shown in figures "B" and "C" of the illustration, what
should be the switch position and which test lead terminal switch position "1" and switch position "2" and switch position "1" and switch position "2" and
239708 10 EL-0047 A
jacks should be used if your intent is to measure AC terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "3 and 4" terminal jacks "2 and 3" terminal jacks "2 and 3"
voltage?
the ammeter in series
A resistance in a circuit of unknown value is to be tested the ammeter in parallel and
both meters in series with both meters in parallel with and the voltmeter in
239709 1 using the voltmeter/ammeter method. How should the two the voltmeter in series with C
the resistance the resistance parallel with the
meters be connected? the resistance
resistance
Circuit resistance is usually measured off-line (de-
energized) with an ohmmeter. In the absence of an
voltmeter and an
239709 2 ohmmeter, however, resistance may be INDIRECTLY voltmeter only ammeter only frequency meter C
ammeter
measured on-line (energized) using what meter (or
meters)?
When measuring DC current flow using an analog or using the lowest range
in series with the power in parallel with the power
239710 1 digital multimeter set up as a milliammeter, how is the insuring correct polarity possible to prevent A
source and load source and load
meter connected? instrument damage
low heat (series) position low heat (series) position low heat (series) position low heat (series) position
would result in no heat at would result in low heat would result in no heat at would result in low heat
all medium heat (single) medium heat (single) all medium heat (single) medium heat (single)
In the circuit 'B' of the illustration, what would be the result
position would result in position would result in position would result in position would result in
239710 2 of the upper heating element being burned out and open EL-0041 C
medium heat medium heat no heat at all medium heat
circuited?
high heat (parallel) position high heat (parallel) position high heat (parallel) high heat (parallel) position
would result in medium would result in medium position would result in would result in medium
heat heat medium heat heat

Crawford  Nautical  School 85 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

in series-parallel with the in parallel-series with the
How must an analog or digital multimeter set up as an in series with the load in parallel with the load
239710 3 load being measured for load being measured for A
millimammeter be connected? being measured for current being measured for current
current current
Which of the instruments listed is generally connected in
239710 4 Ammeter Megohmmeter Wattmeter Voltmeter A
series with the load in the circuit?
To safely measure current with a DC milliammeter, how is in series with the load of in parallel with the load of
239710 5 with internal shunts only without regard to polarity A
the meter connected? the circuit the circuit
You should always start An external shunt is
Which of the following statements regarding the use of an It must be connected in It must be connected in
with the lowest range until generally utilized where
239710 6 analog or digital multimeter set up as an milliammeter is series with the load of the parallel with the load of A
a suitable reading is current is less than 10
correct? circuit. the circuit.
obtained. amperes.
You should always start An external shunt is
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the It must be connected in It must be connected in
with the lowest range until generally utilized where
239710 7 use of an analog or digital multimeter when directly series with the load of the parallel with the load of A
a suitable reading is current is less than 10
measuring current? circuit. the circuit.
obtained. amperes.
How would a DC ammeter designed to directly measure
239710 8 in series with a circuit in parallel with a circuit with internal shunts only without regard to polarity A
current be connected?
placing the test leads
placing the test leads
placing the test leads placing the test leads in across a de- energized
across a de- energized and
across a voltage source to series with the load of a and isolated resistance
239711 1 What practice could potentially damage a multimeter? isolated resistance to A
measure voltage while in circuit to measure current to measure resistance
measure resistance while
the resistance mode while in the voltmeter mode while in the ammeter
in the voltmeter mode
mode
What can a typical common analog or digital multimeter voltage, resistance, and voltage, frequency, and frequency, current, and
239712 1 voltage, power, and current A
be used to measure? current current resistance
A typical common digital multimeter (DMM) can be used voltage, current, and current, frequency, and voltage, current, and current, frequency, and
239712 3 C
to measure what values? reactance resistance resistance reactance
A general purpose electrical multimeter can be used to
239712 4 watts field flux current reactance C
directly measure what value?
If the approximate voltage to be measured in an electric use the lowest voltage connect the meter in series only have to calibrate the use the highest voltage
239713 2 D
circuit is not known, what should be done? range on the voltmeter with the circuit meter before using it range on the voltmeter
The selector switch is
The meter test leads are selected for
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter
placed in the wrong The meter is subjected to a The meter is in range of continuity/diode test and
239714 1 screen, what would be the significance of the symbol EL-0047 D
terminal jacks for the test potentially unsafe voltage. a wireless signal. the secondary function
indicated by "1" being illuminated?
being performed. pushbutton is toggled for
continuity.
the selector switch is in the the selector switch is in the selector switch is in the
the selector switch is in the
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter continuity/diode test the resistance position continuity/diode test
resistance position and the
239714 2 screen, what would be the significance of the symbol position and the secondary and the meter leads are position and the secondary EL-0047 B
meter leads are connected
indicated by "2" being illuminated? function pushbutton is connected across a PN function pushbutton is
across a diode
toggled for diode junction of a transistor toggled for continuity
when measuring AC when measuring AC when measuring DC
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter when measuring DC
voltages or currents, this voltages or currents, this voltages or currents, this
239714 3 screen, what would be the significance of the symbol voltages or currents, this EL-0047 C
illuminates only during illuminates only during indicates a negative
indicated by "3" being illuminated? indicates a positive polarity
positive half cycles negative half cycles polarity
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter the meter is in the the meter is in the the meter leads are
an internal meter fuse
239714 4 screen, what would be the significance of the symbol presence of a high voltage presence of a high voltage connected across a EL-0047 D
has blown
indicated by "4" being illuminated? electromagnetic field electrostatic fields potentially unsafe voltage

Crawford  Nautical  School 86 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the meter is selected to
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter the meter is connected with the meter is connected with the meter's internal
measure an AC voltage but
239714 5 screen, what would be the significance of the symbol a negative polarity across a a positive polarity across a battery needs to be EL-0047 C
is connected across a DC
indicated by "9" being illuminated? battery battery replaced
source
It indicates a warning It indicates a warning
anytime the selector switch anytime the selector switch
It indicates a warning It indicates a warning
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter is moved to or from the is moved to or from the
anytime the red lead is anytime the leads develop
239714 6 screen, what would be the significance of the word "LEAd "milliamp" or "amp" "AC volt" or "DC volt" EL-0047 A
plugged into the common a higher than normal
being illuminated (item "15")? positions for the technician positions for the technician
terminal jack. resistance.
to change the test lead to change the test lead
terminal jacks used. terminal jacks used.
the input measurement is the internal fuse is
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated digital multimeter the internal fuse has blown the meter is sensing an
beyond the range for the dangerously close to
239714 7 screen, what would be the significance of the letters "OL" due to an overload external circuit overload EL-0047 A
parameter the meter is blowing due to an
being illuminated (item "14")? condition condition
presently set up for overload condition
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is best suited for
239716 2 determining three phase power phase sequence, is B C D H EL-0121 D
battery powered, and features a display with LEDs?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is best suited for
239716 3 determining the presence of voltage for safety purposes B C F I EL-0121 D
and features a lighted window?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is a general
239716 4 purpose volt-ohm- milliammeter and features an analog A E G I EL-0121 A
display?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is specifically
designed to measure relatively heavy AC currents by
239716 5 A E G I EL-0121 B
clamping action, but can also measures AC volts and
resistance and features an analog display?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is specifically
designed to measure relatively heavy currents by
239716 6 B C D F EL-0121 C
clamping action and features a digital display capable of
holding maximum and minimum values?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is a general
239716 7 purpose volt-ohm- millimeter with many additional built-in B C D F EL-0121 A
special purpose functions and features a digital display?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is a powerful,
239716 8 versatile diagnostic tool which features a digital display, B C D F EL-0121 D
but is also capable of displaying waveforms?
Which of the illustrated electrical meters is specifically
239716 9 designed to measure insulation resistance, is battery B C D F EL-0121 B
powered, and features a digital display?
As shown in figure "D" of the illustrated digital power
a resistive-capacitive
239717 1 meter, what type of single phase load is under test for a purely inductive load an inductive-resistive load a purely resistive load EL-0256 B
load
power measurement?
As shown in figure "D" of the illustrated digital power
239717 2 meter, what display of text represents the active (true) 3.5 kW 3.9 kVA 0.89 PF 0.3 kVAR EL-0256 A
power consumed by the load?

Crawford  Nautical  School 87 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "D" of the illustrated digital power
239717 3 meter, what display of text represents the apparent power 3.5 kW 3.9 kVA 0.89 PF 0.3 kVAR EL-0256 B
consumed by the load?
As shown in figure "D" of the illustrated digital power
239717 4 meter, what display of text represents the reactive power 3.5 kW 3.9 kVA 0.89 PF 0.3 kVAR EL-0256 D
consumed by the load?
In what situation would an electrical phase sequence preparing to parallel connecting lighting branch troubleshooting DC connecting shore power
239800 1 D
indicator be useful? alternators circuits motors lines to the ship
Under what circumstance would a hand- held portable
phase sequence indicator be used, should the main installing a new preparing to make the replacing a defective
239800 2 paralleling alternators B
switchboard mounted fixed phase sequence indicator be synchroscope shore power connection solenoid
inoperative?
preparing to make the replacing an auxiliary
When should a hand-held portable phase sequence installing a new power replacing a cathodic hull
239800 3 ships shore power diesel engine electric B
indicator be used? factor switchboard meter protection anode
connection cranking motor
The clamp-on AC ammeter consists essentially of a split-
core and a rectifier- type instrument connected to the
239801 1 potential transformer control transformer current transformer reactance transformer C
secondary winding of a particular type of transformer.
Which type is used?
de-energize the circuit to hook the jaws of the connect the voltage test short the test leads and
To properly use a clamp-on-type ammeter to check
239802 1 allow connection of the instrument around the leads to the appropriate calibrate the instrument to B
current flow, what must be done FIRST?
instrument in series insulated single conductor terminals zero
In order to take a current reading with a 'clamp-on' must be held so as to not must be fully closed so must be clamped around
should remain open while
239802 2 ammeter, what should be the status of the jaws of the touch an adjacent as to complete the all of the conductors of a C
conducting measurements
instrument? conductor magnetic circuit cable
What is a common technology for an electro-tachometer
small permanent magnet vibrating reed frequency
239803 2 for measuring motor speed as used for variable speed centrifugal force indicator shaft torque indicator A
generator indicator
drives?
Propulsion motor RPM can be indirectly indicated on a
small permanent magnet vibrating reed frequency ultraviolet radiation shaft torque indicator
239803 3 console by measuring the voltage delivered from what A
generator counter counter transducer
device?
Never connect the device
Always remember that the to circuits where When in the manual
Never use this type of
unit is polarity sensitive potentials greater than ranging mode, always pre-
Which of the following precautions should be taken when meter on circuits greater
and if used on DC circuits 120 volts may be set the meter to the next
239804 2 troubleshooting various power circuits using a digital than 60 Hz as the meter D
reversing the leads may present, as the internal higher range than the
multimeter? may not register voltages
result in high temperatures electronics can only amount of voltage
over 60 Hz.
within the tester. withstand small currents. expected in the circuit.
.
Always remember that the
Always check a known
Never use this tester on unit is polarity sensitive Never connect the device
Which of the following precautions should be taken when power source of the same
circuits of 60 Hz, as the and if used on DC circuits to circuits where
239804 3 troubleshooting various power circuits using an electronic type and voltage before D
tester may not register the reversing the leads may potentials are greater
voltage tester? using it to troubleshoot
voltage. result in high temperatures than 120 volts.
electrical equipment.
within the tester.

Crawford  Nautical  School 88 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Always remember that the Always verify that the

Never use this tester on unit is polarity sensitive Never connect the device power source frequency is
Which of the following precautions should be taken when
circuits of 60 Hz, as the and if used on DC circuits to circuits where compatible with the
239804 4 troubleshooting various power circuits using an electronic D
tester may not register the reversing the leads may potentials are greater instrument before using it
solenoid type voltage tester?
voltage. result in high temperatures than 120 volts. to troubleshoot electrical
within the tester. equipment.
239806 1 What type of circuits are shown in the illustration? megohm meter Gauss meter Wheatstone bridge germanium diode tester EL-0024 C
gauss or magnetic field battery discharge rate in
239807 1 What is the illustrated circuit used to measure? resistance capacitance EL-0024 A
strength Amp-hours
the harmonic content of the the harmonic content of the the harmonic content of the harmonic content of the
Using the portable harmonic analyzer shown in figure "A",
voltage at the primary voltage at the secondary the current at the primary current at the secondary
239808 1 if the test leads are connected as shown in figure "D" of EL-0110 A
terminals of a delta-to-wye terminals of a delta-to-wye terminals of a delta-to- terminals of a delta-to-wye
the illustration, what is being measured?
power transformer power transformer wye power transformer power transformer
the harmonic content of the the harmonic content of
Using the portable harmonic analyzer shown in figure "A", the harmonic content of the the harmonic content of
current of a bundle of the current of a single
239808 2 if the clamp-on test lead is connected as shown in figure voltage at a service current leakage to hull EL-0110 C
conductors at a service conductor at a service
"C" of the illustration, what is being measured? entrance ground
entrance entrance
the effect of the first,
the effect of the
In analyzing the current waveforms as depicted in figure second, third, fourth, fifth, the effect of the second, the effect of the third, fifth,
fundamental, third, fifth,
239808 3 "B" of the illustration, what is responsible for producing the sixth, and seventh fourth, and sixth harmonic and seventh harmonic EL-0110 C
and seventh harmonic
line current waveform? harmonic frequency frequency currents frequency currents
frequency currents
currents
A three-phase, induction-type motor experiences an open
240000 1 in one phase. Which of the listed automatic protective Over speed trip Thermal overload relay Three-pole safety switch Magnetic blowout coil B
devices will prevent the motor from being damaged?
If the circuit shown in the illustration were energized and
240001 1 operating properly, which of the devices listed would be The stop push-button The start push- button Auxiliary contact 'M' Contact 'OL' EL-0007 B
open?
As shown in the illustration of the elementary diagram of a
the master switch handle
three speed anchor windlass controller, if the windlass the brake cabinet the emergency switch
the motor ventilating doors must be returned to the
240002 1 drive motor automatically stops due to a loss of supply ventilating doors must be must be returned to the EL-0073 D
must be re- closed "off" position to accomplish
voltage, what must be done to resume operations after re-closed "off" position
reset
the restoration of voltage?
As shown in the illustration of the elementary diagram of a
three speed anchor windlass controller, which of the
240002 2 hoist (H) contactor first speed (1M) contactor low voltage (LV) relay time delay relay 2T EL-0073 D
following contactor, relay, or timer coils operates with DC
voltage?
As shown in the illustration, by what means are all the manual operation of the
240003 1 operating coils magnets solenoid switches EL-0073 C
'MS' contacts are opened and closed? master switches
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, which of the
Coil 'CR' energizes thus Coil "M" energizes thus Coil "M" energizes thus Coil 'CR' energizes thus
240004 1 operations listed will happen when the 'jog button' is EL-0010 C
closing both 'CR' contacts. opening contact "M". closing contact "M". opening both 'CR' contacts.
pushed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 89 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the stop button contacts,
When a motor is started by the controller shown in figure the stop button contacts, the stop button contacts, the stop button contacts,
the "jog- depressed"
"C" of the illustration, what circuit components are in the the "run- depressed" the "run- free" contacts, the the "jog- free" contacts,
240005 1 contacts, the "M" contacts, EL-0010 B
holding current flow path through the control circuit while contacts, the "M" coil and "M" contacts, the "M" coil the "M" coil and the "OL"
the "M" coil and the "OL"
the motor is in operation? the "OL" contacts and the "OL" contacts contacts
contacts
Coil "M" will de- energize Coil "M" energize when Coil "M" will de- energize
When the motor shown in figure "A" of the illustration is Coil "M" will energize when
when the stop button is the stop button is pushed when the stop button is
running with jog-run switch in the run position and the stop the stop button is pushed
240006 1 pushed and re- energize and remain energized pushed and remain de- EL-0010 D
button is pushed and then released, which of the following and de- energize when the
when the stop button is when the stop button is energized when the stop
statements will hold true? stop button is released.
released. released. button is released.
What type of control circuit logic is featured in the
240007 1 electrical schematic diagram for the motor starting circuit resistance starting reduced voltage starting low voltage protection low voltage release EL-0007 C
shown in figure "B" of the illustration?
What type of starter is represented in the electrical
240008 1 across-the-line starter primary-resistor starter autotransformer starter part-winding starter EL-0017 A
schematic shown in the illustration?
The "1S" contactor The "1S" contactor The "1S" contactor
The "1S" contactor
connects the connects the connects the
connects the
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the autotransformer in wye autotransformer in delta autotransformer to the line
240009 1 autotransformer in wye EL-0012 A
main contacts of contactor "1S"? configuration during the configuration during the during the
configuration during the run
starting/acceleration starting/acceleration starting/acceleration
period.
period. period. period.
The "2S" contactor The "1S" contactor The "2S" contactor
connects the The "2S" contactor connects the connects the
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the autotransformer in wye connects the autotransformer in delta autotransformer to the line
240009 2 EL-0012 D
main contacts of contactor "2S"? configuration during the autotransformer to the line configuration during the during the
starting/acceleration during the run period. starting/acceleration starting/acceleration
period. period. period.
The "R" contactor connects
The "R" contactor connects The "R" contactor
The "R" contactor connects the motor directly to the
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the the autotransformer in wye connects the motor
240009 3 the autotransformer to the line during the EL-0012 C
main contacts of contactor "R"? configuration during the run directly to the line during
line during the run period. starting/acceleration
period. the run period. .
period. .
In the illustration shown, what would be the functional
240010 1 run contactor coil rupture (blowout) coil resistance coil reversing coil EL-0012 A
name for the coil represented as 'R'?
start contactor coil (for neutral contactor coil (for
In the illustration shown, what would be the functional
240010 2 1st speed contactor coil autotransformer connection autotransformer wye 0% contactor coil EL-0012 C
name for the coil represented as '1S'?
to line) connection)
First, the motor must be First, the motor must be First, the motor must be
First, the motor must be
stopped via the stop stopped via the stop stopped via the stop
If a three-phase motor controlled by the control circuit stopped via the stop
button, then normally button, then normally button, then normally
illustrated in figure "B" of the illustration, is running in the button, then normally open
240011 1 closed 'F' contacts must re- closed 'F' contacts must re- open 'F' contacts must re- EL-0011 A
forward direction, which of the following sequences must 'F' contacts must re- open,
close, and finally the open, and finally the close, and finally the
occur before the motor will reverse rotation? and finally the reverse start
reverse start button must reverse start button must reverse start button must
button must be depressed.
be depressed. be depressed. be depressed.
Forward and reverse Forward and reverse
In figure "B" of the illustrated control circuit schematic Forward and reverse pushbutton interlocking Normally closed forward pushbutton interlocking
240012 1 diagram, which of the listed devices prevents the forward pushbutton interlocking and normally open forward and reverse contactor and normally closed EL-0011 D
and reversing coils from being energized simultaneously? only and reverse contactor auxiliary contacts only forward and reverse
auxiliary contacts contactor auxiliary contacts

Crawford  Nautical  School 90 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Referring to figure "B" of the illustrated control circuit The normally closed
The normally closed (NC) The normally open (NO) The normally open (NO)
240013 1 schematic diagram, which of the following statements is (NC) "R" contacts are EL-0011 B
"F" contacts are closed. "F" contacts are closed. "R" contacts are closed.
true when the motor is running in the forward direction? open..
Which of the following statements is true concerning the The motor has two- leg The motor has three- leg The motor has two- leg The motor has three- leg
240014 1 manual motor starter diagram shown in figure "A" of the protection by thermal protection by thermal protection by magnetic protection by magnetic EL-0023 B
illustration? overloads. overloads. overloads. overloads.
Which of the following illustrated manual motor starters
240014 2 1 2 3 4 EL-0023 A
represents the wiring diagram illustrated in figure "A"?
As shown in the illustration, assuming power is available The main contacts (3) "M"
The "OL" relay contacts The contactor coil "M" The disconnect switch (DS)
240015 1 at the control circuit, which listed action will occur FIRST close, connecting the EL-0017 C
close. energizes. contacts close.
when the "off-run" switch is placed in the "run" position? motor to line.
With what kind of starting equipment are most three-
240016 1 phase induction motors of five horsepower or less autotransformer starters resistor starters across-the-line starters reactor starters C
started?
Low horsepower, polyphase, induction motors can be
240016 2 compensator starters auto-transformer starters across-the-line starters primary-resistor starters C
started with full voltage by means of which kind of starter?
Most three-phase induction motors used for driving engine
240016 3 resistor starters across-the-line starters impedance starters reactor starters B
room auxiliaries are started by what means?
What is the starting characteristic associated with across- controlled starting
240016 4 reduced starting current regulated starting current high starting torque C
the-line starters as used with AC motors? acceleration
interchanging any two of disconnecting one of the permanently disconnecting
By what means is the rotation of a three-phase induction switching the shunt field
240017 1 the three line leads to the three line leads to the any two of the three line A
motor reversed? coil leads
stator stator leads to the stator
How is the reversal of an AC, three- phase, induction changing all three motor reversing the position of interchanging any two of interchanging any two
240017 2 C
motor accomplished? leads the slip rings the three line leads brushes
have no effect on the
What will be the effect of interchanging any two of the increase motor decrease motor reverse the motor
240017 3 direction of rotation or D
three rotor leads on a wound-rotor induction motor? performance performance rotation
motor performance
What is the function of a shading coil as used in an AC reduce chatter and noise in prevent flux buildup in the eliminate arcing when energize the operating coil
240018 1 A
magnetic controller? the contactor operating coil the contacts close and 'pull in' the contacts
protect the motor windings
What is the purpose of installing shading coils on AC full- dissipate opening contact delay current build up in
240018 2 eliminate contact chatter from momentary starting A
voltage starters? arcs the holding coil
current overload
Which of the listed types of motor controllers and starters
240019 1 Across-the-line Primary-resistor Autotransformer Part-winding EL-0080 C
is illustrated?
As shown in the illustration, if the line voltage is 450 VAC,
240019 2 what would be the applied voltage to the motor at the 225 VAC 292 VAC 360 VAC 450 VAC EL-0012 B
instant of startup and through the acceleration period?
As shown in the illustration, if the line voltage is 450 VAC,
240019 3 what would be the applied voltage to the motor after the 225 VAC 292 VAC 360 VAC 450 VAC EL-0012 D
acceleration period with the motor up to speed?
Electrical interlocking by Mechanical interlocking is
Electrical interlocking by Electrical interlocking by
As shown in the illustration, in addition to mechanical means of the normally the only means by which
means of normally open means of normally closed
240019 4 interlocking of the contactors, how is simultaneous pulling closed, timed open and simultaneous pulling in of EL-0012 B
"1S" and "R" auxiliary "1S" and "R" auxiliary
in of both the "1S" and 'R" contactors prevented? the normally open, timed the "1S and "R" contactors
contacts. contacts.
closed "2S" contacts. is prevented.

Crawford  Nautical  School 91 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The normally-closed OL
the "off-run" selector switch The disconnect switch
As shown in the illustration, which of the following The motor will relay contacts will open
will re-open, necessitating (DS) will re- open,
240020 1 conditions will occur as a result of a momentary loss of automatically restart when requiring a manual reset, EL-0017 A
a manual restarting of the necessitating a manual
power? power is restored. necessitating a manual
motor. restarting of the motor.
restarting of the motor.
If the motor shown in the illustration will not start when the check the overload relay check the disconnect check the main contactor check the overload relay
240021 1 "off-run" switch is placed in the run position, which of the for tripped condition, reset switch open, open as coil for continuity, replace (OL) heaters for continuity, EL-0017 A
listed components should be checked FIRST? as necessary necessary as necessary replace as necessary
connects the
connects the motor to the connects the motor
What is the primary functional purpose of the KM3 autotransformer in "wye" connects the motor across
240022 1 autotransformer while in across line while in the EL-0080 D
contactor as shown in the illustration? configuration while in the line wile in the run mode
the start mode start mode
start mode
connects the
connects the motor to the connects the motor
What is the primary functional purpose of the KM1 autotransformer in "wye" connects the motor across
240022 2 autotransformer while in across line while in the EL-0080 A
contactor as shown in the illustration? configuration while in the line wile in the run mode
the start mode start mode
start mode
connects the
connects the motor to the connects the motor
What is the primary functional purpose of the KM2 autotransformer in "wye" connects the motor across
240022 3 autotransformer while in across line while in the EL-0080 B
contactor as shown in the illustration? configuration while in the line wile in the run mode
the start mode start mode
start mode
If the line voltage to the controller shown in the illustration
is 440 volts, what voltage is applied across the motor
240023 1 when contacts "KM2" close, assuming that the U2, V2, 110 volts 220 volts 440 volts 660 volts EL-0080 B
and W2 connections are made at the 50% tap of the
autotransformer?
If the line voltage to the controller shown in the illustration
240023 2 is 440 volts, what is applied across the control circuit 110 volts 220 volts 440 volts 660 volts EL-0080 A
assuming the control transformer has a 4:1 turns ratio?
Which of the following contactors or relays has a timing
240024 1 KM1 KM2 KM3 KA1 EL-0080 D
function for the transition from start to run?
The controller is
The controller is configured The controller is configured
Which of the following statements is true concerning the configured for use with a The control circuit operates
240025 1 for across- the-line (direct- for reduced voltage EL-0004 A
motor controller circuit shown in the illustration? single phase induction at full line voltage.
on- line) starting. starting.
motor.
The controller is
The controller is configured
The controller is configured configured for use with a
Which of the following statements is true concerning the for use with a three phase The controller is configured
240025 2 for reduced voltage three phase non- EL-0004 C
motor controller circuit shown in the illustration? reversible squirrel- cage for low voltage release. .
starting. reversible squirrel-cage
induction motor.
induction motor.
The secondary side control The primary side control The fused disconnect
What is the primary means by which the motor branch The thermal overload relay
240025 3 circuit fuses (FU6 and circuit fuses (FU4 and switch (Q1) fuses (FU1, EL-0004 D
circuit is protected from a short-circuited motor? (OL)
FU7) FU5) FU2, and FU3)
The secondary side control The primary side control The fused disconnect
What is the primary means by which the motor branch The thermal overload relay
240025 4 circuit fuses (FU6 and circuit fuses (FU4 and switch (Q1) fuses (FU1, EL-0004 A
circuit is protected from an overloaded motor? (OL)
FU7) FU5) FU2, and FU3)

Crawford  Nautical  School 92 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The overload will not reset The motor will
As shown in the illustration, which listed action will occur The disconnect switch (DS)
until sufficient time has immediately re-start if the The overload relay heaters
240026 1 when the push button "OL" reset is depressed contacts will immediately EL-0017 A
elapsed to allowing for "off-run" switch is in will immediately re-close.
immediately after the motor has tripped out on overload? close.
cooling. either position.
As shown in the illustrated three phase squirrel cage
delta-wye starter with an delta-wye starter with a wye-delta starter with an wye-delta starter with a
240027 1 induction motor controller, what type of reduced voltage EL-0116 D
open transition closed transition open transition closed transition
starting is used?
it connects the motor to
As shown in the illustrated reduced voltage three phase it connects the motor to it connects the motor to it connects the motor to
line during the starting
240027 2 squirrel cage induction motor controller, what is the line during the starting line during the starting and line during the run period EL-0116 D
period, transition period,
functional purpose of the "M" contactor? period only transition periods only only
and run period
it connects the motor in it connects the motor in
As shown in the illustrated reduced voltage three phase it connects the motor in it connects the motor in
delta configuration during wye configuration during
240027 3 squirrel cage induction motor controller, what is the wye configuration during delta configuration during EL-0116 B
the transition and run the transition and run
functional purpose of the "R" contactor? the run period only the transition period only
periods periods
it connects the motor in it connects the motor in it connects the motor in it connects the motor in
As shown in the illustrated reduced voltage three phase
wye configuration during delta configuration during wye configuration during delta configuration during
240027 4 squirrel cage induction motor controller, what is the EL-0116 A
the start and transition the start and transition the transition and run the transition and run
functional purpose of the "S1" contactor?
periods periods periods periods
it allows the motor to be
it allows the main and run it prevents the main and it prevents the motor to be
As shown in the illustrated reduced voltage three phase connected in wye and
contactors to be pulled in run contactors to be pulled connected in wye and delta
240027 5 squirrel cage induction motor controller, what is the delta simultaneously EL-0116 C
simultaneously during the in simultaneously during simultaneously during the
functional purpose of the "S2" contactor? during the closed
run period the run period open transition period only
transition period only
It is used to establish the
It is used to establish the It is used to establish the
actual length of time of It is used to establish the
time delay associated with time delay associated with
As shown in the illustrated reduced voltage three phase closed transition when actual length of time of
initial startup in delta initial startup in wye
240027 6 squirrel cage induction motor controller, what is the the motor is connected in open transition when the EL-0116 B
configuration and configuration and
functional purpose of the "CR" relay? both wye and delta motor is briefly
transitioning into wye transitioning into delta
configurations disconnected from line.
configuration for run. configuration for run.
simultaneously.
As shown in the illustrated three phase squirrel cage primary resistance
240028 1 wye-delta starting across-the-line starting part-winding starting EL-0117 D
induction motor controller, what starting method is used? starting
As shown in the illustrated three phase squirrel cage it connects the motor to it connects the motor to it connects the motor in it connects the motor in
240028 2 induction motor controller, what is the functional purpose line during the starting line during the starting and delta configuration during wye configuration during EL-0117 B
of the "S" contactor? period only run periods the starting period only the starting period only
it connects the first and
it connects the second part it connects the second part
it connects the first part
As shown in the illustrated three phase squirrel cage second parts of the motor
of the motor windings in of the motor winding is of the motor windings in
240028 3 induction motor controller, what is the functional purpose windings in wye EL-0117 A
wye configuration during delta configuration during
wye configuration during
of the "R" contactor? configuration during the
the run period only the run period only the start period only
start and run periods
unable to determine
As shown in the two-speed single winding three phase unable to determine unable to determine
whether the motor is a
motor connection diagrams illustrated in figures "B", "C", whether the motor is a whether the motor is a the motor is a constant
240029 1 variable torque or a EL-0118 B
and "D", what type of motor is shown in the motor constant torque or a constant torque or variable horsepower motor
constant horsepower
controller circuit illustrated in figure "A"? constant horsepower motor torque motor
motor

Crawford  Nautical  School 93 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the two-speed single winding three phase
motor connection diagrams illustrated in figure "B", what is
240029 2 series delta parallel delta series wye parallel wye EL-0118 A
the connection scheme associated with low speed
operation?
As shown in the two-speed single winding three phase
motor connection diagrams illustrated in figure "B", what is
240029 3 series delta parallel delta series wye parallel wye EL-0118 D
the connection scheme associated with high speed
operation?
As shown in the two-speed single winding three phase
motor connection diagrams illustrated in figure "C", what
240029 4 series delta parallel delta series wye parallel wye EL-0118 A
is the connection scheme associated with low speed
operation?
As shown in the two-speed single winding three phase
motor connection diagrams illustrated in figure "C", what
240029 5 series delta parallel delta series wye parallel wye EL-0118 D
is the connection scheme associated with high speed
operation?
If leads "4", "5", and "6"
Suppose it is desired to connect a dual voltage three If leads "7", "8", and "9" If leads "7", "8", and "9" If leads "4", "5", and "6"
have continuity across
phase squirrel cage induction motor for low volts, but it is have continuity across have continuity across have continuity across
each other, the motor is
undetermined whether the nine-lead motor is internally each other, the motor is each other, the motor is each other, the motor is
240030 1 "wye" configured. EL-0134 A
configured for wye or delta configuration. Using an "wye" configured. Without "delta" configured. Without "delta" configured. Without
Without continuity, the
ohmmeter, the motor itself with leads disconnected, and continuity, the motor is continuity, the motor is continuity, the motor must
motor must be "delta"
the illustration as a guide, what statement is true? "delta" configured. "wye" connected. be "wye" connected.
connected.
The feeler will vibrate in The feeler will vibrate in The feeler will vibrate in
The feeler will remain
synchronism with the 60 synchronism with the 60 synchronism with the 60
In using a portable growler for the purpose of locating a motionless with NO
Hz AC power source and Hz AC power source and Hz AC power source and
shorted stator coil in an AC motor as shown in the vibration or noise when
240031 1 produce a growling noise produce a growling noise produce a growling noise EL-0200 A
illustration, what statement is true as the feeler is moved the feeler is moved over
when the feeler is moved when the feeler is moved when the feeler is moved
from slot to slot around the stator? a slot containing a
over a slot containing a over a slot which does over a slot containing an
shorted coil.
shorted coil. NOT contain a shorted coil. open coil.
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, with a digital
T1 to T2: "1.8 ohms"; T2 to T1 to T2: "OL ohms"; T2 to T1 to T2: "OL ohms"; T2 T1 to T2: "OL ohms"; T2 to
multimeter set up as an ohmmeter, what set of readings
240032 1 T3: "OL ohms"; T3 to T1: T3: "1.8 ohms"; T3 to T1: to T3: "OL ohms"; T3 to T3: "1.8 ohms"; T3 to T1: EL-0201 C
would be consistent with an open in phase "C" of the
"OL ohms" "OL ohms" T1: "1.8 ohms" "1.8 ohms"
single circuit, wye-connected stator windings as shown?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, with a digital
T1 to T2: "3.6 ohms"; T2 to T1 to T2: "OL ohms"; T2 to T1 to T2: "1.8 ohms"; T2 T1 to T2: "1.8 ohms"; T2 to
multimeter set up as an ohmmeter, what set of readings
240032 2 T3: "1.8 ohms"; T3 to T1: T3: "1.8 ohms"; T3 to T1: to T3: "OL ohms"; T3 to T3: "3.6 ohms"; T3 to T1: EL-0201 A
would be consistent with an open in a phase of the single
"1.8 ohms" "1.8 ohms" T1: "1.8 ohms" "1.8 ohms"
circuit, delta-connected stator windings as shown?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, with a digital
multimeter set up as an ohmmeter, what set of readings 1 to 4: "0.9 ohms"; 2 to 5: 1 to 4: "OL ohms"; 2 to 5: 1 to 4: "1.8 ohms"; 2 to 5: 1 to 4: "OL ohms"; 2 to 5:
240032 3 would be consistent with an open in a phase of the single "1.8 ohms"; 3 to 6: "1.8 "1.8 ohms"; 3 to 6: "1.8 "1.8 ohms"; 3 to 6: "1.8 "3.6 ohms"; 3 to 6: "1.8 EL-0201 B
circuit, delta-connected stator windings separated out as ohms" ohms" ohms" ohms"
shown?
As shown in the illustrated diagnostic setup for locating a
shorted field coil of a ten-pole synchronous motor, if 240
240033 1 VAC 60-Hz is applied across the brushes, what would be 6 VAC 12 VAC 24 VAC 48 VAC EL-0202 C
the individual voltage drops measured across each field
coil assuming that none of the field coils are shorted?

Crawford  Nautical  School 94 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The voltage across the The voltage across the

collector ring and any point collector ring and any point
As shown in the illustrated diagnostic setup for locating an The voltage across the The voltage across the
before the open will be line before the open will be
open field coil of a ten-pole synchronous motor, if 240 collector ring and any collector ring and any point
240034 1 voltage and the voltage zero voltage and the EL-0203 B
VDC is applied across the brushes, what statement is true point before or after the before or after the open will
across the collector ring voltage across the collector
if one of the field coils is open-circuited? open will be line voltage. be zero voltage.
and any point after the ring and any point after the
open will be zero voltage. open will be line voltage.
According to the sample sheet of a typical "List of Motors
and Controls" as shown in the illustration, which of the Main engine piston cooling Main engine sea water Main fuel oil transfer
240035 1 Amidship mooring winch EL-0204 D
following motor applications features a motor enclosure water pump cooling pump pump
designed for dusty, wet, and hazardous locations?
According to the sample sheet of a typical "List of Motors
and Controls" as shown in the illustration, which of the Main engine piston cooling Main engine sea water Main fuel oil transfer
240035 2 Amidship mooring winch EL-0204 D
following motor applications features a means of keeping water pump cooling pump pump
the motor windings warm and dry when the motor is idle?
As shown in the illustrated diagnostic setup checking for a
reversed field pole on a ten-pole synchronous motor, if a
Either coil 3 or coil 4 has a Both coils 3 and coil 4 have An undetermined coil has All coils have the correct
240036 1 rotor is being checked after reassembly and the steel EL-0205 A
reversed polarity the correct polarity reversed polarity polarity
bolts repel each other as shown in the illustration, what
condition is indicated?
As shown in the illustrated diagnostic setup checking for a
reversed field pole on a ten-pole synchronous motor, if a
Either coil 3 or coil 4 has a Both coils 3 and coil 4 have An undetermined coil has All coils have the correct
240036 2 rotor is being checked after reassembly and the steel EL-0206 B
reversed polarity the correct polarity reversed polarity polarity
bolts attract each other as shown in the illustration, what
condition is indicated?
A digital multimeter is set up as shown in the illustration to
Phase A (associated with Phase A (associated with Phase A (associated with Phase A (associated with
evaluate the single- circuit stator windings of a squirrel T1) and Phase B T1) and Phase B T1) and Phase B T1) and Phase B
cage induction three-phase motor. The following readings (associated with T2) are (associated with T2) are (associated with T2) are (associated with T2) are
240037 1 EL-0219 D
are taken: From T1 to T2 reads 1.6 ohms. From T2 to T3 short- circuited. Phase C open- circuited. Phase C undamaged. Phase C undamaged. Phase C
reads "OL" ohms. From T3 to T1 as shown reads "OL" (associated with T3) is (associated with T3) is (associated with T3) is (associated with T3) is
ohms. What condition is indicated? undamaged. undamaged. short- circuited. open- circuited.
A digital multimeter is set up as shown in the illustration to
Phase A (associated with Phase A (associated with Phase A (associated with Phase A (associated with
evaluate the single- circuit stator windings of a squirrel T1) and Phase C T1) and Phase C T1) and Phase C T1) and Phase C
cage induction three-phase motor. The following readings (associated with T3) are (associated with T3) are (associated with T3) are (associated with T3) are
240037 2 EL-0219 B
are taken: From T1 to T2 reads "OL" ohms. From T2 to T3 undamaged. Phase B undamaged. Phase B short- circuited. Phase B open- circuited. Phase B
reads "OL" ohms. From T3 to T1 as shown reads "1.6" (associated with T2) is (associated with T2) is (associated with T2) is (associated with T2) is
ohms. What condition is indicated? short- circuited. open- circuited. undamaged. undamaged.
A digital multimeter is set up as shown in the illustration to
Phase A (across T1 and Phase A (across T1 and
Phase A (across T1 and Phase A (across T1 and
evaluate the single- circuit stator windings of a squirrel T2) and Phase B (across T2) and Phase B (across
T2), Phase B (across T2 T2), Phase B (across T2
cage induction three-phase motor. The following readings T2 and T3) are T2 and T3) are open-
240037 3 and T3), and Phase C and T3), and Phase C EL-0220 A
are taken: From T1 to T2 reads 0.8 ohms. From T2 to T3 undamaged. Phase C circuited. Phase C
(across T3 and T1) are (across T3 and T1) are
reads 0.8 ohms. From T3 to T1 as shown reads 1.6 ohms. (across T3 and T1) is open- (across T3 and T1) is
undamaged. open- circuited.
What condition is indicated? circuited. undamaged.
coating the contact
By what means is the burning of controller contacts due to
240704 1 surfaces lightly with magnetic blowout coils an overvoltage release an over current release B
arcing, when opening, prevented?
petroleum jelly

Crawford  Nautical  School 95 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When rolling over a DC main propulsion motor in local turn to the fast position
turn quickly to the mid
emergency mode or throttle bypass mode, what must be until the armature begins to turn a sufficient amount to turn quickly to the fast
240705 2 position to energize the B
done with the variable rheostat in terms of turning the rotate and then turned assure armature rotation position
field
handle? back to slow
It should be turned to a
When energizing a DC propulsion motor using "local It should be turned all the position which initializes It should be turned
It should be turned quickly
240705 3 override manual control", what statement best describes way to the full run position motor rotation and then quickly to the mid B
to the full run position.
how the variable rheostat should be turned? then quickly back to slow. turned back to the slow position.
position.
The source and load
The rotor follows the The silicon-controlled
converters respond to a
frequency and phase rectifiers in the power The cycloconverter is used
Which of the following statements is true concerning the small reference voltage
sequence rotation of converter are used to to increase the voltage
240707 1 operation of modern marine electric drive DC propulsion increasing the frequency B
voltage applied to the control the voltage and applied to the motor until it
motors? applied to the motor until
motor until it reaches the current applied to the reaches the desired speed.
it reaches the desired
desired speed. motor armature.
speed.
As shown in the illustrated electrically operated watertight
Compound wound DC Permanent magnet DC
240708 1 door controller, what type of motor is used to open and Shunt wound DC motor Series wound DC motor EL-0115 B
motor motor
close the watertight door?
reversing the direct
reversing the direct current reversing the direct current
current direction through
reversing the direct current direction through the motor direction through the motor
As shown in the illustrated electrically operated watertight the motor armature and
direction through the motor series field and maintaining armature and maintaining
240708 2 door controller, how is the rotation direction of the door maintaining the same EL-0115 C
series field and the motor the same direct current the same direct current
motor reversed? direct current direction
armature direction through the motor direction through the motor
through the motor series
armature. shunt field.
field
depressing the individual depressing the individual
As shown in the illustrated electrically operated watertight depressing the individual placing the reset- close
local closing switches for local closing switches for
door controller, by what action are all the watertight doors remote closing switches for master switch in the close
240708 3 each door sequentially at each door sequentially at EL-0115 D
automatically closed in an ordered sequence so as to not each door sequentially at position at the damage
the near side of the the far side of the
overload the emergency power supply? the damage control station control station
watertight doors watertight doors

the motor will automatically the motor will automatically

As shown in the illustrated electrically operated watertight the motor will automatically the motor is stopped by
stop when the close limit stop when the open limit
240708 4 door controller, by what action is the closing of the stop when the motor trips briefly pushing the open EL-0115 B
switch de-energizes the switch briefly energizes the
watertight door normally stopped when fully closed? out on overload pushbutton switch
close contactor coil open contactor coil
The motor is operating at
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, when the DC The motor is operating at The motor is operating at The motor is operating at
maximum armature
240709 1 motor in figure "A" is operating at base speed what are minimum armature voltage minimum armature voltage maximum armature voltage EL-0153 D
voltage and minimum
the armature and field characteristics? and minimum field current. and maximum field current. and maximum field current.
field current.
The motor is operating at
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, when the DC The motor is operating at The motor is operating at The motor is operating at
maximum armature
240709 2 motor in figure "A" is operating at minimum speed what minimum armature voltage minimum armature voltage maximum armature voltage EL-0153 B
voltage and minimum
are the armature and field characteristics? and minimum field current. and maximum field current. and maximum field current.
field current.
The motor is operating at
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, when the DC The motor is operating at The motor is operating at The motor is operating at
maximum armature
240709 3 motor in figure "A" is operating at maximum speed what minimum armature voltage minimum armature voltage maximum armature voltage EL-0153 C
voltage and minimum
are the armature and field characteristics? and minimum field current. and maximum field current. and maximum field current.
field current.

Crawford  Nautical  School 96 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, when the DC The motor torque is The motor torque and The motor horsepower is The motor torque and
motor in figure "A" is accelerating from minimum speed to constant and the motor motor horsepower both constant and the motor motor horsepower both
240709 4 EL-0153 A
base speed what are the motor's operational horsepower increases with increase with increasing torque increases with decrease with increasing
characteristics? increasing speed. speed. increasing speed. speed.
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, when the DC The motor torque is The motor torque and The motor horsepower is The motor torque and
motor in figure "A" is accelerating from base speed to constant and the motor motor horsepower both constant and the motor motor horsepower both
240709 5 EL-0153 C
maximum speed what are the motor's operational horsepower decreases with increase with increasing torque decreases with decrease with increasing
characteristics? increasing speed. speed. increasing speed. speed.
What operational characteristic does an across-the-line
240900 1 maximum torque at startup reduced starting power higher rated speed reduced voltage at startup A
starter provide?
An across-the-line starter is typically used for which of the Reduced-current starting of Low torque starting of Low resistance starting Full-voltage starting of
240900 2 D
following applications? large motors small motors of DC motors motors
What is the functional name of an electrical device which
240901 1 prevents simultaneous energization of loads thereby mechanical limit device monitoring device modulating device electrical interlock device D
preventing damage or injury?
the auxiliary contacts have the contactors and relays the resistor banks are there are separate
240902 1 Why are motor controllers seldom troubled with grounds? a high resistance are mounted on a non- composed of individual switches for the motor and B
connection conducting panel series- connected units the control
What is one function of the movable cams in a drum-type regulate the speed of the maintain resistance insulate the operating limit the amount of load put
240903 1 A
winch motor controller? motor contacts in clean condition handle on the motor
What is one function of the movable contacts in a drum- regulate the voltage maintain resistance insulate the operating limit the amount of load put
240903 2 A
type motor controller? applied to the motor contacts in clean condition handle on the motor
A motor controller contains three selector push buttons will not start until both the
will run continuously after will run until the 'jog' button will not stop unless the
240905 1 labeled 'start', 'jog', and 'stop'. What will happen to the 'jog' and 'start' buttons B
the 'jog' button is released is released 'stop' button is pushed
motor when the 'jog' button is depressed? are pushed
A relay is series connected Contactors contacts can Contactors are made from
Which of the following statements represents the main Contactors control current
240906 1 and a contactor is parallel handle heavier loads silver and relays are made C
difference between a relay and a contactor? and relays control voltage.
connected. than relay contacts. from copper.
Which of the motors for the devices listed below is fitted
240907 1 Fan Pump Winch Machine tool C
with an instantaneous overload relay?
open a circuit only in the remotely open and close provide over current relay voltages at increased
240908 1 What is the purpose of an electro- magnetic relay? B
event of overload contacts by action of a coil protection during starting power
provide transformer
An electro-magnetic relay is most commonly used for provide inductive power to remotely open and close provide capacitance to a
240908 2 secondary winding over B
what purpose? a circuit contacts by action of a coil circuit
current protection
allow the motor to restart
trip out the motor when the trip out the motor when the automatically on prevent the motor from
What functionality does a low-voltage protection circuit as
240909 3 motor over speeds due to motor develops a short restoration of voltage restarting automatically on D
used in electric motor starting equipment provide?
low voltage circuit due to low voltage without manually restoration of voltage
resetting
Low voltage release and low voltage protection both low voltage protection uses low voltage protection uses
low voltage protection uses low voltage protection
function to prevent motor damage due to low voltage normally open line a momentary-contact start
a magnetic operating coil, uses thermal-overload
240910 1 conditions. What is the main difference between a motor contacts, low voltage switch, low voltage release D
low voltage release does protection, low voltage
control circuit containing low voltage protection as release uses normally uses a maintained contact
not release does not
compared to low voltage release? closed line contacts start switch

Crawford  Nautical  School 97 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

incorporates low voltage incorporates low voltage

incorporates low voltage
protection because the has no low voltage protection because the
release because the motor
What operational characteristic is associated with the motor will stop when protection and the motor motor will stop when
will stop when voltage falls
240910 2 illustrated manual starter circuit for a motor shown in voltage falls below a may be damaged if the voltage falls below a EL-0023 B
below a certain value and
figure "A"? certain value and voltage drops below a certain value but must be
automatically start when
automatically start when certain level manually restarted when
normal voltage resumes
normal voltage resumes normal voltage resumes
low voltage release low voltage release low voltage release
features normally open line low voltage release features a maintained features a momentary
What is the main difference between a motor control
contacts, low voltage features thermal- overload contact start switch, low contact start switch, low
240910 3 circuit featuring low voltage protection and a motor control C
protection features protection, low voltage voltage protection voltage protection features
circuit featuring low voltage release?
normally closed line protection does not features a momentary a maintained contact start
contacts contact start switch switch
Which of the listed items will stop a motor due to a
Low voltage protection
240911 2 reduction in voltage and automatically restart it when the Non-renewable link fuse Renewable link fuse Low voltage release circuit D
circuit
voltage is restored to normal?
The controller uses a
The controller will require The controller will allow a
"Low Voltage Release" (LVR) protection used in some The controller will trip the phase sensitive relay to
manual resetting upon motor to automatically
240911 3 shipboard motor starters and other control equipment will circuit contactors when trip contacts in series D
restoration of normal restart upon restoration of
have which of the following characteristics? motor over-speed occurs. with the holding coil of
voltage. normal voltage.
the starter.
What is the name of the type of motor control circuit that
240912 1 will not permit automatic restarting after power is restored low voltage protection low voltage release overload lockout reduced voltage restart A
following a power failure?
prevent automatic restart
What is one purpose of a motor under voltage protection start the motor at a very trip the load off the motor protect personnel from low
240912 2 when power source voltage A
device? low voltage in case of fire voltage shocks
is restored
The symbol represents a
The symbol represents a
Which of the following statements concerning figure "6" of The symbol represents a switch using maintained The symbol represents an
240915 1 switch which functions EL-0026 B
the illustration is true? computer cable pin plug. contact with "either/or" overload relay.
with analog parameters.
logic.
Which of the illustrated schematic symbols represents the
240915 2 1 2 3 6 EL-0026 C
type of switch pictured in figure "F" of the illustration?
Which of the illustrated schematic symbols represents the
240915 3 4 5 6 7 EL-0026 A
type of switch pictured in figure "C" of the illustration?
a normally open a normally closed a normally open a normally closed
What does the schematic symbol shown in figure "1" of
240915 4 momentary contact momentary contact maintained contact maintained contact EL-0026 B
the illustration represent?
pushbutton switch pushbutton switch pushbutton switch pushbutton switch
a normally open a normally closed a normally open a normally closed
What does the schematic symbol shown in figure "2" of
240915 5 momentary contact momentary contact maintained contact maintained contact EL-0026 A
the illustration represent?
pushbutton switch pushbutton switch pushbutton switch pushbutton switch
The current at which a magnetic-type overload relay tends reduces magnetic pull on increases magnetic pull
reduces magnetic pull on increases magnetic pull on
to trip may be decreased by raising the plunger further the plunger and requires on the plunger and
241000 1 the plunger and requires the plunger and requires D
into the magnetic circuit of the relay. What effect does this more current to trip the requires more current to
less current to trip the relay less current to trip the relay
action have? relay trip the relay
The set point current at which a magnetic-type overload reduces magnetic force on increases magnetic force increases magnetic force
reduces magnetic force on
relay tends to trip may be increased by turning the the plunger and requires on the plunger and on the plunger and
241000 2 the plunger and requires A
dashpot in the 'lower' direction. What effect will this action more current to trip the requires more current to requires less current to trip
less current to trip the relay
have? relay trip the relay the relay

Crawford  Nautical  School 98 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The contact surfaces Delicate parts should be
Compressed air should be Magnetic brushes should
Which of the following statements is true concerning the should be greased to cleaned with a brush and
241001 1 used to blow out metallic be used to remove metallic D
cleaning of electrical contacts? increase contact an approved safety
dust. dust.
resistance. solvent.
Which of the following methods should be used to dress Burnishing with a Sanding with 0000 Knurling with a knurling
241002 2 Filing with a mill file C
the face of silver- plated contacts? burnishing tool sandpaper tool
Which of the following methods should be used to dress Grinding with grinding Sanding with 0000 Burnishing with a
241002 3 Filing with a mill file C
the face of silver- plated motor controller contacts? stone sandpaper burnishing tool
When black silver oxide
They should be filed with a
Which of the following statements concerning the When necessary, they is present, it should When necessary, they
fine-cut file when
241002 4 maintenance of solid- silver contacts in relays and should always be dressed always be removed from should be spray painted B
projections extend beyond
auxiliary control circuits is correct? with a wire wheel. the contact surface with with electrical shellac
the contact surface.
coarse sandpaper.
By what means should motor controller contacts be blowing with compressed wiping with a clean dry
241003 1 filing with a bastard file dressing with crocus cloth C
routinely cleaned? air cloth
Grease coatings on electrical contact surfaces increase 10% solution carbon
241003 2 contact resistance. How should grease accumulations be small wire brush compressed air jet clean dry cloth tetrachloride solvent and C
removed? water
High pressure compressed air should not be used to it may embed metallic the surrounding area may the air blast dries out a mask and respirator
241004 1 A
clean electric motors or controller equipment. Why not? particles into coil insulation need additional cleaning insulation quickly would be required
performing a visual
What item (or items) constitute routine AC motor controller blowing out with high cleaning with carbon cleaning with soap and
241005 1 inspection and tightening B
maintenance? pressure compressed air tetrachloride water
connections
keep the components at
prevent freezing of prevent condensation of minimize resistance in
241400 1 Why are electric strip heaters used in motor controllers? their design ambient C
movable contacts moisture internal circuits
temperature
Moisture damage, as a result of condensation occurring
installing a light bulb in the coating the switch box venting the switch box using strip heaters inside
241400 2 inside of the cargo winch master switches, can be D
pedestal stand internals with epoxy sealer regularly the switch box
reduced by the use of what installed equipment?
open the circuit breaker
Before working on an electric cargo winch master switch spray the gasket surface drain condensate from the heat the switch box to
241401 1 in the power supply and C
or controller, what should be done? with a solvent box remove any moisture
tag-out
Blowing a high velocity
Which of the following represents the accepted method of Using a vacuum cleaner Using carbon tetrachloride
Carefully using a soft stream of compressed air
241402 2 cleaning dust and foreign particles from electrical to remove debris from as a cleaning solvent to C
copper bristle brush. rapidly across the
equipment while limiting damage to electric components? the components. clean the components.
components.
What damage may occur to the components of a winch
Overheating of the winch Sparking at the winch Rapid corrosion of switch
241403 1 master control switch, if the cover gasket becomes Contamination of lube oil. D
motor. motor brushes. components.
deteriorated?
During its operation, loud buzzing and resultant welding of
overheating of the low voltage on the low insulation resistance lubrication of the contact
241500 1 contacts of a magnetic relay may occur. What which of B
contactor coil operating coil to ground bearing points
the following would be likely cause?
What can cause the pitting or welding of controller insufficient contact high ambient
241500 3 excessive spring pressure low ambient temperature B
contacts? pressure temperature
If the contacts of a motor starter or controller fail to drop
stop contacts are carrying stop contacts have become starter shading coil is
241501 1 out when the 'stop' button is depressed, what could be the starter shading coil is loose B
insufficient current welded together broken
cause?

Crawford  Nautical  School 99 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

If a magnetic controller relay fails to drop out when the coil
241501 2 voltage is removed from the relay, what is the probable excessive spring tension overvoltage excessive current welded contacts D
cause?
If many turns of an operating coil of an AC contactor
the coil temperature will the coil will probably burn the coil will continue to the coil will operate on
241502 1 become short circuited, in terms of the coil, what is the B
drop out immediately operate reduced current
likely result?
If many turns of an alternating current coil for a contactor it will have a higher it will probably burn out it will operate on reduced it will experience a
241502 3 B
become short circuited, what will happen to the coil? resistance value immediately current temperature will drop
If a magnetic controller contactor fails to pick up when the
misalignment of the
241503 1 coil voltage is applied to the contactor coil, what would overload low spring pressure an open contactor coil D
affected contactor contacts
likely be the cause?
If a magnetic controller contact fails to pick up when the
low applied voltage to the the residual magnetism
241503 2 operating coil is energized, what could be one possible low spring pressure dirty contact faces B
coil of the contact faces
cause?
What may cause magnetic controller contacts to become excessive ambient
241504 1 an open coil low contact pressure excessive magnetic gap B
welded together during operation? temperature
When troubleshooting a magnetic controller, it is found
excessive operation at low low voltage on the high voltage on the
241504 2 that the contacts are welded together. What is the most high ambient temperature C
load operating coil operating coil
probable cause?
What may cause magnetic controller contacts to become excessive ambient
241504 3 excessive magnetic gap low contact pressure an open coil B
welded together during operation? temperature
Motor controller or starter contacts may become pitted
open under loaded close slowly with light close quickly with
241504 4 and welded together under certain circumstances. What open too quickly and arc B
conditions pressure proportionate pressure
would be the primary cause?
Magnetic controller contacts may become welded
low voltage on operating
241504 5 together during operating conditions as a result of what high spring pressure high ambient temperature an open coil D
coil
condition?
Motor starter or controller contacts may become welded close under excessive close under excessive
241504 6 open too quickly and arc open or close too quickly D
together under what condition? pressure starting current
Excessive buzzing of AC contactors may be caused by
241505 2 burnt arc shields shorted armature coils a broken shading coil high voltage C
what condition?
A loud buzzing noise coming from the contacts in a
241505 3 excessive current excessive magnet gap bouncing of contacts dirt on magnet faces D
magnetic controller can be caused by what condition?
A loud buzzing noise at the contacts of a magnetic weak contact spring misalignment of the
241505 4 excessive line current mechanical binding B
controller could indicate what condition? pressure magnet faces
Humming or buzzing of electric contacts is a symptom of low voltage on the power failure to the
241505 5 a control circuit ground a control circuit overload A
what condition? operating coil operating coil
What is the probable cause of a loud buzzing noise in an poor contact with the
241505 6 an incorrectly sized heater a broken shading coil counter EMF C
AC controller? overload relay
a reading of 'zero' on a a higher-than-normal
When troubleshooting motor controllers, what is a shorted a resistance reading of charred insulation and/or a
241507 1 megger from one of the voltage reading across the B
relay or contactor coil often indicated by? 'infinity' on an ohmmeter blown control fuse
coil's leads to ground winding
When troubleshooting a motor controller, all indications
are that a relay coil should be energized. If there was no auxiliary contact in series
241507 2 coil is open control fuse is open relay armature is stuck A
magnetic pull, with rated voltage measured across the with the coil is defective
coil, what would be the most probable cause?

Crawford  Nautical  School 100 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if in

troubleshooting the control circuit using on-line techniques
the secondary winding of
with a voltmeter with the start button depressed and the the start button is open- the stop button is open-
241508 1 the control transformer is the fuse is blown EL-0123 C
following readings are taken, what is the problem? "X1" to circuited circuited
open- circuited
"X2" reads 115 VAC; "1" to "X2" reads 0 VAC; "2" to "X2"
reads 0 VAC; and "3" to "X2" reads 0 VAC

As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if in

troubleshooting the control circuit using on-line techniques
the secondary winding of
with a voltmeter with the start button depressed and the the start button is open- the stop button is open-
241508 2 the control transformer is the fuse is blown EL-0123 D
following readings are taken, what is the problem? "X1" to circuited circuited
open- circuited
"X2" reads 115 VAC; "1" to "X2" reads 115 VAC; "2" to
"X2" reads 0 VAC; and "3" to "X2" reads 0 VAC.

As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if in

troubleshooting the control circuit using on-line techniques
the secondary winding of
with a voltmeter with the start button depressed and the the start button is open- the stop button is open-
241508 3 the control transformer is the fuse is blown EL-0123 A
following readings are taken, what is the problem? "X1" to circuited circuited
open- circuited
"X2" reads 115 VAC; "1" to "X2" reads 115 VAC; "2" to
"X2" reads 115 VAC; and "3" to "X2" reads 0 VAC.

As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if in

troubleshooting the control circuit using on-line techniques
with a voltmeter with the start button depressed and the the start button is open- the overload relay contacts the main contactor coil is
241508 4 the fuse is blown EL-0123 D
following readings are taken, what is the problem? "1" to circuited are open open-circuited
"X2" reads 115 VAC; "2" to "X2" reads 115 VAC; "3" to
"X2" reads 115 VAC; and "X1" to "4" reads 115 VAC

As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if in

troubleshooting the control circuit using on-line techniques
with a voltmeter with the start button depressed and the the start button is open- the overload relay contacts the main contactor coil is
241508 5 the fuse is blown EL-0123 B
following readings are taken, what is the problem? "1" to circuited are open open-circuited
"X2" reads 115 VAC; "2" to "X2" reads 115 VAC; "3" to
"X2" reads 115 VAC; and "4" to "X2" reads 115 VAC
What can be the cause of excessive heat or burning loose connections or low high ambient
241900 1 burned out operating coil low motor starting torque B
contacts in an operating motor controller? contact pressure temperature
notify the electrician or feel the outside of the
If you hear a loud buzzing noise coming from a magnetic assume that the motor is assume that the controller
241901 1 watch engineer of the casing with your C
motor controller, what should you do? operating at a full load is operating normally
problem handtoseeifit is hot
As shown in the illustration, what mechanism will overload relay heaters and
disconnect switch fuses transformer primary transformer secondary
241902 1 disconnect the motor from the line in case of a sustained overload relay NC contacts EL-0080 B
FU1, FU2, and FU3 fuses FU4 and FU5 fuses FU6 and FU7
motor overload? (OL)
overload relay heaters and
Which device will stop the motor shown in the illustration disconnect switch fuses transformer primary transformer secondary
241902 2 overload relay NC contacts EL-0080 A
in case of a short- circuit (high current) motor fault? FU1, FU2, and FU3 fuses FU4 and FU5 fuses FU6 and FU7
(OL)
Which component will stop the motor shown in the overload relay heaters and
disconnect switch fuses transformer primary transformer secondary
241902 3 illustration in case of a short-circuit fault overload in the overload relay NC contacts EL-0080 B
FU1, FU2, and FU3 fuses FU4 and FU5 fuses FU6 and FU7
control circuit? (OL)

Crawford  Nautical  School 101 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

cabinet heaters always shock mounts on contactors and relays are
special insulation is used
241903 1 Why are motor controllers seldom troubled by grounds? keep internal components controller panels greatly mounted on non- D
on wire for vital circuits
dry reduce vibration conducting panels
The motor fails to start on an attempted startup. With the
attempt to reset the
start button depressed, a voltmeter reading between 1 test the stop button for test the contactor coil "M"
insure that the disconnect overload relay and
241904 1 and 5, as illustrated in figure "A", indicates line voltage continuity and replace if for continuity and replace if EL-0007 C
switch (DS) is closed determine the cause of
available to the control circuit, what should be your next necessary necessary
the overload if applicable
step in the troubleshooting process?
The motor starts when the start button in the illustration is a corroded contact on
an open in the stop button an open auxiliary "M"
241905 1 pushed, but stops when the button is released. What is an open "M" contactor coil the disconnect switch EL-0007 D
contact contact
most likely the trouble? (DS) at 'L3'
If the motor of the illustrated circuit fails to start and gives
an open overload "OL" the disconnect switch "DS" an open overload "OL" an open main contactor
241906 1 a loud hum when the start button is pushed, what is most EL-0007 A
heater is open relay contact "M" coil
likely the problem?
disassemble the motor to hold the "M" contactor
The illustrated motor fails to start and gives a loud hum
fix the centrifugal switch so push the stop button to reset the thermal closed by hand while
241906 2 when the start button is depressed, what should then be EL-0007 B
the start windings will be deenergize the "M" coil overload wearing electrical safety
your first action?
energized gloves to get motor started
In the illustrated motor controller, the motor fails to start. A
an open stop switch
voltmeter reading between 1 and 5 reads line voltage, an open main contactor an open start switch an overload "OL" relay
241907 1 contact (when not pushed EL-0007 B
while the voltmeter reading between 2 and 5 reads 0 VAC. "M" coil contact (when pushed in) contact
in)
What is most likely the problem?
There is no motor "run"
Concerning the illustrated motor controller circuit, where is At the remote control
241908 1 At the local control station. At the motor. light. It is, instead, a motor EL-0004 B
the location of the motor "run" indicator light? station.
"stopped" light.
The local stop switch and
The local and remote start The local and remote stop
Concerning the illustrated motor controller circuit, which The motor status light is the overload relay reset
241908 2 button switches are wired button switches are wired EL-0004 D
statement is true? a motor "stopped" light.. mechanism utilize the
in series with one another. in parallel with one another.
same button.
It is indicated at the It is indicated by the
What statement is true concerning a ground in a 450 VAC It cannot be detected under It is of no consequence to
242000 1 branch circuit breaker ground detecting lamps on D
electrical circuit outside the engine room? normal conditions. engineering personnel.
panel. the main switchboard.
AC generator circuits are protected against malfunctions
242001 4 due to prime mover power loss. Specifically what device main bus disconnect links a separate battery backup reverse current relays reverse power relays D
or devices provide this protection?
DC generator circuits are protected against malfunctions
242001 5 due to prime mover power loss by the use of what device main bus disconnect links a separate battery backup reverse current relays reverse power relays C
(or devices)?
the movement of the disk is the power flow is the the power flow is the
The timer element of a reverse power relay cannot be one generator is fully
242002 1 damped by a permanent same as the tripping opposite to the tripping C
energized unless what condition is met? motorized
magnet direction direction
the power flow is the the movement of the disk the load difference
When will the timer element of a reverse power relay the power flow is the same
242002 3 opposite to the tripping is damped by a between generators is A
activate the relay? as the tripping direction
direction permanent magnet more than 10 percent.
one bus bar from the the generator circuit different bus phases from positive and negative
242003 2 What is a bus disconnect link used to isolate? B
ground detection system breaker from the bus the equalizer connection buses from the neutral

Crawford  Nautical  School 102 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Capacitors can be used in electric distribution systems to
improve power factor. This is accomplished by seesawing
242004 1 generator inductive loads resistive loads capacitive loads B
energy between the capacitor and what device or
devices?
Accidental contact between Double ground faults on Ground detection Accidental contact between
Which of the following represents a characteristic of an
242005 1 one line and ground does different phases will not systems are one line and ground will A
ungrounded electrical distribution system?
not cause an outage. cause an outage. unnecessary. always cause an outage.
Ammeters and voltmeters used in sinusoidal AC power
242008 1 systems indicate which of the following values of the Peak value Root-mean-square value Average value Maximum value B
waveforms measured?
242010 1 How is a wattmeter electrically connected in a circuit? In series In parallel In series-parallel Inductively C
the power being consumed voltage existing between
242010 2 What is a wattmeter used to measure and indicate? partial circuit resistance current flowing in a circuit A
by electrical equipment two points in a circuit
The true power indicated by the pointer movement of a
wattmeter depends on the current flow through the load, inertia of the movable high resistance from the
242011 1 power factor of the load angle of coil displacement A
the magnitude of the voltage across the load, and what coil load
other factor?
The true power indicated by a wattmeter depends on the
inertia of the movable high resistance from the
242011 2 current flow through the load, the magnitude of the power factor of the load angle of coil displacement A
coil load
voltage across the load, and what other factor?
increasing the number of
How are the line losses in a distribution circuit kept to a adding rubber insulation using higher current and using higher voltage and
242012 1 thermal relays in the D
minimum? conductors to the circuit lower voltage lower current
circuit
a switchboard with a switchboard without
a switchboard without a switchboard without
242013 1 What is meant by a 'dead front' switchboard? insulated switches and no safety hand rails nor rubber B
switches on it circuit breakers
exposed terminals mats
What is the name of the part of the shipboard electrical
242014 1 system used to control the distribution of power to the bridge control panel disconnect links governor relay box main switchboard D
branch circuits?
In comparison to a main switchboard for a DC electrical Frequency meter, power
distribution system, a main switchboard for an AC factor or reactive power Voltage regulator and
Reverse power or current Generator and load center
242015 1 electrical distribution system requires the use of which of meters, and prime mover governor C
relays circuit breakers
the following devices, whereas a DC main switchboard synchronizing lamps or speed controls
does not? synchroscope
A main switchboard for an AC electrical distribution
system is different from a main switchboard for a DC
242015 2 Frequency meter Ammeter Voltmeter Kilowatt meter A
distribution system in that it will be provided with which of
the following meters?
volts, amps, and
242100 1 How are fuses usually rated? watts amps only volts and amps only D
interrupting capacity
voltage, amperage, and
242100 2 How are fuses rated? voltage and amperage only amperage only interrupting capacity only D
interrupting capacity
242101 1 How would a circuit with a blown fuse be described? a short circuit an open circuit a bonded circuit a grounded circuit B
Due to the operating characteristics of the system, time
emergency lighting
242102 1 lag fuses (or dual- element fuses) are necessary for use main lighting circuits motor starting circuit general alarm circuits B
circuits
in what types of circuits?

Crawford  Nautical  School 103 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

For what purpose are time delayed or delayed action-type prevent grounds in branch prevent opens in motor permit momentary guard lighting and
242102 3 C
fuses used? circuits circuits overloads without melting electronic circuits
A delayed-action fuse is most frequently used in which of Large induction motor
242102 4 Ships main lighting circuits Battery charging circuits Navigation light circuits B
the listed circuits? circuits
Compared to the fuse being replaced, what should be the higher current and voltage higher current and lower lower current and higher
the recommended current
242103 1 characteristic of the replacement fuse for a fuse that rating than the fuse being voltage rating than the voltage rating than the fuse A
and voltage rating
blows often? replaced fuse being replaced being replaced
Fuses of 10 ampere rating
Use needle-nose pliers to Replace blown fuse with
Which of the following precautions should be taken when Short out the fuse before and less are virtually
242103 2 remove fuse from the one of equal voltage and C
a blown fuse, rated at 10 amperes, is replaced? removing it from the circuit. harmless when energized
circuit. ampere capacity.
and may be handled freely.
opens as soon as the load allows a preset delay opens a circuit by using a
What is the characteristic that is associated with an resets itself when the over
242104 1 current exceeds its set between over current and time delay element with a A
"instantaneous-trip" single-element type fuse? current is corrected
point melting magnetic trip
In a single element cartridge-type fuse, what type of sustained overload sustained overload short-circuit protection
short-circuit protection
242105 1 protection is provided for lighting and general power protection using a fusible protection using a spring using a spring loaded C
using a fusible link
applications? link loaded soldered joint soldered joint
Fuses are sometimes placed in series with a thermal trip-
short duration surge sustained overload
242106 1 type circuit breaker. What is the purpose of a fuse used in time-delay protection short-circuit protection B
protection protection
this arrangement?
short-circuit protection
short-circuit protection
using a spring loaded
sustained overload using a fusible link AND
In a dual element time-delay cartridge- type fuse, what short-circuit protection soldered joint AND
242107 3 protection using a spring sustained overload D
type of protection is provided for motor applications? using a fusible link only sustained overload
loaded soldered joint only protection using a spring
protection using a fusible
loaded soldered joint
link
A thermal-magnetic circuit breaker for a 300 KW alternator Sustained current draw of Momentary current draw
Sustained current draw of Instantaneous current draw
242200 1 is rated at 500 amperes at full continuous load. Which of 500 amperes for 10 of 1000 amperes for 3 D
450 amperes for 2 hours. of 5,000 amperes.
the following conditions will trip the breaker? minutes. seconds.
By what means does a molded-case breaker provide use of a magnetic trip
242203 1 use of a shading coil use of an arc quencher use of a thermal trip unit C
protection against short circuits? unit
By what means does a molded-case circuit breaker
242203 2 use of a magnetic trip unit use of a shading coil use of an arc quencher use of a bimetallic strip A
provides protection against short circuits?
By what means is protection against sustained overloads
242205 2 an overvoltage release a thermal trip unit a reverse current relay a magnetic trip unit B
occurring in molded-case circuit breakers provided?
after a short or overload
after a short or overload after a short or overload
condition, both have to
What is the basic similarity between a circuit breaker and condition, both must be condition, both should A circuit breaker and a fuse
242206 1 be replaced before the B
a fuse? reset to re-energize the open to de-energize the have no similarities
circuit can be re-
circuit circuit
energized
a circuit breaker is a circuit breaker gives no
a circuit breaker trips to
a circuit breaker melts and enclosed in a tube of visual indication of
break the circuit and may
242206 2 How does a circuit breaker differ from a fuse? must be replaced, a fuse insulating material with having opened the D
be reset, a fuse may not be
does neither metal ferrules at each end, circuit, a fuse universally
reset
a fuse is not does

Crawford  Nautical  School 104 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The thermal element must
The breaker cannot be
How will a molded-case circuit breaker with a thermal trip The breaker handle will be replaced after an
reset to the ON position The breaker handle will
242207 2 unit react immediately after it has tripped, as a result of an lock in the TRIPPED overload trip has occurred A
until the thermal element lock in the OFF position.
overloaded motor circuit? position. before it can be restored
cools down.
into service.
When the operating handle of a molded- case circuit the circuit breaker is the circuit breaker is the circuit breaker has the circuit breaker has
242208 1 D
breaker is in the mid- position, what does this indicate? switched on switched off been reset tripped
When the operating handle of a molded- case circuit
242208 2 breaker is in the mid- position, what is the indication for in the 'closed' position in the 'opened' position in the 'tripped' position in the 'reset' position C
the position of the circuit breaker?
looking for heat
examining the position of checking to see if the using thermal imagery of
242208 3 How can you determine if a circuit breaker has tripped? discoloration at the circuit A
the circuit breaker handle circuit breaker is warm the circuit breaker
breaker
by examining the position by looking for heat
by checking to see if the by looking for the tripped
242208 4 How can you determine if a circuit breaker is tripped? of the circuit breaker discoloration of the circuit A
circuit breaker is warm circuit breaker light
handle breaker
When the operating handle of a molded case circuit
it is in the 'tripped'
242208 5 breaker is in the mid- position, what is the indication of the it is in the 'opened' position it is in the 'closed' position it is in the 'reset' position C
position
circuit breaker position?
an inverse timed thermal
The arc resulting from the tripping of a circuit breaker is designing the contacts to directing the arc into an arc instantaneous magnetic
242209 1 trip for short circuit B
prevented from damaging the contacts. How is this done? open slowly chute trip for overload currents
currents
trip out the breaker if the trip out the generator when
trip out generators in the trip out generators when
Under voltage trips are frequently installed on switchboard generator over speeds there is insufficient voltage
242210 2 event of severe arcing or there is reversal of power D
circuit breakers for what reason? by 5%, but continues to being delivered to
sparking in the main circuit
run distribution circuits
prevent excessive
protect against reversal of current from developing
prevent severe arcing or prevent the motor from
What is the purpose of having low voltage protection for power in the main circuit as it is attempting to
242210 3 sparking under low voltage over speeding under low C
an electric motor circuit? under low voltage deliver its required
conditions voltage conditions
conditions horsepower under low
voltage conditions
By what means can electrical circuits be protected against
overheating?

242211 1 I. Current limiting devices such as circuit breakers and I only II only Both I and/or II Neither I nor II A
fuses

II. Thermal protectors or overload relays

How can a motor be protected from overheating due to
242211 2 thermal circuit breaker single element fuse quick-acting fuse magnetic circuit breaker A
sustained motor overload?
using undersized
How are electric circuits protected against overloads and safety disconnect switches circuit breakers and/or
242211 3 bus links conductors in terms of C
short circuits? (knife type) fuses
ampacity
As shown in figures "E" and "F" of the pictured high
voltage rack mounted circuit breaker, what figure
242212 1 A B C D EL-0167 C
represents the circuit breaker position when in the open or
tripped position?

Crawford  Nautical  School 105 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figures "E" and "F" of the pictured high
voltage rack mounted circuit breaker, what figure
242212 2 A B C D EL-0167 B
represents the circuit breaker position when in the test
position for testing the various shunt trips?
Which of the following is a pictured control transformer,
242220 1 usually used to step down line voltage for supplying A B C D EL-0177 B
reduced voltage control circuits?
Which of the following is a pictured three phase power
242220 2 transformer, usually used to step down line voltage for A B C D EL-0177 D
supplying reduced voltage lighting circuits?
Which of the following is a pictured current transformer,
242220 3 usually used for current measuring instrumentation and A B C D EL-0177 C
over current protection circuits?
When a low input voltage is delivered to a transformer
242400 1 which then produces a high output voltage, what is the primary transformer secondary transformer step-down transformer step-up transformer D
proper name for the transformer type?
The kVA consumed by
The current drawn by the The voltage supplied to the The voltage supplied to the
the primary side is
Which of the following statements is true concerning step- primary side is greater than primary side is lower than primary side is greater than
242401 1 greater than the kVA D
down transformer operation? the current delivered from the voltage produced by the voltage produced by
produced by the
the secondary side. the secondary side. the secondary side.
secondary side.
242402 1 How are power transformers rated? kilowatts-amps ampere-turns kilowatt-volts kilovolt amperes D
the primary winding will
Relative to the number of turns of a secondary winding of the primary winding will the primary winding will have the same number the primary winding will
242403 1 a step-up transformer, what will be the number of turns of have more turns than the have fewer turns than the of turns but smaller wires have twice as many turns B
a primary winding? secondary winding secondary winding than the secondary as the secondary winding
winding
What are the operating characteristics of a step-down reduced voltage and reduced voltage and reduced current and
242404 1 reduced power (kVA) B
potential transformer in terms of the secondary load? reduced current increased current increased voltage
Secondary voltage and Secondary voltage and Secondary voltage is Secondary voltage is
Which of the following statements is true concerning a
242404 2 current will both be current will both be decreased and current is increased and current is C
step-down transformer in an operating AC power circuit?
increased. decreased. increased. decreased.
What will happen to the primary winding when the load There will be a decrease in There will be an increase in There will be a decrease There will be an increase in
242405 2 D
increases on the secondary windings of a transformer? the primary voltage. the primary voltage. in the primary current. the primary current.
When a transformer is used to step down voltage, what The low voltage winding is The low voltage winding is The low voltage winding The low voltage winding is
242406 1 D
statement is true? part of the core. the primary coil. is not insulated. the secondary coil.
The secondary windings The secondary windings
Which of the following statements describes the difference The secondary windings The secondary windings
have twice as much can only provide half as
242407 2 between the primary windings and the secondary use smaller wires than the have half as many turns as D
resistance as the primary much current as the
windings of a 2:1 step-down voltage transformer? primary windings. the primary windings.
windings. primary windings.
the line current is equal
the line current is equal to
In a three-phase, wye-wye connected transformer, what is the line current is equal to the line current is three
242408 1 to the sum of any two the difference of any two A
the relationship between line current and phase current? the phase current times the phase current
phase currents phase currents
provide different voltage
increase power output to decrease power output to
What is the primary purpose associated with the use of change line frequency values to operate various
242410 1 modulating frequency modulating frequency D
transformers onboard ships with AC generators? value types of electrical
controllers controllers
equipment.
Which of the listed transformers uses a single winding to
242411 1 Step-up transformers Step-down transformers Autotransformers Isolation transformers C
produce voltage transformation?

Crawford  Nautical  School 106 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The load is receiving one The load is receiving one The load is receiving two The load is receiving two
An autotransformer is equipped with a 50% tap, a 65%
half of line voltage and half of line voltage and times line voltage and times line voltage and
242412 1 tap, and an 80% tap. Which of the following statements is A
drawing one half of line drawing two times line drawing one half of line drawing two times line
true concerning a load connected to the 50% tap?
current. current. current. current.
What is the basic principle of operation by which a
242413 1 self impedance attraction and repulsion mutual induction increasing power C
transformer works?
What is the basic operating principle of a transformer in
242413 2 mutual inductance self-inductance eddy currents hysteresis A
terms of producing a voltage?
If the primary winding of a voltage transformer is
connected to a steady DC source, self-inductance and
242414 1 contacts primary coil secondary coil core B
mutual inductance is not possible. As a result, what part of
the transformer will result in current overload?
to reduce flux leakage
242415 1 Why are transformer cores laminated? to reduce eddy currents to reduce secondary flux to reduce hysteresis A
flux
by using special silicon
242415 2 How can hysteresis losses in transformers be reduced? by laminating the core by using higher voltages by using heavy gage wire B
steel materials
increase or decrease
What is the purpose of a potential transformer in an generate its own electrical transform electrical energy convert AC current to DC
242416 1 circuit voltage as C
electric circuit? power into mechanical energy current
required
What is the function of the autotransformers used with provide increased voltage provide increased torque provide reduced voltage
242417 1 provide speed control C
autotransformer starters used on some large AC motors? for starting for starting for starting
The transformer diagram shown in figure "B" of the step down transformer with Scott-connected
242418 1 open delta transformer autotransformer EL-0082 A
illustration represents what type of transformer? dual voltage secondary transformer
Which of the schematic symbols shown in the illustration
242418 2 1 3 4 6 EL-0059 B
represents a normally closed float level switch?
Which of the schematic symbols shown in the illustration
242418 3 2 3 4 7 EL-0059 C
represents a normally open float level switch?
Which of the schematic symbols shown in the illustration
242418 4 represents the device shown in figure "F" of the 1 3 6 8 EL-0059 B
illustration?
The transformer diagram shown in figure "C" of the tapped step down Scott-connected
242418 6 open delta transformer autotransformer EL-0082 A
illustration represents what type of transformer? transformer transformer
What is the device shown in figure "B" of the illustration power factor correction
242419 1 noise filtering choke auto-transformer fluorescent light ballast EL-0083 B
between the source circuit breaker and the load? inductor
What is the purpose for the device shown in figure "B" of it functions to step down it functions to step up it functions as a ground
242419 2 it functions as a filter EL-0083 A
the illustration in terms of its relationship with the load? voltage voltage isolator
two sets of normally open two sets of normally closed two sets of normally two sets of normally closed
As shown in the illustration, what are the characteristics of contacts which close when contacts which close when open contacts which contacts which open when
242500 1 EL-0058 D
the trouble relay contacts? the trouble relay coil is the trouble relay coil is open when the trouble the trouble relay coil is
energized energized relay coil is energized energized
Besides the fluorescent lamp itself and possibly a starter,
242501 1 which of the following components is included in a Magnetron Laser Ballast (choke coil) Magnetic resonator C
fluorescent lighting fixture?
What type of circuit is represented by the diagram shown dual speed, 2- winding navigation running light uninterruptible power common fluorescent
242502 1 EL-0058 B
in the illustration? motor controller circuit circuit supply circuit lighting circuit
As shown in the illustration, what happens when the main the trouble buzzer
feed switch is closed, the change-over switch for the the trouble relay coil the masthead trouble lamp sounds and the the masthead circuit fuses
242503 1 EL-0058 C
masthead light is in position "2" and the masthead light "2" energizes goes out masthead trouble lamp blow
burns out? illuminates

Crawford  Nautical  School 107 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustration, what event would give the
trouble relay normally trouble buzzer coil open stern light trouble lamp
242503 2 same indication that would occur when a stern light circuit stern light "2" burns out EL-0058 A
closed contacts open circuits burns out
fuse blows open?
Which of the listed types of lighting fixtures does the Low pressure mercury High pressure mercury
242504 1 High pressure sodium Low voltage quartz EL-0081 C
diagram shown in figure "A" of the illustration represent? fluorescent fluorescent
absorb visible ultraviolet absorb visible ultraviolet absorb invisible absorb invisible ultraviolet
What is the purpose of the inner phosphor coating of the
242505 1 light and emit visible white light and emit invisible ultraviolet light and emit light and emit invisible EL-0081 C
fluorescent tube as shown in figure "A" of the illustration?
light white light visible white light white light
initially heat the
regulate the current drawn fluorescent tube to rapidly strike the arc to
What is the functional purpose component "5" as shown in by the fluorescent tube provide power factor filaments at startup and fire the tube nearly
242505 2 EL-0081 C
figure "B" of the illustration? once the arc has been correction cause the ballast to strike instantly after the lighting
stricken the arc to fire the tube fixture switch is closed
after warm-up
provide power factor
provide the surge in provide the initial
correction for the lighting
What is the functional purpose of component "3" of the voltage to strike the arc provide radio conditions for heating of
242505 3 fixture to compensate for EL-0081 B
circuit shown in figure "B" of the illustration? within the fluorescent tube interference suppression the fluorescent tube
the inductive effect of the
and regulate tube current filaments
ballast
What is represented by the two parallel lines within
242506 1 components "3" and "5" of the circuit shown in figure "C" A ground connection An iron core Ventilation openings A mounting base EL-0081 B
of the illustration?
What is the purpose of the capacitor within component "5" prolong the life of the discharge the neon within counteract the inductive store power to operate the
242506 3 EL-0081 A
of the circuit shown in figure "B" of the illustration? component's contacts the envelope reactance in the circuit circuit should "D" open
Incandescent lamps are classified according to the shape
operating frequency and operating voltage and
242507 1 of the bulb and the type of service, as well as the size and operating resistance operating reactance C
impedance wattage
style of the base. How are incandescent lamps rated?
A shown in the illustration, which of the lighting fixtures
242508 2 A B C D EL-0122 B
represents an incandescent bulb?
A shown in the illustration, which lighting fixture
242508 3 A B C D EL-0122 C
represents a low pressure sodium lamp?
A shown in the illustration, which lighting fixture
242508 4 A B C D EL-0122 D
represents a high pressure sodium lamp?
As shown in the illustration, figure "A" represents what
242508 5 incandescent high pressure mercury low pressure sodium high pressure sodium EL-0122 A
type of lighting fixture?
As shown in the illustration, figure "B" represents what
242508 6 incandescent high pressure mercury low pressure sodium high pressure sodium EL-0122 B
type of lighting fixture?
A shown in the illustration, figure "C" represents what type
242508 7 incandescent high pressure mercury low pressure sodium high pressure sodium EL-0122 C
of lighting fixture?
A shown in the illustration, figure "D" represents what type
242508 8 incandescent high pressure mercury low pressure sodium high pressure sodium EL-0122 D
of lighting fixture?
a watertight stuffing tube
cables should be grounded
When electrical cables penetrate watertight bulkheads, cables must be bent to a capable of accepting cables should be secured
242600 1 on either side of the C
what must be provided for? radius of six diameters packing should be by a clamp
bulkhead
employed
All electric cables passing through watertight bulkheads installed with watertight grounded on both sides of fitted with unions on each welded on both sides of the
242600 2 A
must be configured in what manner? stuffing tubes the bulkhead side of the bulkhead bulkhead

Crawford  Nautical  School 108 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Where they pass through Electrical cables must be Electrical cables must be
Which of the following statements concerning electrical watertight bulkheads, they Electric cable coverings rigidly held in place by glued in place where
242600 3 A
cables is correct? should be fitted with should never be grounded. welding of armored nonmetallic insulation is
watertight stuffing boxes. cable. used.
What is a common type of protective covering used on
242601 1 plain paper rubber or plastic silver sheathing Babbitt sheathing B
electrical conductors?
has high resistance at low has a highly polished is able to pass current holds insulation together
242602 1 Why is copper often used as an electrical conductor? C
temperatures surface with little opposition well
stranded wire increases stranded wire increases
stranded wire decreases stranded wire assures
What is the reason that some electric cables are formed the current carrying their flexibility over solid
242603 1 the weight for a given good conductivity at B
of stranded wire? capability for a given size wire and reduces skin
size wire junction points
wire effect losses
obtain the flexibility
reduce the number of reduce the resistance to
Why are large cable sizes often formed as individual required for easy handling reduce the overall weight
242604 1 supports needed for a current flow for a given A
conductors comprised of several smaller strands? and reduces skin effect of the wire run
horizontal overhead run wire size
losses
Which of the following characteristics is most critical in
242605 1 determining the wire gauge size of the cable to be used in voltage rating weight per unit length current rating inductance per unit length C
a particular circuit?
Upon failure of the normal power supply, how is the
automatic bus transfer
242606 1 emergency generator placed on the line to feed power to main bus tie feeder line connection feeder power failure alarm bus B
device
the emergency bus?
Which of the listed sections of an emergency switchboard
The generator and bus The 450 volt, 60 cycle, 3 The 120 volt, 60 cycle, 3
242607 1 is used to supply power for alarm signals under The 24 volt DC bus D
transfer section phase bus phase bus
emergency conditions?
The 24 volt DC bus on the emergency switchboard is general alarm and vital steering gear power unit propulsion engine lube oil
242607 2 main lighting system A
used to supply power to what system or equipment? communication systems motors pump motors
It will automatically start
It must be manually started
It will automatically start It will automatically start but the automatic bus
but once running will
and automatically supply and automatically supply transfer device must be
In the illustrated one line diagram, if the ship's service automatically supply power
power to the 450 VAC power to the 450 VAC manually shifted to
242609 1 generator on line fails, what statement is true concerning to the 450 VAC section of EL-0014 B
section of the main bus section of the emergency 'Emergency Power' to
the operation of the emergency diesel generator? the emergency bus through
through the automatic bus bus through the automatic supply the 450 VAC
the automatic bus transfer
transfer device. bus transfer device. section of the emergency
device.
bus.
The common equipment
The common equipment The common equipment The common equipment
grounding conductor is
grounding conductor is grounding conductor is grounding conductor is
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, with respect to insulated from the source
solidly- grounded at the solidly- grounded at the insulated from the source
242610 1 the common equipment grounding conductor, what and this is the most EL-0125 C
source and this is the most source and this is the least and this is the least
statement is true? common arrangement
common arrangement common arrangement common arrangement
onboard merchant
onboard merchant vessels. onboard merchant vessels. onboard merchant vessels.
vessels.
The common equipment
The common equipment The common equipment The common equipment
grounding conductor is
grounding conductor is grounding conductor is grounding conductor is
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, with respect to insulated from the source
solidly- grounded at the solidly- grounded at the insulated from the source
242610 2 the common equipment grounding conductor, what and this is the most EL-0125 B
source and this is the most source and this is the least and this is the least
statement is true? common arrangement
common arrangement common arrangement common arrangement
onboard merchant
onboard merchant vessels. onboard merchant vessels. onboard merchant vessels.
vessels.

Crawford  Nautical  School 109 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustration, which of the following pieces
S.W. Cooling Circ. Pump Cargo Oil Transfer Pump Lube Oil Service Pump
242611 1 of equipment is supplied with a circuit breaker providing Sewage Treatment Plant EL-0165 D
No. 1 No. 1 No. 1
both overload and short-circuit protection?
As shown in the illustration, which of the following pieces
S.W. Cooling Circ. Pump Cargo Oil Transfer Pump Lube Oil Service Pump
242611 2 of equipment is provided with a remote pushbutton Sewage Treatment Plant EL-0165 B
No. 1 No. 1 No. 1
station?
As shown in the illustration, which of the following pieces
S.W. Cooling Circ. Pump Cargo Oil Transfer Pump Lube Oil Service Pump
242611 3 of equipment is most likely provided with an Sewage Treatment Plant EL-0165 B
No. 1 No. 1 No. 1
autotransformer starter?
As shown in the illustration, which of the following pieces
S.W. Cooling Circ. Pump Cargo Oil Transfer Pump Lube Oil Service Pump
242611 4 of equipment is powered from circuit #3 of group control Sewage Treatment Plant EL-0165 C
No. 1 No. 1 No. 1
center No. 1 panel 404?
As shown in the illustration, which of the following pieces
of equipment is fed with the three conductor cable with the S.W. Cooling Circ. Pump Cargo Oil Transfer Pump Lube Oil Service Pump
242611 5 Sewage Treatment Plant EL-0165 D
individual conductors having the smallest cross-sectional No. 1 No. 1 No. 1
area?
On a loss of normal
On a loss of normal ship's On a loss of normal ship's On a loss of normal ship's
ship's power, the final
power, the final emergency power, the temporary power, the temporary
emergency loads power
loads power source is emergency loads power emergency loads power
As shown in the illustrated one-line diagram of a two- source is battery (from
battery (from AC/DC UPS source is battery (from source is battery (from
242612 1 tiered emergency power system for a passenger ship, AC/DC UPS "B"), EL-0166 D
"A"), whereas the AC/DC UPS "A"), whereas AC/DC UPS "B"), whereas
what statement is true? whereas the temporary
temporary emergency the final emergency loads the final emergency loads
emergency loads power
loads power source is the power source is the power source is the
source is the emergency
emergency generator. emergency generator. emergency generator.
generator.
On a restoration of normal On a restoration of
On a restoration of normal
ship's power, the final normal ship's power, the
ship's power, the temporary
emergency loads power On a restoration of normal final emergency loads
emergency loads power
As shown in the illustrated one-line diagram of a two- source is from the main ship's power, the final and power source is battery
source is battery (from
242612 2 tiered emergency power system for a passenger ship, switchboard, whereas the temporary emergency (from AC/DC UPS "B"), EL-0166 B
AC/DC UPS "A"), whereas
what statement is true? temporary emergency loads power source is from whereas the temporary
the final emergency loads
loads power source is the main switchboard. emergency loads power
power source is from the
battery (from AC/DC UPS source is from the main
main switchboard.
"B"). switchboard.
Which of the illustrated safety disconnect switches
242613 1 A and B B and D C and D A and D EL-0176 B
represents a double throw switch?
In order to safely carry out repairs to a generator circuit
opening the reverse power opening the bus disconnect opening the generator opening the reverse
242800 1 breaker, it must be isolated from the bus. How is this B
relay links bus fuse connections current relay
accomplished?
What is the proper technique for removing a tubular fuse use of an insulated use of a pair of insulated use of any insulated use of insulated fuse
242900 1 D
from a fuse holder? screwdriver metal pliers object pullers
When changing fuses, what safety precaution should be
242900 2 wear rubber boots use a fuse puller stand on a rubber mat wear safety glasses B
taken?
the fuse clips are to increase the fuse rating
to stand on a rubber mat to use insulated pliers or
242901 1 When replacing fuses, what practice should be observed? straight, tight, and in 10% to guard against C
and use rubber gloves screwdriver
good contact 'nuisance blowing'
to insure they can trip to insure they will continue to insure they do not to insure they will be able
Why is it necessary to perform periodic testing of correctly
243000 1 faster as they increases in to provide the original exceed their interrupting to withstand at least 125% B
rated and properly installed circuit breakers?
age degree of protection capacity of applied voltage

Crawford  Nautical  School 110 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What device can be used to check the calibration of a portable low voltage high standard digital
243001 2 500 volt megohmmeter clamp-on voltmeter B
circuit breaker? current testing unit multimeter
In addition to testing the calibration of a circuit breaker, changing out of magnetic changing out of bimetallic complete disassembly to
performing an external
243001 3 what additional maintenance should be routinely elements yearly as elements yearly as perform an internal C
visual inspection
performed? appropriate appropriate inspection
use a metallic oxide inspect for wear and
What should be done when performing maintenance of smooth roughened contact apply a thin film of oil on
243002 2 abrasive cloth to dress misalignment of main C
circuit breaker contacts? surfaces with a file contact surfaces
contacts contacts
When replacing a defective transformer in a paralleled The secondary leads must The transformer The iron core of the The iron core must be
transformer configuration, which of the following actions be grounded for 10 connections must be made transformer must be grounded for 10 minutes to
243100 1 B
must be carried out to insure proper operation of the minutes to remove static as before with regard to the flashed to pre- magnetize remove any residual
equipment it serves? charges. indicated polarity. it. magnetism.
Which of the listed figures shown in the illustration
243101 1 represents a three phase transformer connected in a wye- 1 2 3 4 EL-0084 B
wye configuration?
Which of the listed figures shown in the illustration
243101 2 represents a three phase transformer connected in a wye- 1 2 3 4 EL-0084 D
delta configuration?
Which of the listed figures shown in the illustration
243101 3 represents a three phase transformer connected in a delta- 1 2 3 4 EL-0084 C
wye configuration?
Which of the listed figures shown in the illustration
243101 4 represents a three phase transformer connected in a delta- 1 2 3 4 EL-0084 A
delta configuration?
periodic testing of
What should be in included in performing routine periodic flushing with water- blowing out with high
243102 1 insulation resistance with ultrasonic cleaning C
maintenance of dry- type transformers? based solvents pressure compressed air
a megger
cleaning the windings, if measuring and recording making sure that the units
periodic cleaning of the
What should be included in the performance of routine accessible, with a vacuum the winding temperature are close to bulkheads or
243102 2 winding insulation with A
maintenance of dry-type transformers? cleaner or very low with an accurate mercury corners to protect them
an approved solvent
pressure air thermometer from damage
Clean the glass
Change out the individual File the points of the Take megger readings on
As shown in the illustration, what maintenance would be surrounding the individual
243200 1 navigation light circuit buzzer contacts every six the navigation lights EL-0058 B
required of the circuit components? navigation lights as
fuses monthly. months. quarterly.
needed.
When maintaining the circuits shown in figures "B" and
"C" the illustration, other than the fact that the fluorescent
tube glass fragments may cut a persons skin, what
dangers are associated with component "4" should it
243202 1 become broken? I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II EL-0081 C

I. The contained mercury vapor is highly toxic.

II. The inside coating of phosphor is highly poisonous.

Crawford  Nautical  School 111 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When working on a high voltage circuit, you should

always have another person present with you. This working knowledge of the detailed knowledge of working knowledge of the detailed knowledge of the
person should have a good working knowledge of the circuit being worked on and insulation dielectric conductor ampacities insulation voltage ratings
243300 1 A
hazards associated with working on high voltage electrical all means of isolation and strengths associated with associated with the associated with circuit
circuits as well as the first aid techniques for treating grounding the circuit being worked on circuit being worked on being worked on
electrical shock. What other knowledge is essential?
wind the tape so that each heat the tape with a
What is the proper way to apply plastic electrical tape to apply tape to the braided apply the tape in one non-
243301 1 turn overlaps the turn soldering iron for good B
an electric cable splice? cover, but avoid touching it overlapping layer only
before it bonding
When working on electrical circuits containing large Discharge the capacitor
Keep all radio equipment Measure capacitor Check capacitor circuit
243302 1 capacitors, in addition to de-energizing the circuit, which through a 50,000 ohm C
away. insulation resistance. polarity.
of the listed precautions should also be taken? resistor.
Which of the following statements represents the FIRST Ground the case of the
Wear rubber gloves and Use only approved non- Open the supply circuits
243303 1 precaution to be taken prior to working on any installed machine before D
boots. conducting tools. and tag the switches.
electrical component? beginning any repairs.
In an ungrounded distribution system, as compared to a
lower switchboard higher switchboard totally darkened
normal indication, what is the indication on a switchboard reading of 1.0 on the power
243400 1 wattmeter reading than voltmeter reading than switchboard ground- D
of a current carrying conductor making an accidental factor meter
normal normal detecting light
electrical contact with a wiring metal conduit?
A current-carrying conductor makes accidental contact
with a wiring conduit. How will this be indicated on the lower switchboard higher switchboard
darkened switchboard darkened switchboard
243400 2 switchboard, as compared to indications when the wattmeter reading than voltmeter reading than C
ground detecting lamp synchronizing lamps
situation is normal, assuming that the distribution system normal normal
is an ungrounded system?
A current-carrying conductor making electrical contact
higher switchboard lower switchboard
with a wiring conduit will be indicated by a change on the totally dark switchboard higher voltmeter reading
243400 3 wattmeter reading than wattmeter reading than B
switchboard from the norm. Assuming that the distribution ground detecting light than normal
normal normal
system is an ungrounded system, what will change?
What is the indication on the switchboard of a ground on a higher switchboard lower switchboard
dark or dim switchboard higher voltmeter reading
243400 4 particular phase of an ungrounded three-phase low wattmeter reading than wattmeter reading than C
ground detecting light than normal
voltage distribution system? normal normal
Assume that the circuit shown in figure "A" of the
illustration represents a two- wire single phase AC ground
Both lamps "A" and "B"; Neither lamp "A" or "B";
243401 1 detecting system. If a ground occurs on line "B" as Lamp "A". Lamp "B". EL-0008 A
at equal brightness. both will go out.
illustrated, which of the lamps will burn the brightest,
before the test pushbutton switch is depressed?
Lamp A is brighter than Lamp B is brighter than Both lamps are equally Both lamps are equally
The circuit illustrated in figure "A" represents a ground lamp B before the test lamp A before the test bright before the test bright before the test
detecting system for a single phase AC system. If bus B is pushbutton is depressed pushbutton is depressed pushbutton is depressed pushbutton is depressed
243401 2 EL-0008 A
grounded as indicated, what will be the indication of a and they are equally bright and they are equally bright and lamp A is brighter and lamp B is brighter than
ground? after the test pushbutton is after the test pushbutton is than lamp B after the test lamp A after the test
depressed. depressed. pushbutton is depressed. pushbutton is depressed.

With an accidental ground on leg B as shown in figure "A"

Both lamps would be
243401 3 of the illustration, which of the lamps would be brighter Lamp A Lamp B Neither lamp would be lit EL-0008 C
equally bright
after the test pushbutton switch has been depressed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 112 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

With an accidental ground on leg C as shown in figure "B"
All three lamps would be All three lamps would be
243401 4 of the illustration and the test pushbutton is not yet Lamps A and B Lamp C EL-0008 B
equally bright dark
depressed, which of the lamps would be dimmest?
Lamps A and B would be Lamps A and B would be
With an accidental ground on leg C as shown in figure "B"
brighter than normal and dimmer than normal and All three lamps would be All three lamps would be
243401 5 of the illustration and the test pushbutton has been EL-0008 C
lamp C would be dimmer lamp C would be brighter equally bright dark
depressed, what would be the indication?
than normal than normal
Lamp L would be dark due Lamp L would be bright Lamp L would be dark Lamp L would be bright
With an accidental ground on leg C as shown in figure "C" to balanced voltages due to unbalanced due to unbalanced due to balanced voltages
243401 7 EL-0008 B
of the illustration, what would be the indication? across the transformer voltages across the voltages across the across the transformer
secondary transformer secondary's transformer secondary's secondary
After pushing the test pushbutton of the illustrated high
voltage ground detection system, the ground lamps
A ground on phase A of the A ground on phase B of the A ground on phase C of Grounds on both phases A
243402 1 indicate as shown in example #3 where lamps A and B EL-0009 C
bus. bus. the bus. and B of the bus.
are brighter than normal and lamp C is darker than
normal. What does this indicate?
After pushing the test pushbutton of the illustrated high
voltage ground detection system, the ground lamps
A ground on phase A of the A ground on phase B of the A ground on phase C of Grounds on phases A and
243402 2 indicate as shown in example #2 where lamps A and C EL-0009 B
bus. bus. the bus. C of the bus.
are brighter than normal and lamp B is darker than
normal. What does this indicate?
After pushing the test pushbutton of the illustrated high
voltage ground detection system, the ground lamps
A ground on phase A of the A ground on phase B of the A ground on phase C of Grounds on phases B and
243402 3 indicate as shown in example #1 where lamps B and C EL-0009 A
bus. bus. the bus. C of the bus.
are brighter than normal and lamp A is darker than
normal. What does this indicate?
If all three ground-detection lamps continue to burn at
All three phases are The current transformers
243403 1 equal intensity after the test button is depressed and No grounds exist The test switch is faulty A
grounded are shorted out
released, which of the listed conditions is indicated?
If all of the ground detection lamps burn with equal
a ground-fault exists in all a dead ground-fault a high impedance ground-
243403 2 brilliance, whether the test button is depressed or no ground-faults exist A
phases exists fault exists
released, what does this indicate?
In a three-phase electrical system, three ground detecting
lamps are provided.
there is a slight ground on the switch must be there are no grounds the light bulbs are of
243403 3 If all three lamps REMAIN at half- brilliance when the C
all three phases replaced present improper voltage
ground detecting test switch is operated, what does this
indicate?
On a main switchboard, if all three ground detection lamps The bulbs are operating
All three phases are The test switch is The current transformers
243403 5 burn with equal intensity before and after the test button is properly and no grounds A
grounded. grounded. are shorted.
depressed, which of the listed conditions is indicated? exist
A switchboard ammeter indicates a reading slightly above
mechanical misalignment a poor ground for the meter capacitors inside the meter
243404 1 'zero' when the leads are disconnected. What is this static electricity in the air A
of the meter pointer case storing charges
caused by?
In a three-phase electrical system, three ground detecting
there are grounds on the
lamps are provided. One lamp goes dark and the others there is a ground on the the dark lamp must be
243405 1 lines with the bright this is a normal condition A
increase in brightness when the "ground test" button is line with the dark lamp replaced
lamps
pushed. What is indicated?

Crawford  Nautical  School 113 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

A three-phase electrical system is equipped with ground
the voltage to the dark
detecting lamps. If one of the lamps is dark, and remains the dark lamp must be there is a ground in the line there are grounds in two
243406 2 lamp is less than that of the A
dark when the test switch is operated, what does this replaced with the dark lamp of the three phases
system
indicate?
From the information given in the illustration, what would
be the maximum output amperage available from the
243408 1 541 amps 669 amps 937 amps 1156 amps EL-0106 B
emergency generator if it operated with a power factor of
0.9?
From the information given in the illustration, what would
be the ampere capacity at full load of each of the main
243409 1 2500 amps 3011 amps 3125 amps 5208 amps EL-0106 B
ship service diesel generators if operating at the rated
power factor of 0.8?
It is normally the case
It is possible for the main-
where the main-
emergency bus- tie circuit The emergency generator
emergency bus-tie circuit Shore power, in port, is
From the information given in the illustration, which of the breaker is capable of being
243410 1 breaker and any on-line only capable of feeding EL-0106 B
following statements is correct? and the emergency connected directly to the
ship's service generator emergency loads.
generator circuit breaker to main 480 VAC bus.
circuit breakers be
be simultaneously closed.
simultaneously closed.
Automation should
In the emergency mode,
automatically start the In the normal mode, the
Shore power, while in the 480 VAC group control
emergency generator and 480 VAC emergency bus
From the information given in the illustration, which of the port, may only be centers are capable of
243411 2 close its circuit breaker if receives its power from the EL-0106 A
following statements is correct? provided if the ship is tied being powered from the
the main-emergency bus- emergency generator
up port side to the dock. emergency diesel
tie circuit breaker is circuit breaker.
generator.
manually tripped open.
make sure the motor is
To check the three line fuses protecting a three-phase place the leads across
place the starter in the operating at full load to place the leads across the
243500 1 motor using a multimeter set up as a voltmeter, what the 'hot' ends of the A
'stop' position guard against a false bottom ends of the fuses
should be done FIRST? fuses
reading
ensure the circuit is de- ensure the circuit is de- apply a voltage tester
energized, and then use an energized, and then use an diagonally across the apply a voltage tester
When testing for blown fuses in a three- phase supply
243500 3 ohmmeter or continuity ohmmeter or continuity tops of the fuses and the across the tops of the C
circuit to a motor, what would be an acceptable method?
tester connected across tester connected across bottoms of the other fuses
the bottoms of the fuses the tops of the fuses fuses
The three line
The starter must be placed
Which of the following actions must be carried out before connections in the motor Nothing need be done as
The fuses must be in the STOP position to
243500 4 a voltage tester can be used to test the three line fuses to terminal box must be long as the motor is B
removed from the circuit. stop and disconnect the
a three-phase motor? disconnected and running under a light load.
motor.
tagged.
As a general rule, what is the first troubleshooting action draw a one line diagram of test all fuses and measure insulate the apparatus from
243501 1 take megger readings B
to be taken in checking inoperative electric circuits? the circuitry the line voltage ground
In order to definitively determine whether or not fuse "1",
the top of fuse "1" and the the bottom of fuse "1" the bottom of fuse "1" and
shown in the illustration is blown using an on-line testing the top of fuse "1" and the
243503 1 bottom of either fuse "2 or and the top of either fuse the bottom of either fuse "2 EL-0062 C
technique, across what points would you connect the top of either fuse "2 or 3"
3" "2 or 3" or 3"
voltmeter leads?
In order to definitively determine whether or not fuse "2",
the top of fuse "2" to the the bottom of fuse "2" to the bottom of fuse "2" to
shown in the illustration is blown using an on-line testing the top of fuse "2" to the
243503 2 bottom of either fuse "1 or the top of either fuse "1 or the bottom of either fuse "1 EL-0062 B
technique, across what points would you connect the top of either fuse "1 or 3"
3" 3" or 3"
voltmeter leads?

Crawford  Nautical  School 114 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In order to definitively determine whether or not fuse "3",
the bottom of fuse "3" and the bottom of fuse "3" and the top of fuse "3" and to the top of fuse "3" and to
shown in the illustration is blown using an on-line testing
243503 3 to the bottom of either fuse to the top of either fuse "1 the top of either fuse "1 the bottom of either fuse "1 EL-0062 B
technique, across what points would you connect the
"1 or 2" or 2" or 2" or 2"
voltmeter leads?
With power available at the fuses and the motor
disconnected from line, the following voltage readings are
taken:
Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 2" reads 450 VAC
Both fuses 2 and 3 are
243503 4 Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 3" reads 450 VAC only fuse 1 is blown only fuse 2 is blown only fuse 3 is blown only EL-0062 A
blown
Top of "Fu 2" to bottom of "Fu 1" reads 0 VAC
Top of "Fu 3" to bottom of "Fu 1" reads 0 VAC

What condition is indicated?

With power available at the fuses and the motor
disconnected from line, the following voltage readings are
taken:
Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 2" reads 0 VAC
243503 5 Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 3" reads 450 VAC only fuse 1 is blown on only fuse 2 is blown on only fuse 3 is blown fuses 1 and 3 are blown EL-0062 B
Top of "Fu 2" to bottom of "Fu 1" reads 450 VAC
Top of "Fu 3" to bottom of "Fu 2" reads 0 VAC

What condition is indicated?

With power available at the fuses and the motor
disconnected from line, the following voltage readings are
taken:
Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 2" reads 450 VAC
243503 6 Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 3" reads 0 VAC only fuse 1 is blown only fuse 2 is blown only fuse 3 is blown fuses 1 and 2 are blown EL-0062 C
Top of "Fu 2" to bottom of "Fu 1" reads 450 VAC
Top of "Fu 2" to bottom of "Fu 3" reads 0 VAC

What condition is indicated?

With power available at the fuses and the motor
disconnected from line, the following voltage readings are
taken:
Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 2" reads 0 VAC
243503 7 Top of "Fu 1" to bottom of "Fu 3" reads 450 VAC only fuse 1 is blown only fuse 2 is blown only fuse 3 is blown fuses 1 and 2 are blown EL-0062 D
Top of "Fu 2" to bottom of "Fu 1" reads 0 VAC
Top of "Fu 3" to bottom of "Fu 1" reads 0 VAC

What condition is indicated?

To test fuses in an energized circuit, what testing
243504 1 continuity tester megohmmeter voltmeter resistance meter C
apparatus or meter should be used?
In addition to short circuits and sustained overloads, in low fuse holder clip to oversized fuses in terms of
243505 1 loose fuse holder clips low ambient temperatures A
what other situation are fuses likely to blow? fuse contact resistance amp rating
an electric motor is the flow of current to the the electrical current
unequal resistors are
243505 2 What would cause a fuse to blow? stopped suddenly by protection device is exceeds the rated value C
connected in parallel
opening a switch reversed of the fuse
extremely low temperature loose or corroded fuse oversized fuse in terms of
243505 3 What could cause a fuse to blow? tight fuse holder clips C
surroundings holder clips amp rating

Crawford  Nautical  School 115 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

If a fuse of correct size and type blows frequently, what try the next higher try the next lower look for trouble within the reduce the applied voltage
243507 1 C
should be done? amperage rating amperage rating circuit 10%
It increases the efficiency
It creates a larger voltage
When replacing a fuse with one of a ampere higher rating It endangers the apparatus It reduces the possibility of of the equipment by
243507 3 drop in the circuit being A
than the original, which of the following is true? it is supposed to protect. short circuits. allowing more current to
protected.
be used.
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of
243508 1 the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 D
the fuse being tested is blown?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of
the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if
243508 2 OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 B
the fuse being tested is not blown and has proper
continuity?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if
243508 3 the single pole, single throw switch being tested is in the OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 B
"on" position and the internal switch contacts are closed
and have proper continuity?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if
243508 4 the single pole, single throw switch being tested is in the OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 C
"on" position, but the internal switch contacts are corroded
and have partial continuity?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if
243508 5 the single pole, single throw switch being tested is in the OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 D
"on" position, but the internal switch contacts are
deteriorated and have no continuity?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if
243508 6 the single pole, single throw switch being tested is in the OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 B
"off" position, but the internal switch contacts are welded
together?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
the illustration, what would be displayed on the screen if
243508 7 the single pole, single throw switch being tested is in the OL volts 0.001 ohms 470 ohms OL ohms EL-0210 D
"off" position, and the internal switch contacts have no
continuity?
If a circuit breaker that utilizes built-in, current limiting
fuses (CLF's), cannot be closed or reset, what may be the
problem?
243600 1 I only II only Either I or II Neither I nor II C
I. A blown current limiting fuse due to a short-circuit
condition

II. A missing current limiting fuse

In figure "A" of the illustration, what is the position of the
243601 1 on off tripped not possible to determine EL-0033 B
circuit breaker?
In figure "1" of the illustration, what type of circuit breaker ambient compensated
243602 1 magnetic trip shunt trip thermal trip EL-0033 D
trip element is featured? trip

Crawford  Nautical  School 116 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

inverse-time delay instantaneous trip inverse-time delay instantaneous trip
In figure "1" of the illustration, what are the trip
243602 2 characteristic for sustained characteristic for sustained characteristic for short- characteristic for short- EL-0033 A
characteristics associated with this type of circuit breaker?
overloads overloads circuit protection circuit protection
In figure "2" of the illustration, what type of circuit breaker ambient compensated
243602 3 magnetic trip shunt trip thermal trip EL-0033 A
trip element is featured? trip
inverse-time delay instantaneous trip inverse-time delay instantaneous trip
In figure "2" of the illustration, what are the trip
243602 4 characteristic for sustained characteristic for sustained characteristic for short- characteristic for short- EL-0033 D
characteristics associated with this type of circuit breaker?
overloads overloads circuit protection circuit protection
In figure "3" of the illustration, what type of circuit breaker ambient compensated
243602 5 magnetic trip thermal and magnetic trip thermal trip EL-0033 B
trip element is featured? trip
An open primary coil in a simple potential transformer will No voltage on the output of An infinite resistance value Low resistance value on
243700 2 Overloaded secondary coil. A
be indicated by which of the listed conditions? the secondary coil. on the secondary coil. the primary coil.
Assuming that 450 VAC is the source voltage at the circuit an open winding
an open winding between a ground on one side of the
breaker, if 450 volts AC were measured across the load between the reference
243701 1 reference point "Y" and the a properly operating circuit supply voltage to the EL-0083 C
as shown in the illustration as shown in figure "B" of the point "X" and the 25%
75% tap connection autotransformer
illustration, what would this indicate? tap connection
What would be the source current and transformer current
as shown in figure "B" of the illustration, with the source current is 37.5 source current is 37.5 source current is 12.5 source current is 12.5
243701 2 secondary tap connected as shown, if the supply voltage amps transformer current amps transformer current amps transformer current amps transformer current EL-0083 C
at the branch circuit breaker is 440 VAC and the unity is 12.5 amps 92.5 amps is 37.5 amps is 62.5 amps
power factor load current draw is 50 amps?
Which of the following electrical schematic symbols
243702 1 6 7 11 14 EL-0059 A
represents a normally closed flow switch?
If the illustrated device in figure "B" has a step-up ratio of
10 to 1 what voltage would be measured at the secondary
243702 2 0 volts 110 volts 1000 volts 1100 volts EL-0055 A
shortly after the primary of the device is connected to 110
volts DC with a current of 12 amps?
Which of the following electrical schematic symbols
243702 5 6 7 12 13 EL-0059 B
represents a normally open flow switch?
Which of the following electrical schematic symbols
243702 6 1 3 6 11 EL-0059 C
represents the device illustrated in figure "E"?
Which electrical schematic symbol represents a normally
243703 1 1 6 8 9 EL-0059 C
closed thermostat?
Which electrical schematic symbol represents a normally
243703 2 2 7 8 9 EL-0059 D
open thermostat?
Which electrical schematic symbol represents the device
243703 3 1 3 6 8 EL-0059 D
shown in figure "D"?
Which of the electrical schematic symbols represents a
243704 1 6 10 11 14 EL-0059 C
normally closed limit switch?
Which of the electrical schematic symbols represents a
243704 2 5 7 12 13 EL-0059 C
normally open limit switch?
Which of the electrical schematic symbols represents a
243704 3 11 12 13 14 EL-0059 C
normally closed, held open limit switch?
Which of the electrical schematic symbols represents a
243704 4 11 12 13 14 EL-0059 D
normally open, held closed limit switch?
Which of the electrical schematic symbols represents the
243704 5 5 6 8 11 EL-0059 D
device shown in figure "A" of the illustration?

Crawford  Nautical  School 117 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In the lighting distribution circuit shown in the illustrated
All of the accommodation Half of the accommodation
lighting panel L110 of the illustration, if all circuit breakers Half of the passageway
All of the receptacles in the lighting circuits on the 01 lighting circuits on the 01
243800 1 are closed and due to a problem with the relevant feeder lighting circuits on the 01 EL-0013 D
laundry would lose power. deck, starboard side would deck, port side would lose
circuit breaker, there is a loss of power on the incoming deck would lose power.
lose power. power.
phase A, which of the following statements is true?
When a fluorescent lamp has reached the end of its useful exploding of the lamp,
tripping of the lamp's circuit short circuiting of damaging the lamps starter
243801 2 life, it should be replaced immediately. If not, what causing glass to fly in all D
breaker adjacent lighting circuits and ballast circuit
condition could the resultant flashing cause? directions
When a fluorescent lamp fails to light and both ends of the
243802 1 tube are severely darkened, what must usually be the fluorescent lamp tube the starter the ballast the circuit breaker A
replaced?
As shown in the illustration of a vessels navigational
lighting circuit, if port running light "1" burns out, the There may be insufficient
The new lower wattage
trouble buzzer will sound and the port running light trouble The trouble buzzer may current to energize the
light at port running light The trouble relay coil will
243803 2 lamp will illuminate. Switching to port running light "2" not have sufficient trouble relay coil and to EL-0058 D
"1" will immediately burn overheat.
clears the alarm. If port running light "1" is replaced with a voltage to provide sound. open the contacts to
out.
light of a smaller wattage and the circuit is switched back silence the alarm.
to port running light "1", which of the following is true?
As shown in the illustration, if one of the navigation
running light bulbs on service burns out, the operator will it is of a lower wattage
receive an alarm. After renewing the burned out light bulb rating than required for the
it burned out rapidly due to it burned out rapidly due to it caused component 'F'
243803 3 and restoring service to that running light bulb, it is found alarm relay circuit to EL-0058 D
its higher voltage rating its higher wattage rating to burn out
that the alarm still cannot be silenced. What is the activate due to insufficient
probable cause for this condition in terms of the current flow
replacement component?
What is indicated by gradual blackening at the ends of
The unit is in danger of The tube is nearing the end The circuit voltage is too The circuit current is too
243804 1 component "4" shown in figures "B" and "C" of the EL-0081 B
exploding. of its useful life. high. high.
illustration?
During the start-up of the circuit shown in figure "B" of the
illustration, it is noted that the ends of component "4" component "4" is the component "5" contacts
243805 1 component "3" is open component "2" is closed EL-0081 D
remain lighted but the tube does not illuminate. What is wrong wattage are stuck closed
likely the cause of this problem?
During start-up of the circuit shown in figure "B" of the
the power system's voltage component "3" is shorted component "5" contacts
illustration, it is noted that the ends of component "4" component "2" is loose and
is fluctuating in and out of and therefore unable to are opening and closing
243805 2 alternately glow and become dark without the tube due to the ship's vibrations EL-0081 C
the range necessary for produce the high voltage thus prohibiting sufficient
illuminating. What is the most probable cause for this makes and breaks contact
proper operation required to start the lamp current flow
condition?
The FIRST requirement for logical troubleshooting of any collect all available data on recognize what is normal identify the probable isolate the faulty
243900 1 B
system requires the troubleshooter to do what? a casualty operation cause of a symptom component
check circuit resistances
open the circuit breakers
with a megohmmeter
The ground indicating light on the main electrical on the distribution panel,
trace the circuit paths while connected between the check all circuits for
243901 1 switchboard is indicating a ground. What is the best one at a time, until the C
looking for burned spots grounded line and the continuity
procedure for locating the grounded circuit? lights no longer indicate
distribution panel
a ground
framework

Crawford  Nautical  School 118 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

eliminate the individual
Multiple grounds have developed and were initially circuits one by one until the
examine the main bus bars check each circuit with a
243901 2 indicated by the ground- detecting system as one ground. ground detecting system change over generators B
for signs of overheating megohmmeter
What is the FIRST step in locating the grounds? no longer indicates any
grounds
close all circuit breakers in open the individual circuit
A ground is indicated by the ground- detecting system on
the distribution panel until breakers, one by one until check each circuit with a
243901 3 the main electrical switchboard. What is the FIRST step in change over generators B
the ground detector the ground detection megohmmeter
locating the actual ground?
indicates normal system indicates normal
Before any work on electrical or electronic equipment is Secure and tag the
De-energize the applicable Station a man at the circuit
243903 1 performed, which of the following precautions should be Bypass the interlocks. supply circuit breaker in C
switchboard bus. supply switch.
carried out? the open position.
When maintenance personnel are working on electrical
equipment, all supply switches should be secured in the chief engineer or first person performing the
243903 2 watch engineer chief electrician D
open position and tagged. Who specifically should assistant repair
perform the lock- out/tag-out procedure?
Why must accidental grounds in a shipboard electrical
distribution system be repaired as soon as possible?

I. Insulation damage may result if the ground is left

243904 1 I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II C
unrepaired.

II. Power outages may result if the ground is left

unrepaired.
they may damage
Why must accidental grounds in a shipboard electrical they will result in they may damage circuit they will overload the
243904 2 insulation and may cause D
system must be repaired as soon as possible? immediate power outages breakers ground detection system
power outages
The talking circuit is a The talking circuit is a
As shown in the illustration, which of the following Both the talking and ringing Both the talking and
common circuit and the selective circuit and the
244000 1 statements is correct concerning the circuits in a sound circuits are common ringing circuits are EL-0093 B
ringing circuit is a selective ringing circuit is a common
powered telephone system? circuits. selective circuits.
circuit. circuit.
The electrical energy necessary to transmit a person's
the ship's service the emergency
244001 1 voice over a sound- powered telephone circuit is obtained dry cell batteries the speaker's voice D
switchboard switchboard
from what energy source?
The electrical energy necessary to power a sound-
the emergency batteries for each station's hand- the emergency normal 115 volt DC
244002 1 powered telephone's small vibrating bell is obtained from B
the general alarm cranked generator switchboard supplies
what power source?
The pushbutton on the handset of a ship's sound-powered
244003 1 talk then released to listen listen then released to talk both talk and listen ring the station being called C
telephone must be depressed in order to do what?

What type of equipment does the wiring diagram shown in engine order telegraph rudder angle indicator engine speed tachometer sound powered telephone
244005 1 EL-0093 D
the illustration represent? circuit arrangement with repeaters system
What does component labeled "C" shown in the
244007 1 sealed junction box bell buzzer shunt EL-0093 B
illustration represent?
What does the component labeled "B" shown in the
244007 2 bridge rectifier selsyn motor hand-cranked generator shielded lamp EL-0093 C
illustration represent?
What does the component labeled "D" shown in the
244007 3 station selector switch vibrating reed indicator junction box ring counter EL-0093 A
illustration represent?

Crawford  Nautical  School 119 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What does the component labeled "A" shown in the a selectable holding coil a 'fuse blown' indicator a handset with switch and
244007 4 'reset' and 'trouble' lamps EL-0093 D
illustration represent? arrangement circuit voice elements
Where is the power necessary to energize the howler it comes from each
it is supplied from a battery it is conducted through it comes from pushing a
244008 2 "relay" coil at the engine room station as shown in the station's hand cranked EL-0093 A
or ship's power the relay's contacts button on the handset
illustration? generator
a synchronous
a synchronous a synchronous a synchronous
transmission system with
transmission system with a transmission system with transmission system with
a single transmitter and
single transmitter and two two transmitters and a two transmitters and a
two receivers each
244051 1 What does figure "C" of the illustration represent? receivers each equipped single receiver each single receiver each EL-0092 C
equipped with a single
with a single phase stator equipped with a single equipped with a single
phase rotor winding and
winding and a three phase phase stator winding and a phase rotor winding and a
a three phase stator
rotor winding three phase rotor winding three phase stator winding
winding
What is the name of the mechanism used to transmit
rudder angle information from the steering gear itself to
244052 1 telemotor synchronous transmission differential gear gear transmission EL-0092 B
the wheelhouse in the illustrated rudder angle indicator
system?
If coil 'R1-R2-R3' on the transmitter in figure "C" shown in
receive a lower voltage receive a higher voltage
the illustration is turned 30 degrees clockwise, how will ring at the receiving station torque will cause them to
244053 1 depending on the turns depending on the turns EL-0092 D
the corresponding coils 'R1-R2-R3' on the receivers until the turning stops align to the same position
ratio ratio
(indicators) respond?
In actual applications, electrical connections associated
with 'R1, R2 and R3' of the transmitter to 'R1, R2, and R3' spliced and taped solder less crimp-on
244054 1 soldered contacts slip rings and brushes EL-0092 C
of the indicators shown in figure "C" of the illustration are connections connectors
made by what means?
The current failure alarm The current failure alarm
The current failure alarm The current failure alarm
buzzer is energized when buzzer is energized
As shown in the illustrated wiring diagram for an engine buzzer is energized when buzzer is energized when
there is a power loss from when there is a open
244055 1 order telegraph system, what statement concerning the there is a power loss from there is an open rotor EL-0113 B
the battery or emergency stator winding in any
current failure alarm buzzer is true? the 115 VAC power supply winding in any transmitter
switchboard as transmitter or indicator in
to the system. or indicator in the system.
appropriate. the system.
The constant ringing and The constant ringing and The constant ringing and
The constant ringing and
trouble alarm sounds when trouble alarm sounds trouble alarm sounds when
As shown in the illustrated wiring diagram for an engine trouble alarm sounds when
there is a power loss from when the acknowledge the transmitter rotor and
244055 2 order telegraph system, what statement concerning the there is a power loss from EL-0113 C
the battery or emergency handle and indicator corresponding indicator
constant ringing and trouble alarm is true? the 115 VAC power supply
switchboard as arrow are not on the rotor are in
to the system.
appropriate. same order. correspondence.
The wrong direction alarm The wrong direction alarm The wrong direction The wrong direction alarm
sounds when the engine sounds when the alarm sounds when the sounds when the engine is
As shown in the illustrated wiring diagram for an engine
room indicator rotates in wheelhouse indicator transfer relay fails to started in the opposite
244055 3 order telegraph system, what statement concerning the EL-0113 D
the opposite direction from rotates in the opposite transfer transmitting and direction from the engine
wrong direction alarm is true?
the wheelhouse direction from the engine indicating function to the room indicator pointer
transmitter. room transmitter. proper station. position.
The thermostats, manual
The thermostats, manual The thermostats, manual The thermostats, manual
stations, and test station
Concerning the illustrated fire detection and alarm system, stations, and test station stations, and test station stations, and test station
for each zone are all
244056 1 what statement is true concerning the wiring within a for each zone are all wired for each zone are all wired for each zone are all wired EL-0114 A
wired in parallel with
zone? in series with each other in series with each other in parallel with each other
each other and are
and are normally closed. and are normally open. and are normally open.
normally closed.

Crawford  Nautical  School 120 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The zones are all The zones are all

The zones are all The zones are all
Concerning the illustrated fire detection and alarm system, connected in series by connected in parallel by
connected in series by connected in series by
244056 2 what statement is true concerning the wiring between means of the fire locating means of the fire locating EL-0114 C
means of the fire locating means of the ground
zones? switches and the ground switches and the ground
switches only. locating switches only.
locating switches. locating switches.
Concerning the illustrated fire detection and alarm system, The ground detector
Both the ground detector Both the ground detector The ground detector relay
when the system is operating normally and under relay is energized and
244056 3 and the fire alarm relays and the fire alarm relays is de-energized and the fire EL-0114 D
supervision, what is the status of the ground detector and the fire alarm relay is de-
are both energized. are both de-energized. alarm relay is energized.
the fire alarm relays? energized.
When power is restored after a complete power failure,
it will have to be restarted it will have to be reset it will restart
244100 2 how will the steering gear pump motor which was on- line it will trip its overload relays C
manually manually automatically
respond?
Each connects one of
two redundant
Each connects one of two automation area Each connects one of two
Each connects one of two
redundant automation area networks with one of two redundant automation area
As shown in the illustration, what statement is true redundant automation area
244101 1 networks with both redundant engine control networks with both EL-0098 C
concerning each of the system gateways? networks with the other
redundant cargo process process area networks redundant engine control
automation area network.
area networks. and one of two process area networks.
redundant cargo process
area networks.
Also known as a ring Also known as a star
Also known as a ring Also known as a star
coupler, the hubs build a coupler, the hubs build a
As shown in the illustration, what statement is true coupler, the hubs build a coupler, the hubs build a
244101 2 safe network by featuring safe network by featuring EL-0098 D
concerning each of the system hubs? safe network by featuring safe network by featuring
autopartioning for fault auto- partioning for fault
built-in redundancy. built-in redundancy.
isolation. isolation.
What controls rudder movement when the Operation
244101 3 Selector Switch shown in figure "A" of the illustration is in ship's steering wheel non-follow-up controller gyro-compass rate of turn signal EL-0097 B
the "Controller'' position?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, feedback or
Gyro-compass and hand Hand steering and non- Non-follow-up and gyro- Gyro-compass and
244102 1 rudder angle repeat back is used by the port or starboard EL-0097 A
steering only follow-up only compass only synchronizing only
amplifier in which operational modes?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, fine adjustments
such as "rate of turn signal" have no effect on steering
244102 2 GYRO HAND NFU DIFF EL-0097 C
stand operation when the 'operation selector switch' is in
what position?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, the actual rudder
originates at the power unit originates at the power unit originates at the amplifier
originates at the amplifier
244105 1 angle repeat back signal originates at what device and is and delivered to the and delivered to the control and delivered to the and delivered to the control EL-0097 A
delivered to what other device? amplifier potentiometer power unit potentiometer
The pump motor is The pump motor is The pump motor is The pump motor is
protected by low voltage protected by low voltage protected by low voltage protected by low voltage
As shown in the illustrated steering hydraulic pump motor
244106 1 protection and protected protection and protected release and protected release and protected from EL-0119 D
controller, what statement is true?
from motor overload by from motor overload by from motor overload by motor overload by visual
overload trip visual warning overload trip warning
nothing, except that the
As shown in the illustrated steering hydraulic pump motor
the steering hydraulic the steering hydraulic steering hydraulic pump
controller, what would be the result if one of the 10 amp the gyro-pilot unit motor
244106 2 pump motor would stop pump motor run indicator motor overload indicator EL-0119 C
fuses blew while the steering hydraulic pump motor was would stop running
running light would go out light would be unable to
running
warn of an overload

Crawford  Nautical  School 121 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustration of an older electro-mechanical

244107 1 autopilot system, by what means is the steering order electrically electronically hydraulically pneumatically EL-0187 C
conveyed from the helm to the steering gear?

The dead band is The dead band is The dead band is The dead band is
As shown in the illustrated graph showing the effect of
approximately 20 degrees approximately 12 degrees approximately 8 degrees approximately 8 degrees
244108 1 overshoot on steering system control stability, what EL-0188 D
and the control system is and the control system is and the control system is and the control system is
statement is true?
inherently unstable. inherently unstable. inherently stable. inherently unstable.
The rudder phantom and
The rudder phantom and The rudder phantom and The rudder phantom and
rudder translator
As shown in the illustrated graph showing the operating rudder translator voltages rudder translator voltages rudder translator voltages
244108 2 voltages are unequal in EL-0189 B
principle of a phantom rudder, what statement is true? are equal in magnitude and are equal in magnitude and are unequal in magnitude
magnitude and have the
have the same polarity. are opposite in polarity. and are opposite in polarity.
same polarity.
The rudder phantom and
The rudder phantom and The rudder phantom and The rudder phantom and
rudder translator
As shown in the illustrated graph showing the practical rudder translator voltages rudder translator voltages rudder translator voltages
244108 3 voltages are unequal in EL-0190 B
application of a phantom rudder, what statement is true? are equal in magnitude and are equal in magnitude and are unequal in magnitude
magnitude and have the
have the same polarity. are opposite in polarity. and are opposite in polarity.
same polarity.
As shown in the illustrated adaptive digital steering control
system functional block diagram and listed system
interface signals table, what would the rudder order signal
244109 1 output voltage to the rudder servo amplifier be for a -2.25 VDC -4.0 VDC -5.0 VDC +5.0 VDC EL-0191 C
rudder order of 20 degrees left rudder, assuming left
rudder signals are negative and right rudder signals are
positive in polarity.
As shown in the illustrated adaptive digital steering control
system functional block diagram and listed system
interface signals table, what would the rudder order signal
244109 2 output voltage to the rudder servo amplifier be for a -1.33 VDC -3.75 VDC +3.75 VDC +5.0 VDC EL-0191 C
rudder order of 15 degrees right rudder, assuming left
rudder signals are negative and right rudder signals are
positive in polarity.
What type of auto-pilot control system is shown in figure combination proportional-
244110 1 proportional control derivative control integral control EL-0192 A
"A" of the illustration? derivative control
What type of auto-pilot control system is shown in figure combination proportional-
244110 2 proportional control derivative control integral control EL-0192 D
"B" of the illustration? integral- derivative control
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, which illustrates
both proportional and
244111 1 the effect of a applying a particular type of control, what derivative control only integral control only proportional control only EL-0193 C
derivative control
type of control is applied?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, which illustrates
both proportional and
244111 2 the effect of a applying a particular type of control, what derivitive control only integral control only proportional control only EL-0193 A
derivative control
type of control is applied?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, which illustrates
both proportional and
244111 3 the effect of a applying a particular type of control, what derivitive control only integral control only proportional control only EL-0193 D
derivative control
type of control is applied?

Crawford  Nautical  School 122 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustrated digital gyrocompass functional
block diagram and the associated communication
protocols table, what would the rate of turn signal voltage
244112 1 -0.5 VDC -1.0 VDC -1.5 VDC +1.5 VDC EL-0194 C
be if the rate of turn is 30 degrees per minute to port,
assuming that rate of turn to port is negative and rate of
turn to starboard is positive in polarity?
Using the trouble analysis chart and faults table provided
in the illustration, if the gyrocompass was malfunctioning,
but no fault codes are present on the display unit, what is The CPU assembly is The AC/DC power supply The DC/DC converter is Ship's power is not
244113 1 EL-0195 A
most likely the problem if the DC/DC converter LED status malfunctioning.. is malfunctioning. malfunctioning. available.
indicator is functioning properly, but the CPU LED status
indicator is not blinking?
Using the trouble analysis chart and faults table provided
in the illustrations, if the adaptive digital steering system
was malfunctioning, but no fault codes are present on the The CPU assembly is The AC/DC power supply The DC/DC converter is The rudder servo amplifier EL-0197 EL-
244113 2 D
display unit, what is most likely the problem if the DC/DC malfunctioning.. is malfunctioning. malfunctioning. is malfunctioning. 0198
converter LED status indicator is functioning properly and
the CPU LED status indicator is blinking?
Using the trouble analysis chart and faults table provided
in the illustrations, if the adaptive digital steering system
Check message string Replace the ADS Replace the CPU EL-0197 EL-
244113 3 was malfunctioning, and the fault code 41 (SPEED LOG Check connection. A
output by the source. assembly. assembly. 0198
ERROR) is displayed, what corrective action should be
performed FIRST?
Using the trouble analysis chart and faults table provided
in the illustrations, if the adaptive digital steering system
Check message string Replace the ADS Replace the CPU EL-0197 EL-
244113 4 was malfunctioning, and the fault code 41 (SPEED LOG Check connection. D
output by the source. assembly. assembly. 0198
ERROR) is displayed, what corrective action should be
performed LAST?
Using the trouble analysis chart and faults table provided
in the illustrations, if the adaptive digital steering system Check speed log source
Check speed log wire Replace the DC/DC Replace the CPU EL-0197 EL-
244113 5 was malfunctioning, and the fault code 42 (SPEED LOG (log data strings from A
connections. assembly. assembly for pulse log. 0198
ERROR) is displayed, what corrective action should be source).
performed FIRST?
Using the trouble analysis chart and faults table provided
in the illustrations, if the adaptive digital steering system Check speed log source
Check speed log wire Replace the DC/DC Replace the CPU EL-0197 EL-
244113 6 was malfunctioning, and the fault code 42 (SPEED LOG (log data strings from D
connections. assembly. assembly for pulse log. 0198
ERROR) is displayed, what corrective action should be source).
performed LAST?
As shown in the illustration, what is the magnetic phase
differential in degrees between the reference signal
244114 1 magnetic axis and the control signal magnetic axis of the 45 90 135 180 EL-0196 B
illustrated diagram for a two- phase induction servo-motor
for an automatic radio direction finder?
The servo-motor stator is The servo-motor rotor is
The servo-motor rotor is
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for an automatic linked to both the linked to both the The servo-motor rotor is
linked to the relative
244115 1 radio direction finder, what statement is true concerning goniometer search coil and goniometer search coil and linked to the goniometer EL-0199 B
bearing pointer shaft
the mechanical linkage of the servo-motor? the relative bearing pointer the relative bearing pointer search coil only.
only.
shaft. shaft.

Crawford  Nautical  School 123 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The servo-motor rotor will
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for an automatic
The servo-motor rotor will The servo-motor rotor will The servo-motor rotor oscillate back and forth in
244115 2 radio direction finder, what will happen when the control EL-0199 A
stop. increase in speed. will reverse direction. changing direction of
signal amplifier output goes to zero null?
rotation.
When the control handle is in the 'off' position, what is the de-energized and the energized and the brake is energized and the brake de-energized and the
244150 1 D
status of the solenoid actuated brake of an electric winch? brake is released released is set by a spring brake is set by a spring
In the event of a power failure during cargo loading
the weight of the load on a hand operated band
244151 1 operations, the movement of an electric powered cargo a manual override switch a spring set brake C
the boom brake
winch will be stopped by what means?
automatically engage when automatically hold the load automatically govern the
What is the function of the electric brake on a deck cargo automatically govern the
244152 2 the winch motor current is if power to the winch motor lowering speed of the B
winch? hoisting speed of the load
reaching full load is disconnected load
What type of motor is used in the AC hoist controller as squirrel cage induction wound rotor induction
244153 1 stepper motor synchronous motor EL-0102 D
shown in the illustration? motor motor
They are closed only when
They are closed only when They are opened only
What statement is true concerning the 'MS 1' contacts of They are closed only when the master switch is
244154 1 the master switch selected when the master switch EL-0102 A
the master switch shown in the illustration? the master switch is 'off'. selected for a 'lower'
for a 'hoist' position. is 'off'.
position.
What functionality do the 'MS 1' contacts of the master high power factor
244154 2 low voltage release overload protection low voltage protection EL-0102 C
switch shown in the illustration provide? correction
it would continue to run but it would remain stopped
it would continue to run at it would remain stopped
If power were lost to the hoist controller shown in the at 'first point' speed, for until the 'master switch' is
'second point hoist' unless until the 'OL' reset
illustration while in 'second point hoist' the winch would safety, until the 'master returned to 'off' closing the
244154 3 a different speed is contacts are reclosed EL-0102 D
stop. When power is restored, how would the winch switch' is brought to 'off' 'MS 1' contacts and then
selected by the 'master then continue to run it
respond? and then back to the safely moved to any 'run'
switch' 'second point hoist'
desired speed position
it is a limit switch which
it is a limit switch which it is a limit switch which it is a limit switch which
automatically stops the
automatically stops the illuminates a warning illuminates a warning light
winch drum rotation in the
What is the functional purpose of the 'LSL' contacts for the winch drum rotation in the light to warn the winch to warn the winch operator
244155 1 lower direction before all EL-0102 B
hoist controller circuit shown in the illustration? hoist direction before the operator when the hoist when the cable has only a
the cable is payed out
hoist block is able to strike block is approaching the few wraps on the drum
insuring that a few wraps
the boom boom while paying out
remain on the drum
It is a limit switch which
It is a limit switch which It is a limit switch which It is a limit switch which
automatically stops the
automatically stops the illuminates a warning illuminates a warning light
winch drum rotation in the
What is the functional purpose of the 'LSH' contacts for winch drum rotation in the light to warn the winch to warn the winch operator
244155 3 lower direction before all EL-0102 A
the hoist controller circuit shown in the illustration? hoist direction before the operator when the hoist when the cable has only a
the cable is payed out
hoist block is able to strike block is approaching the few wraps on the drum
insuring that a few wraps
the boom. boom. while paying out.
remain on the drum.
the "MS 2' contacts are
the 'MS 2' contacts are the 'MS 2' contacts are the 'MS 2' contacts are
What is the functional purpose of the 'MS 2' contacts in used for resetting the
244156 1 used to select for 'second used to select for 'first not used in this particular EL-0102 C
the hoist controller circuit shown in the illustration? under voltage (UV)
point' hoisting and lowering point' hoisting and lowering application
contactor

Crawford  Nautical  School 124 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the normally open hoist
the normally closed hoist
and lower contactor
and lower contactor the normally closed and
auxiliary contacts are
auxiliary contacts are normally open hoist and the normally closed and
interlock contacts
interlock contacts lower contactor auxiliary normally open hoist and
As shown in the illustration, what is the functional purpose preventing simultaneous
preventing simultaneous contacts are interlock lower contactor auxiliary
244156 3 of the normally closed and normally open auxiliary pulling in both the hoist and EL-0102 B
pulling in both the hoist and contacts preventing contacts extend control
contacts of the hoist and lower contactors respectively? lower contactors and the
lower contactors and the simultaneous pulling in power to the speed control
normally closed auxiliary
normally open contacts both the hoist and lower circuits
contacts extend control
extend control power to the contactors
power to the speed control
speed control circuits
circuits
As shown in the illustration, how are the rotor windings of
244157 1 delta open delta wye series-parallel EL-0102 C
the motor configured?
The progressive operation of the contactors marked "1A"
244157 2 through "4A" provide the winch hoist controller shown in accumulation dynamic braking acceleration regenerative braking EL-0102 C
the illustration with what functionality?
Which of the listed conditions occur when selection is
Master switch contacts Contactors 'H, '3A', '4A' Contactors 'H', '1A' and Master switch contacts
244158 1 made for 'third point hoist' on the winch hoist controller EL-0102 D
"4","7", and "8" close. pick up. '2A' drop out. "4","5", and "6" close.
shown in the illustration?
Which of the listed conditions occur when '4th point lower' Master switch contacts
Master switch contacts "3", Contactors 'L', '1A', '2A' Contactors 'H', '1A', '2A',
244158 2 is selected on the winch hoist controller shown in the "3", "5", "6", "7", and "8" EL-0102 B
"4", "5, "6", and "7" close. and '3A' pull in. and' 3A' drop out.
illustration? close.
interchanging the rotor interchanging the stator interchanging the stator interchanging the stator
How is the direction of rotation of the winch shown in the
244158 3 winding connections M1 winding connections T1 winding connections T2 winding connections T1 EL-0102 D
illustration changed?
and M3 to the brushes and T2 to line and T3 to line and T3 to line
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a
programmable logic controller system, in what functional data communications
244196 1 PID control module processor module programming unit EL-0225 D
component is the program developed and used to transfer module
the program to the processor module of the PLC?
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a
programmable logic controller system, what functional DC, AC, and analog input DC, AC, and analog output
244196 2 communications module processor module EL-0225 A
component is used to receive and transmit data to and modules modules
from other PLCs on the network?
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a
programmable logic controller system, what functional
DC, AC, and analog input DC, AC, and analog output
244196 3 component is used to interpret inputs, carry out program communications module processor module EL-0225 B
modules modules
instructions, and communicate decisions as action signals
to outputs?
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a
programmable logic controller system, what functional DC, AC, and analog input DC, AC, and analog output
244196 4 processor module power supply module EL-0225 C
component is used to convert the mains AC supply modules modules
voltage to a low voltage DC?
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a
programmable logic controller system, what functional DC, AC, and analog input DC, AC, and analog output
244196 5 processor module power supply module EL-0225 A
component is used to convey signals from switches, modules modules
counters, and various sensors to the processor?

Crawford  Nautical  School 125 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a
programmable logic controller system, what functional
DC, AC, and analog input DC, AC, and analog output
244196 6 component is used to convey signals from the processor processor module power supply module EL-0225 D
modules modules
to motor starter coils, valve solenoids, and other such
devices?
As shown in all four diagrams illustrated, what type of
244197 1 OR logic gate AND logic gate NOR logic gate NAND logic gate EL-0226 B
logic circuit is represented?
As shown in all four diagrams illustrated, what type of
244197 2 OR logic gate AND logic gate NOR logic gate NAND logic gate EL-0227 A
logic circuit is represented?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated PLC output unit,
what switching technology is used to control the output
244199 1 a solid state relay a diac a triac a bipolar junction transistor EL-0229 C
load either being energized or de- energized as
appropriate?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated PLC output unit,
what switching technology is used to control the output
244199 2 a solid-state relay a silicon-controlled rectifier a triac a bipolar junction transistor EL-0229 C
load either being energized or de- energized as
appropriate?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustrated PLC output unit,
what switching technology is used to control the output
244199 3 a solid-state relay an electro-magnetic relay a triac a bipolar junction transistor EL-0229 B
load either being energized or de- energized as
appropriate?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated PLC sub-circuit,
244200 1 AC input module circuit AC output module circuit DC input module circuit DC output module circuit EL-0230 A
what type of circuit is depicted?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated PLC sub-circuit,
244200 2 AC input module circuit AC output module circuit DC input module circuit DC output module circuit EL-0230 C
what type of circuit is depicted?
As shown in the illustrated diagrams, what type of
244201 1 NOT gate AND Gate OR Gate XOR gate EL-0231 D
functional logic circuit is represented?
As shown in the illustrated diagrams, what type of logic
244202 1 AND gate NAND gate OR gate NOR gate EL-0233 B
circuit is represented?
As shown in the illustrated diagrams, what type of logic
244202 2 AND gate NAND gate OR gate NOR gate EL-0234 D
circuit is represented?
As shown in the illustrated diagrams, what type of logic
244203 1 NAND gate NOR gate NOT gate OR gate EL-0235 C
circuit is represented?
With external switch SW-0 With external switch SW-0 With external switch SW- With external switch SW-0
Assuming the wiring diagram of figure "A" and the
closed and external switch closed and external switch 0 closed and external closed and external switch
corresponding PLC ladder diagram of figure "B"
244204 3 SW-1 open, both lamps SW-1 open, both lamps switch SW-1 open, Lamp SW-1 open, Lamp 0 is de- EL-0232 D
represents a simple PLC lamp controller, what statement
(Lamp 0 and Lamp 1) are (Lamp 0 and Lamp 1) are 0 is energized and Lamp energized and Lamp 1 is
is true?
de-energized. energized. 1 is de-energized. energized.

With external switch SW-0 With external switch SW-0 With external switch SW- With external switch SW-0
Assuming the wiring diagram of figure "A" and the
closed and external switch closed and external switch 0 closed and external closed and external switch
corresponding PLC ladder diagram of figure "B"
244204 4 SW-1 closed, both lamps SW-1 closed, both lamps switch SW-1 closed, SW-1 closed, Lamp 0 is de- EL-0232 B
represents a simple PLC lamp controller, what statement
(Lamp 0 and Lamp 1) are (Lamp 0 and Lamp 1) are Lamp 0 is energized and energized and Lamp 1 is
is true?
de-energized. energized. Lamp 1 is de-energized. energized.
Concerning figure "A" of the illustration, if the illustrated normally open, maintained normally open, momentary normally closed, normally closed,
244205 1 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what contact on-off selector contact start pushbutton momentary contact stop maintained contact on-off EL-0236 B
does "Input A" represent? switch switch pushbutton switch selector switch

Crawford  Nautical  School 126 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Concerning figure "A" of the illustration, if the illustrated normally open, maintained normally open, momentary normally closed, normally closed,
244205 2 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what contact on-off selector contact start pushbutton momentary contact stop maintained contact on-off EL-0236 C
does "Input B" represent? switch switch pushbutton switch selector switch
the load is a motor the load is a motor
the load is the actual motor the load is the actual motor
contactor coil and the contactor coil and the
Concerning figure "A" of the illustration, if the illustrated itself and the contacts are itself and the contacts are
contacts are a set of contacts are a set of
244205 3 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what normally open, auxiliary normally closed, auxiliary EL-0236 A
normally open, auxiliary normally closed, auxiliary
do the "Output" load and contacts represent? holding contacts used for holding contacts used for
holding contacts used for holding contacts used for
latching purposes latching purposes
latching purposes latching purposes

the load is a motor the load is a motor

the load is the actual motor the load is the actual motor
contactor coil and the contactor coil and the
Concerning figure "B" of the illustration, if the illustrated itself and the contacts are itself and the contacts are
contacts are a set of contacts are a set of
244205 4 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what normally open, auxiliary normally closed, auxiliary EL-0236 A
normally open, auxiliary normally closed, auxiliary
do the "Output" load and contact represent? holding contacts used for holding contacts used for
holding contacts used for holding contacts used for
latching purposes latching purposes
latching purposes latching purposes
Concerning figure "B" of the illustration, if the illustrated normally open, maintained normally open, momentary normally open, normally closed,
244205 5 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what contact on-off selector contact start pushbutton momentary contact stop maintained contact on-off EL-0236 C
does "Input 2" represent? switch switch pushbutton switch selector switch
Concerning figure "B" of the illustration, if the illustrated normally open, maintained normally open, momentary normally closed, normally closed,
244205 6 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what contact on-off selector contact start pushbutton momentary contact stop maintained contact on-off EL-0236 B
does "Input 1" represent? switch switch pushbutton switch selector switch
the motor contactor coil
the motor contactor coil the actual motor itself and the actual motor itself and
Concerning figure "B" of the illustration, if the illustrated and a set of normally
and a set of normally open, normally open, auxiliary normally closed, auxiliary
244205 7 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what closed, auxiliary holding EL-0236 A
auxiliary holding contacts holding contacts used for holding contacts used for
do the "Output 1" load and contacts represent? contacts used for
used for latching purposes latching purposes latching purposes
latching purposes
Programmed bits of data
An electro-magnetic relay An electro-magnetic relay Programmed bits of data
stored in memory used to
internal to the PLC used to internal to the PLC used to stored in memory used to
execute the stop
Concerning figure "B" of the illustration, if the illustrated execute the stop command execute the stop command execute the stop command
command when the
244205 8 PLC ladder diagram is for a simple motor controller, what when the normally closed, when the normally open, when the normally open, EL-0236 D
normally closed,
do the "Internal relay 1" load and contacts represent? momentary contact stop momentary contact stop momentary contact stop
momentary contact stop
pushbutton switch (Input 2) pushbutton switch (Input 2) pushbutton switch (Input 2)
pushbutton switch (Input
is depressed. is depressed. is depressed.
2) is depressed.
As shown in the illustrated ladder diagram for a Items "1", "2", "6", and
Items "3", "4", "5", and "7" Items "3", "6", and "8" are Items "2", "4", "5", and "7"
244206 1 programmable logic controller used to control a motor, "8" are input device EL-0237 B
are output device loads output device loads are output device contacts
what statement is true? contacts
As shown in the illustrated PLC ladder diagram and its
244207 1 associated input/output diagram, what type of logic is output latching output inverting output sequencing output latch resetting EL-0239 C
used?
Either "Input 1" or "Input 2" Either "Input 1" or "Input 2" Both "Input 1 and "Input Both "Input 1" and "Input 2"
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what input must be closed AND either must be closed OR both 2" must be closed AND must be closed OR both
244208 1 EL-0241 B
conditions are required to produce an output? "Input 3" or "Input 4" must "Input 3" and "Input 4" either "Input 3" or "Input "Input 3" and "Input 4"
be closed. must be closed. 4" must be closed. must be closed.
Either "Input 1" or "Input 3" Either "Input 1" or "Input 3" Both "Input 1 and "Input Both "Input 1" and "Input 2"
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what input must be closed AND both must be closed OR either 3" must be closed AND must be closed OR either
244208 2 EL-0241 A
conditions are required to produce an output? "Input 2" and "Input 4" must "Input 2" or "Input 4" must both "Input 2" and "Input "Input 2" or "Input 4" must
be closed. be closed. 4" must be closed. be closed.

Crawford  Nautical  School 127 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Pressing the start button
Pressing the start button Pressing the start button Pressing the start button
will automatically cause
will automatically cause will automatically cause will automatically cause the
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated ladder diagram for output loads "Out 1" and
244208 3 output loads "Out 1", "Out output loads "Out 1" and output load "Out 1" only to EL-0241 D
a programmable logic controller, what statement is true? "Out 3" only to energize
2", and "Out 3" to energize "Out 2" only to energize energize without any
without any further
without any further inputs. without any further inputs. further inputs.
inputs.
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what type of
244209 1 on-delay timer off-delay timer on-off delay timer pulse timer EL-0242 A
timer is represented?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what type of
244209 2 on-delay timer off-delay timer on-off delay timer pulse timer EL-0242 B
timer is represented?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what type of
244209 3 on-delay timer off-delay timer on-off delay timer pulse timer EL-0242 D
timer is represented?
As shown in "A" of the illustration, what type of PLC
244210 1 bus network single highway wiring ring network point-to-point wiring EL-0243 D
computer connectivity wiring topography is represented?
As shown in "B" of the illustration, what type of computer
244210 2 bus network point-to-point wiring ring network star network EL-0243 A
connectivity wiring or network topography is represented?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration with multiple PLC
244210 3 control units, what is the PLC connectivity wiring or point-to-point wiring wireless local area network wired local area network wide area network EL-0243 C
network configuration?
As shown in the figures "A" and "C" of the illustration, two
PLC ladder diagrams are presented that are used for
244211 1 timer controlled on/off cycling using on-delay timers. The A only C only A and C Neither A nor C EL-0244 C
timing diagram illustrated in figure "B" is associated with
which ladder diagram?
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustrated PLC
244212 1 ladder and input/output timing diagrams, the application of on-delay off-delay on-off cycle pulse EL-0245 B
the on-delay timer is used to produce what effect?
As shown in figures "C" , "D", and "E" of the illustrated
PLC ladder and input/output timing diagrams, the
244212 2 on-delay off-delay on-off cycle pulse EL-0245 D
application of the on-delay timer is used to produce what
effect?
The lamp will continue to
The lamp will flash on then
flash on and off
The lamp will flash on then off for one cycle after a The lamp will continue to
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustrated PLC repeatedly after a
off for one cycle as long as momentary closure of the flash on and off repeatedly
244213 1 ladder and input/output timing diagrams, what statement momentary closure of the EL-0246 D
the input contacts are input contacts, followed by as long as the input
is true? input contacts, followed
closed. a re- opening of the contacts are closed.
by a re-opening of the
contacts.
contacts.
To maintain an energized To maintain an energized
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration which To maintain an energized To maintain an energized
"Output", "Input 1" need "Output", "Input 2" need
244214 1 represent PLC ladder and input/output diagrams of an SR "Output", "Input 1" must "Output", "Input 2" must EL-0247 B
only be momentarily only be momentarily
bistable latch function block, what statement is true? remain closed. remain closed.
closed. closed.
To de-energize the To de-energize the
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration which To de-energize the To de-energize the
"Output", "Input 1" need "Output", "Input 2" need
244214 2 represent PLC ladder and input/output diagrams of an SR "Output", "Input 1" must "Output", "Input 2" must EL-0247 D
only be momentarily only be momentarily
bistable latch function block, what statement is true? remain closed. remain closed.
closed. closed.

Crawford  Nautical  School 128 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

To maintain an energized To maintain an energized
As shown in figures "C" and "D" of the illustration which To maintain an energized To maintain an energized
"Output", "Input 1" need "Output", "Input 2" need
244214 3 represent PLC ladder and input/output diagrams of an RS "Output", "Input 1" must "Output", "Input 2" must EL-0247 D
only be momentarily only be momentarily
bistable latch function block, what statement is true? remain closed. remain closed.
closed. closed.
To de-energize the To de-energize the
As shown in figures "C" and "D" of the illustration which To de-energize the To de-energize the
"Output", "Input 1" need "Output", "Input 2" need
244214 4 represent PLC ladder and input/output diagrams of an RS "Output", "Input 1" must "Output", "Input 2" must EL-0247 B
only be momentarily only be momentarily
bistable latch function block, what statement is true? remain closed. remain closed.
closed. closed.
Inputs "1", "2", and "3"
Inputs "1", "2", and "3"
Inputs "1", "2", "3" Input "4" represents a represent alarm
represent fire/smoke
If the illustrated SR bistable latch function block PLC represent fire/smoke fire/smoke detector and acknowledgement station
detectors or hand pull
244215 1 ladder diagram represents a subroutine used for a fire detectors and Input "4" Inputs "1", "2", "3" switches stations and Input EL-0248 A
reporting stations and Input
alarm system, which statement is true? represents a hand pull represent hand pull "4" represents a fire/smoke
"4" represents an alarm
reporting station. reporting stations. detector or hand pull
acknowledgement switch.
reporting station. .
Inputs to "CD" are the
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, which statement Inputs to "CD" may be any Inputs to "CD" may be Inputs to "CD" may be any
244216 1 binary values of either 1 or EL-0258 B
is true? integer. any analog value. digital value.
0.
When the counted pulses
When the counted pulses When the counted pulses When the counted pulses
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what causes the at LD decrement from
244216 2 at CD decrement from the at CD increment from zero at LD increment from zero EL-0258 A
Boolean output at "Q" to be set to 1? the preset value at PV to
preset value at PV to zero. to the preset value at PV. to the preset value at PV.
zero.
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, which statement Inputs to "R" may be any Inputs to "R" are the binary Inputs to "R" may be any Inputs to "R" may be any
244216 3 EL-0258 B
is true? integer. values of either 1 or 0. analog value. digital value.
When the counted pulses
When the counted pulses When the counted pulses When the counted pulses
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what causes the at R decrement from the
244216 4 at CU decrement from the at CU increment from zero at R increment from zero to EL-0258 B
Boolean output at "Q" to be set to 1? preset value at PV to
preset value at PV to zero. to the preset value at PV. the preset value at PV.
zero.
When the combined total When the counted pulses When the counted pulses When the counted pulses
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what causes the
244216 5 counted pulses at CU and at Q reaches the value of at R reaches the value of at CU reaches the value of EL-0258 D
Boolean output at "Q" to be set to 1 if PV is set at 10?
R reaches the value of 10. 10. 10. 10.
Inputs to "IN" are the
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, which statement Inputs to "IN" may be any Inputs to "IN" may be any Inputs to "IN" may be any
244216 6 binary values of either 1 or EL-0259 B
is true? integer. analog value. digital value.
0.
When the input to IN goes When the input to IN goes When the input to IN After the input to IN goes to
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what causes the to 0, the time decrements to 1, the time increments goes to 1, the time 0, the time increments from
244216 7 EL-0259 B
Boolean output at "Q" to be set to 1? from the preset time at PT from zero to the preset decrements from the zero to the preset time at
to zero. time at PT. preset time at ET to zero. ET.
The set value and actual The set value and actual The set value and actual The set value and actual
values are analog signals values are digital signals values are digital signals values are analog signals
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what statement is
244217 1 and the arithmetic and the arithmetic and the arithmetic and the arithmetic EL-0251 D
true?
processor is an analog processor is an analog processor is a digital processor is a digital
computer computer computer computer
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated function block for
244218 1 a PLC PID controller, to what input is the actual analog Register 0326 Register 0330 Register 0331 Register 0327 EL-0251 A
signal of the measured value delivered?

Crawford  Nautical  School 129 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated function block for
244218 2 a PLC PID controller, to what input is the value of the Register 0325 Register 0326 Register 0327 Register 0330 EL-0251 C
proportional control constant delivered?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated function block for
244218 3 a PLC PID controller, to what input is the value of the Register 0325 Register 0326 Register 0328 Register 0329 EL-0251 C
integral time constant delivered?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated function block for
244218 4 a PLC PID controller, to what input is the value of the Register 0325 Register 0326 Register 0328 Register 0329 EL-0251 D
derivative time constant delivered?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what type of digital to analog
244220 1 de-multiplexer multiplexer analog to digital converter EL-0240 D
converter unit is represented? converter
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what type of digital to analog
244220 2 de-multiplexer multiplexer analog to digital converter EL-0240 C
converter unit is represented? converter
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the
244221 1 inverting amplifier non-inverting amplifier summing amplifier differential amplifier EL-0252 A
configuration of the operational amplifier?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the
244221 2 inverting amplifier non-inverting amplifier summing amplifier differential amplifier EL-0252 B
configuration of the operational amplifier?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what is the
244221 3 inverting amplifier non-inverting amplifier summing amplifier differential amplifier EL-0252 D
configuration of the operational amplifier?
If the sensor input voltage If the sensor input voltage If the sensor input
If the sensor input voltage
signal delivered to the signal delivered to the voltage signal delivered
signal delivered to the non-
inverting input is more inverting input is more to the non- inverting input
inverting input is more
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, concerning the positive than the reference positive than the reference is more positive than the
positive than the reference
244222 1 signal conditioning circuit for programmable logic input signal voltage signal input signal voltage signal reference input signal EL-0250 B
input signal voltage signal
controller as illustrated, which statement is true? delivered to the non- delivered to the non- voltage signal delivered
delivered to the inverting
inverting input, the inverting input, the to the inverting input, the
input, the amplifier output
amplifier output voltage will amplifier output voltage will amplifier output voltage
voltage will be negative.
be positive. be negative. will be positive.

If the sensor input voltage If the sensor input voltage If the sensor input
If the sensor input voltage
signal delivered to the signal delivered to the voltage signal delivered
signal delivered to the non-
inverting input is less inverting input is less to the non- inverting input
inverting input is less
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, concerning the positive than the reference positive than the reference is less positive than the
positive than the reference
244222 2 signal conditioning circuit for programmable logic input signal voltage signal input signal voltage signal reference input signal EL-0250 A
input signal voltage signal
controller as illustrated, which statement is true? delivered to the non- delivered to the non- voltage signal delivered
delivered to the inverting
inverting input, the inverting input, the to the inverting input, the
input, the amplifier output
amplifier output voltage will amplifier output voltage will amplifier output voltage
voltage will be negative.
be positive. be negative. will be positive.
The temperature sensing The temperature sensing The temperature sensing The temperature sensing
input device sensor input device sensor input device sensor input device sensor
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C" and "D" of the illustration
delivers a digital, discrete delivers an analog, variable delivers a digital, discrete delivers an analog, variable
pertaining to various diagrams specific to a PLC controlled
244223 1 signal voltage and the signal voltage and the signal voltage and the signal voltage and the EL-0253 C
temperature control system using a bimetallic thermostat,
output device load receives output device load receives output device load output device load receives
which statement is true?
an analog, variable output an analog, variable output receives a digital, a digital, discrete output
voltage. voltage. discrete output voltage. voltage. .

Crawford  Nautical  School 130 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The bimetallic thermostat is The bimetallic thermostat is
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C" and "D" of the illustration a normally closed switch a normally open switch The bimetallic thermostat
The bimetallic thermostat is
pertaining to various diagrams specific to a PLC controlled which opens on a which closes on a is a resistance that varies
244223 2 a resistance that varies EL-0253 A
temperature control system using a bimetallic thermostat, temperature rise and temperature rise and inversely with
directly with temperature.
which statement is true? closes on a temperature opens on a temperature temperature.
fall. fall.
The temperature sensing The temperature sensing The temperature sensing The temperature sensing
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C", "D" and "E" of the input device sensor input device sensor input device sensor input device sensor
illustration pertaining to various diagrams specific to a delivers a digital, discrete delivers an analog, variable delivers a digital, discrete delivers an analog, variable
244223 3 PLC controlled temperature control system using a signal voltage and the signal voltage and the signal voltage and the signal voltage and the EL-0254 D
thermistor and operational amplifier, which statement is output device load receives output device load receives output device load output device load receives
true? an analog, variable output an analog, variable output receives a digital, a digital, discrete output
voltage. voltage. discrete output voltage. voltage. .
The thermistor is a
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C", "D" and "E" of the The thermistor is a
normally closed switch The thermistor is a
illustration pertaining to various diagrams specific to a normally open switch which The thermistor is a
which opens on a resistance that varies
244223 4 PLC controlled temperature control system using a closes on a temperature resistance that varies EL-0254 C
temperature rise and inversely with
thermistor and operational amplifier, which statement is rise and opens on a directly with temperature.
closes on a temperature temperature.
true? temperature fall.
fall.
The greater the dead band The smaller the dead band The greater the dead The smaller the dead band
the more precise the the more precise the band the less precise the the less precise the control
As shown in figures "A", "B", and "C" of the illustrated PLC
control of temperature and control of temperature and control of temperature of temperature and the
244224 1 controlled temperature control system featuring dead EL-0255 B
the greater the frequency the greater the frequency and the greater the greater the frequency of
band, what statement is true?
of switching on and off of of switching on and off of frequency of switching on switching on and off of the
the heater. the heater. and off of the heater. heater.
The greater the dead
The greater the dead band The smaller the dead band The smaller the dead band
band the more precise
the more precise the the more precise the the more precise the
As shown in figures "A", "B", and "C" of the illustrated PLC the control of
control of temperature and control of temperature and control of temperature and
244224 2 controlled temperature control system featuring dead temperature and the EL-0255 B
the greater the frequency the greater the frequency the lesser the frequency of
band, what statement is true? lesser the frequency of
of switching on and off of of switching on and off of switching on and off of the
switching on and off of
the heater. the heater. heater.
the heater.
As shown in the figures "A" and "B" of the illustrated RS-
232 Synchronous Serial DB-25 connector, what pin is
244225 1 pin 2 pin 3 pin 15 pin 24 EL-0257 A
used as the output data pin during serial
communications?
As shown in the figures "A" and "B" of the illustrated RS-
244225 2 232 Synchronous Serial DB-25 connector, what pin is pin 2 pin 3 pin 11 pin 17 EL-0257 B
used as the input data pin during serial communications?
As shown in the figures "A" and "B" of the illustrated RS-
232 Synchronous Serial DB-25 connector, what pin is
244225 3 pin 1 pin 2 pin 3 pin 7 EL-0257 D
used as the common signal return path pin during serial
communications?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what would a "0"
244226 1 24 V +12 V 0V -12 V EL-0257 B
data bit signal level be during serial communications?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what would a "1"
244226 2 24 V +12 V 0V -12 V EL-0257 D
data bit signal level be during serial communications?

Crawford  Nautical  School 131 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The space air sensor The tank water sensor The boiler water sensor
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C", and "D" of the illustrated The space air sensor, tank contacts must be closed contacts must be closed contacts must be closed
PLC controlled heating system, in addition to the clock water sensor, and boiler AND either the tank water AND either the space air AND either the space air
244227 1 EL-0260 D
timer, run and stop contacts all being closed, what other water sensor contacts must sensor or the boiler water sensor or the boiler water sensor or tank water
input requirements must be met for the boiler to be firing? ALL be closed. sensor contacts must be sensor contacts must be sensor contacts must be
closed. closed. closed.
The space air sensor The hot water tank sensor The space air sensor
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C", and "D" of the illustrated The hot water tank sensor
contacts must be closed contacts must be closed contacts must be closed
244227 2 PLC controlled heating system, what input requirements contacts must be closed EL-0260 A
and the boiler must be and the boiler must be and the boiler must be
must be met for the circulating pump #1 to be running? and the boiler must be idle.
firing. firing. idle.
The space air sensor The hot water tank sensor The space air sensor
As shown in figures "A", "B", "C", and "D" of the illustrated The hot water tank sensor
contacts must be closed contacts must be closed contacts must be closed
244227 3 PLC controlled heating system, what input requirements contacts must be closed EL-0260 B
and the boiler must be and the boiler must be and the boiler must be
must be met for the circulating pump #2 to be running? and the boiler must be idle.
firing. firing. idle.
They are wired in parallel They are wired in series
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration, what is They connect the drive In this particular
with the start button with the pressure switch
244250 1 the functional purpose of the normally open auxiliary motor across the three application, these contacts EL-0043 D
contacts and provide low and provide low voltage
contacts of the main contactor? phase line. are unused.
voltage protection. release.
If the disconnect switch Even with the motor
If the disconnect switch is Even with the disconnect
is closed, the potable experiencing overloads,
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration, what closed, the potable water switch open, the potable
water pump will start and the potable water pump will
244250 2 happens when the "man-stop-auto" switch is placed in the pump will start and run water pump will start and EL-0043 A
cycle on and off by the start and run continuously
"man" position? continuously regardless of run continuously
action of the pressure without tripping out on
the pressure. regardless of the pressure.
switch. overload.
The compressor drive The compressor drive
The compressor drive
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration, what motor will start after motor will start after The compressor drive
motor will immediately start
244250 3 will be the result of placing the "hand-auto" selector switch pushing the start button pushing the start button motor will jog briefly after EL-0042 C
even without pushing the
in the "hand" position? only if the pressure is regardless of the pushing the start button.
start button.
relatively low. pressure.
First the overload reset First the overload reset First the overload reset
First the start button must button must be depressed, button must be button must be depressed,
be depressed, then after then after releasing the OL depressed, then after then after releasing the OL
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration, what releasing the start button, reset button, the "hand- releasing the OL reset reset button, the start
EL-0042 EL-
244250 4 action is required to restart the compressor if the the overload reset button auto" selector switch must button, the "hand-auto" button must be depressed. D
0043
compressor drive motor trips out on overload? must be depressed. The be placed in the "auto" selector switch must be The motor will then restart
motor will then immediately position. The motor will placed in the "hand" if the pressure switch is
restart. then restart if the pressure position. The motor will closed if in the "auto"
switch is closed. then immediately restart. mode. .

Crawford  Nautical  School 132 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration, the
potable water pump trips out on overload shortly after
each start attempt. In an attempt to troubleshoot the
problem, the following voltage readings are taken during
the brief run period:

At load side of disconnect: L1 to L2 is 230 VAC

230 VAC
230 VAC Disconnect switch contacts Thermal overload heater Partial open in phase
Main contactor contacts on
244250 7 At load side of contactor: 105 VAC on line 2 are badly on line two connection winding in motor connected EL-0043 B
line 2 are badly corroded.
106 VAC corroded. badly corroded. to line 2.
229 VAC
L2 to L3 is L3 to L1 is
T1 to T2 is T2 to T3 is T3 to T1 is
At load side of overloads: T1 to T2 is 100 VAC
101 VAC
223 VAC
T2 to T3 is T3 to T1 is
What is most likely the problem?
When in the "hand"
When in the "hand" mode,
mode, low voltage
Whether in the "hand" or Whether in the "hand" or low voltage protection is
As shown in figures "A" and "B" of the illustration, what release is featured, but
244250 8 "auto" mode, low voltage "auto" mode, low voltage featured, but when in the EL-0042 B
statement is true? when in the "auto "mode,
release is featured. protection is featured. "auto "mode, low voltage
low voltage protection is
release is featured.
featured.
magnetic overload magnetic overload
In the illustration shown, what type of protection is thermal overload protection thermal overload protection
244251 1 protection and low voltage protection and low EL-0043 D
provided the potable pump drive motor? and low voltage protection and low voltage release
protection voltage release
as the motor approaches
as the motor approaches as the motor approaches synchronous speed the as the motor approaches
synchronous speed the synchronous speed the voltage induced across synchronous speed the
voltage induced across the voltage induced across the the rotor winding decays voltage induced across the
rotor winding decays in rotor winding increases in in amplitude and rotor winding increases in
As shown in the illustrated 3 phase synchronous motor amplitude and frequency amplitude and frequency frequency causing the amplitude and frequency
244252 1 controller, what statement is true regarding operation at causing the polarized causing the polarized polarized frequency relay causing the polarized EL-0135 A
synchronous speed? frequency relay to drop out frequency relay to pick up to pick up which de- frequency relay to drop out
which energizes the field which de- energizes the energizes the field which energizes the field
contactor, thus connecting field contactor, thus contactor, thus contactor, thus connecting
the DC field across the disconnecting the DC field disconnecting the DC the DC field across the
field winding across the field winding field across the field field winding
winding
DC is applied to the motor
field at the instant of start- the motor is started as an
As shown in the illustrated 3 phase synchronous motor the motor is started at the motor is started at
up and the resulting field induction motor using
244252 2 controller, what statement is true regarding motor start- reduced voltage using reduced voltage using EL-0135 C
current is used to amortisseur windings in
up? primary reactors primary resistors
accelerate the motor up to the rotor
speed

Crawford  Nautical  School 133 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

wound rotor induction squirrel cage induction squirrel cage induction
As shown in the illustration, what type of motor and motor synchronous motor with
244253 1 motor with across-the-line
motor with reduced motor with across-the-line EL-0136 D
starter are featured? across-the-line starting
starting voltage starting starting
specifically when a safety any time the motor has
As shown in the illustration, under what conditions would any time the motor is specifically when the motor
244253 2 interlock device prevents been stopped for any EL-0136 B
the red indicator light be illuminated? connected across line has tripped out on overload
motor operation reason
non-reversing squirrel cage non-reversing squirrel reversing squirrel cage
reversing squirrel cage
As shown in the illustration, what type of motor and motor induction motor with cage induction motor induction motor with
244254 1 induction motor with across- EL-0137 A
starter are featured? reduced voltage with reduced voltage reduced voltage
the-line starting
autotransformer starting primary reactor starting autotransformer starting
both "SRLS" and "RRLS" both "SRLS" and "RRLS"
"SRLS" is closed and "SRLS" is open and
should remain open as should remain closed as
As shown in the illustration, during a normal start-to-run "RRLS" is open at the "RRLS" is closed at the
long as both the rack long as both the rack
244254 2 sequence, what would be the status of "SRLS" and instant of startup and the instant of startup and the EL-0137 B
mounted contactors are mounted contactors are
"RRLS" respectively? reverse is true in the run reverse is true in the run
making proper contact with making proper contact with
mode mode
the line and load stabs the line and load stabs

the feeder disconnect the feeder disconnect the feeder disconnect the feeder disconnect
As shown in the illustrated feeder disconnect controller,
244255 1 contactor is electrically contactor is mechanically contactor remains closed contactor is electrically EL-0138 C
what statement is true?
tripped closed on a loss of power latched
As shown in the illustration, which of the following would
normal action of the
prevent simultaneously pulling in both the forward and opening of the isolation opening of the low voltage failure to properly rack
244256 1 reversing contactor EL-0139 D
reverse contactors (which if allowed to happen would switch handle door the reversing contactor
mechanical interlocks
insert a short directly across 4160 VAC line)?

the normally closed "R"

the normally closed, timed
and "F" auxiliary contacts
closed "RCR" and "FCR"
are instantaneous the normally closed "R"
auxiliary contacts are
the normally closed "R" interlocks, requiring and "F" auxiliary contacts
instantaneous interlocks,
and "F" auxiliary contacts stopping in one direction and the normally closed,
requiring stopping in one
As shown in the illustration, simultaneously pulling in of and the normally closed, before starting in another time closed "RCR" and
direction before starting in
both the forward and reverse contactors is preventing by time closed "RCR" and direction, whereas the "FCR" contacts all require
another direction, whereas
244256 2 both mechanical and electrical means. What statement is "FCR" contacts are all normally closed, time a time-delay associated EL-0139 C
the normally closed "R"
true concerning the two means of electrical interlocking instantaneous interlocks, closed "RCR" and "FCR" with coast down after
and "F" contacts require a
used? requiring stopping in one contacts require a time- shutting down in one
time-delay associated with
direction before starting in delay associated with direction before allowing
coast down after shutting
another direction coast down after shutting starting in the opposite
down in one direction
down in one direction direction
before allowing starting in
before allowing starting
the opposite direction
in the opposite direction

As shown in the illustrated solid-state stepless

244257 1 acceleration starting method graphs, which figure graphs A B C D EL-0143 B
a starting method that would require a tachometer input?
As shown in the illustrated solid-state stepless
acceleration starting method graphs, which figure graphs
244257 2 A B C D EL-0143 D
a starting method that provides the greatest control of
starting current?

Crawford  Nautical  School 134 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustrated solid-state stepless
acceleration starting method graphs, which figure graphs
244257 3 a starting method that provides linear acceleration, but A B C D EL-0143 C
where the acceleration rate depends on the load and a
tachometer input is not required?
As shown in the illustrated solid-state stepless
acceleration starting method graphs, which figure graphs
244257 4 A B C D EL-0143 A
a starting method that features a stepless acceleration
ramp-up that is non- adjustable?
As shown in the illustration, what type of motor is three phase synchronous three phase squirrel cage three phase wound rotor single phase wound rotor
244258 1 EL-0144 C
controlled as depicted in both figure "A" and in figure "B"? motor induction motor induction motor induction motor
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated manual motor the motor can be started the motor can be started at
the motor can be started at the motor must be started
244258 2 controller, what statement is true concerning the starting at any speed except the either of the two lower EL-0144 B
any speed at the lowest speed
of the motor? highest speed speeds
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated automatic
secondary resistance motor controller, at how many
244258 3 1 2 3 4 EL-0144 C
operating speeds does the motor run from start- up to
rated speed?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated manual secondary
244258 4 resistance motor controller, at how many operating 1 2 3 4 EL-0144 D
speeds does the motor run from start- up to rated speed?
As shown in the illustration, what type of motor is three phase synchronous three phase squirrel cage three phase wound rotor single phase wound rotor
244258 5 EL-0145 C
controlled as depicted in both figures "A", "B", and "C"? motor induction motor induction motor induction motor
electrical interlocking with
electrical interlocking with the normally closed low
electrical interlocking with mechanical interlocking
As shown in the illustrated two speed motor controller, the normally closed low speed and high speed
the normally closed low with the low speed and
244259 1 how is simultaneous energization of both contactors speed and high speed contactor auxiliary contacts EL-0169 D
speed and high speed start high speed contactors
prevented? contactor auxiliary contacts and the normally closed
pushbutton contacts only only
only low speed and high speed
start pushbutton contacts
Each of the low speed and Each of the low speed and
Both the low speed and The low speed and high
high speed windings are high speed windings are
high speed windings share speed windings share
protected by its own protected by its own
common overload relay common overload relay
separately sized overload separately sized overload
As shown in the illustrated two speed motor controller, heaters and each of the heaters and each of the
244259 2 heaters and the each of the heaters and each of the EL-0169 B
what statement is true concerning the overload relays? overload relay contacts are overload relay contacts is
overload relay contacts are overload relay contact is
both common to both the separately in series only
common to both the high separately in series only
high and low speed with its respective
and low speed contactor with its respective
contactor coils. contactor coil.
coils. contactor coil.
As shown in figure A" of the illustrated motor nameplate,
244260 1 how much current could the motor safely draw on a 142 amps 156 amps 163 amps 187 amps EL-0171 D
continuous basis at sea level without overheating?
As shown in figure A" of the illustrated motor nameplate,
244260 2 1 1.15 17.5 89.7 EL-0171 B
what is the service factor at sea level?

Crawford  Nautical  School 135 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustration, using the instructions
provided and Chart "A" and Table "24", what size overload
relay heater would be the proper selection for the motor
244261 1 associated with the motor nameplate data shown G30T19 G30T20 G30T21 G30T22 EL-0171 B
assuming the motor operates at sea level and that the
motor and its starter share the same ambient
temperature?
As shown in the illustration, using the instructions
provided and Chart "A" and Table "24", what size overload
relay heater would be the proper selection for the motor
244261 2 associated with the motor nameplate data shown G30T19 G30T20 G30T21 G30T22 EL-0171 A
assuming the motor operates at sea level and that the
motor ambient temperature is 40 degrees C and the
starter ambient temperature is 25 degrees C?
As shown in the illustration, using the instructions
provided and Chart "A" and Table "24", what size overload
relay heater would be the proper selection for the motor
244261 3 associated with the motor nameplate data shown G30T19 G30T20 G30T21 G30T22 EL-0171 C
assuming the motor operates at sea level and that the
motor ambient temperature is 25 degrees C and the
starter ambient temperature is 40 degrees C?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 1 M1 and M2 M1 and M3 M3 and M4 M5 and M6 EL-0170 B
controller, what contactors are mechanically interlocked?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 2 M2 and M5 M2 and M1 M3 and M4 M5 and M6 EL-0170 A
controller, what contactors are mechanically interlocked?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 3 controller, contactor "M1" is electrically interlocked with M2, M3, and M4 M2, M5, and M6 M2, M3, and M5 M2, M4, and M6 EL-0170 C
what other contactors?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 4 controller, contactor "M2" is electrically interlocked with M1, M3, and M4 M1, M3, and M5 M1, M5, and M6 M1, M4, and M6 EL-0170 B
what other contactors?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 5 controller, contactor "M3" is electrically interlocked with M5, M1, and M4 M5, M4, and M2 M5, M1, and M6 M5, M2, and M1 EL-0170 D
what other contactors?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 6 controller, contactor "M4" is electrically interlocked with M5, M1, and M3 M5, M3, and M2 M5, M2, and M6 M5, M2, and M1 EL-0170 D
what other contactors?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 7 controller, contactor "M5" is electrically interlocked with M3, M1, and M4 M3, M2, and M1 M3, M2, and M6 M3, M6, and M5 EL-0170 B
what other contactors?
As shown in the illustrated 4-speed, 3- phase motor
244262 8 controller, contactor "M6" is electrically interlocked with M3, M1, and M4 M3, M2, and M1 M3, M2, and M4 M3, M6, and M5 EL-0170 B
what other contactors?
The door cannot be The door cannot be The door cannot be The door cannot be
opened unless the opened unless the opened unless the opened unless the
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what statement is disconnect switch is open, disconnect switch is closed disconnect switch is disconnect switch is closed
244263 1 EL-0172 C
true concerning the door interlock? and if the door is open the and if the door is open the open, and if the door is and if the door is open the
disconnect switch cannot disconnect switch cannot open the disconnect disconnect switch cannot
be opened. be opened. switch cannot be closed. be closed.

Crawford  Nautical  School 136 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When the disconnect When the disconnect When the disconnect
When the disconnect
switch is opened, the fuses switch is closed, the switch is closed, the fuses
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what statement is switch is opened, the fuses
244263 2 are automatically fuses are automatically are automatically EL-0172 B
true concerning the safety disconnect switch? are automatically grounded
disconnected from ground grounded for disconnected from ground
for maintenance safety.
for maintenance safety. maintenance safety. for maintenance safety.
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what type of
244264 1 Thermal bimetallic Thermal solder-pot Electromagnetic Electronic EL-0172 D
overload relay for motor protection is illustrated?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, the self-test of
the OCR performance is applied with a setting of 6 times
the full load current and a trip time of 10 seconds is
observed, which agrees with the manufacturers
244264 2 5 seconds 10 seconds 15 seconds 25 seconds EL-0172 C
current/time characteristics. According to figure "C" of the
illustration, under actual operation, how long would the trip
time be if the motor was drawing 3 times the full load
amperage due to a mechanical overload?
As shown in the illustration, if the protected motor is rated
244265 1 at 25 amps at full load, what is the approximate locked 50 amps 100 amps 150 amps 250 amps EL-0173 C
rotor current value?
As shown in the illustration, if the protected motor is rated
at 15 amps at full load, what is the approximate threshold
value where sustained currents below the value result in
244265 2 45 amps 60 amps 90 amps 150 amps EL-0173 C
the overload relay tripping the motor off-line and where
sustained currents above the value result in the fuse
disconnecting the motor from line?
As shown in the tripping curves of the illustration, what is
244265 3 the name of the value at which the OCR and fuse tripping no load current full-load current 1.25 x full-load current locked rotor current EL-0173 D
curves cross?
A trigger fuse, when
A trigger fuse, when blown,
blown, trips the motor on A trigger fuse, when blown,
A trigger fuse, when blown, trips the motor on single
sustained overload, trips the motor on a ground
trips the motor on low phasing, providing added
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated motor protection providing added fault, providing added
voltage, providing added protection beyond the
244266 1 schemes, what statement is true regarding the trigger type protection beyond the protection beyond the EL-0174 B
protection beyond the capability of the differential,
fuses? capability of the over- capability of the ground
capability of the under- single phasing
current, inverse time fault characteristics of the
voltage relay. characteristics of the
characteristics of the combined overload relay.
combined overload relay.
combined overload relay.
The test button is used to The test button is used to
The test button is used to
reset the now open The test button is used to reset the now closed
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the mimic an overload to test
244267 1 normally closed relay test the actual current trip normally open relay EL-0178 C
purpose of the "test button"? the trip function of the
contacts after an overload value of the overload relay. contacts after an overload
overload relay.
trip. trip.
To reset the overload relay, To reset the overload To reset the overload relay,
To reset the overload relay,
the reset button is relay, the reset button is the reset button is
the reset button is
generally accessed by generally accessed by generally accessed by
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what statement is generally accessed by
244267 2 pushing a reset button on opening the motor starter pushing a reset button on EL-0178 D
true concerning the "reset button"? opening the motor starter
the motor starter enclosure enclosure door after the motor starter enclosure
enclosure door with no
door with no waiting period waiting for the door after waiting for the
waiting period required.
required. mechanism to cool. mechanism to cool.

Crawford  Nautical  School 137 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The full-load amp The full-load amp The full-load amp
The full-load amp
adjustment allows setting adjustment allows setting adjustment allows setting
adjustment allows setting
the overload relay trip the overload relay trip the overload relay trip
the overload relay trip
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what statement is value lower to compensate value higher to value higher to
244267 3 value lower to compensate EL-0178 C
true concerning the "full-load amp adjustment"? for high ambient compensate for high compensate for low
for low ambient
temperatures so as to ambient temperatures so ambient temperatures so
temperatures so as to
achieve better motor as to prevent nuisance as to achieve better motor
prevent nuisance trips.
protection. trips. protection.
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what is the actual
244268 1 20 amps 24 amps 35 amps 80 amps EL-0178 A
full-load current setting for the overload relay as pictured?
Which of the following pictures represents a magnetic
244269 1 A B C D EL-0179 D
reversing or two- speed motor starter?
Which of the following pictures represents a magnetic non-
244269 2 A B C D EL-0179 A
reversing or single-speed motor starter?
Which of the following pictures represents a magnetic
244269 3 A B C D EL-0179 B
contactor assembly?
Which of the following pictures represents an overload
244269 4 A B C D EL-0179 C
relay assembly?
Using the illustrated catalog number selection chart,
determine the correct catalog number for a motor starter
that meets the following selection criteria: a 3-pole,
244270 1 vertically mounted, NEMA reversing starter with an open AN19AN0A5E005 CN16GNVT5G045 AN59GNVT5G045 AE19GNVB5G045 EL-0180 C
enclosure rated at 45 continuous amperes, fitted with an
electronic overload relay with a ground fault feature set
and an operating coil rated at 24 VAC/60Hz.
Using the illustrated catalog number selection chart,
determine the correct catalog number for a motor starter
that meets the following selection criteria: a 3-pole,
244270 2 vertically mounted, NEMA non- reversing starter with an AN19AN0A5E005 AN19KNVA5E100 AN59GNVT5G100 AE19GNVB5G100 EL-0180 B
open enclosure rated at 90 continuous amperes, fitted
with an electronic overload relay with a standard feature
set and an operating coil rated at 120 VAC/60Hz.
Using the illustrated catalog number selection chart,
determine the correct catalog number for a motor
contactor that meets the following selection criteria: a 3-
244270 3 CE15BN3E AN15BN3E CN15BN3E5G020 CN15BN3E EL-0180 D
pole, NEMA non-reversing contactor with an open
enclosure rated at 18 continuous amperes, fitted with an
operating coil rated at 208 VAC/60Hz.
Using the illustrated catalog number selection chart,
determine the correct catalog number for a motor starter
that meets the following selection criteria: a 3-pole,
244270 4 vertically mounted, NEMA multi- speed starter with an AN706DNVB AN706DNVB5E045 CN706DN3B AN706DNVT EL-0180 A
open enclosure rated at 27 continuous amperes, fitted
with a bimetallic overload relay and an operating coil rated
at 240 VAC/60Hz.
What is the proper name for the entire device, including all
244271 1 Safety disconnect switch Magnetic starter Combination starter Magnetic contactor EL-0181 C
subassemblies, shown in the illustration?

Crawford  Nautical  School 138 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The primary function of the The control circuit The control circuit
The motor overload relay
As shown in the illustrated combination starter, what circuit breaker is for motor operating voltage is the operating voltage is
244271 2 resets automatically upon EL-0181 C
statement is true? overload protection, as well same as the motor lower than the motor
overload.
as a means of disconnect. operating voltage. operating voltage.

The primary function of the The control circuit

The motor overload relay The motor overload relay
As shown in the illustrated combination starter, what circuit breaker is for motor operating voltage is the
244271 3 must be manually reset resets automatically upon EL-0181 C
statement is true? overload protection, as well same as the motor
upon overload. overload.
as a means of disconnect. operating voltage.
The motor control station
The motor control station is The motor control station is The motor control station is
is of the maintained
As shown in the illustrated combination starter, what of the momentary contact of the momentary contact of the maintained contact
244271 4 contact selector type set EL-0181 A
statement is true? pushbutton type set up for pushbutton type set up for selector type set up for low
up for low voltage
low voltage protection. low voltage release. voltage release.
protection.
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay, if the
full load amp setting accurately represents the motor full
The relay will trip in 20 The relay will trip in 36 The relay will trip in 20 They relay will trip in 36
load current of 6 amps and the trip class dip switch
244272 1 seconds or less at a seconds or less at a seconds or less at a seconds or less at a EL-0182 A
settings are for a trip class of 20, what statement is true
current equal to 36 amps. current equal to 120 amps. current equal to 6 amps. current equal to 20 amps.
assuming that the locked rotor current is 6 times the full
load current.
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay, if the
full load amp setting accurately represents the motor full The relay will trip in 10
The relay will trip in 10 The relay will trip in 60 They relay will trip in 60
load current of 10 amps and the trip class dip switch seconds or less at a
244272 2 seconds or less at a seconds or less at a seconds or less at a EL-0182 C
settings are for a trip class of 10, what statement is true current equal to 60
current equal to 100 amps. current equal to 10 amps. current equal to 100 amps.
assuming that the locked rotor current is 6 times the full amps.
load current.
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay, if the
full load amp setting accurately represents the motor full The relay will trip in 6 The relay will trip in 6
The relay will trip in 25 They relay will trip in 25
load current of 4.5 amps and the definite time (D-time) seconds or less at a seconds or less at a
244272 3 seconds or less at a seconds or less at a EL-0183 D
setting is 25 sec. as shown, what statement is true current equal to 112.5 current equal to 27
current equal to 4.5 amps. current equal to 27 amps.
assuming that the locked rotor current is 6 times the full amps. amps.
load current.
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay, if it is
desired to connect the relay to a trip indicator for alarm
244273 1 95 and 96 96 and A3+ A4- and 97 97 and 98 EL-0182 D
purposes, what terminals would the trip alarm be
associated with in completing the series circuit?
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay, if it is
desired to connect the relay to the operating coil for
244273 2 95 and 96 96 and A3+ A4- and 97 97 and 98 EL-0182 A
tripping purposes, what terminals would the operating coil
be associated with in completing the series circuit?
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay, if the
external current transformers transform current on a basis
244274 1 .45 amps 4.5 amps 45 amps 450 amps EL-0183 D
of 100:1, what is the actual full load current setting as
presently set?
Which of the following illustrated circuit schematics
244275 1 provides phase failure protection for a three phase motor A B C D EL-0222 D
using load side current sensing technology?

Crawford  Nautical  School 139 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Which of the following illustrated circuit schematics
provides phase failure protection for a three phase motor
244275 2 A B C D EL-0222 C
using voltage sensing technology interfacing with a circuit
breaker?
Which of the following illustrated circuit schematics
244275 3 provides phase failure protection for a three phase motor A B C D EL-0222 B
using load side voltage sensing technology?
Setting the leakage current Setting the leakage current
for too low a value may for too high a value may
Setting the leakage Setting the leakage current
increase the likelihood of increase the likelihood of
As shown in in figure "B" of the illustrated typical ground current for too high or too for too high or too low a
nuisance trips and setting nuisance trips and setting
244276 1 fault relay, what statement concerning the leakage current low a value may increase value may result in EL-0223 A
the leakage current for too the leakage current for too
setting adjustment is true? the likelihood of nuisance incidental damage due to a
high a value may result in low a value may result in
trips. ground fault.
incidental damage due to a incidental damage due to a
ground fault. ground fault.

Any two of the motor

Any one of the motor All three of the motor Any two of the motor
feeder conductors are
feeder conductors is feeder conductors are feeder conductors are
passed through the
passed through the window passed through the window connected to the two wire
window and a connection
and a connection is made and a connection is made terminals in the upper right
As shown in in figure "C" of the illustrated typical ground is made between the
between the ground fault between the ground fault hand corner of the sensor
244276 2 fault sensor, what statement concerning its installation is ground fault relay sensor EL-0223 B
relay sensor terminals and relay sensor terminals and as shown in the illustration
true? terminals and the two
the two wire terminals in the two wire terminals in and the ground fault relay
wire terminals in the
the upper right hand corner the upper right hand corner sensor lead connections
upper right hand corner
of the sensor as shown in of the sensor as shown in are passed through the
of the sensor as shown
the illustration. the illustration. window.
in the illustration.

Besides the actual amount of bare steel surface, the

amount of current flow required for the cathodic protection
of a vessel is dependent upon what factor or factors?
244350 1 I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II C
I. The speed of the ship traveling through the water.

II. The temperature of the water.

protect engine room and
What is the functional purpose of an impressed current prevent corrosion of the neutralize the vessel's maintain a minimum
deck machinery from
244351 1 cathodic protection system aboard ship besides propeller, rudder and line stray magnetic fields which constant alternator load to A
oxidation in the presence
preventing corrosion of the hull? shafting would interfere with radar prevent overheating
of salt air
all ship's service straps connect the rudder
machinery on deck and in the hull's magnetic fields
For more complete vessel protection when using an alternators have additional with the hull and the
the engine room is first are aligned with a solid-
244351 2 impressed current cathodic system, what other features temperature sensing propeller shaft is grounded D
coated with zinc chromate state degaussing circuit
are built into the system? devices and a thermal through a slip ring/brush
before final painting using SCR's
recorder installed arrangement
The anodes are
In an impressed current cathodic protection system, The anodes are connected The anodes are insulated The anodes are insulated
connected to the hull and
244352 1 concerning the anodes associated with the hull, what to the hull and waste away from the hull and do not from the hull and waste B
do not waste away with
statement is true? with time. waste away with time. away with time.
time.

Crawford  Nautical  School 140 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Impressed current cathodic hull protection systems are
repeated painting of the vacuum tube degaussing
244352 2 commonly used on modern vessels. What are these electroplating of the hull sacrificial zinc anodes C
hull systems
systems designed to replace or reduce?
244352 3 What does the circuit shown in the illustration represent? battery charging circuit synchronous exciter depth sounding unit cathodic protection system EL-0090 D
It measures the voltage of It measures the average It measures the average It measure the voltage of
As shown in the illustration, the voltmeter measures what the electronic regulator voltage of all the protectivevoltage of both reference the selected reference
244354 1 EL-0090 D
voltage? output with reference to anodes with respect to hull anodes with respect to anode with respect to hull
hull ground. ground. hull ground. ground.
It receives an input from
It receives an input from It receives an input from
It receives an input from the set point value
the control amplifier as well the set point potentiometer
the control amplifier as well potentiometer as well as
What is the purpose of the electronic regulator as shown as the set point and the output controls
244354 2 as the reference anode the reference anode and EL-0090 C
in the illustration? potentiometer and the both the reference anode
and the output controls the the output controls the
output controls the current and the protective
set point value. protective anode current
reference anode current. anode current.
via the control amplifier.
It measures the
It measures the control It measures the total sum It measures the individual
As shown in the illustration, the ammeter measures what individual protective
244354 3 winding current of the of protective anode reference anode current as EL-0090 B
current? anode current as
saturable core reactor. currents. selected.
selected.
inspect electrical wiring for
remove covers exposed to remove motor covers Check drum switch contact
As part of a routine maintenance program for deck evidence of corrosion or
244610 1 the weather and drain and ventilate as weather pressure every three A
machinery motor controllers, what should be done? discoloration at
water each week permits months
connections
water wash the motor
have electrical safety
perform a 'high pot' test to and controller to remove energize space heaters to
If deck machinery is expected to be idle for an extended gloves available in case of
244620 1 determine the condition of any salt that may prevent the condensation D
period of time, what should be done? electrical shock before
the insulation interfere with smooth of moisture
running
operation
In the system shown in the illustration, the engine room
The selector switch is There is an open between
station is unable to signal any other station, nor is any
grounded at the problem terminal "C" of the problem The coil of component The switch at component
other station able to signal the engine room station. The
245001 1 station diverting current station and the common "C" of the problem "A" of the problem station EL-0093 B
engine room station can, however, ring itself by proper
from the other stations' wire of the multi-conductor station is open circuited. is stuck open.
positioning of its selector switch. What is the most
ringing devices. cable to the other stations.
probable cause of this problem?
Erratic operation of the device represented in the diagram improper contact at "S"
improper contact at "R" slip a low three-phase voltage a high three-phase voltage
245050 1 labeled "A" shown in the illustration could be traced to slip rings or "R" EL-0092 A
rings or "S" connections supply supply
what condition? connections
If coils 'R1-R2-R3' at the receiver of figure "C" shown in
Reverse the 60 Hz supply
the illustration turned opposite of those in the transmitter, Interchange leads 'S1' and Interchange leads 'S2' Interchange leads 'R1' and
245051 2 connections to 'S1' and EL-0092 D
what action should be taken to have both turn in the same 'R2'. and 'R3'. 'R3'.
'S2'.
direction?
If it is required that the coils 'R1-R2-R3' in the indicator of Reverse the 60 Hz supply
Interchange leads 'R1' Interchange leads 'R2' and
245051 3 figure "A", turn opposite to those in the transmitter, as connections to 'S1' and No action is needed. EL-0092 C
and 'R3'. 'R3'.
shown in the illustration, what action should be taken? 'S2'.
If coil 'R1-R2-R3' at the receiver of figure "A" shown in the
illustration were in 180 degree error with respect to that of No action is necessary as Interchange connections Interchange connections Interchange connections
245052 1 EL-0092 C
the transmitter of figure "B", using figure "C" as a guide, this is proper operation. 'R1' and 'R2'. 'S1' and 'S2'. 'S1' and 'S3'.
what corrective action should be taken?

Crawford  Nautical  School 141 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "1" of the illustration, a correctly
connected synchronous transmission causes the receiver
to be in correspondence with the transmitter. If the
245053 1 receiver is out of correspondence, properly zeroed, but A B C D EL-0149 A
the torque direction is reversed as shown in figure "2",
what figure shows the incorrect connections responsible
for this condition?
As shown in figure "1" of the illustration, a correctly
connected synchronous transmission causes the receiver
to be in correspondence with the transmitter. If the
245053 2 receiver is out of correspondence, 180 degrees out of A B C D EL-0150 B
zero, but the torque direction is correct as shown in figure
"2", what figure shows the incorrect connections
responsible for this condition?
As shown in figure "1" of the illustration, a correctly
connected synchronous transmission causes the receiver
to be in correspondence with the transmitter. If the
245053 3 receiver is out of correspondence, 240 degrees out of A B C D EL-0151 D
zero, but the torque direction is correct as shown in figure
"2", what figure shows the incorrect connections
responsible for this condition?
As shown in figure "1" of the illustration, a correctly
connected synchronous transmission causes the receiver
to be in correspondence with the transmitter. If the
245053 4 receiver is out of correspondence, 120 degrees out of A B C D EL-0151 C
zero, but the torque direction is correct as shown in figure
"2", what figure shows the incorrect connections
responsible for this condition?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, if the operation It will stop moving only
It will move in one direction It will respond only to the
selector switch is allowed to remain in the 'Controller' It will not respond to when the helm is counter-
245100 1 only regardless of the output of the differential EL-0097 A
mode after testing of the steering gear, how will the rudder commands from the helm rotated to put the pump at
movement of the helm repeater
respond? neutral stroke
Which of the following conditions will occur if the brake The load suspended Nothing will happen; the
The brake will be set by The motor will over speed
245150 1 solenoid coil burns out on a cargo winch with an electrical from the cargo boom will winch will continue to A
spring force. and burn up.
brake? fall. operate as usual.
The winch shown in the illustration operates in any of the
Master switch contact 'MS Master switch contact 'MS Master switch contact Master switch contact 'MS
positions with the master switch in the 'lower' direction,
245152 1 2' may have defective 3' may have defective 'MS 4' may have 5' may have defective EL-0102 C
but will not 'hoist' in any of the master switch hoist speed
springs. springs. defective springs. springs.
positions. Which of the listed faults could be the cause?
The winch shown in the illustration will operate normally in
all speeds in both directions, with the exception that it will master switch contact 'MS the contactor '5A' coil is time delay relay '3T' coil master switch contacts
245152 2 EL-0102 C
not accelerate into 'fifth point' hoist or 'fifth point' lower. 7" fails to close open-circuited is open-circuited "MS 8' are welded closed
What would be a possible cause?
As shown in the illustration, what is responsible for
normally open 'UV' normally closed 'OL'
245155 1 maintaining the "UV" relay energized when the master 'MS 1' contacts 'MS 2' contacts EL-0102 C
contacts contacts
switch handle is moved away from the "off" position?

Crawford  Nautical  School 142 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The potable water hydro
As shown in figure "A" and "B" of the illustration, the The pressure switch
pneumatic header tank is The potable water hydro
potable water pump is short cycling by the action of the The pressure switch range differential setting is set
in need of recharging pneumatic header tank has
245400 1 pressure switch as a result of an unusually high water adjustment is set too low excessively high and the EL-0043 C
with compressed air due too much compressed air
level in the potable water hydro pneumatic header tank. and must be set higher. differential must be
to absorption of air into and some must be bled off.
What is most likely the cause? decreased.
the water over time.
In order to properly set up programmable motor
protection, it is necessary to know the locked rotor current
of a motor. Given the illustrated chart of code letters for
locked-rotor kVA/HP and the necessary instructions,
245401 1 34.7 amps 43.7 amps 60 amps 75.6 amps EL-0175 B
calculate the estimated locked rotor current for the motor
represented by the illustrated motor nameplate using a
mid- range value for the code letter, assuming the motor
is to run at 440 VAC.
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of
245402 2 the illustration to test an AC contactor coil, what would the 0.03 ohms 22 ohms 110 V OL ohms EL-0214 D
display read if the coil is open-circuited?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of
245402 3 the illustration to test an AC contactor coil, what would the 0.03 ohms 22 ohms 110 V OL ohms EL-0214 B
display read if the coil is functioning properly?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
245402 4 the illustration to test an AC solenoid valve coil, what 0.03 ohms 110 ohms 110 V OL ohms EL-0214 A
would the display read if the coil is short-circuited?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
245402 5 the illustration to test an AC solenoid valve coil, what 0.03 ohms 110 ohms 110 V OL ohms EL-0214 D
would the display read if the coil is open-circuited?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of
245402 6 the illustration to test an AC solenoid valve coil, what 0.03 ohms 110 ohms 110 V OL ohms EL-0214 B
would the display read if the coil is functioning properly?
Temperature sensors
Which of the listed temperature measuring devices Temperature sensors
Temperature sensors measuring the Current transformers are
installed on a large turbo-electric alternating current measuring the temperature
inserted in the stator slots temperature of the the most reliable means of
245500 1 propulsion generator would be the most reliable for of the cooling air A
for measuring stator cooling water associated monitoring generator
monitoring generator temperatures to avoid premature associated with the
winding temperature. with the generator air temperatures.
winding insulation failure? generator air cooler.
cooler.
Which of the listed devices is most likely to be installed on
a large modern diesel-electric alternating current A Halon fire extinguishing A CO2 fire extinguishing A foam fire extinguishing A dry chemical fire
245500 2 B
propulsion generator for commercial ship propulsion for system. system. system. extinguishing system.
the purposes of fire suppression?
How is the speed of the propeller shaft directly coupled to
an AC synchronous propulsion motor changed when varying the number of varying the field strength varying the field strength of
245503 2 varying the turbine speed A
powered by a variable frequency propulsion alternator in motor poles of the generator the motor
an AC turboelectric drive system?
How is the speed of the propeller shaft directly coupled to
Varying the output
an AC synchronous drive motor changed when powered Varying the generator Varying the number of Varying the field strength
245503 3 frequency of the power D
by either a dedicated or integrated constant frequency speed motor poles of the generator
converter
alternator in an AC diesel-electric drive system?

Crawford  Nautical  School 143 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

How is the direction of propeller shaft rotation changed
Reversing the phase
when directly coupled to an AC synchronous motor when Reversing the polarity of Reversing the polarity of Reversing the rotation of
245504 1 sequence of power to the C
driven by a variable frequency alternator in an AC turbo- the propulsion motor the propulsion generator the steam turbine
motor
electric drive system?
Which of the following statements is true concerning a The starting current is The field winding is
The motor is started as an Resistance is gradually
245505 2 large polyphase synchronous main propulsion motor as held below the rated energized for starting A
induction motor. added to the rotor circuit.
used in an electric propulsion drive system? current. purposes only.
On DC diesel-electric drives, how is the speed of the DC changing the generator changing the generator changing the polarity of changing the motor field
245650 2 A
propulsion motor primarily controlled? engine speed field excitation current the generator field excitation current
affect main motor speed if
In a diesel electric plant, raising the generator's field
affect generator speed done in conjunction with
245651 1 excitation current will have what effect on the DC increase in speed decrease in speed A
only higher generator engine
propulsion motor speed?
speeds
In a rectified DC diesel electric plant, raising the AC
operate with a lower operate with a higher
245651 2 generator's field excitation current will have what effect on increase in speed decrease in speed A
power factor power factor
the DC propulsion motor?
Ships requiring rapid maneuvering response with a high
Direct or geared diesel
245653 1 degree of main propeller shaft control are most often what Steam turbine geared drive Diesel-electric drive Gas turbine geared drive C
drive
type of drive system?
What is the major advantage of a diesel electric excellent propulsion
245653 2 low cost and weight less maintenance lower fuel consumption B
propulsion plant over other drive systems? maneuverability
How is the main propeller shaft rotation of a rectified DC reversing the field polarity reversing the field polarity reversing the diesel
245654 1 reversing the interpoles B
diesel-electric drive normally reversed? in the AC generator in the DC motor engine rotation
While standing an "at sea watch" onboard a modern
check the transformer
rectified DC diesel- electric drive ship you notice the notify the bridge that you send the oiler to look for reduce load by tripping
245655 1 ventilation fans for proper A
transformer core temperature slowly rising. What should need to slow down fires in the transformer lighting circuits
operation
be your FIRST action?
While standing watch onboard a modern rectified diesel-
check the transformer
electric propulsion drive ship, you notice the main notify the bridge that you send the oiler to look for reduce load by tripping
245655 2 ventilation fans for proper A
transformer core temperature slowly rising. What should need to slow down fires in the transformer lighting circuits
operation
be your FIRST action?
While underway onboard a DC diesel electric drive ship, notify the bridge that you
decrease the speed of the decrease the main decrease the motor field
245656 2 you notice excessive sparking of the brushes on the main will need to slow down to A
main generator generator voltage current
propulsion motor. What should be your FIRST action? reduce the electrical load
The propulsion generator is The propulsion generator is
The propulsion generator The propulsion generator
What statement is true concerning SCR power converters an AC machine, whereas a DC machine, whereas
245657 1 and propulsion motor are and propulsion motor are A
as used on diesel- electric propulsion drive systems? the propulsion motor is a the propulsion motor is an
both AC . both DC machines.
DC machine. AC machine.
What is one major advantage of a diesel electric
245659 1 excellent maneuverability low cost and weight less maintenance lower fuel consumption A
propulsion plant?
While standing an "at sea watch" onboard an AC diesel-
electric drive ship with a synchronous propulsion motor,
you notice that the kwatt load is at roughly 75% of
245660 1 capacity with a leading power factor less than 1. Ideally leading lagging zero unity D
what would be the character of the power factor
associated with the main power distribution including all
motors?

Crawford  Nautical  School 144 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Propulsion AC generators creating 4160 VAC use
transformers to provide nominally 120 VAC to the
245663 1 4:01 1:04 35:01:00 40:01:00 C
automatic voltage regulator. What is the turns ratio of this
step-down transformer?
Power conversion for use in DC propulsion drive motors is pulse width modulated load commutated silicon controlled rectifier
245664 2 cycloconverters D
accomplished by what type of converter? converters converters converters
Two AC generators are operating in parallel and both are increase the voltage of
increase the speed of the decrease the speed of the decrease the voltage of the
equipped with automatic voltage regulators. While the generator with the
generator with the largest generator with the largest generator with the largest
245665 1 standing watch, one generator is noted as having a largest kvar while D
kvar while decreasing the kvar while increasing the kvar while increasing the
greater lagging kvar value. In order to equalize the kvars decreasing the other
other generator speed other generator speed other generator voltage
between the generators manually, what should be done? generator voltage
Prior to performing any internal maintenance on a large
DC main propulsion motor, what precaution or precautions
should be taken?
245666 2 I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II C
I. De-energize, lock-out, and tag-out the motor electrically

II. Engage the shaft brake

prevent moisture buildup in maintain a relatively prevent the rotor from provide an additional
For what purpose are thermal strip heaters provided in DC
245667 1 windings when motor is constant temperature in the warping while in means of starting A
main propulsion motors?
idle motor enclosure operation resistance
An AC diesel-electric propulsion system requires less
245668 1 maintenance than a DC diesel-electric system. Which Diesel engine Propulsion motor AC generator Propulsion transformers B
system component requires less maintenance?
How is the main shaft rotation on an AC diesel-electric increasing the generator decreasing the generator reversing any two phase reversing the prime mover
245669 1 C
propulsion vessel normally reversed? frequency frequency leads to the motor rotation
By what common means is the speed of the AC by varying the input
by increasing the motor by decreasing the motor by increasing the current to
245670 1 propulsion motor on a diesel- electric propulsion ship frequency of the voltage to A
voltage voltage the motor
controlled? the motor
A common method used to control the speed of a
varying the input frequency increasing the motor decreasing the motor increasing the current to
245670 2 synchronous AC propulsion motor on a diesel-electric A
of the voltage to the motor voltage voltage the motor
propulsion drive is by what means?
On electric propulsion drive ships, Silicon-Controlled
Rectifiers can be used to control which of the following?
245671 1 I only II only Both I and II Neither I or II C
I. DC propulsion motors
II. AC propulsion motors
A ships main propulsion electric drive power converter
panel circuit breaker may fail to close due to the action of
power converter cooling shaft control throttle
245672 1 various electrical interlocks via shunt trips. What shaft brake not set control panel door closed A
fan not energized handles in "stop" position
permissive circuit/electrical interlock would most likely be
the cause?
Propulsion motors are Main propulsion power
The propeller speed and Location of electric
Which of the following is a disadvantage of electric drive required along with may also be directed to
245674 1 direction of rotation are power generation B
propulsion systems? electrical power generation ships electrical service
easily controllable. machinery is flexible.
machinery. distribution.

Crawford  Nautical  School 145 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Disconnect the brush Lift the brushes from
Disconnect the brush Lift the brushes from
Which of the following precautions should you take when pigtails from their contacts commutator collector
pigtails from their contacts commutator collector rings
245850 1 securing propulsion generators and motors for an and discharge carbon rings and use the built-in C
and circulate air through and circulate cool dry air
extended period of time? dioxide into the units to heater to prevent
the units. through the units.
keep them dry. moisture accumulation.
On a vessel with turbo-electric drive, which of the
following conditions would indicate that the propulsion Excessive vibration of the Tripped main motor Overheated crosstie Closed contact in the field
245900 1 A
motor had dropped out of synchronization with the vessel interlocks busses circuits
propulsion generator?
number of zeros following
the first two significant first significant figure of second significant figure of
246000 1 What is the third color band on a resistor used to indicate? tolerance of the resistor B
figures in the resistance the resistance the resistance
value
How can the nominal resistance value of a typical carbon by the single solid body by the band markings on by the resistance value by the physical size of the
246000 2 B
resistor in a circuit best be determined? color of the resistor the resistor written on the resistor resistor
What is the basic "control action" of a magnetic amplifier
246001 1 changes in capacitance changes in inductance changes in resistance changes in conductance B
dependent upon?
What is the functional purpose of a heat sink, as to prevent excessive to compensate for to increase the reverse to decrease the forward
246002 2 A
frequently used with transistors? temperature rise excessive doping current current
When a solid-state component of an electronic circuit is prevent mechanical
prevent vibration damage dissipate stray magnetic
246002 3 mounted to a metallic mass, what is the general purpose damage to solid- state act as a heat sink D
to delicate components currents
of that mass? components
With what electronic circuit component are heat sinks
246002 4 power transistors vacuum tubes LED's LCD's A
most frequently associated with?
246004 1 What does the circuit shown in the illustration represent? function generator voltage regulator electronic overload relay oscillator EL-0091 C
it is used to set the
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay it is used to set the over it is used to set the it is used to protect the
inverse-time function
246004 2 circuit, what is the functional purpose of potentiometer current trip setting of the instantaneous trip setting rectifier from thermal EL-0091 A
setting of the overload
"R2"? overload relay of the overload relay damage
relay
it is used to set the
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay it is used to set the over it is used to set the it is used to protect the
inverse-time function
246004 3 circuit, what is the functional purpose of potentiometer current trip setting of the instantaneous trip setting preamplifier from over EL-0091 B
setting of the overload
"R4"? overload relay of the overload relay current
relay
it is used to set the
As shown in the illustrated electronic overload relay it is used to set the over it is used to set the it is used to protect the
inverse-time function
246004 4 circuit, what is the functional purpose of potentiometer current trip setting of the instantaneous trip setting preamplifier from over EL-0091 C
setting of the overload
"R6"? overload relay of the overload relay current
relay
A saturable-core reactor operates on the principle of
varying the core's dielectric varying the core's varying the core's varying the core's
246005 1 controlling a load winding's inductance by changing the B
strength saturation reactance inductance
permeability of the core. How is this accomplished?
Although saturable reactors are extremely useful in some inductive reactance in the IR drop throughout the
246005 5 core hysteresis losses eddy current losses A
applications, why is their gain low? control winding load winding
Basically, a magnetic amplifier is a saturable-core reactor variable capacitance to all
246006 1 AC to the bias winding eddy current protectors a rectifier in the load circuit D
with the addition of what additional feature? windings
What is the name of the semiconductor that decreases in
246200 1 resistor thermistor diode thermopile B
resistance with an increase in temperature?
As shown in the illustration, which electrical symbol
246201 2 1 2 3 4 EL-0065 A
represents a PNP type bipolar junction transistor?
As shown in the illustration, which electrical symbol
246201 3 1 2 3 4 EL-0065 B
represents a NPN type bipolar junction transistor?

Crawford  Nautical  School 146 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the illustration, which electrical symbol
246201 4 1 2 3 4 EL-0065 C
represents a JFET junction field effect transistor?
As shown in the illustration, which electrical symbol
246201 5 7 8 9 10 EL-0065 A
represents an SCR silicon controlled rectifier?
As shown in the illustration, which electrical symbol
246201 6 7 8 9 10 EL-0065 C
represents a triac thyristor?
As shown in the illustration, which electrical symbol
246201 7 7 8 9 10 EL-0065 D
represents a diac trigger diode?
The three terminals are
Which of the following statements correctly applies to LED and LCD are the two The emitter separates The collector separates the
246202 1 called the emitter, base, B
bipolar junction transistors? basic types of transistors. the base and collector. emitter and base.
and collector.
Low frequencies below the Low frequencies below
Low frequencies below the Low frequencies below the
cutoff- frequency are the cutoff- frequency are
cutoff- frequency are cutoff- frequency are
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what is true passed and high attenuated and high
246203 1 attenuated and high passed and high EL-0076 B
concerning the illustrated frequency response curve? frequencies above the cut- frequencies above the
frequencies above the cut- frequencies above the cut-
off frequency are cut-off frequency are
off frequency are passed. off frequency are passed.
attenuated. attenuated.
Low frequencies below the Low frequencies below
Low frequencies below the Low frequencies below the
cutoff- frequency are the cutoff- frequency are
cutoff- frequency are cutoff- frequency are
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is true passed and high attenuated and high
246203 6 attenuated and high passed and high EL-0076 A
concerning the illustrated frequency response curve? frequencies above the cut- frequencies above the
frequencies above the cut- frequencies above the cut-
off frequency are cut-off frequency are
off frequency are passed. off frequency are passed.
attenuated. attenuated.
Low frequencies below
Low frequencies below the Low frequencies below the Low frequencies below the
the lower cutoff-
lower cutoff-frequency are lower cutoff-frequency are lower cutoff-frequency are
frequency are attenuated
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what is true passed and high attenuated and high passed and high
246203 7 and high frequencies EL-0076 C
concerning the illustrated frequency response curve? frequencies above the frequencies above the frequencies above the
above the upper cut-off
upper cut-off frequency are upper cut-off frequency are upper cut-off frequency are
frequency are
attenuated. passed. passed.
attenuated.
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, in terms of
246203 8 frequency response characteristics, the filter circuit low-pass filter high-pass filter resonant band-pass filter notch filter EL-0077 A
illustrated represent what type of filter?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, in terms of
246203 9 frequency response characteristics, the filter circuit low-pass filter high-pass filter resonant band-pass filter notch filter EL-0077 B
illustrated represent what type of filter?
As shown in the illustration, in terms of frequency
246203 10 response characteristics, the various filter circuits low-pass filter high-pass filter resonant band-pass filter interference filter EL-0078 C
illustrated represent what type of filter?
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, in terms of
246203 11 frequency response characteristics, the filter circuit low-pass filter high-pass filter resonant band-pass filter notch filter EL-0077 D
illustrated represent what type of filter?
Which of the pictured solid state semiconductor devices is
246204 1 1 2 4 7 EL-0068 D
a light- emitting diode?
Which of the pictured solid-state semiconductor devices in
246204 2 2 3 4 5 EL-0068 B
the illustration is a rectifier bridge?
Which of the pictured solid state electronic semiconductor
246204 3 1 2 4 7 EL-0068 C
devices in the illustration is a silicon-controlled rectifier?

Crawford  Nautical  School 147 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Which of the pictured solid state electronic semiconductor
246204 5 3 4 5 6 EL-0068 C
devices is an integrated circuit (IC) chip?
Which of the pictured solid state electronic semiconductor
246204 6 1 3 4 6 EL-0068 D
devices is a bipolar junction transistor (BJT)?
Which of the pictured solid state electronic semiconductor
246204 7 1 3 4 6 EL-0068 A
devices is a rectifier diode?
Which of the listed conditions describes the effect on
Capacitive reactance will Inductive reactance will
246206 1 intrinsic semiconductor operation as a result of a Conductivity will increase Resistivity will increase B
decrease decrease
temperature increase?
produce additional produce additional
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the produce the alternator field smooth out transient
excitation current beyond excitation current beyond
second set of primary windings (PRI.2) of the static excitation current voltage spikes and dips
246207 1 the no-load current the no-load current EL-0079 D
excitation transformer of the compounded self- excited associated with no- load associated with sudden
inversely proportional to proportional to the actual
alternator? operation load changes
the actual load current load current

produce additional produce additional

As shown in the illustration, what is the primary purpose of produce the alternator field smooth out transient
excitation current beyond excitation current beyond
the first set of primary windings (PRI.1) of the static excitation current voltage spikes and dips
246207 4 the no-load current the no-load current EL-0079 A
excitation transformer of the compounded self-excited associated with no- load associated with sudden
inversely proportional to proportional to the actual
alternator? operation load changes
the actual load current load current

produce additional produce additional

produce the alternator field smooth out transient
As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the first excitation current beyond excitation current beyond
excitation current voltage spikes and dips
246207 5 set of primary windings (PRI.1) as impacted by the reactor the no-load current the no-load current EL-0079 B
associated with no- load associated with sudden
coils of the compounded self- excited alternator? inversely proportional to proportional to the actual
operation load changes
the actual load current load current

produce additional produce additional

As shown in the illustration, what is the purpose of the first produce the alternator field
excitation current beyond excitation current beyond
set of primary windings (PRI.1) as impacted by the excitation current improve alternator power
246207 6 the no-load current the no-load current EL-0079 B
capacitor bank of the compounded self- excited associated with no- load factor
inversely proportional to proportional to the actual
alternator? operation
the actual load current load current
The voltage sensor The voltage sensor The voltage sensor
The voltage sensor
delivers a relatively low delivers a relatively low delivers an AC signal
delivers a DC signal
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what statement is value of single phase AC value of DC signal voltage voltage equal in
246208 1 voltage equal in magnitude EL-0066 B
true concerning the voltage sensing unit? signal voltage proportional proportional to the magnitude to the
to the alternator output
to the alternator output alternator output voltage to alternator output voltage
voltage to the comparator.
voltage to the comparator. the comparator. to the comparator.
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what are the
"A" is the arsenic doping "A" is the anode
electrode/lead designations for "A", "K", and "G" "A" is the anode "K" is the "A" is the anode "K" is the
246208 2 electrode "K" is the "K" is the cathode "G" is EL-0066 D
respectively for the thyristor control, also known as a klyptron "G" is the gate cathode "G" is the gate
cathode "G" is the gate the germanium lead
silicon-controlled rectifier?
What does the symbol in figure "1" shown in the NPN bipolar junction PNP bipolar junction junction field effect
246209 1 silicon controller rectifier EL-0065 B
illustration represent? transistor transistor transistor
The characteristics of the device shown in figure "8" of the
illustration includes a stable voltage and low current while switching and timing
246209 2 class A and B amplifiers DC power supplies SCR power circuits EL-0065 A
operating. Because of this, it can be suitably used in what circuits
type of circuit?

Crawford  Nautical  School 148 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What does the symbol in figure "3" shown in the NPN bipolar junction PNP bipolar junction junction field effect
246209 4 silicon controller rectifier EL-0065 C
illustration represent? transistor transistor transistor
What does the symbol in figure "2" shown in the NPN bipolar junction PNP bipolar junction junction field effect
246209 5 silicon controller rectifier EL-0065 A
illustration represent? transistor transistor transistor
What does the symbol in figure "7" shown in the NPN bipolar junction PNP bipolar junction junction field effect
246209 6 silicon controller rectifier EL-0065 D
illustration represent? transistor transistor transistor
246210 1 What does the electronic symbol of figure "9" represent? triac thyristor diac trigger diode diode rectifier zener diode EL-0065 A
246210 4 What does the electronic symbol of figure "10" represent? triac thyristor diac trigger diode diode rectifier zener diode EL-0065 B

246210 5 What does the electronic symbol of figure "11" represent? triac thyristor diac trigger diode diode rectifier zener diode EL-0065 C

246210 6 What does the electronic symbol of figure "13" represent? triac thyristor diac trigger diode diode rectifier zener diode EL-0065 D
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme
diagram, what device provides input to the reverse power
246212 1 current transformer potential transformer thermal monitor sensors strobe sensors EL-0067 B
relay "RP", the under voltage/overvoltage relay "UV/OV",
and the under frequency/over frequency relay "UF/OF"?
trips the alternator circuit
trips the alternator circuit trips the alternator circuit trips the alternator circuit
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme breaker when the
breaker when the breaker when the breaker when the
246212 3 diagram, what function does the reverse power relay (RP) alternator prime mover is EL-0067 C
alternator phase sequence alternator main field alternator begins to
perform? being driven in the reverse
is opposite that of the bus polarity is reversed motorize
direction
What is the name of the component labeled CR1 as
246213 1 shown in section "D" of the regulated DC power supply rectifier diode zener diode tunnel diode diac EL-0085 B
illustrated?
What is the name of the component labeled Q1 as shown
NPN bipolar junction PNP bipolar junction
246213 4 in section "D" of the regulated DC power supply triac silicon-controlled rectifier EL-0085 A
transistor transistor
illustrated?
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme a difference of voltage a difference in voltage a difference in current a difference in current
246215 1 diagram, what would cause the differential relay (DIFF) to between each end of a between each end of the between each end of a between each end of the EL-0067 C
trip the alternator circuit breaker? stator phase winding main field winding stator phase winding main field winding
in high voltage systems in high voltage systems
As shown in the illustrated alternator protection scheme
in ungrounded low voltage in grounded low voltage with a low impedance with a high impedance
246215 2 diagram, under what circumstances would an earth EL-0067 D
systems systems earthen resistor or earthing resistor or
leakage relay (EL) be used?
transformer transformer
functions like an amplifier functions like an amplifier functions like a switching functions like a switching
A silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) is a solid state device
246216 1 and controls relatively low and controls relatively high device and controls device and controls D
used for what functional purpose?
load current load current relatively low load current relatively high load current
A triac thyristor functions as a control device and can be two NPN transistors in a diode in series with a
a bidirectional SCR with a triode tube with an extra
246216 2 thought of to function similarly as which of the following parallel with a common temperature sensitive C
a common gate heavy grid element
circuits? base lead capacitor
when the anode is more
when the anode is more when the anode is more when the anode is more
positive than the cathode
negative than the cathode negative than the cathode positive than the cathode
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, under what and when the gate is
246217 1 and when the gate is briefly and when the gate is briefly and when the gate is briefly EL-0154 C
conditions will the thyristor conduct? briefly pulsed with a
pulsed with a voltage more pulsed with a voltage more pulsed with a voltage more
voltage more positive
negative than the cathode positive than the cathode negative than the cathode
than the cathode

Crawford  Nautical  School 149 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When AC voltage of a fixed frequency and voltage as
shown in figure "D' is applied to the input of the single the controlled value of the
the controlled DC pulse the controlled DC peak the controlled timing of
246217 2 phase controlled rectifier shown in figure "C", what continuously applied gate EL-0154 C
frequency current value the gate control pulses
determines the average DC current output value as voltage
controlled at any given time?
the inductor coil smooths the inductor coil smooths
What are the purposes of the inductor coil "L" and the the inductor coil and the inductor coil and
out voltage and the out current and the
246217 3 capacitor "C" respectively of the three phase controlled capacitor both smooth capacitor both smooth out EL-0154 B
capacitor smooths out capacitor smooths out
rectifier as illustrated in figure "F" of the illustration? out current voltage
current voltage
What is the functional purpose of the resistor 'RL" placed
is a temperature prevents excessive aids in output voltage
246400 1 in parallel to the output of a DC power supply as shown in corrects power factor EL-0085 D
compensator currents regulation
section "D" of the regulated DC power supply?
What is the correct name for the device used in an
246402 1 electrical circuit to change alternating current to direct current transformer rectifier condenser shunt B
current?
Which of the following statements represents an Provides DC power for a Used as a voltage Used in photo cell sensor Used to eliminate AC
246403 1 A
application of a silicon controlled rectifier? main propulsion motor. reference diode. circuits for boiler burners. power supply hum.
Capacitors are commonly used on DC power supply
circuits for engine room automation consoles. For what filter out 'ripple' from decrease the average
246404 2 prevent overloads act as a permanent load A
functional purpose are they primarily used in this rectification value of the output voltage
application?
The use of four diodes, in a full-wave bridge rectifier convert alternating current allow a very high leakage convert direct current to offer high opposition to
246405 1 A
circuit, will have what functional purpose? to direct current current from the load alternating current current in both directions
All of the schematic diagrams shown in the illustration
246405 2 Full-wave rectifier Half-wave rectifier Flip-flop generator Full-wave rectifier bridge EL-0069 A
represent which of the listed solid-state circuits?
What is the name for the device shown in figure "A" of the
246405 3 full wave bridge rectifier half wave rectifier full wave rectifier direct current (DC) filter EL-0064 B
illustration?
What is the name for the device shown in figure "B" of the
246405 4 full wave bridge rectifier half wave rectifier full wave rectifier direct current (DC) filter EL-0064 C
illustration?
What is the name for the device shown in figure "C" of the
246405 5 full wave bridge rectifier half wave rectifier full wave rectifier direct current (DC) filter EL-0064 A
illustration?
Using the analogy of a piping system, what piping system
246406 1 trap regulating valve check valve filter or strainer C
component is similar in function to a rectifier diode?
Which of the following expresses the relationship of the The output ripple frequency The output ripple frequency The output ripple The output ripple frequency
246407 1 AC input frequency and DC ripple output frequency in a is the same as input is one-half the input frequency is twice the is four times the input C
full wave rectifier? frequency. frequency. input frequency. frequency.
Silicon diodes which are designed for a specific reverse
breakdown voltage, and are most often used as electronic
246408 1 tunnel diodes hot-carrier diodes compensating diodes Zener diodes D
power supply voltage regulators, are specifically what type
of diode?
A common-emitter circuit has an input voltage of 0.1 volt,
an output voltage of 2.0 volts, an input current of 0.5
246409 1 20 40 400 4000 C
milliamps, and an output current of 10 milliamps. What is
the power gain?
A signal derived from an amplifier output and returned to
246410 1 monitoring signal inverse signal reverse signal feedback signal D
the amplifier input is called what type of signal?

Crawford  Nautical  School 150 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

When three-phase AC power is supplied to the device
246412 1 shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the single-phase AC split-phase AC three-phase DC unidirectional DC EL-0063 D
characteristic of the output?
a six phase half wave a three phase half wavea three phase full wave a single phase full wave
246412 2 What does the drawing in the illustrated circuit represent? EL-0063 C
rectifier rectifier rectifier rectifier
"C1" charges rapidly at a
"C1" charges slowly at low "C1" charges slowly at a "C1" charges rapidly at a
The diagram shown in the illustration demonstrates one of low current with a high
current with a high "R1" high current with a low high current with a high
the useful properties of an 'RC' time constant circuit. In "R1" value and
246413 1 value and discharges "R1" value and discharges "R1" value and discharges EL-0086 A
terms of the charging and discharging cycles of "C1", discharges slowly at a
rapidly at a high current rapidly at a low current with slowly at a low current with
what statement is true? high current with a low
with a low "R1" value a high "R1" value a low "R1" value
"R1" value
RC time constant characteristics, as shown in the
bridge rectifiers for timing and pulse shaping transistor power amplifier motor controller overload
246413 2 illustration, are important in which of the following EL-0086 B
alternator excitation circuits biasing protection
applications?
246414 1 What does the circuit shown in the illustration represent? a waveform analyzer a Wheatstone bridge a magnetic amplifier regulated DC power supply EL-0085 D
In the regulated DC power supply illustrated, what is the
246414 2 full wave rectification half wave rectification quarter wave rectification short wave rectification EL-0085 A
function of section "B"?
In which section of the 24 VDC power supply circuit
246415 1 illustrated does the greatest change in voltage level take A B C D EL-0085 A
place when fed from 120 VAC ship's power?
Which section of the circuit shown in the illustration
246415 2 A B C D EL-0085 C
smooth's out highest degree of pulsations?
Which section of the circuit shown in the illustration
246415 3 A B C D EL-0085 B
changes AC to DC?
Which section of the circuit is responsible for maintaining
246415 4 a nearly constant voltage for all loads within its operating A B C D EL-0085 D
range?
What does section "C" of the circuit shown in the
246416 1 a voltage regulator a filter a rectifier a voltage transformer EL-0085 B
illustration function as?
What is the function of section "D" of the circuit shown in
246416 2 a voltage regulator a filter a rectifier a voltage transformer EL-0085 A
the illustration?
What is the functional name of section "B" of the circuit
246416 3 voltage regulator filter rectifier voltage transformer EL-0085 C
shown in the illustration?
What is the correct term for the fluctuation of voltages in
246417 1 wave ripple roll swell EL-0085 B
figure "H" shown in the illustration?
Assuming a standard 60 Hz input to the circuit shown in
246417 2 30 Hz 60 Hz 90 Hz 120 Hz EL-0085 D
the illustration, what would be the ripple frequency?
Which of the referenced wave shapes would appear at
246418 1 point test point 3 (TP3) with respect to ground referring to E F G H EL-0085 B
the circuit shown in the illustration?
Which of the referenced wave shapes would appear at
246418 2 test point 5 (TP5) with respect to ground referring to the E F G H EL-0085 C
circuit shown in the illustration?
Which of the referenced wave shapes would appear
246418 3 across test points 1 and 2 (TP1 and TP2) referring to the E F H I EL-0085 D
circuit shown in the illustration?
Which of the referenced wave shapes would appear at
246418 4 test point 4 (TP4) with respect to ground referring to the E F G H EL-0085 D
circuit shown in the illustration?

Crawford  Nautical  School 151 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What is the polarity of voltage at test point 5 (TP5) with It depends on the
It cannot be determined
246419 1 respect to ground referring to the circuit shown in the It will always be positive. It will always be negative. instantaneous polarity at EL-0085 A
without a voltmeter.
illustration? T1.
It depends on the It cannot be determined
What is the direction of electron current through the load Always from point "TP5" to Always from the grounded
246419 2 instantaneous polarity without a directional EL-0085 B
resistor in the circuit shown in the illustration? the grounded end. end to point "TP5".
at"T1". ammeter.
Which of the illustrated figures uses an LC choke-input
246419 3 A B C D El-0069 B
filter?
What type of filtering does the circuit shown in figure "B" Resistor-capacitor (RC)
246419 4 Capacitor filter LC choke-input filter LC capacitor-input filter El-0069 B
of the illustration represent? ? filter
Which of the illustrated figures uses an LC capacitor-input
246419 5 A B C D El-0069 D
filter?
What type of filtering does the circuit shown in figure "D" Resistor-capacitor (RC)
246419 6 Capacitor filter LC choke-input filter LC capacitor-input filter El-0069 D
of the illustration represent? ? filter
it varies its anode/cathode it rectifies the varying it acts as a low capacitive it establishes a constant
The component labeled 'CR1' in the circuit shown in the
246420 1 polarity depending on 'RL' voltage from the collector reactance to smooth reference voltage for the EL-0085 D
illustration serves what functional purpose?
current of 'Q1' ripple base of 'Q1'
The transistors in figure "B" the illustrated circuit are
246421 1 RC coupling transformer coupling LC coupling direct coupling EL-0048 A
connected using what type of coupling?
The transistors in figure "B " of the illustrated circuit are
246421 2 RC coupling transformer coupling LC coupling direct coupling EL-0049 B
connected using what type of coupling?
The simple amplifier shown in figure "1" of the illustration
246421 3 class A class AB class B class C EL-0050 A
is configured for what class of operation?
positive feedback also negative feedback also positive feedback also negative feedback also
The amplifier as shown in figure "A" of the illustration has
246421 4 known as degenerative known as degenerative known as regenerative known as regenerative EL-0051 C
what type of feedback network?
feedback feedback feedback feedback
the arrangement allows
as the frequency the amplifier becomes
In the illustrated circuit, what is one advantage of the RC the coupling of the signal
246421 5 decreased the capacitive more efficient at lower good frequency response. EL-0048 C
coupling over a direct coupling? while it isolates the
reactance (Xc) increases capacitance.
biasing of each stage.
The transistors in figure "A" the illustrated circuit are
246421 6 RC coupling transformer coupling LC coupling direct coupling EL-0048 D
connected using what type of coupling?
The transistors in figure "A" of the illustrated circuit are
246421 7 RC coupling transformer coupling impedance coupling direct coupling EL-0049 C
connected using what type of coupling?
The simple amplifier shown in figure "2" of the illustration
246421 8 class A class AB class B class C EL-0050 B
is configured for what class of operation?
The simple amplifier shown in figure "3" of the illustration
246421 9 class A class AB class B class C EL-0050 C
is configured for what class of operation?
The simple amplifier shown in figure "4" of the illustration
246421 10 class A class AB class B class C EL-0050 D
is configured for what class of operation?
positive feedback also negative feedback also positive feedback also negative feedback also
The amplifier as shown in figure "B" of the illustration has
246421 11 known as degenerative known as degenerative known as regenerative known as regenerative EL-0051 B
what type of feedback network?
feedback feedback feedback feedback
In the circuit illustrated in figure "A", the amplifier is reverse bias, negative
246422 1 common base common emitter common collector EL-0022 C
connected in what basic configuration? feedback
In the circuit illustrated in figure "B", the amplifier is reverse bias, negative
246422 3 common base common emitter common collector EL-0022 A
connected in what basic configuration? feedback
In the circuit illustrated in figure "C", the amplifier is reverse bias, negative
246422 4 common base common emitter common collector EL-0022 D
connected in what basic configuration? feedback

Crawford  Nautical  School 152 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

to apply a 'reference to apply a buffer between
In figure "A" of the illustration, the battery Vbb and resistor to apply a forward bias to to apply a reverse bias to
246423 1 charge' on the input the input ground and the EL-0022 A
Rb are in the circuit for what purpose? the emitter- base the emitter- base
capacitor emitter ground
In figure "A" of the illustration, the battery Vcc and the forward bias the emitter- reverse bias the emitter- forward bias the reverse bias the
246423 2 EL-0022 D
resistor RL are in the circuit for what functional purpose? base base emitter/collector emitter/collector
In the illustrated amplifiers in all three figures, in terms of
N type material with P type material with N type material with P type material with
246424 2 doping, the base of the silicon semiconductor transistor is EL-0022 B
increased free electrons decreased free electrons decreased free electrons increased free electrons
what type of material?
In figure "A" of the illustrated circuit, the amplifier is Darlington paired,
246425 1 common emitter common collector common base EL-0045 A
connected in what basic configuration? capacitor coupled
to eliminate the need for a to eliminate the need for a to eliminate the need for to eliminate the need for an
In figure "A" of the illustrated circuit, what is the main collector-emitter battery for collector-emitter battery for an emitter-base battery emitter-base battery for
246425 2 EL-0045 C
purpose of the bias resistor Rb? establishing forward establishing reverse for establishing forward establishing reverse
collector-emitter bias collector-emitter bias emitter-base bias emitter-base bias
What type of feedback is featured in the transistor
positive feedback also positive feedback also negative feedback also negative feedback also
amplifier shown in figure "B" of the illustration assuming
246426 1 known as degenerative known as regenerative known as degenerative known as regenerative EL-0045 C
that the phase relationship between input and output is
feedback feedback feedback feedback
identical to the transistor amplifier shown in figure "A"?

Cc  blocks  any  DC   Cc  blocks  any  AC   Cc  blocks  any  DC   Cc  blocks  any  AC  
component  associated   component  associated   component  associated   component  associated  
As shown in figure "C" of the illustration, what are the with  the  input  from   with  the  input  from   with  the  input  from   with  the  input  from  
246427 1 purposes of the coupling capacitor Cc and the bypass reaching  the  base reaching  the  base reaching  the  base reaching  the  base EL-0045 A
capacitor Cbp respectively. Cbp  helps  minimize   Cbp  helps  minimize   Cbp  helps  maximize   Cbp  helps  maximize  
degeneration  of  the  AC   degeneration  of  the  AC   degeneration  of  the  AC   degeneration  of  the  AC  
output  signal output  signal output  signal output  signal

A voltage amplifier has a calculated voltage gain of 5. f  the  input  changes  10   If  the  input  changes  2   If the input changes10
246600 1 Which statement is true concerning input and output volts,  the  output   volts,  the  output   volts, the output changes 2 D
voltages? changes  
If the input changes 5 volts, the output5changes
 volts. 10 volts. changes  10  volts. volts.
If the input changes 1 volt, If the input changes 5 volts, If the input changes 5 If the input changes 10
A voltage amplifier has a calculated voltage gain of 10. the output changes 10 the output changes 1/2 volts, the output changes volts, the output changes
246600 2 A
Which statement correctly states the gain? volts. volt. 15 volts. 25 volts.
On an engine throttle control system, the auxiliary control
circuits are provided with devices to prevent excessive
246601 2
over travel of the actuating valve by the control motor.
limit  switches differential  relays analog  relays B
What are these devices commonly called? overlap sensors

The conversion of the throttle command voltage to the ahead  or  astern  function   feedback  resistor  of  the   operational  amplifiers  
long time constant amplifier
246602 1 signal necessary to achieve the desired shaft RPM is generator  of  the  throttle   summing  amplifier   in  the  autorotation   circuit
A
accomplished by what circuit? control  circuit circuit circuit

Under which of the listed conditions can the engine room Any  time  it  is  deemed   After  a  10  minute  
Only  with  the  master's   Only  after  the  throttle  
246603 1 retake the throttle control from the bridge of an automated delay  to  the  input   A
vessel? necessary. permission. has  been  placed  in  stop.
command.

Crawford  Nautical  School 153 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In process control terminology, continuously variable
values which change without distinct increments, such as
246604 1
temperature, pressure, or level are correctly referred to as
binary  values digital  values bump  less  values analog  values D
what type of values?
 impedance,  high  gain  
and  low  output  
high  input  impedance,   low  input  impedance,   low  input  impedance,  
How are operational amplifiers, used primarily in analog impedance
246606 1 high  gain  and  low  output   low  gain  and  high   high  gain  and  low  output   A
circuits, characterized? high  input  impedance,  
impedance output  impedance impedance
high  gain  and  high  
output  impedance
To provide its unique characteristics to analog circuits, the
operational amplifier is made up of certain amplifier voltage  amp,  current   input  amp,  power  amp   scaling  amp,  power   differential  amp,  voltage  
246606 2 D
sections. Which of the following sequences represents the amp  and  output  amp and  output  amp amp  and  voltage  amp amp  and  output  amp
proper sequence of amplifier sections?
What part of an operational amplifier functions to provide
the differential input the power output amplifier the operational amplifier the intermediate voltage
246607 2 basic operating characteristics of the operational amplifier C
amplifier stage stage feedback circuit amplifier stage
such as gain and stability?
What are some common basic applications for the counting, pulsing and summing, scaling and step-up, step-down and
246608 1 radio frequency amplifiers B
operational amplifier? clocking amplifiers difference amplifiers rectifying amplifiers
It receives digital outputs
It receives digital outputs It receives analog outputs It receives analog outputs
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated block diagram of a from the CPU and
from the CPU and converts from the CPU and converts from the CPU and
central operating system configured for direct digital conditions these as
246609 1 these to analog signals for these to digital signals for conditions these as analog EL-0095 A
control, what does the output system block "ANALOG digital signals for
transmission to analog transmission to digital signals for transmission to
D/A" represent? transmission to digital
actuators. actuators. analog actuators.
actuators.
It receives digital outputs
It receives digital outputs It receives analog outputs It receives analog outputs
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated block diagram of a from the CPU and
from the CPU and converts from the CPU and converts from the CPU and
central operating system configured for direct digital conditions these as
246609 3 these to analog signals for these to digital signals for conditions these as analog EL-0095 C
control, what does the output system block "DIGITAL digital signals for
transmission to analog transmission to digital signals for transmission to
OUTPUT" represent? transmission to digital
actuators. actuators. analog actuators.
actuators.
It receives digital outputs It receives analog outputs It receives digital outputs It receives analog outputs
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated block diagram of a
from the binary device from the sensors and from the binary device from the sensors and
central operating system configured for direct digital
246609 4 sensors and converts converts these to digital sensors and conditions conditions these as analog EL-0095 B
control, what does the input system block "ANALOG A/D"
these to analog signals for signals for CPU these as digital signals signals for CPU
represent?
CPU processing. processing. for CPU processing. processing.

It receives digital outputs It receives analog outputs It receives digital outputs It receives analog outputs
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated block diagram of a
from binary device sensors from the sensors and from binary device from the sensors and
central operating system configured for direct digital
246609 5 and converts these to converts these to digital sensors and conditions conditions these as analog EL-0095 C
control, what does the input system block "DIGITAL
analog signals for CPU signals for CPU these as digital signals signals for CPU
CONTACT" represent?
processing. processing. for CPU processing. processing.

Crawford  Nautical  School 154 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

These are sensing and These are sensing and These are sensing and These are sensing and
transmitting devices transmitting devices transmitting devices transmitting devices
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated block diagram of designed to sense and designed to sense and designed to sense and designed to sense and
246610 1 the signal processing flow path, what does the block measure a physical measure a physical measure a physical measure a physical EL-0095 B
"TRANSDUCER" represent? parameter and convert it to parameter and convert it to parameter and convert it parameter and convert it to
a proportional pneumatic a proportional analog to a proportional digital a proportional
signal. electrical signal. electrical signal. electromechanical force.
These devices remove 60 These are high speed solid-
These devices remove These devices remove
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated block diagram of Hz, voltage spike, and RF state switching devices
digital data signal noise analog data signal noise
246610 3 the signal processing flow path, what does the block signal noises letting only able to scan many EL-0095 A
letting only analog signal letting only digital signal
"FILTER" represent? sensed variable signal data transducers in a short
data to pass through. data to pass through.
to pass through. period of time.
These are local operating
These are local operating These are lube oil These are lube oil system
system workstations that
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a distributed system workstations that system workstations that workstations that allow
allow local control of
automation system, what statement is true concerning the allow local control of allow local control of local control of processes
246615 1 processes related to the EL-0096 B
workstations labeled "LOS" associated with the port processes related to the processes related to the related to the lubrication of
operation and control of all
power management system? operation and control of the lubrication of the port all machinery within the
functions within the
port generator. generators. engineering plant.
engineering plant.
These are communication These are control area These are communication
These are control area
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a distributed access nodes providing networks providing access nodes providing
networks providing supply
246615 2 automation system, what statement is true concerning the supply and return redundancy so as to redundancy so as to EL-0096 C
and return pathways for
data communication pathways labeled "Dual CAN"? pathways for maintain communications maintain communications
communication.
communication. despite a bus failure. despite a node failure.

These are watch control These are watch cabin These are watch control
These are watch cabin
units extending remote units extending the alarm units extending remote
units extending the alarm
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a distributed operating system system to engineer operating system
system to engineer
246616 1 automation system, what statement is true concerning the functionality to engineer staterooms on vessels functionality to engineer EL-0096 A
staterooms on vessels with
units labeled "WCU" in the accommodations? staterooms on vessels with with engine rooms staterooms on vessels with
periodically unmanned
periodically unmanned requiring 24-hour engine rooms requiring 24-
engine rooms.
engine rooms. manning of watches. hour manning of watches.
Operator access to control
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a distributed Operator access to
The ROS located in the The ROS located in the functions among the
automation system, what statement is true concerning the control functions among
246617 1 ship's office is designatedwheelhouse is designated various ROS locations EL-0096 D
units labeled "ROS" which are remote operating system the various ROS
as the master ROS. as the master ROS. differ depending system
workstations? locations are all identical.
configuration and need.
The LAN is a dual
The LAN is a single non- The LAN is a dual The LAN is a single non-
redundant network and
redundant network and the redundant network and the redundant network and the
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a distributed the partitioned CAN is
partioned CAN is a dual partioned CAN is also a partitioned CAN is a dual
246618 1 automation system, what statement is true concerning the also a dual redundant EL-0096 C
redundant network, with no dual redundant network, redundant network, with
area networks? network, with both
interconnectivity between with no interconnectivity both networks being
networks being
the two networks. between the two networks. interconnected.
interconnected.

Crawford  Nautical  School 155 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

In the illustration, the function generators will accept only
a signal of a given polarity and the amplifier "M" inverts A negative signal will be A positive signal will be A positive signal will be
No signal will be
the polarity of the signal. If negative is used for the ahead processed by the ahead processed by the astern processed by the ahead
processed because the
246620 1 and positive for the astern reference potentiometers, function generator to open function generator to open function generator to open SE-0002 C
engine room is currently
moving the bridge reference potentiometer in the direction the ahead steam valve the astern steam valve the ahead steam valve
selected to have control.
indicated will have what effect while the system is wider. wider. wider.
operating in the mode selected for in the illustration?
Using the temperature correction factor for the winding The temperature
The temperature correction The temperature correction The temperature correction
insulation temperature graph illustrated what would be the correction factor is 0.5
factor is 2 and the factor is 2 and the factor is 0.5 and the
246622 1 correction factor and the corrected temperature to 40 and the corrected EL-0046 A
corrected resistance is 8 corrected resistance is 2 corrected resistance is 2
degrees C for a motor with a insulation resistance of 4 resistance is 8 megohms
megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C.
megohms measured at 50 degrees C? at 40 degrees C.

Using the temperature correction factor for the winding The temperature
The temperature correction The temperature correction The temperature correction
insulation temperature graph illustrated what would be the correction factor is 0.25
factor is 4 and the factor is 4 and the factor is 0.25 and the
246622 3 correction factor and the corrected temperature to 40 and the corrected EL-0046 C
corrected resistance is 2 corrected resistance is 32 corrected resistance is 32
degrees C for a motor with a insulation resistance of 8 resistance is 2 megohms
megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C.
megohms measured at 20 degrees C? at 40 degrees C.

Using the temperature correction factor for the winding The temperature
The temperature correction The temperature correction The temperature correction
insulation temperature graph illustrated what would be the correction factor is 0.5
factor is 2 and the factor is 2 and the factor is 0.5 and the
246622 4 correction factor and the corrected temperature to 40 and the corrected EL-0046 D
corrected resistance is 8 corrected resistance is 2 corrected resistance is 2
degrees C for a motor with a insulation resistance of 4 resistance is 8 megohms
megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C.
megohms measured at 30 degrees C? at 40 degrees C.

Using the temperature correction factor for the winding The temperature
The temperature correction The temperature correction The temperature correction
insulation temperature graph illustrated what would be the correction factor is 0.25
factor is 4 and the factor is 4 and the factor is 0.25 and the
246622 5 correction factor and the corrected temperature to 40 and the corrected EL-0046 B
corrected resistance is 2 corrected resistance is 32 corrected resistance is 32
degrees C for a motor with a insulation resistance of 8 resistance is 2 megohms
megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C. megohms at 40 degrees C.
megohms measured at 60 degrees C? at 40 degrees C.
In the illustrated solid-state "soft" starter for a three phase
induction motor as shown in figure "A", what is the name
246626 1 semiconductor diodes varactors thyristors zener diodes EL-0060 C
of the devices that are controlled by the gate control
circuits?
In the illustrated solid-state "soft" starter for a three phase voltage is applied only voltage is applied only voltage is gradually and
voltage is increased in
induction motor as shown in figure "A", what is the during positive half-cycles during negative half-cycles continually ramped up
246626 2 incremental steps during EL-0060 D
characteristic of the voltage applied to the motor during during the acceleration during the acceleration during the acceleration
the acceleration period
the acceleration period? period period period
In the illustrated silicon controlled rectifier as shown in there is no standardization
246626 3 illustration "B", which labeled lead of the SCR represents 1 2 3 of leads in this EL-0060 C
the gate? configuration
In the illustrated silicon controlled rectifier as shown in there is no standardization
246626 4 illustration "B", which labeled lead of the SCR represents 1 2 3 of leads in this EL-0060 A
the anode? configuration
In the illustrated silicon controlled rectifier as shown in there is no standardization
246626 5 illustration "B", which labeled lead of the SCR represents 1 2 3 of leads in this EL-0060 B
the cathode? configuration

Crawford  Nautical  School 156 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

detect and amplify the
As shown in figures "A", "B", and "C" of the illustration, detect and amplify the detect and amplify the detect and amplify the
voltage difference
246628 1 what is the purpose of the differential amplifier segment of voltage difference between voltage difference between voltage difference between EL-0111 B
between the inputs at
the 741 operational amplifier? the inputs at pins 1 and 5 the inputs at pins 2 and 3 the inputs at pins 3 and 5
pins 1 and 2
As shown in figures "A", "B", and "C" of the illustration,
it provides low input it provides low output it provides high input it provides high output
246628 2 what is an important characteristic of the differential EL-0111 C
impedance impedance impedance impedance
amplifier segment of the operational amplifier?
it further amplifies the
it further amplifies the it further amplifies the
voltage difference
voltage difference between voltage difference between
it amplifies the voltage between the inverting
As shown in figures "A", "B", and "C" of the illustration, the inverting input and the the inverting input and the
difference between the input and the non-
246628 3 what is the purpose of the voltage amplifier segment of non-inverting input as non-inverting input as EL-0111 D
positive and negative inverting input as
the 741 operational amplifier? amplified by the differential amplified by the differential
power supplies amplified by the
amplifier and produces a amplifier and produces a
differential amplifier and
very low output impedance very high gain
produces a very low gain
the output voltage will be
As shown in figures "A", "B", and "C" of the illustration, if the output voltage will be the output voltage will be a the output voltage will be a
the actual difference
the negative DC signal voltage is more negative at the the actual difference greatly amplified difference greatly amplified difference
246628 4 between the input EL-0111 D
inverting input than at the non-inverting input, what will be between the input voltages between the input voltages between the input voltages
voltages and will be
the characteristic of the output? and will be negative and will be negative and will be positive
positive
Which of the following illustrations represents the proper
246629 1 method of circuit grounding for a low level analog signal A B C D EL-0124 A
cable?
The transducer converts The transducer converts
The transducer converts The transducer converts
radio frequency (RF) radio frequency (RF)
audio frequency (AF) audio frequency (AF)
electromagnetic energy to electromagnetic energy to
electromagnetic energy electromagnetic energy to
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a digitized acoustic energy while acoustic energy while
to acoustic energy while acoustic energy while
246630 1 echo sounding system, what statement is true concerning receiving and converts the transmitting and converts
receiving and converts transmitting and converts EL-0185 B
the function of the transducer? reflected acoustic energy the reflected acoustic
the reflected acoustic the reflected acoustic
back into RF energy back into RF
energy back into AF energy back into AF
electromagnetic energy electromagnetic energy
electromagnetic energy electromagnetic energy
while transmitting. while receiving. while transmitting. while receiving.
The acoustical energy is The acoustical energy is
The acoustical energy is The acoustical energy is
produced as rapid, short produced as rapid, short
produced as a continuous produced as a continuous
high intensity pulses and high intensity pulses and
As shown in the illustrated block diagram for a digitized wave and transmitted from wave and transmitted from
transmitted from one transmitted from the
246630 2 echo sounding system, what statement is true concerning one transducer and the the transducer and the EL-0185 D
transducer and the transducer and the
the transmission and reception of acoustical energy? reflected acoustical energy reflected acoustical energy
reflected acoustical reflected acoustical energy
is received by a second is received by the same
energy is received by a is received by the same
transducer. transducer.
second transducer. transducer.
As shown in the illustrated echo sounding display unit and transitioning from a soft transitioning from a transitioning from a sand transitioning from a
246631 1 control panel and pertinent operating characteristic tables, mud sea bed to mud/sand sand/mud seabed to a sea bed to stone/rock stone/rock sea bed to a EL-0186 D
what situation would require increasing the unit gain? seabed sand seabed sea bed sand seabed
Which of the listed devices may be used as a digital
246800 1 variable resistor diode variable choke thermistor B
device?
it does not alter the input it serves to amplify a given it serves to attenuate a it reverses the input logic
246801 1 In a logic circuit, how does a NOT gate function? D
logic condition signal level given signal level condition

Crawford  Nautical  School 157 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

How many possible states does a binary logic circuit
246802 1 One Two Three Four B
have?
Given the same inputs,
the NOR logic gate has
Both the NOR and NAND Given the same inputs, the
the opposite output from
logic gates must be used NOR and NAND logic The NOR and NAND logic
In a logic circuit, what statement is true concerning how the OR logic gate and
246803 1 together in a logic circuit gates are the opposite of gates can be used C
the NOR and NAND logic gates function? similarly the NAND logic
and cannot be used each other in terms of interchangeably.
gate has the opposite
individually. outputs.
output from the AND
logic gate.
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 1 AND gate OR gate Exclusive OR gate NOR gate EL-0035 B
figure "1" of the illustration?
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 2 OR gate AND gate Exclusive OR gate Exclusive NOR gate EL-0035 C
figure "5" of the illustration?
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 3 AND gate OR gate Exclusive OR gate NOR gate EL-0035 D
figure "2" of the illustration?
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 4 AND gate OR gate Exclusive OR gate NOR gate EL-0035 A
figure "3" of the illustration?
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 5 AND gate OR gate NAND gate NOR gate EL-0035 B
figure "1" of the illustration?
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 6 Inverter NAND gate Exclusive OR gate Exclusive NOR gate EL-0035 D
figure "6" of the illustration?
What is the name of the digital logic gate represented by
246804 7 Inverter NAND gate Exclusive OR gate Exclusive NOR gate EL-0035 A
figure "7" of the illustration?
What type of logic gate is indicated by the truth table
246805 1 OR AND NOR NAND EL-0072 B
shown in figure "A" the illustration?
What type of logic gate is indicated by the truth table
246805 2 OR AND NOR NAND EL-0072 A
shown in figure "B" the illustration?
What type of logic gate is indicated by the truth table
246805 3 OR AND NOR NAND EL-0072 D
shown in figure "C" the illustration?
What type of logic gate is indicated by the truth table
246805 4 OR AND NOR NAND EL-0072 C
shown in figure "D" the illustration?
What type of logic gate is indicated by the truth table
246805 5 OR Exclusive OR NOR Exclusive NOR EL-0072 B
shown in figure "E" of the illustration?
Which of the listed logic gates are considered to be the
BASIC building blocks (basic logic gates) used in logic
246806 2 NOR, NAND, and NOT OR, AND, and NOT OR and AND only NOR and NAND only B
diagrams, assuming that the OR, NOR, AND, NAND, and
NOT logic gates are required?
If the inputs to the diagram shown in figure "2" of the
246807 1 illustration were A=0 and B=0, what logic levels would be C=1, D=1, E=0, and F=1 C=1, D=0, E=1, and F=0 C=1, D=0, E=0, and F=1 C=0, D=0, E=1,and F=1 EL-0089 A
indicated at points "C", "D", "E", and "F" respectively?
If the inputs to the diagram shown in figure "2" of the
246807 5 illustration were A=1 and B=0, what logic levels would be C=1, D=1, E=0, and F=1 C=1, D=0, E=1, and F=0 C=1, D=0, E=0, and F=1 C=0, D=0, E=1,and F=1 EL-0089 B
indicated at points "C", "D", "E", and "F" respectively?
If the inputs to the diagram shown in figure "2" of the
246807 6 illustration were A=0 and B=1, what logic levels would be C=1, D=1, E=0, and F=1 C=1, D=0, E=1, and F=0 C=1, D=0, E=0, and F=1 C=0, D=0, E=1,and F=1 EL-0089 B
indicated at points "C", "D", "E", and "F" respectively?
If the inputs to the diagram shown in figure "2" of the
246807 7 illustration were A=1 and B=1, what logic levels would be C=1, D=1, E=0, and F=1 C=1, D=0, E=1, and F=0 C=1, D=0, E=0, and F=1 C=0, D=0, E=1,and F=1 EL-0089 D
indicated at points "C", "D", "E", and "F" respectively?

Crawford  Nautical  School 158 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What is the name of the four devices which make up the
246808 1 flip-flops exclusive 'OR' gates summing op amps function generators EL-0087 A
circuit shown in the illustration?
pulse trigger circuit for an three stage, high gain class binary ripple counter or
246808 2 What is the function of the circuit shown in the illustration? free running multivibrator EL-0087 C
operational amplifier "A" amplifier shift register
If the clock frequency input to the circuit shown in the
246809 1 illustration were 2 kHz, what would be indicated at the 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz EL-0087 A
output of 'FF-3' at the Q3 output?
If the clock input frequency to the circuit shown in the
246809 2 illustration were 100 kHz, what would be indicated at the 50 kHz 25 kHz 12.5 kHz 6.25 kHz EL-0087 D
output of 'FF-3'?
If a frequency of 16.8 kHz were measured at the output of
246809 3 'FF-3' of the circuit shown in the illustration, what would be 1.050 MHz 525 kHz 262.5 kHz 131.25 kHz EL-0087 A
the input clock frequency at 'FF-0'?
If a frequency of 2.5 kHz were measured at the output of
246809 4 'FF-3' in the circuit shown in the illustration, what would be 5 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 40 kHz EL-0087 D
the input clock frequency at 'FF-0"?
It represents the manual
It represents the interface
As shown in figure "A" of the block diagram illustrated and It represents the control control of an individual It represents the control
by which variation in
246810 1 where the central operating system is configured for console used for vessel control process and is console used for local EL-0094 B
operating parameters is
advisory control, what does the block "MAN" represent? maneuvering purposes. considered a manual control of engine speed.
achieved.
backup.
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated block diagram for
a central operating system configured for supervisory -10 volts to 0volts to +10 10 milliamps to 50
246810 2 1volt to 5 volts 4 milliamps to 20 milliamps EL-0094 D
control, what is becoming the industry standard for volts milliamps
transmission of analog signals for a measured variable?
A high speed solid- state A high speed solid- state A low speed solid- state A low speed solid- state
switching device called a switching device called a switching device called a switching device called a
multiplexer capable multiplexer capable multiplexer capable multiplexer capable
As shown in figure "B" in the illustrated block diagram of a
scanning a large number of scanning a large number of scanning a small number scanning a small number
central operating system configured for supervisory
246810 3 analog sensors in a short digital sensors in a short of analog sensors in a of digital sensors in a long EL-0094 A
control, what is the function of the block "ANALOG (A-D
period of time and period of time and long period of time and period of time and
MUX)"?
converting these signals to converting these signals to converting these signals converting these signals to
digital values for analog values for to digital values for analog values for
processing by the CPU. processing by the CPU. processing by the CPU. processing by the CPU.
The computer provides the
The computer normally has The computer provides
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated block diagram of a The computer has no role set point input data to the
no role in the various the set point input data to
central operating system configured for supervisory in the various closed-loop process control loop, as
closed- loop control the analog controllers,
246810 4 control, what statement is true concerning the block control processes well as the measured EL-0094 C
processes. It is only used but the analog controllers
"COMPUTER" with respect to closed-loop control regardless of the control variable data. The analog
for backup control actually control the
processes? mode. controllers are only used
purposes. closed-loop processes.
for manual backup control.
On a digital numerical display readout, what would be the
246815 1 minimum number of LED segments required to form and 6 7 8 9 B
display any digit 0 through 9?
As shown in the wiring diagram of the semi-automatic
navigation lighting panel circuit, what would cause the a blown 10 amp fuse in transfer switch in the "off" master switch in the "off" a blown 3 amp fuse in
246816 1 EL-0108 D
buzzer to sound and for the indicator light to illuminate in master section position position effected line section
the line section for a particular navigation running light?

Crawford  Nautical  School 159 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in the wiring diagram of the semi-automatic
navigation lighting panel circuit, what would cause the a blown 10 amp fuse in transfer switch in the "off" master switch in the "off" a burned out navigation
246816 2 EL-0108 D
buzzer to sound and for the indicator light to illuminate in master section position position light in effected line section
the line section for a particular navigation running light?
Ambient temperature Increased ambient Ambient temperature is A reduced ambient
Which of the following statements describes the
should be as high as temperature decreases the not significant as long as temperature causes a
247000 1 significance of ambient temperature in relation to the B
possible to drive off service life of electronic the relative humidity is corresponding reduced
service life of electronic components?
moisture. components. kept low. service life.
What is the name of the process used to produce electron secondary electric cold cathodic electric
247001 1 photoelectric emission thermionic emission D
emission in most vacuum tubes? emission emission
The semiconductor diode The semiconductor diode The semiconductor diode The semiconductor diode
has shorter life, no warm- has longer life, no warm-up has longer life, no warm- has longer life, longer
In comparing a semiconductor diode to a vacuum tube
247002 1 up time, and is less time, and is more delicate up time, and is less warm-up time and is less C
diode, what statement is true?
delicate than the vacuum than the vacuum tube delicate than the vacuum delicate than the vacuum
tube diode. diode. tube diode. tube diode.
The semiconductor diode The semiconductor diode The semiconductor diode The semiconductor diode
is smaller in size, has no is smaller in size, has is larger in size, has no is smaller in size, has no
In comparing a semiconductor diode to a vacuum tube
247002 3 warm- up time, and is less significant warm-up time warm- up time and is warm- up time and is more D
diode, which statement is true?
reliable than the vacuum and is more reliable than more reliable than the reliable than the vacuum
tube diode. the vacuum tube diode. vacuum tube diode. tube diode.

A vacuum tube requires a A semiconductor device Both vacuum tubes and Neither vacuum tubes nor
What is the main difference between a vacuum tube and a heated cathode to emit requires a heated cathode semiconductor devices semiconductor devices
247003 1 A
semiconductor device? electrons, a semiconductor to emit electrons, a require a heated cathode require a heated cathode
device does not. vacuum tube does not. to emit electrons. to emit electrons.
In what applications are germanium semiconductor diodes
247004 2 potentiometers rectifiers power sources photocells B
commonly used?
On vessels with AC distribution systems, which of the
The voltage must be
following statements represents the most difficult problem A step-down transformer is Vessel vibrations affect the Rectifiers cannot operate
247005 1 rectified and made ripple C
involved in obtaining a DC potential suitable for use by always required. voltage source. with voltage regulators.
free.
computer components?
In electronic circuitry, what does the abbreviation 'PCB'
247006 1 pulse coded binary printed circuit board poly-coated braid personal computer bits B
commonly represent?
To minimize magnetic field interaction between electrical parallel to and as far as at right angles and as far
parallel and as close as at right angles and as close
247007 1 conductors in physical proximity, what is the best practicable from each as practicable from each D
possible to each other as possible to each other
practice? other other
The variables in digital
systems are fixed Analog devices are
There are no basic Operations in a digital
Which of the following statements concerning analog and quantities, and the superior in accuracy
247008 1 differences between the device are performed A
digital devices are correct? variables in analog compared to digital
two systems. simultaneously.
systems are continuous devices.
quantities.
What is the name of the device which prints out a
247009 1 permanent record of the plant operating parameters and analogger bell logger alarm logger data logger D
conditions?
The multiplier prefix 'tera' (T) such as used in "terabytes" thousand (10 to the 3rd million (10 to the 6th billion (10 to the 9th trillion (10 to the 12th
247010 1 D
represents what multiplication factor? power) power) power) power)
The multiplier prefix 'giga' (G) such as used in "gigabytes" thousand (10 to the 3rd million (10 to the 6th billion (10 to the 9th trillion (10 to the 12th
247010 2 C
represents what multiplication factor? power) power) power) power)

Crawford  Nautical  School 160 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

The multiplier prefix 'kilo' (k) such as used in "kilovolts" thousand (10 to the 3rd million (10 to the 6th billion (10 to the 9th
247010 3 trillion (10 to the 12 power) A
represents what multiplication factor? power) power) power)
The multiplier prefix 'mega' (M) such as used in thousand (10 to the 3rd million (10 to the 6th billion (10 to the 9th trillion (10 to the 12th
247010 4 B
"megawatts" represents what multiplication factor? power) power) power) power)
The multiplier prefix 'micro' (Greek letter mu) such as
thousandth (10 to the -3rd millionth (10 to the - 6th billionth (10 to the - 9th trillionth (10 to the - 12th
247010 6 used in "micro amps" represents what multiplication B
power) power) power) power)
factor?
The multiplier prefix 'nano' (n) such as used in thousandth (10 to the -3rd millionth (10 to the - 6th billionth (10 to the - 9th trillionth (10 to the - 12th
247010 7 C
"nanometers" represents what multiplication factor? power) power) power) power)
The multiplier prefix 'pico' (p) such as used in "picofarads" thousandth (10 to the -3rd millionth (10 to the - 6th billionth (10 to the - 9th trillionth (10 to the - 12th
247010 8 D
represents what multiplication factor? power) power) power) power)
Which of the wave shapes shown in the illustration is
247011 1 A B C D EL-0088 A
termed a sinusoidal wave?
Which of the wave shapes shown in the illustration is
247011 2 A B C E EL-0088 C
termed a ramp or saw tooth wave?
Which of the wave shapes shown in the illustration is
247011 4 A B C D EL-0088 B
termed a square wave?
Which line in figure "B" shown in the illustration represents
247012 2 3 4 5 6 EL-0088 B
the trailing edge of the wave?
Which line of figure "B" shown in the illustration
247012 3 represents the interval that the pulse has a negative 3 4 5 6 EL-0088 D
voltage?
Which line in figure "B" shown in the illustration represents
247012 4 3 4 5 6 EL-0088 A
the interval that the pulse has a positive voltage?
Replacement of a diode
Be certain that the
Which of the following statements represents the Never alter the diode also requires balancing The replacement diode
replacement diode is
important factor that must be considered when replacing a alignment to cause a of the rotor with a one- must be dipped in varnish
247100 2 installed with the same A
faulty diode in a generators excitation field rectifier change in the neutral piece rotor lamination to prior to installation to
polarity as the one
assembly? plane. be shrunk fit and keyed protect against humidity.
removed.
to the shaft.
electrically produced
Tightly knit metal braid wire can be used with a printed conductor resistance is not required to desolder magnetic fluxes would reactance in the circuit
247101 1 B
circuit board under what conditions? a factor components on the board cause inaccuracies in must be kept to a minimum
adjacent components
where the wire braid is
where the wire braid is
where the wire braid is used to bridge across a under no circumstances is
Tightly knit metal braid wire can be used on a printed used to suck up the melted
247101 2 used as a heat sink during crack in the printed wire braid to be used on a B
circuit board under what repair conditions? solder when desoldering a
soldering operations wiring to correct an open printed circuit board
joint
circuit
When replacing a power transistor fitted with a heat sink
aid in the removal of the provide maximum heat
247102 1 in a circuit, a coating of silicone grease is applied between lubricate the transistor lubricate the heat sink D
heat sink transfer
the transistor case and the heat sink. Why is this done?
Why is it a poor practice to use a high wattage soldering The foil wire may become The solder needs to be
The circuit board will blister The circuit board material
247103 1 iron when soldering or desoldering components on a loose and separate from kept to a dull heat B
and warp. may become brittle.
printed circuit board? the circuit board. dissipating finish.
The use of a high wattage soldering iron when soldering The foil circuitry bonded to
The flux may not spread The solder may not The conductivity of the
247103 3 or desoldering components on a printed circuit board may the board may separate B
evenly. harden properly. solder will decrease.
cause which of the following faults to occur? from the surface.

Crawford  Nautical  School 161 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

applying mechanical
When soldering a printed circuit board component, what slowly heating the joints, using the soldering iron tip using only acid core
247103 4 pressure to the joints being B
should be done to help prevent damage? using a high wattage iron sparingly solder
soldered
Before touching a small capacitor connected to a de- short circuit the terminals
gently tap the body with a tag it with a de- energized be equipped with an
247104 1 energized circuit, or even one that is completely to make sure that the D
screwdriver tag insulated fuse puller
disconnected, you should do what FIRST? capacitor is discharged
Which type of flux should be used when soldering
247105 1 electrical wire connections for electronic components on Silver flux Rosin flux Solid flux Acid flux B
printed circuit boards?
If a delicate component must be soldered into a circuit, operating the soldering gun
using a thermal shunt heat pre-oxidizing the leads to coating the leads to be
247106 1 how can the component be protected from the heat of the not more than 60 seconds B
sink be soldered soldered with a light oil film
soldering process? at a time
a socket/wiring fault may
When a console indicating lamp burns out, attempts to the new lamp may be of a removing a faulty lamp
attention should be paid cause a ground or short
247107 1 renew it should not be made while maneuvering. Why is higher wattage and cause usually causes an alarm to D
only to engine orders circuit to shut down a vital
this so? heat damage to the lens sound on the bridge
function
Two contributors of electronic console failures are heat systematic rotation of periodic changing or
unplugging of all circuit
and vibration. To combat some of their effects, what circuit cards with those cleaning of console daily inspection of
247108 2 cards and reseating on a B
should be included in performing preventive maintenance from spares to allow ventilation and control console foundation bolts
daily basis
procedures? component cooling room air conditioning filters
Resistor wattage rating Resistor wattage rating two Resistor wattage rating Resistor wattage rating one
Which of the following conditions would most likely lead to
247300 1 four times higher than that times higher than that equal to that required for half that required for the D
the failure of a resistor due to overheating?
required for the circuit. required for the circuit. the circuit. circuit.
In order to check the performance of a transistor removed voltmeter or transistor ohmmeter or transistor
247301 1 impedance meter sensitive potentiometer C
from its circuit, what meter or tester should be used? tester tester
Increase the current Shift the "Q" point to Increase the potential
Which of the following actions can be carried out in order
247302 1 through the collector- base Install a heat sink. increase collector difference between the B
to prevent thermal runaway in a transistor?
junction. current. emitter and the base.
Applying silicone grease Installing a transistor
Which of the procedures or conditions listed could result Providing incorrect polarity Providing insufficient between the heat sink whose current rating
247303 1 A
in damaging a transistor beyond repair? to the collector circuit. voltage to the input circuit. and the transistor exceeds the design circuit
mounting. current.
calibrated using a cooled with a spray can resoldered with care taken
What should be done with a capacitor that is obviously replaced and the reason
247304 1 capacitance Wheatstone of refrigerant approved to insure that the original B
discolored due to excessive heat? for the overheating found
bridge for this purpose cold solder joint is repaired
What should be done with a capacitor discolored due to
247304 2 calibrated replaced cooled soldered B
excessive heat?
You have installed a Zener diode in parallel with a load.
While measuring the voltage across the Zener diode it is
It does not regulate as it
247306 1 found that it does not change as the current through the It is working as it should. It is shorted. It is open. A
should.
load increases. In terms of Zener diode operation, what
does this mean?
247307 1 What would be the indication of a burned-out LED? excessive output a slight glow in the crystal excessive illumination no illumination D
When using an ohmmeter to test a semiconductor diode,
247308 1 you find a low resistance in both the forward and reverse an open a short good resistive quality good capacitive quality B
bias directions. What condition does this indicate?

Crawford  Nautical  School 162 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

While testing a semi-conductor diode with an ohmmeter,
247308 2 both the forward and reverse readings are almost in the good open grounded shorted B
infinity range. What would this indicate?
An ohmmeter used to test for front-to- back resistance of
247309 1 100:01:00 500:01:00 1000:01:00 5000:01:00 A
a PN junction diode should produce roughly what ratio?
To conduct an in-circuit test of a transistor, what meter or voltmeter or transistor ohmmeter or transistor
247310 1 impedance meter wattmeter A
tester should be used? tester tester
What is the name of the device shown in figure "1" of the
247311 1 light-emitting diode rectifier bridge silicon-controlled rectifier rectifier diode EL-0068 D
illustration?
What is the name of the device shown in figure "2" of the
247311 2 silicon-controlled rectifier light-emitting diode power rectifier diode rectifier bridge EL-0068 C
illustration?
What is the name of the device shown in figure "3" of the
247311 3 rectifier diode power rectifier diode rectifier bridge silicon-controlled rectifier EL-0068 C
illustration?
What is the name of the device shown in figure "4" of the
247311 4 rectifier diode power rectifier diode rectifier bridge silicon-controlled rectifier EL-0068 D
illustration?
What is the name of the device shown in figure "5" of the
247311 5 rectifier bridge integrated circuit bipolar junction transistor silicon-controlled rectifier EL-0068 B
illustration?
What is the name of the device shown in figure "7" of the
247311 6 rectifier diode light-emitting diode bipolar junction transistor power rectifier diode EL-0068 B
illustration?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figures "A" and
"B" of the illustration, what is the status of the silicon diode the diode is functioning the diode is intermittently
247312 1 the diode is shorted the diode is open EL-0211 C
if the display reads 4.7 ohms when configured as in figure properly open
"A" and reads 490 ohms when configured as in figure "B"?

If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figures "A" and

"B" of the illustration, what is the status of the silicon diode the diode is functioning the diode is intermittently
247312 2 the diode is shorted the diode is open EL-0211 B
if the display reads OL ohms when configured as in figure properly open
"A" and reads OL ohms when configured as in figure "B"?

If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figures "A" and

"B" of the illustration, what is the status of the silicon diode the diode is functioning the diode is intermittently
247312 3 the diode is shorted the diode is open EL-0211 A
if the display reads 3.9 ohms when configured as in figure properly open
"A" and reads 3.9 ohms when configured as in figure "B"?

If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figures "A" and

"B" to test a silicon diode, what is the status of the diode if
247313 1 diode is shorted diode is operating properly diode is open diode is intermittently open EL-0212 B
the screen displays 0.70 V when configured as in figure
"A" and displays OL V when configured as in figure "B"?

If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figures "A" and

"B" to test a silicon diode, what is the status of the diode if
247313 2 diode is shorted diode is operating properly diode is open diode is intermittently open EL-0212 C
the screen displays OL V when configured as in figure "A"
and displays OL V when configured as in figure "B"?
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figures "A" and
"B" to test a silicon diode, what is the status of the diode if
247313 3 the screen displays 0.000 V when configured as in figure diode is shorted diode is operating properly diode is open diode is intermittently open EL-0212 A
"A" and displays 0.000 V when configured as in figure
"B"?

Crawford  Nautical  School 163 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

the ohmic value would the ohmic value would
initially read very low, but initially read very high (OL
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of the ohmic value would the ohmic value would read
over time the ohmic value ohms), but over time the
247314 1 the illustration to test a capacitor, what would the display read very low and remain very high (OL ohms) and EL-0213 A
would gradually rise to an ohmic value would
read if the capacitor is functioning properly? at that value remain at that value
extremely high value (OL gradually drop to an
ohms) extremely low value
the ohmic value would the ohmic value would
initially read very low, but initially read very high (OL
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of the ohmic value would the ohmic value would read
over time the ohmic value ohms), but over time the
247314 2 the illustration to test a capacitor, what would the display read very low and remain very high (OL ohms) and EL-0213 C
would gradually rise to an ohmic value would
read if the capacitor is shorted? at that value remain at that value
extremely high value (OL gradually drop to an
ohms) extremely low value
the ohmic value would the ohmic value would
initially read very low, but initially read very high (OL
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "A" of the ohmic value would the ohmic value would read
over time the ohmic value ohms), but over time the
247314 3 the illustration to test a capacitor, what would the display read very low and remain very high (OL ohms) and EL-0213 D
would gradually rise to an ohmic value would
read if the capacitor is open circuited? at that value remain at that value
extremely high value (OL gradually drop to an
ohms) extremely low value
initially a very low ohmic initially a very high ohmic
the charging voltage would the actual capacitance
value will be displayed, value will be displayed (OL
If a digital multimeter is set up as shown in figure "B" of be displayed which will value of the capacitor will
followed by a gradual ohms), followed by a
247315 1 the illustration to test a capacitor, what would the display initially be low and be displayed which should EL-0213 B
rise in resistance until a gradual drop in resistance
read if the capacitor was functioning properly? gradually rise to the be within the tolerance
very high value is until a very low value is
internal battery voltage range of the capacitor
displayed (OL ohms) displayed
When troubleshooting an electronic circuit, an unreliable reheat the circuit in an reheat connection with a
reheat the connection with
high resistance "cold" solder joint can be located with the oven to an even soldering tool and do nothing as this is the
247500 1 a match and recheck with C
aid of an ohmmeter. Once the problem has been located, temperature and recheck recheck with an normal condition
an ohmmeter
what should be done? with an ohmmeter ohmmeter
When evaluating a functional amplifier, you measure an
output of 30 volts. If the voltage gain of the amplifier is 2,
247501 1 32 volts 30 volts 28 volts 15 volts D
what must the input voltage be for the amplifier to work
properly?
A full-wave rectifier has one diode burned out in an open
247503 1 condition, what will be the output characteristic of the Zero Half-wave rectified Full-wave rectified Equal to the AC input B
device?
One diode of a single phase, center tap, full-wave rectifier
equal to the rectifier AC
247503 3 has burned out in a shorted condition. Therefore, what zero a rectified half-wave DC a rectified full-wave DC D
input
would the output condition be?
Normally, what is the FIRST step in troubleshooting a carefully remove the give the circuit an initial test for continuity with a
247504 1 visually inspect the card D
transistor mounted on a circuit card? transistors from the card test with a signal generator low voltage DC supply
If both the 'high level' and 'low level' alarms come on for
247505 1 the same address of a centralized control console, what is sensor failure failed alarm low level extremely high level A
the most likely failure?
input impedance much
input impedance much less
greater than the
When troubleshooting most electronic circuits, what than the impedance across sensitivity of less than sensitivity of more than
247506 1 impedance across which A
voltmeter characteristic can minimize the 'loading effect'? which the voltage is being 1000 ohms/volt 1000 volts/ohm
the voltage is being
measured
measured

Crawford  Nautical  School 164 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

whenever a low
to prevent excess current for AC measurements only impedance meter is not so as not to load down the
When troubleshooting electronic equipment, why should
247506 2 flow through the meter that and a low resistance meter available, regardless of circuit and obtain D
you use a high impedance multimeter?
would damage it for DC measurements the components being erroneous voltage readings
tested
In electronic circuits, DC voltages can be positive (+) or
negative (-) when measured with respect to a certain
physical reference point? What would be an example or
examples of such a reference point?
247507 1 I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II C
I. Analog or digital circuitry 'common' bus or PCB
'common' trace.

II. Chassis, console frame, or hull 'ground'.

supply alternate logic vary each input smoothly
open all inputs and test
What is an effective method of troubleshooting digital levels at the input(s) and ground all inputs and test from 0-10 volts and test for
247510 1 for a logic '0' at the A
circuits in a console? test for change of state for a logic "1" at the output similar variance at the
output
conditions at the output output
check for continuity of
When troubleshooting a console circuit card which is check for the correct value de-energize and pull the
pull the card and measure circuit board traces and
247511 1 suspected of being faulty, what would be a logical first and polarity of all power card to visually inspect C
the value of all resistors then the gain of each
step? connections to the card for burned components
transistor
test transistors or pull the card, clean the
blow any accumulated dust de-energize the card and
When troubleshooting a console circuit card suspected of integrated circuits for gain sliding connections with
from the card with at least check the printed circuit
247511 2 being faulty, you should first check for proper voltages to and compare with a pencil eraser, and C
30 psi air from the ship's traces for continuity with an
the card. What should be done next? manufacturer's remove accumulated
service air system ohmmeter
specifications dust
When troubleshooting a console circuit card suspected of
make sure wired test each resistor and check the continuity of all measure the gain of each
being faulty, you should first check for proper operating
247511 3 connections and push-on capacitor on the card with printed circuit traces with transistor or integrated A
voltages, followed by cleaning the card. Then what should
connectors are tight an ohmmeter an ohmmeter circuit
be done?
make sure all substitute a new or
When troubleshooting a console circuit card suspected of check the fuses and clean dust and debris from
connections are tight repaired spare card and
247511 4 being faulty, what would be the last thing to do if all else voltage levels of all power the card and burnish the D
including wire wrappings check the operation of the
fails to reveal the problem? supplies in the console sliding connections
and push- on types circuit
wiggle all the components
If a solid-state circuit is inoperative; what should be the check the DC supply
247511 5 to check for loose check all the resistors change all transistors D
FIRST action taken? voltage
connections
When troubleshooting electronic equipment, what should
set the meter to the lowest check the voltage supply remove the suspected check the current flow
247511 6 be the FIRST step taken before testing any circuit B
range from the power source component through the circuit
voltages?
The circuit is for an AND The circuit is for an OR
As shown in figure "1" of the illustration, which statement The circuit is an AND logic The circuit is an OR logic
247512 1 gate using resistor gate using resistor EL-0099 A
is true? gate using diode logic. gate using diode logic.
transistor logic. transistor logic.
The circuit is for an OR
As shown in figure "2" of the illustration, which statement The circuit is for an OR The circuit is for an NOR The circuit is for an NOR
247512 4 gate using transistor EL-0099 D
is true? gate using diode logic. gate using diode logic. gate using transistor logic.
logic.
The circuit is for an The circuit is for an NOR
As shown in figure "3" of the illustration, which statement The circuit is for a NAND The circuit is for an NOR
247512 5 NAND gate using diode gate using diode transistor EL-0099 C
is true? gate using diode logic. gate using diode logic.
transistor logic. logic.

Crawford  Nautical  School 165 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

subtract the error signal
add the error signal voltage
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated proportional voltage from the bias amplify the error signal
to the bias potentiometer invert the error signal
247512 6 analog controller circuit, what is the primary purpose of potentiometer output voltage by producing a EL-0100 C
output voltage to produce a voltage
operational amplifier "U2"? voltage to produce an error gain
summing signal voltage
signal voltage
add the proportional gain
amplify and invert the amplify the proportional
As shown in figure "A" of the illustrated proportional amplifier output voltage to invert the proportional gain
proportional gain amplifier gain amplifier output
247512 7 analog controller circuit, what is the primary purpose of the valve input voltage to amplifier output voltage EL-0100 D
output voltage signal voltage by producing a
operational amplifier "U3"? produce a summing signal with unity gain
voltage gain
voltage
to produce an error signal
to produce a signal
to produce a signal voltage that is the difference
to produce a signal voltage voltage that is
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated analog PID that is proportional to the between the process
247513 1 that is proportional to error proportional to the rate of EL-0100 D
controller, what is the primary purpose of "U1"? sum of all past error signal variable feedback signal
signal voltage change of the current
voltages multiplied by time voltage and the set point
signal voltage
signal voltage
to produce an error signal
to produce a signal
to produce a signal voltage that is the difference
to produce a signal voltage voltage that is
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated analog PID that is proportional to the between the process
247513 3 that is proportional to error proportional to the rate of EL-0100 A
controller, what is the primary purpose of "U2"? sum of all past error signal variable feedback signal
signal voltage change of the current
voltages multiplied by time voltage and the set point
error signal voltage
signal voltage
to produce an error signal
to produce a signal
to produce a signal voltage that is the difference
to produce a signal voltage voltage that is
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated analog PID that is proportional to the between the process
247513 4 that is proportional to error proportional to the rate of EL-0100 B
controller, what is the primary purpose of "U3"? sum of all past error signal variable feedback signal
signal voltage change of the current
voltages multiplied by time voltage and the set point
error signal voltage
signal voltage
to produce an error signal
to produce a signal
to produce a signal voltage that is the difference
to produce a signal voltage voltage that is
As shown in figure "B" of the illustrated analog PID that is proportional to the between the process
247513 5 that is proportional to error proportional to the rate of EL-0100 C
controller, what is the primary purpose of "U4"? sum of all past error signal variable feedback signal
signal voltage change of the current
voltages multiplied by time voltage and the set point
error signal voltage
signal voltage
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), which of the spaces listed is defined as a
248000 1 'location requiring an exceptional degree of protection' Machinery space Chart room Radio or gyro room Accommodation space A
when considering the installation of shipboard electrical
equipment?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
248001 1 Engineering), what is another term for a motor enclosure watertight drip proof spray tight spray proof A
which is considered to be waterproof?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), which of the following IEEE publications
248002 1 would be the best reference for general guidance on IEEE C37.13 IEEE 45 IEEE 100 IEEE 1580 B
recommended practice for electrical installations aboard
ship?

Crawford  Nautical  School 166 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering). who must be notified before alterations or
The company's port The vessel's chief The Officer in Charge of
248002 2 modifications can be performed to electrical installations The vessel's master D
engineer engineer Marine Inspection
that deviate from approved plans or that may effect the
safety of the vessel?
a location exposed to the a location within a
In interpreting 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical a location exposed to the a location within a
weather on a vessel machinery space
248002 3 Engineering), what would be considered a 'corrosive weather on a vessel that machinery space subjected B
operating only in fresh subjected to the
location'? may operate in salt water to heavy condensation
water presence of steam
When circuits have been
In interpreting 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical When circuits have been When circuits have been When circuits have been
added or modified prior
Engineering), under what conditions must particular added or modified since removed since the original removed prior to the
248002 4 to the original issuance A
attention be paid when performing periodic inspections of the original issuance of the issuance of the Certificate original issuance of the
of the Certificate of
electrical equipment? Certificate of Inspection of Inspection Certificate of Inspection
Inspection
In interpreting 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical voltage between 414.0 and voltage between 432.4 and voltage between 437.0 voltage between 437.0 and
Engineering), what are the acceptable variations of steady 487.6 VAC 506.0 VAC and 483.0 VAC 483.0 VAC
248100 2 A
state voltage and frequency for electrical equipment rated frequency between 57 and frequency between 57 and frequency between 54 frequency between 56.4
for values of 460 VAC and 60 Hz? 63 Hz 63 Hz and 63.6 Hz and 66 Hz
In interpreting 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), what should the ambient temperature rating
be on a replacement electric motor to be installed in the
248101 1 40 degrees C 45 degrees C 50 degrees C 55 degrees C C
engine room of a vessel, assuming that it cannot be
proven that the temperature will not exceed 45 degrees C
in these spaces?
According to 46 CFR Part 111, each motor controller is
required to have an elementary wiring schematic diagram
on the inside of the motor in the engineering on the outside of the on the inside of the motor
248102 1 to assist in troubleshooting. Assuming that a vessel is in A
controller door department office motor controller door junction box
complete compliance with this regulation, where would
you expect to find this schematic?
In accordance with 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), a motor fitted with a heater to prevent
condensation within the motor when the motor is idle must
have a separate source of power and means of adjacent to the motor in the engine control there are no specific
248103 1 at the motor itself B
disconnect from the motor itself. Additionally a sign is disconnect device room requirements
required to warn the operator to open both devices before
servicing. Where would you expect to find the heater
disconnect device?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Anchor windlass drive Main engine lube oil pump
248103 2 Engineering) which of the following motor applications Deck winch drive motor Boat winch drive motor B
motor drive motor
would be required to be continuous in terms of duty cycle?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
a controller for a motor a controller for a non-
Engineering), for the purposes of the installation of a new a controller for a motor of a controller for a non- vital
248103 3 where automatic restart vital motor of 2 HP or A
electric motor and its controller, which of the following less than 2 HP motor of 5 HP or more
would be hazardous more
applications would allow low voltage release to be used?

Crawford  Nautical  School 167 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

a motor controller for a vital

According to the 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical a motor controller for a vital propulsion auxiliary without a motor controller for a
Engineering), for motor controller replacement purposes, propulsion auxiliary with restart capability at a vital propulsion auxiliary a motor controller for a non-
248103 4 B
which motor application would require low voltage restart capability at a central control station and where automatic restart vital auxiliary
release? central control station where automatic restart would be hazardous
would not be hazardous
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), electric motors operating in an engine room
248104 2 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C B
machinery space must be designed for an ambient
temperature of what value?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), which of the listed protection or release
248105 2 control logic schemes would require a motor controller to Overload protection Low voltage release Low voltage protection Reverse current protection C
be manually re-started upon restoration of voltage
following a power failure?
Where automatic restart does not present a hazard after a
power failure, according to 46 CFR, Subchapter J
248106 1 (Electrical Engineering), it is required that motor overload protection low voltage protection low voltage release reverse current protection C
controllers for auxiliaries vital to the propulsion equipment
to be provided with what type of protection?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), the type of control circuit logic associated
248106 2 with auxiliaries vital to the operation of propulsion low voltage protection high amperage protection low voltage release high amperage release C
equipment, where automatic restart after a voltage failure
would not create a hazard, is termed what?
According to the 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering) requires which of the listed features to open
6 volt non-renewable link 12 volt renewable link
248106 3 the power circuit to a motor due to low voltage and re- Low voltage protection Low voltage release D
fuse fuse
close automatically when the voltage is restored to
normal?
It must have an
It can have a long- time
interrupting rating
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical delay trip element set
It can be dependent upon sufficient to interrupt the It must have an ambient
Engineering), which statement is true concerning a circuit above the continuous
248200 1 mechanical cooling to maximum asymmetrical temperature rating of 40 C
breaker located in the machinery space and installed in a current rating of the trip
operate within its rating. short- circuit current degrees C.
440V AC distribution system? element or the circuit
available at the point of
breaker frame.
application.
It is desired to replace the deck matting in front of a a non-conductive mat or a non-conductive grating the mat need not be
any non-conductive mat
switchboard. According to the 46 CFR, Subchapter J grating rated for the must be used as non- replaced if the decking in
248201 2 similar in appearance to B
(Electrical Engineering), what would be a suitable specific switchboard conductive mats are no front of the switchboard is
the one being replaced
replacement? voltage longer approved adequately painted
You are in the process of replacing an ammeter in a install two suitable fuses
install a suitable fuse (for do nothing, as the
generator control panel of an AC switchboard, and you (one for each line) since install a two pole circuit
one line only) since this secondary circuit of a
248202 1 notice that the current transformer secondary circuit is not this must have been breaker in the secondary D
must have been missed current transformer must
fused. In accordance with 46 CFR, Subchapter J missed during initial circuit
during initial inspection never be fused
(Electrical Engineering), what should be your action? inspection

Crawford  Nautical  School 168 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

You are in the planning stages of replacing a section of
control wiring in an AC switchboard, with one end be suitable for installation
be No. 18 AWG or larger or
attached to a component on a hinged panel. In addition to in a switchboard and be be stranded copper and be solid copper and oil
248205 1 be ribbon cable or similar B
using extra flexible wire, in accordance with 46 CFR, rated at least 60 degrees C flame retardant resistant
conductor size cable
Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), what criteria must or higher
be met in terms of the replacement wire?
In accordance with 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical circuit designation, load
load description and over circuit designation and
Engineering), panel boards are required to be numbered circuit designation and load description, and over
248206 1 current device rating or over current device rating D
and have a circuit directory. What information is required description only current device rating or
setting only or setting only
for each circuit in the directory? setting
You are in the planning stages of adding a circuit to an
available spare in a distribution panel board. Assume that
the circuit shall be protected with a 20 amp circuit breaker.
In accordance with 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
248206 2 12 amps 16 amps 20 amps 24 amps B
Engineering), what would be the maximum load permitted
if the load will be energized continuously for 3 hours or
more and the branch circuit breaker to be used is NOT
rated for continuous duty at 100% of its rating?
The system does NOT The system provides
The system does NOT
The system provides provide a continuous continuous indication of
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical provide a continuous
continuous indication of indication of circuit status circuit status to ground
Engineering), what statement is true concerning a 3 indication of circuit status
circuit status to ground with to ground but has a with an added provision
248209 1 phase ungrounded electrical distribution system's ground to ground but has a EL-0008 A
a provision to remove the provision to connect the to connect the indicating
detection system as illustrated in figure "B" of the provision to remove the
indicating device from the indicating device to device to the reference
illustration? indicating device to
reference ground. reference ground for ground for ground
reference ground.
ground detection. detection.
As required by 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), the illustrated ground detection system ungrounded single phase ungrounded 3 phase AC high impedance grounded
248209 2 dual voltage DC system EL-0008 C
shown in figure "B" is appropriate for which type of AC system system neutral 3 phase AC system
electrical distribution system?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), when considering replacement, instrument
248300 1 12 AWG 14 AWG 16 AWG 18 AWG B
and control wiring in a switchboard is to be of what
minimum size?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
248300 2 Engineering), what is the minimum conductor size allowed 10 AWG 14 AWG 18 AWG 20 AWG C
for use in making up a flexible electrical cord?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
engineering), regulations prohibit the use of portable
248300 3 12 AWG 14 AWG 16 AWG 18 AWG D
electric cord or fixture wire aboard ship if that wire or cord
is smaller than what size?
Twist-on connectors may
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Twist-on connectors may Twist-on connectors may Twist-on connectors may be used in enclosures as
248301 1 Engineering), what statement is true concerning the use be used for making joints in be used to facilitate a be used to extend the long as the insulating cap D
of twist-on connectors? cables. conductor splice. length of a circuit. can be secured to prevent
loosening due to vibration.

Crawford  Nautical  School 169 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

No. 16 AWG cable or
No. 12 AWG cable or cord No. 14 AWG cable or cord No. 18 AWG cable or cord
According to CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), cord may be spliced for
may be spliced for repairs may be spliced for repairs may be spliced for repairs
248303 2 which of the following statements is true concerning repairs if made in A
if made in compliance with if made in compliance with if made in compliance with
flexible electric cord and cable used aboard ship? compliance with CFR
CFR 111.60-19. CFR 111.60-19. CFR 111.60-19.
111.60-19.
Electrical wire in general, when used aboard vessels must Each wire must be 14 AWG Wire need not be in an
Wire must be of the Wire must be of the solid
248304 1 meet minimum requirements. Which of the following or larger, regardless of enclosure nor component B
stranded copper type. copper type.
statements is/are correct? locations and use. insulated?
When portable cords are connected to devices such as
portable tools, you must eliminate direct tension on the knotting or taping of joints and terminals are
knotting or taping of the installation of a strain relief
248305 1 joints or terminals. According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J cords or installation of required to handle the C
cords only fitting only
(Electrical Engineering) Coast Guard Regulations (46 strain relief fittings tension
CFR), how may this be provided for?
You are in the planning stages of making up a portable
cable to be used for transmitting power from a battery The plug on the end of the The plug on the end of the Regulations do not allow
charger on a ship to a charging receptacle on a lifeboat. cord that may be energized cord that may be energized The plugs on both ends transmitting power
248400 1 B
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical when unplugged from the when unplugged from the of the cord must be male. between receptacles under
Engineering), which of the following statements is true receptacle must be male. receptacle must be female. any circumstances.
regarding the transmitting of power between receptacles?
Outlets connecting a Outlets connecting a Outlets connecting a
There are no special
You are in the planning stages of installing an electrical lifeboat and the vessel's lifeboat and the vessel's lifeboat and the vessel's
provisions concerning
receptacle on a lifeboat. According to 46 CFR, Subchapter electrical system must electrical system must electrical system must
248400 2 outlets connecting a A
J (Electrical Engineering), what statement is true allow the plug to pull free have threaded plugs to use knotted cords to
lifeboat and the vessel's
concerning receptacle connections? when the lifeboat is prevent nuisance prevent nuisance
electrical system.
lowered. unplugging. unplugging.
You are in the planning stages of installing an electrical
receptacle in a receptacle branch circuit. According to 46 if it is in a location
if it operates at 100 volts or if it is in a location exposed if it is connected to a DC
248400 3 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), under what accessible to other than A
more to the weather source
conditions do the regulations require that the electrical qualified personnel
receptacle is to have a grounding pole?
The 110 VAC and 110
The 110 VAC and 220 VAC
VDC outlets may have
outlets may have the same Each receptacle type must
You are in the planning stages of making up a portable Each receptacle type may the same plug
plug configuration, have a different plug
cord for use on a ship with 110 VAC, 220 VAC, and 110 use the same plug configuration, whereas
whereas the 110 VDC configuration to preclude
248401 1 VDC outlets. According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J configuration, but care the 220 VAC outlets must D
outlets must be different to plugging a cord into an
(Electrical Engineering), what statement is true must be exercised in be different to preclude
preclude plugging a cord outlet of incompatible
concerning receptacle outlets? plugging in cords. plugging a cord into an
into an outlet of voltage or type of power.
outlet of incompatible
incompatible power type.
voltage.
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), regulations require that lighting fixture
248402 1 globes must be protected by guards if the fixtures are steering gear room galley living quarters wheelhouse A
located in certain spaces. Which of the listed spaces
would be an example?
Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR Part 111) permit which
Renewable link cartridge Non-renewable link
248403 1 of the listed types of fuses to be used in an interior lighting Phillips-base plug type All of the above C
type cartridge type
circuit?

Crawford  Nautical  School 170 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

It is desired to add additional 120 VAC, 100 watt lighting
fixtures in the accommodations, port side fed from circuit
#1 (1L110) as illustrated in the lighting panel L110 of the
248404 1 1 fixture 2 fixtures 3 fixtures 4 fixtures EL-0013 B
illustration. According to 46 CFR 111.75-5, would be the
maximum allowable additional lighting fixtures that could
be installed?
It is desired to add additional 120 VAC, 100 watt lighting
fixtures in the accommodations, port side fed from circuit
#3 (3L110) as illustrated in the lighting panel L110 of the
248404 7 1 fixture 2 fixtures 3 fixtures 4 fixtures EL-0013 C
illustration. According to 46 CFR 111.75-5, would be the
maximum allowable additional lighting fixtures that could
be installed?
According to CFR 111.75-5, what would be the maximum
248405 1 amperage load on circuit #2 (2L110) of the illustrated 3 amps 12 amps 15 amps 16 amps EL-0013 B
lighting panel board L110 of the illustration?
When power ventilation
When power ventilation is is required, blower
When power ventilation is required, blower blades blades must be non-
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical required, the ventilation must be non- sparking and sparking and the system Power and lighting
248500 1 Engineering), Which of the following statements may be accomplished by a the system must be must be interlocked with batteries must be of the C
concerning battery installations is correct? ventilation system that interlocked with the battery the battery charger to lead-acid type only.
serves other spaces. charger to prevent prevent charger
simultaneous operation. operation unless the
ventilation fan is running.
Battery chargers
Battery chargers Battery chargers Battery chargers
incorporating grounded
incorporating grounded incorporating grounded incorporating grounded
You are in the planning stages of replacing a battery autotransformers must
autotransformers must be autotransformers must autotransformers must be
charger, where an exact duplicate of the charger to be NOT be used and if the
used and if the charging NOT be used and if the used and if the charging
replaced is not available. Obviously the charger must be charging voltage is less
248501 1 voltage exceeds 20% of charging voltage exceeds voltage is less than 20% of B
suitable for the battery to be charged. According to 46 than the battery line
the battery line voltage 20% of the battery line the battery line voltage
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), which of the voltage automatic
automatic protection voltage automatic automatic protection
following is a true statement concerning battery chargers? protection against
against reversal current protection against reversal against reversal current
reversal current must be
must be provided. current must be provided. must be provided.
provided.
You are in the planning stages of replacing a battery room
ventilation fan drive motor located outside of but within 5
feet of the end of the exhaust duct. According to 46 CFR, totally enclosed fan-
248504 1 explosion-proof drip-proof open A
Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), what type of motor cooled
in terms of enclosure type must be used as a
replacement?
In accordance with 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), each diesel engine driven generator prime
mover must have an over speed device, independent of not to exceed 10% above not to exceed 15% above not to exceed 20% above not to exceed 25% above
248600 1 B
the normal operating governor. If in testing the over speed rated speed rated speed rated speed rated speed
device, what should be the trip point setting in terms of
rated speed?

Crawford  Nautical  School 171 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

You are in the planning stages of setting the
The trip point should be set The trip point should be set The trip point should be The trip point should be set
instantaneous trip of a ship's service generator circuit
below but as close as above but as close as set considerably above exactly equal to the
breaker. According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
248601 1 practical to the maximum practical to the maximum the maximum maximum asymmetrical B
Engineering), what statement is true regarding the criteria
asymmetrical short circuit asymmetrical short circuit asymmetrical short circuit short circuit current
for the instantaneous trip set point, assuming the
current available. current available. current available. available.
generator is capable of being paralleled?
There are very specific rules that govern the testing of
generators found in the appropriate publication
incorporated by reference. According to 46 CFR, Underwriter's Laboratories, American Bureau of
248602 1 manufacturer ASME B
Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), which agency Inc. Shipping
publishes the rules for the construction and testing of
generators?
According to its nameplate, a power transformer has
Class F insulation and is rated for 40 degrees C ambient
temperature. According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J
248700 1 115 degrees C 150 degrees C 155 degrees C 190 degrees C C
(Electrical Engineering) what would be the maximum
winding temperature allowable as taken by the resistance
method?
Belt drives used in hazardous locations may potentially
present an explosion hazard due to the build up of static Use of conductive belts
Use of non- conductive Use of ungrounded pulleys Use of conductive belts
248701 1 electricity. According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical and grounded pulleys and D
belts and shafts only
Engineering), how are belt drives used in hazardous shafts
locations required to be equipped?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Actual applied voltage Actual applied voltage Actual applied voltage Actual applied voltage
Engineering), with respect to acceptable voltage
248702 1 should be between 405 should be between 423 should be between 423 should be between 405 A
variations for electrical equipment which statement is true
and 477 VAC. and 495 VAC. and 477 VAC. and 495 VAC.
if the equipment rated voltage is 450 VAC?
Suppose a cargo vessel of 1600 gross tons or more is
fitted with emergency storage batteries for the purpose of
supplying emergency lighting and power. According to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), the capacity
of the storage batteries is such that they should be able to
248900 1 16.0 VDC 18.8 VDC 21.1 VDC 22.8 VDC C
successfully power the emergency loads for a period of
18 hours. Beginning with fully charged batteries, what is
the minimum allowable voltage of the batteries after the
18 hour discharge period assuming a nominal voltage
rating of 24 VDC and operating at rated capacity.
Relay-controlled emergency lanterns have an internal
storage battery that is maintained in a charged state when
normal power is available. According to 46 CFR,
248900 2 1 hour 3 hours 6 hours 12 hours B
Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), upon a loss of
normal power, what is the minimum time the internal
battery should be capable of providing light?

Crawford  Nautical  School 172 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Suppose a cargo vessel of 1600 gross tons or more is
fitted with emergency storage batteries for the purpose of
supplying emergency lighting and power. According to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), the capacity
of the storage batteries is such that they should be able to
248900 3 22.8 VDC 24 VDC 25.2 VDC 26.4 VDC C
successfully power the emergency loads for a period of
18 hours. What is the maximum initial voltage of the
batteries allowable at the beginning of the 18 hour
discharge period assuming a nominal voltage rating of 24
VDC.
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), when supplying emergency lighting loads,
248901 1 2% 3% 5% 10% C
the storage battery initial voltage must not exceed the
standard system voltage by more than what percentage?
open and close all open and close all
A storage battery for an emergency lighting and power open all watertight doors
close all watertight doors watertight doors in six watertight doors in six
248902 1 system must have the capacity to accomplish which of the four times and close them A
twice and open them once consecutive cycles within consecutive cycles within a
following? twice
a 20 second period 45 second period
Suppose a cargo vessel of 1600 gross tons or more is
fitted with emergency storage batteries for the purpose of
supplying emergency lighting and power. According to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), the capacity
of the storage batteries is such that they should be able to
248903 1 successfully power the emergency loads for a period of 75% 80% 88% 95% C
18 hours. Beginning with fully charged batteries, what is
the minimum allowable percentage of the voltage rating of
the batteries after the 18 hour discharge period assuming
a nominal voltage rating of 24 VDC and operating at rated
capacity.
Emergency generators are required to automatically start
upon a loss of normal supply voltage, according to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering). In conducting The voltage must drop to
a test of the emergency generator automatic start The voltage must drop to The voltage must drop to The voltage must drop to within a range from as low
249100 1 D
function, if the normal system supply voltage is 450 VAC, 247.5 VAC. 270.0 VAC. 382.5 VAC. as 270 VAC to as high as
to what value would the normal supply voltage have to 382.5 VAC.
drop to trigger the automatic starting of the emergency
generator?
Emergency generators are required to automatically start
upon a loss of normal supply voltage, according to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering). In conducting The voltage would have The voltage would have to
a test of the emergency generator automatic transfer of The voltage would have to The voltage would have to to rise to a value rise to a value ranging from
249101 1 C
load function, if the normal system supply voltage is 450 rise to 382.5 VAC. rise to 427.5 VAC. between from 382.5 VAC between 405 VAC to 450
VAC, to what value would the emergency generator to 427.5 VAC. VAC.
output voltage have to rise to trigger the automatic
transfer of emergency loads to the emergency generator?

Crawford  Nautical  School 173 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

Emergency generators are required to automatically start
upon a loss of normal supply voltage, according to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering). In conducting
249101 2 a test of the emergency generator automatic transfer of 15 seconds 30 seconds 45 seconds 60 seconds C
load function, what is the maximum amount of time
allowed for the automatic transfer of load to the
emergency generator?
Emergency generators are required to automatically start
upon a loss of normal supply voltage, according to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering). In conducting
a test of the emergency generator capacity function, the
249101 3 6 hours 8 hours 18 hours 36 hours C
emergency generator fuel tank on an ocean going cargo
vessel of 1600 GT or more must be capable of supplying
fuel to a fully loaded engine for a time period of at least
how many hours?
Emergency generators are required to automatically start
upon a loss of normal supply voltage, according to 46
CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering). In conducting
It would have to rise to a It would have to rise to a
a test of the emergency generator automatic transfer of It would have to rise to 408 It would have to rise to 456
249102 1 value between from 408 value between from 440 C
load function, if the normal system supply voltage is 480 VAC. VAC.
VAC to 456 VAC. VAC to 460 VAC.
VAC, to what value would the normal source output
voltage have to rise to trigger the automatic transfer of
emergency loads back to the normal power source?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), emergency generators are required to have
specific safety shutdowns, including prime mover over
249102 2 1260 rpm 1320 rpm 1380 rpm 1440 rpm C
speed. If a direct coupled emergency diesel generator's
rated rpm is 1200, what is the maximum setting of the
over speed trip device allowed?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Electric, steam, or hot Thermostatically
Engineering), which of the following starting aids is the
249103 1 Ether injection systems water heated lube oil controlled electric jacket Electric air intake heaters C
ONLY method allowed to ease the starting of emergency
heaters water heaters
diesel generator engines?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), for emergency power and lighting systems,
249103 2 Ether Lube oil heater Jacket water heater Fuel oil heater C
which of the listed items is the only permissible starting
aid for the emergency diesel generator engine?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical when the electric potential when the electric potential
when the potential from
Engineering), in response to a loss of normal power or a of the ship's service of the ship's service
the emergency generator
249104 1 simulated test, when will the emergency loads as soon as it is started generators drops 15 to 40 generators drops to 85 to C
reaches 85 to 95 percent
automatically be transferred to the emergency diesel percent below normal 95 percent of the normal
of its normal value
generator? value value
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), emergency diesel engine starting systems
249105 1 3 6 9 12 B
are required to have sufficient capacity to provide power
for at least how many consecutive starts?

Crawford  Nautical  School 174 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering) what is, the minimum number of consecutive
249105 2 two cycles three cycles six cycles eight cycles C
cranking cycles an emergency diesel generator starting
system must be capable of providing?
Passenger vessels certified
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Passenger vessels certified Oceanographic vessels
for other than ocean, Great Tankships certified for all
Engineering), what type of vessel is required to have a for ocean, Great Lakes, certified for international
249300 1 Lakes, coastwise and waters and 1600 GT or A
temporary emergency power source AND a final coastwise and international voyage service and 500
international voyage more.
emergency power source? voyage service. GT or more
service.
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical Miscellaneous self-
Passenger vessels certified Passenger vessels certified
Engineering), what type of vessel is required to have propelled vessels Cargo vessels certified for
for ocean, Great Lakes, for other than ocean, Great
emergency lighting provided by automatically connected certified for ocean, Great ocean, Great Lakes, and
249301 1 coastwise, and Lakes, coastwise, and D
or manually controlled battery; automatically or manually Lakes, and coastwise coastwise service and less
international voyage international voyage
started generator; or relay-controlled battery-operated service and 500 GT or than 500 GT.
service. service.
lanterns? more.
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), what is the required minimum capacity in
terms of hours of operation required of the emergency
249302 1 6 hours 8 hours 18 hours 36 hours D
power sources for passenger vessels certified for ocean,
Great Lakes, coastwise, and international voyage
service?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), what is the required minimum capacity in
249303 1 terms of hours of operation required of the emergency 6 hours 8 hours 18 hours 36 hours C
power sources for cargo vessels certified for all waters
and 1600 GT or more?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), what is the required minimum capacity in
terms of hours of operation required of the emergency 6 hours or twice the time of 8 hours or twice the time of
249305 1 18 hours 36 hours B
power sources for passenger vessels certified for other run, whichever is less. run, whichever is less.
than ocean, Great Lakes, coastwise, and international
voyage service?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), what is the required minimum capacity in
terms of hours of operation required of the emergency 6 hours or twice the time of 8 hours or twice the time of
249305 2 18 hours 36 hours D
power sources for passenger vessels certified for ocean, run, whichever is less. run, whichever is less.
Great Lakes, coastwise, and international voyage
service?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), what is the required minimum capacity in
terms of hours of operation required of the emergency
6 hours or twice the time of 8 hours or twice the time of
249305 3 power sources for cargo vessels of 500 GT or more 18 hours 36 hours C
run, whichever is less. run, whichever is less.
certified for ocean, Great Lakes, coastwise, and
international voyage service or for cargo vessels of 1600
GT operating on any waters?

Crawford  Nautical  School 175 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), general emergency alarm system power
supplies are required to have over current protection from
249400 2 a fused switch or circuit breaker. If the general emergency 15 amps 18 amps 20 amps 30 amps D
alarm system load when connected is 15 amps, what is
the minimum required fuse rating if a fused switch is used
for over current protection?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Equal to the connected 125 percent of the 150 percent of the 200 percent of the
249400 4 Engineering), the capacity of a general emergency alarm D
load current connected load current connected load current connected load current
system feeder fuse must be at least what ampere value?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), a steering failure alarm system must give
audible and visual indication of the failure of the steering
gear when the actual rudder position differs from the
249401 1 ordered rudder angle by the follow-up control system by more than 5 seconds more than 6.5 seconds more than 30 seconds more than 70 seconds C
more than 5 degrees within a certain time period for
certain changes in ordered rudder position. What is the
alarm point in seconds when the ordered rudder change is
70 degrees?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), a steering failure alarm system must give
audible and visual indication of the failure of the steering
gear when the actual rudder position differs from the
249402 1 ordered rudder angle by the follow-up control system by more than 5 seconds more than 6.5 seconds more than 30 seconds more than 70 seconds B
more than 5 degrees within a certain time period for
certain changes in ordered rudder position. What is the
alarm point in seconds when the ordered rudder change is
5 degrees?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), in terms of conductor size, the capacity of
249403 1 each branch circuit providing power to a fire detection or 50% 100% 125% 150% C
alarm system must not be less than what percent of the
maximum load?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering), a steering failure alarm system must give
audible and visual indication of the failure of the steering
gear when the actual rudder position differs from the
249404 1 ordered rudder angle by the follow-up control system by more than 5 seconds more than 6.5 seconds more than 17.3 seconds more than 30 seconds C
more than 5 degrees within a certain time period for
certain changes in ordered rudder position. What is the
alarm point in seconds when the ordered rudder change is
35 degrees?
They should be operated
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter I (Cargo and They should be operated They should be operated They should be operated
and inspected at least once
Miscellaneous Vessels), what statement is true and inspected at least once and inspected at least once and inspected at least
249800 1 in each six month period B
concerning the operation and inspection of emergency daily anytime that the in each week that the once in each month that
that the vessel is
lighting and power systems? vessel is navigated. vessel is navigated. the vessel is navigated.
navigated.

Crawford  Nautical  School 176 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

According to 46 CFR, Subchapter I (Cargo and
Miscellaneous Vessels), it is required that storage They should be load tested They should be load tested They should be load They should be load tested
batteries to be tested for a specified period of time to at least once each week at least once each month tested at least once each at least once each year
249801 1 C
demonstrate their ability to properly supply the required that the vessel is that the vessel is six month period that the that the vessel is
emergency load. What statement is true concerning the navigated. navigated. vessel is navigated. navigated.
time interval between load tests?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter I (Cargo and
Miscellaneous Vessels), it is required that internal
They shall be operated They should be operated They should be operated They should be operated
combustion driven emergency generators be periodically
under load for two hours under load for one hour with no load for two with no load for one hour
249801 2 tested for a specified period of time to demonstrate their A
every month that the every two months that the hours every month that every two months that the
ability to properly supply the required emergency load.
vessel is navigated. vessel is navigated. the vessel is navigated. vessel is navigated.
What statement is true concerning the time interval
between tests and the duration of the test?
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter I (Cargo and
Miscellaneous Vessels), emergency lighting and power
systems and the associated emergency power sources
249802 1 must be operated, inspected, and tested at prescribed engineering log book deck log book official log book oil record book C
intervals under certain conditions and that the results of
these tests be properly documented. Where are the test
results required to be recorded?
The examinations and The examinations and The examinations and
According to 46 CFR, Subchapter I (Cargo and The examinations and
tests are to be performed tests are to be performed tests are to be performed
Miscellaneous Vessels), on vessels making a voyage of tests are to be performed
by an officer of the vessel by an officer of the vessel by an officer of the vessel
249803 1 more than 48 hours of duration, what statement is true by the electrician within a B
within a period of not more within a period of not within a period of not more
concerning the examination and testing of steering gear, period of not more than 12
than 12 hours prior to more than 1 hours prior than 24 hours prior to
whistle, and means of communication? hours prior to departure.
departure. to departure. departure.
While paralleling two alternators, the synchronizing lamps
incoming alternator is alternator voltages are synchroscope is alternator power factors
269904 1 remain lit as the synchroscope pointer approaches the 0°. C
running too fast equal defective or broken are in phase
What would this indicate?
While on watch in the engine room, you are setting up to
parallel alternators. The switchboard has a synchroscope
and two synchronizing lamps used as a backup means of The breaker should be The breaker should be The breaker should be A portable phase sequence
synchronization. If the synchroscope is broken, which of closed when one closed when both closed when both indicator must be used to
269907 1 C
the steps listed is the most essential before an alternator synchronizing lamp is dark synchronizing lamps are synchronizing lamps are verify the information from
can be paralleled with the bus, assuming the incoming and the other is bright. bright. dark. the lamps.
machine alternator frequency is slightly higher than that of
the bus?
When there is a fire in a large electric motor, what is ventilate area to remove start the fire pump and
292650 7 secure the electric supply apply foam A
normally the very FIRST step to perform? smoke lead out hose
Lack of flexibility of
The propeller speed and Lower transmission losses Inability to be utilized as a
Which statement is TRUE concerning electric propulsion arrangement between
299010 1 direction of rotation are compared to other types of source of ships service A
drives? the prime mover and
easily controllable. propulsion drives. power.
motor.
provides constant
What is the operating function of a cycloconverter (CCV) provides adjustable converts ac power to dc converts dc power to ac
frequency output power to
299011 1 as a static power converter used in electric propulsion frequency to power an ac power in a dc propulsion power in an ac A
an ac propulsion drive
motor drives? propulsion drive motor drive system propulsion motor
motor

Crawford  Nautical  School 177 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

An electric propulsion drive system in which the
propulsion generator supplies power to both the
299013 1 an integrated system a dedicated system a composite system a multi-purpose system A
propulsion motor and ship service loads is referred to as
what type of system?
An electric propulsion drive system in which the
299013 2 propulsion generator only supplies power to the an integrated system a dedicated system a composite system a multi-purpose system B
propulsion motor is referred to as what type of system?
propulsion generators propulsion generators propulsion generators propulsion generators
which produce DC power which produce DC power which produce AC power which produce AC power
What equipment for modern SCR rectified DC propulsion
299014 1 that is converted to AC that is directly delivered to that is directly delivered that is converted to DC D
drive systems is usually included in the package?
power for the propulsion the series wound DC to the synchronous AC power for the shunt wound
motor propulsion motor propulsion motor DC propulsion motor
What type of motor is generally used in DC propulsion
299015 1 series wound permanent magnet shunt wound differentially compounded C
drive systems?
adjusting the output
How is speed control of a DC propulsion motor the use of a load- the use of static power adjusting the input voltage
299016 1 frequency of the electric D
accomplished? commutated inverter converters to the motor
power source
reversing the direction of reversing the phase
the use of a shunt field the use of a 12 pulse
299017 1 How is reversal of a DC propulsion motor achieved? current flow in the motor sequence of the A
regulator converter
field windings incoming voltage
The conversion of constant frequency power into
adjustable frequency power in a modern AC propulsion
299018 2 transformers and resistors rectifiers and thyristors rheostats and resistors potentiometers and diodes B
drive system is commonly achieved through the use of
what electronic system components?
The speed is inversely The speed is directly The speed is directly The speed is inversely
What statement is TRUE concerning the speed of a proportional to the proportional to the proportional to the proportional to the
299023 1 C
synchronous AC propulsion motor? frequency applied to its frequency applied to its frequency applied to its frequency applied to its
stator windings. rotor windings stator windings. rotor windings.
electronically changing
changing the direction of
How is the direction of rotation of the main propulsion reversing the direction of the phase sequence of
299024 1 current flow in the motor's power directional relays C
motor in a modern AC propulsion drive system reversed? current flow in the armature the voltages generated
field winding
by the power converter
The propulsion motor most often utilized in an ac drive
synchronous type with wound rotor induction
299025 1 system operating in the moderate to high power range is squirrel cage induction type split phase induction type B
wound field type
of what type?
It is an electric drive
system where the It is an electric drive
It is an electric drive
What statement is TRUE concerning the Azipod It is an electric drive propulsion motor is system in which the motor
299026 1 system that incorporates a C
propulsion system? system using water jets. installed in a submerged drives a controllable pitch
DC motor.
housing capable of propeller (CPP).
swiveling.
The system integrates The system requires the The system requires the
Which of the following statement is TRUE concerning The pod assembly swivels
299030 1 propulsion and steering need for a separate use of a controllable pitch B
Azipod propulsion systems? on a horizontal axis.
into one function. rudder. propeller.
provide active power to the provide reactive power to provide additional active provide additional reactive
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what is the mains as the frequency the mains as the frequency power to the mains power to the mains beyond
299031 1 EL-0133 B
purpose of the synchronous compensator? converter has the ability to converter has the ability to beyond the capability of the capability of the
provide only reactive power provide only active power the frequency converter frequency converter

Crawford  Nautical  School 178 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

to invert constant to rectify constant to rectify variable
to invert variable frequency
frequency AC output from frequency AC output frequency AC output from
AC output from the shaft
the shaft generator to DC from the shaft generator the shaft generator to DC
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the generator to DC and then
299031 2 and then rectify the DC to a to DC and then invert the and then invert the DC to a EL-0133 D
purpose of the frequency converter? invert the DC to a constant
variable frequency AC DC to a variable constant frequency AC
frequency AC output for
output for delivery to the frequency AC output for output for delivery to the
delivery to the bus
bus delivery to the bus bus
both the bridge rectifier and both the bridge rectifier and the bridge rectifier is the bridge rectifier is
the controller inverter the controller inverter uncontrolled and the uncontrolled and the
A shown in figure "A" of the illustrated propulsion motor
299032 1 bridge are thyristor bridge are transistor controller inverter bridge controller inverter bridge is EL-0140 D
variable speed drive, what statement is true?
controlled in terms of controlled in terms of is thyristor controlled in transistor controlled in
switching switching terms of switching terms of switching
A shown in figure "B" of the illustrated propulsion motor
variable speed drive, what principle is used to achieve
299032 2 power width modulation pulse width modulation phase width modulation pulse wave modulation EL-0140 B
variable frequency sine-wave approximated alternating
current?
the voltage has a
A shown in figure "B" of the illustrated propulsion motor the voltage has a constant the voltage has a constant the voltage has a constant
constant magnitude and
299032 3 variable speed drive, what statement is true concerning magnitude, but varies in magnitude and polarity, but pulse width and polarity, EL-0140 A
pulse width, but varies in
the PWM voltage output? pulse width and polarity varies in pulse width but varies in magnitude
polarity
As shown in the illustration of a DC diesel-electric
propulsion drive system, what would be the set-up contactors G2 and S1 contactors G2 and S1 contactors G2 and S2 contactors G2 and S2
299033 1 contactor configurations if #1 M/E is to be secured, so that pulled in; contactors G1 dropped out; contactors G1 pulled in; contactors G1 dropped out; contactors G1 EL-0141 A
only #2 M/E diesel- generator is set up to supply both and S2 dropped out and S2 pulled in and S1 dropped out and S1 pulled in
propulsion motors?
As shown in the illustration of a DC diesel-electric
propulsion drive system, what would be the set-up contactors G2 and S1 contactors G2 and S1 contactors G2 and S2 contactors G2 and S2
299033 2 contactor configurations if #2 M/E is to be secured, so that pulled in; contactors G1 dropped out; contactors G1 pulled in; contactors G1 dropped out; contactors G1 EL-0141 B
only #1 M/E diesel- generator is set up to supply both and S2 dropped out and S2 pulled in and S1 dropped out and S1 pulled in
propulsion motors?
As shown in the illustration of a DC diesel-electric
propulsion drive system, what would be the set-up contactors A1, A2, S1,
contactors A1, A2, G1, and contactors A1, S1, and S2 contactors A1, A2, S1, and
contactor configurations if both #1and #2 M/E are to be and S2 pulled in;
299033 3 G2 pulled in; contactors S1 pulled in; contactors A2. S2 dropped out; contactors EL-0141 C
secured, so that only the gas turbine generator is set up to contactors G1 and G2
and S2 dropped out G1, and G2 dropped out G1 and G2 pulled in
supply both propulsion motors and the auxiliary diesel dropped out
generator set up to supply the bow thruster motor?
As shown in the illustration of a turbo- electric propulsion squirrel cage AC induction wound rotor AC induction
299034 1 AC synchronous motor shunt wound DC motor EL-0142 C
drive system, what type of propulsion motor is used? motor motor
the motor is started and the motor is started and
As shown in the illustration of a turbo- electric propulsion the motor is started, the motor is started,
accelerated as an induction accelerated as a
299034 2 drive system, in terms of the operating characteristics of accelerated, and run as accelerated, and run as a EL-0142 A
motor, but runs as a synchronous motor, but
the propulsion motor, what statement is true? an induction motor synchronous motor
synchronous motor runs as induction motor
the motor speed is
the motor speed is the motor speed is the motor speed is
controlled by varying
controlled by varying controlled by varying controlled by varying
As shown in the illustration of a turbo- electric propulsion frequency, but keeping
voltage and frequency and voltage, but keeping the voltage and frequency and
299034 3 drive system, in terms of motor speed and direction the voltage constant and EL-0142 D
the direction is controlled frequency constant and the the direction is controlled
control, what statement is true? the direction is controlled
by reversing the polarity of direction is controlled by by phase sequence
by phase sequence
the motor field phase sequence reversal reversal
reversal

Crawford  Nautical  School 179 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

What type of electric propulsion system converter is controlled rectifier pulse width modulation
299035 1 synchroconverter cycloconverter EL-0155 C
shown in the illustration? converter converter
The controlled rectifier
The controlled rectifier
section of the converter
section of the converter The controlled rectifier and The controlled rectifier and
As shown in the illustrated synchroconverter for an AC controls motor torque
controls motor speed and controlled inverter sections controlled inverter sections
299035 2 synchronous propulsion motor, what statement is true and the controlled EL-0155 C
the controlled inverter of the converter both of the converter both
concerning operational characteristics? inverter section of the
section of the converter control motor torque only. control motor speed only.
converter controls motor
controls motor torque.
speed.
The stator windings may The stator windings are not
As shown in the illustration of a cycloconverter for an AC The stator windings are The stator windings are
be connected in delta or connected in order to
299036 1 synchronous propulsion motor, what statement is true connected in delta connected in wye EL-0157 D
wye configuration as isolate the converters from
concerning the stator winding connections? configuration only. configuration only.
required. each other.
The operating motor
The operating motor The operating motor The operating motor
As shown in the illustration of a cycloconverter for an AC frequency is generally
frequency is generally frequency is generally frequency is generally not
299036 2 synchronous propulsion motor, what statement is true limited to less than one- EL-0157 B
limited to three times the limited to that equal to limited regardless of the
concerning the operating motor frequency? third of mains line
mains line frequency. the mains line frequency. mains line frequency.
frequency.
before and after using
before using the probe after using the probe each whenever it is suspected
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, under what the probe each time for
each time for detecting the time for detecting the that the probe is not
299037 2 conditions is the test proving unit used in conjunction with detecting the presence of EL-0158 C
presence of and verifying presence of and verifying accurately detecting the
the high voltage probe? and verifying the
the absence of voltage only the absence of voltage only presence of voltage
absence of voltage only
the motor terminal
the common hull ground
connections to the
connection to the common the common hull ground the common hull ground
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, after the high common ground
ground connection should and the motor terminal and the motor terminal
voltage circuit has been properly de-energized and connection should be
be made first and the connections should all be connections can be made
299037 3 isolated, and tested for the absence of voltage, what is made first and the common EL-0158 B
motor terminal connections made to the common to the common ground
the proper sequence for grounding high voltage motor hull ground connection to
to the common ground ground connection connection in any
terminals prior to commencing work? the common ground
connection should be simultaneously sequence
connection should be
made last
made last
the motor terminal
the common hull ground
connections from the
connection from the the common hull ground the common hull ground
common ground
common ground and the motor terminal and the motor terminal
connection should be
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what is the connection should be connections should all be connections can be
disconnected first and the
299037 4 proper sequence for disconnecting the ground straps after disconnected first and the disconnected from the disconnected from the EL-0158 A
common hull ground
completion of work on the high voltage motor? motor terminal connections common ground common ground
connection from the
from the common ground connection connection in any
common ground
connection should be simultaneously sequence
connection should be
disconnected last
disconnected last
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, the load-
299038 1 commutated inverter drive illustrated has how many 3 6 9 12 EL-0159 B
pulses?
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, the load-
299038 2 commutated inverter drive illustrated has how many 3 6 9 12 EL-0159 D
pulses?

Crawford  Nautical  School 180 www.crawfordnautical.com

USCG  Engineering  Exam  Questions Electrical Formatted  for  use  by  Bruce  Sherman

ABS VER Question Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D Illustration Ans

As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, how many
299038 3 degrees phase shift are associated with the outputs of 30 45 60 90 EL-0159 A
each of the six-pulse converters ?
As shown in figure "A" of the illustration, what is the
primary reason that the propulsion transformers are
to maximize motor power to minimize AC sine wave to minimize motor shaft to maximize motor power
299039 1 configured differently so as to produce a 30 degree phase EL-0160 C
output distortion vibration factor
shift in the pulses between the two synchroconverters
supplying separate stator windings?
As shown in in the illustration, what type of electric pulse-width modulation
299040 12 load-commutated converter cycloconverter DC-power converter EL-0161 B
propulsion drive system is featured? converter
by applying torque in the by applying torque in the by applying torque in the by applying torque in the
opposite direction of same direction of rotation opposite direction of same direction of rotation
rotation direction, the motor direction, the motor briefly rotation direction, the direction, the motor briefly
As shown in figure "B" of the illustration, what statement is
299041 1 briefly regenerates power regenerates power back motor briefly regenerates regenerates power back EL-0162 A
true concerning "regenerating" operation?
back into the mains, which into the mains, which power back into the into the mains, which
rapidly slows down the rapidlyslows down the mains, which rapidly rapidly speeds up the
motor motor speeds up the motor motor
As shown in the illustrated harmonic analysis diagram,
299042 1 which figure represents the fundamental (or first A B C D EL-0163 B
harmonic)?
As shown in the illustrated harmonic analysis diagram,
299042 2 A B C D EL-0163 B
which figure represents the third harmonic?
As shown in the illustrated harmonic analysis diagram,
299042 3 A B C D EL-0163 C
which figure represents the seventh harmonic?
As shown in the illustration, if the port propulsion motor
field excitation circuit experienced a failure, what
299043 1 individual component failure would allow the use of the port motor field winding port rotating rectifier port rotary transformer port field controller EL-0164 D
standby excitation transformer and standby field controller
to resume normal operation?
the port propulsion motor
the port propulsion motor the port propulsion motor would have to be
As shown in the illustration, if one of the port propulsion
the port propulsion motor would be operated at half- would have to be reconfigured so that the
motor synchroconverters experienced a failure while
299043 2 would have to be secured power using the functional reconfigured so that one failed synchroconverter is EL-0164 B
underway, how would the system be configured to resume
entirely synchroconverter and only synchroconverter could bypassed and fed directly
the voyage?
one stator winding feed both stator windings from the propulsion
transformer
The respective shaft speed
The respective shaft speed
As shown in the illustrated electric propulsion control sensors alone are used to Vibration sensors are Cavitation sensors are
and shaft position sensors
scheme for a twin screw vessel, when the two shaft achieve identical shaft used to achieve identical used to achieve identical
are used to achieve
299044 1 speeds are within 5% of each other, the bridge may select speeds without regard to shaft speeds and shaft speeds and propeller EL-0168 B
identical shaft speeds and
"shaft synchro- phasing mode". What statement is true propeller position to propeller synchronization synchronization to
propeller synchronization
regarding the purpose of this operating mode? achieve even power to minimize vibration. minimize vibration.
to minimize shaft vibration.
development.

Crawford  Nautical  School 181 www.crawfordnautical.com